Quadralink Istruction Manual - Med Cap.pdf
February 9, 2017 | Author: Rodrigo de Larrechea | Category: N/A
Short Description
Download Quadralink Istruction Manual - Med Cap.pdf...
Description
QUADRALINK Digital Radio
INSTRUCTION MANUAL Medium Capacity Issue 1, May 1999 Part number IMN-900100-E04
Two different manuals exist for the QUADRALINK Radio: 1. The instruction manual (IM), which is shipped with every rack, explains how to install, operate and maintain the radio. 2. The system application information (SAI), which is available on request, provides system design information.
Revision History
Issue Datea 06-09-1999
Description of Change / Revision •
General update, ECO C8381
a. month - day - year
Approval Department
Name
Approved
Author
G. Gish
√
Dept. Manager
P. Setti
√
CCB Chair Person
N. Fuzessy
√
Farinon Part Nº IMN-900100-E04. Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 , 1999 HARRIS CORPORATION. All rights reserved. GlobeStar®, FARSCAN™, FARSCAN G™, VersaT1lity™ and Quadralink® are trademarks of HARRIS CORPORATION. Harris MCD — USA 330 Twin Dolphin Drive Redwood Shores, CA 94065-1421 (650) 594-3000 800-327-4666 FAX: (415) 594-3110
Harris MCD — Canada 3, rue de l’Hôtel de Ville Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Québec, Canada H9B 3G4 (514) 421-8400 FAX: (514) 421-4222
WARNING
Making adjustments and/or modifications to this equipment that are not in accordance with the provisions of this instruction manual or other supplementary documentation may result in personal injury or damage to the equipment, and may void the equipment warranty.
AVERTISSEMENT
Tout ajustement ou modification faits à cet équipement hors du cadre tracé par ce manuel d’instruction ou par toute autre documentation supplémentaire de Harris MCD pourraient causer des blessures ou endommager l’équipement et peut entraîner l’annulation de sa garantie.
WARNUNG
Die an diesen Geräten gemachte Einstellungen und/oder Änderungen, welche nicht gemäß dieser Bedienungsanleitung, oder gemäß anderen zusätzlichen Anleitungen, ausgeführt werden, können Verletzungen oder Materialschäden zur Folge haben und eventuell die Garantie ungültig machen.
ATENCION
Llevar a cabo ajustamientos y/o modificaciones a este equipo sin seguir las instrucciones provistas por este manual u otro documento adicional podría resultar en lesiones a su persona o daños al equipo, y terminar la garantía de este ultimo.
HOW TO GET STARTED Use the Quadralink® Road map on the reverse side of this page to get started. Become familiar with the structure of this manual so you will know where to find information that you might need. A table of Contents takes you easily and quickly to a desired section in the manual. An index is provided for fast access to a specific item in the manual.
The Quadralink® Road Map INSTALL THE SYSTEM Go to: INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT Perform Procedures in section 5
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION 1.Unpack and install the equipment rack 2.Perform an inventory and physical verification of the equipment. 3.Connect and point the antennas 4.Connect the voice frequency (VF) channels and the data lines to the optional service channel unit. 5.Check the rack battery voltage 6.Prepare and connect power to the assembly. 7.Turn on power to the system
ALIGNMENT 1.Transmit test signals 2.Align the radio 3.Verify the transmit / receive LO frequency 4.Verify the transmit output power 5.Align the radio antennas 6.Verification and adjustment of the system DADE. 7.Verify the orderwire and accessory equipment 8.Verify the bit Error Rate performance. 9.Verify the pseudo-BER alarm level 10.Adjustment of the pseudo-BER threshold 11.Verify the operation of the protection System.
CONNECT CUSTOMER SIGNAL, CONTROL AND ALARM
OPERATE THE SYSTEM Go to: OPERATION Refer to section 6
YES
NO IS SYSTEM RUNNING PROPERLY?
TROUBLESHOOT THE SYSTEM
PERFORM ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Go to: TROUBLE ISOLATION
Go to: MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
1.Use section 8 (Trouble Isolation)
1.Use section 7 (Routine Maintenance)
2.Take corrective action.
2.Record indications in log.
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE — CUSTOMER SERVICE ISO 9001 Certification The Harris Microwave Communications Division is committed to total customer satisfaction and is I.S. EN ISO 9001: 1994 registered for the design, manufacture, installation and service of microwave radio systems.
ISO 14001 Certification Harris Microwave Communication Division believes that corporations have a responsibility towards the environment and must operate their business in a manner that integrates environmental preoccupation. Harris Microwave Communications Montreal operations is I.S. EN ISO 14001:1996 registered for the design, manufacture, installation and service of microwave radio systems.
Customer Resource Center Our Customer Resource Center (CRC) is staffed with factory trained and highly qualified Product Support staff whose task is to provide telephone support to resolve complex customer equipment problems quickly and accurately in a timely manner. Customers who completed product training given by Harris Microwave Communications Division and are equipped with proper test equipment and spare parts will experience quick resolution of their equipment problems. Harris Corporation Microwave Communications Division 330 Twin Dolphin Drive Redwood Shores, CA 94065-1421, USA Phone: 1-800-227-8332 or 650-594-3800 Fax: (650) 594-3621 Harris Corporation Microwave Communications Division 3 Hotel-de-Ville Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Quebec Canada H9B 3G4 Phone: 1-800-227-8332 or 514-421-8333 Fax: 514-685-4580 Telex: 05-821893 Harris S.A. de C.V. Ejercito Nacional No. 926 Despacho 203, Colonia Palmas Polanco Mexico, D.F. C.P. 11560 Phone: +52-5-580-0536 Fax: +52-5-580-1035
Coasin Comunicaciones S.A. For Argentina customers only Diagonal Roque Saens Pena, 648-8o 1035 Buenos Aires Argentina, S. A. Phone: +54-1-343-1366/78 - 345-0675/76 Fax: +54-1-345-0677 Harris Comm. (Shenzhen) LTD. Flat C, 2/F China Great Wall Computer Bldg., Kefa Rd. Industrial Garden Nanshan Area, Shenzhen 518057 The People’s Republic of China Phone: +86-755-663-7928 Fax: +86-755-663-7048 Harris Corporation — Manila For Asian customers only 3/F SGV II Building 6758 Ayala Avenue Makati, Manila Philippines Phone: +63-2-818-5111 Fax: +63-2-818-8165 Harris Corporation — Malaysia 1109B, 10th Floor, Block E Kelana Parkview Tower, Unit No.1, Jalan SS 6/2, Kelana Jaya, 47301 Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia Phone:1-603-700-6203 Fax:1-603-703-1814 Harris do Brasil Estrada da Aldeinha, 400 Alphaville 06465-100 Barueri, SP Telephone:+55-11-7291-7608 Fax: +55-11-7291-7609
Visit our customer service web site at:
http://www.microwave.harris.com/cservice/
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM Identifying units and modules
This section is a quick reference to help you locate and identify the units and modules of the Quadralink® radio. The number in the circles in the following illustrations corresponds to a description of the unit or connector in the following tables.
! Never connect hazardous voltages to the Quadralink® radio or the optional front access panels. Application of an electromotive force potential greater than 60 volts peak referenced to ground could cause injury to personnel or even death. System design or installation technicians should ensure such voltages will not arise from any source, including but not limited to, lightning, incorrect wiring, or fault conditions.
NOTE
If the radio rack has an optional front access interface panel, see appendix B 'OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE' for connection information.
NOTE
If the radio is used in a 1:N configuration, refer the SAT COM 30 technical handbook to identify the units and modules of the 1:N switch.
UCLD - A
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM Figure A:
Connectors on the Alarm Display Panel (partial view of front door)
1
ALARM DISPLAY MAJOR MINOR
A AGC B
OVRD
DVM GND
2 3 4
MENU
EXEC
Table A:
ACO
List of Annotations for the Alarm Display Panel
#
Description
1
A AGC:
Channel A automatic gain control voltage level monitor point
2
B AGC:
Channel B automatic gain control voltage level monitor point
3
DVM:
Digital voltmeter input. The maximum voltage input range is from -10 Vdc to +30 Vdc. Accuracy from -5 V to +5 V is ±0.5 V. Accuracy from -10 V to -5 V and from +5 V to +30 V is ±10%.
4
GND:
Chassis ground.
! Failure to replace the plastic caps on the alarm display panel test points listed in table A could result in damage to the radio. These plastic caps help to prevent the radio from being exposed to harmful electrostatic discharge.
UCLD - B
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM Figure B:
Arrangement of Terminal Equipment in an EIA Rack. The door on the Quadralink® radio has been partially removed to show the signal processing cards. 19
5
XMT LO MON
OPEN
XMT A
RCV
XMT
XMT LO MON
ALARM DISPLAY
7
MAJOR
A
MINOR
B
OPEN
RCV B
XMT B
RCV
XMT
AGC
OVRD
DVM GND
ACO
SERVICE CHANNEL UNIT (ORDERWIRE OR DVS Q™)
MULDEX UNIT
LINE INTERFACE
EXEC
MULDEX UNIT
MODEM UNIT
CONTROLLER UNIT
MENU
MODEM UNIT
6
RCV A
ANTENNA COUPLING UNIT SD-XXXXXX
PS ALM
OFF ON RST
PS ALM
OFF ON RST OPEN
RCV LO MON
8 SIDE A
OPEN
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
RCV LO MON
17
18
SIDE B
UCLD - C
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Table B: #
List of Annotations for the Radio Description
5
ACU (antenna coupling unit)
6
Transmit local oscillator monitor connector (side A)†
7
Alarm display panel
8
Transceiver (side A)
9
Receive local oscillator monitor connector (side A)†
10
Controller unit
11
Modem unit (side A)
12
Muldex unit (side A)
13
Line interface
14
Muldex unit (side B) (if equipped)
15
Modem unit (side B) (if equipped)
16
Built in service channel unit (orderwire unit or DVS Q™ unit) (if equipped)
17
Transceiver (side B) (if equipped)
18
Receive local oscillator monitor connector (side B)†
19
Transmit local oscillator monitor connector (side B)† †
UCLD - D
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
To maintain the resistance of the radio to electromagnetic interference (EMI), a metal cap is used to cover this jack. Always replace this cap after removing it.
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM Figure C:
Connectors on the signal processing unit
25 T E S T N T T E S T N T T E S T N T T E S T N T
E 3
D E M
T E S T
A B D M X
I N
X M T
F A I L
A B
I N 2
27 V F I 1 N
I N 3
T O E U S T T
E 3 T E S T
I N 1
V F I 2 N
I N
23
A B
I N 1
M A J
M A J
A L M
A L M
T O E U S T T
23
28
27 V F I 1 N
F A I L
T E S T V F 2
O U T I N
T O E U S T T
SW A A U T O
20
N O R M
N O R M
T E S T
T E S T
28
20
B
A L M
L A T C H
I C L K
R S T
24
I C L K
E 3
O M U O T N 2
M O N
O M U O T N 3
24
I M O N Q M O N
O M U O T N 4
22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
22
21
21
A U T O
S P K R O N
A U T S O P K R O N
S V P O K L R
S V P O K L R S P K R
H N D S T S P K R
30
H N D S T
29
29
DVS Q SD-099980
MODEM SD-108542
MULDEX SD-108534
MULDEX SD-108534
MODEM SD-108542
ORDERWIRE SD-098780
30 CONTROLLER SD-098750
E Q P D
M O N
Q M O N
F A I L
L I N E
E 3
I M O N
M A N
O M U O T N 1
26 OR
10
11
12
13
14
11
16 UCLD - E
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
For more information on the controls and indicators on the signal processing units, see part I, 'Discrete controls and indicators' on page 6 - 19. Table C:
List of Annotations for the Signal Processing Units
#
UCLD - F
Description
20
I CLK:
BNC connector; used to observe I channel clock (used to trigger oscilloscope).
21
I MON:
BNC connector: used to observe the I channel eye pattern.
22
Q MON:
BNC connector; used to observe the Q channel eye pattern.
23
E3 TEST IN: BNC connector; used for inserting an E3 (34368 kb/s) test signal.
24
E3 MON: BNC connector; used for monitoring the E3 (34368 kb/s) output signal.
25
TEST IN 1 through 4: BNC jacks are for patching signals in when corresponding toggle switch is set to T (test) position. TEST IN 1 and TEST IN 2 are used only. On your radio, the line interface unit may be equipped with TRS plugs instead of BNC jacks and toggle switches. Normal / test selection is automatic upon insertion of the TRS jack.
26
MON OUT 1 through 4: BNC jacks used for monitoring tributaries. MON OUT 1 and MON OUT 2 are used only. On your radio, the line interface unit may be equipped with TRS plugs instead of BNC jacks.
27
VF1 TEST IN/OUT: TRS jacks; used to monitor voice frequency input and output signals of voice channel 1
28
VF2 TEST IN/OUT: TRS jacks; used to monitor voice frequency input and output signals of voice channel 2
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM Table C:
List of Annotations for the Signal Processing Units
#
Description
29
HNDST:
Telephone jack, for connecting orderwire handset
30
SPKR:
Connector plug, for connecting an external speaker
See 'Front panel lamps, test points, controls, and input / output jacks' on page 6 - 22 for more details about the signal processing units.
UCLD - G
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
More information about the motherboard connectors is provided in the FWL drawings. See appendix D. Frame 1 is usually the upper radio in the rack and frame 2 is usually the lower radio in the rack.
UCLD - H
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM Figure D:
32
Connectors on the Radio Motherboard Backplane
31
47
48
49 50
HARRIS/FARINON RADIO 2/7/8 GHZ P1
EMI/1:N RF B OUT
33
SD-099985-M1
RF A OUT J15
J17 TRANSCEIVER B
TRANSCEIVER A J49
J52 XMTR B IF IN
P6 LNA PWR "B"
TB1 + B
52
TB2
-
+
A
-
+
A
-
P3
P5 LNA PWR "A"
RF B IN
J20 DATA 2
J9
J3
J1
MODEM "A"
CONTROLLER
SD-900047-M1
J1
35
J50 RCVR A IF OUT
MULDEX "A" P1 OR BPI "A"
J2
(P)
LINE INTERFACE
J47 MOD A IF OUT
J5
J7
MULDEX "B" P2 OR BPI "B"
J11 MODEM "B"
J13 ORDERWIRE
(1)
J53 MOD B IF OUT
RF A IN
RF SWITCH
SECTION A, OPTIONAL 1:N PIGGYBACK CARD SHOWN — SEE FIGURE E
J51 RCVR B IF OUT
TERMINAL
J21 DATA 1
34
51
XMTR A IF IN
53
J55
54
ALARM EXTENDER
P9
36
J24 MOD/MUL
55
1:N
J58 D1-MULDEX
P10
J63
38 LINE OUT 1
LINE OUT 2
LINE OUT 3
LINE OUT 4
J18 P4 RS 485 INTERFACE
E3 IN "B" P16
56
J19 DVS-II
1:N CARD
J18
J4
REPEATER
J3
37
(OUT)
(IN)
101-900047
J22 VF/FSK
LINE INP 1
P15
LINE INP 2
LINE INP 3
57
LINE INP 4
1:N 1+1
39
J56 E3 IN J39
J40
J42
J31
J32
J33
J34
LINE OUT 5
LINE OUT 6
LINE OUT 7
J41
LINE OUT 8
LINE INP 5
LINE INP 6
LINE INP 7
LINE INP 8
J43
J44
J45
J46
J35
J36
J37
J38
(UNBALANCED)
(UNBALANCED)
40
POWER SUPPLY B
J23
J12 MODEM "B"
J14 ORDERWIRE
41 42 43
J26 EAST
POWER SUPPLY A
LINE I/O (BALANCED)
J10 MULDEX "B" OR BPI "B"
J6 MODEM "A" OR BPI "A"
J8 LINE INTERFACE
J4 MULDEX "A"
58
J27 ALARM RELAYS
J2 CONTROLLER
J25 SPUR
P8 TEST B
J29 J30 EXTERNAL ALARMS INPUTS
HANDSET J57 E3 OUT
J64 E3 OUT "B" P2
59
1:N P17
44
1+1
SPEAKER J54 DEMOD B IF IN
P7 TEST A
J48 DEMOD A IF IN
B9000046
45
ISS:1-91
60
46 63 64
65
66 67
68
62 69
61
70
71
72
73
J63
E3 IN "B" LINE OUT 1
LINE OUT 2
LINE OUT 3
LINE OUT 4
LINE INP 1
LINE INP 2
LINE INP 3
LINE INP 4
1:N 1:1
J56 E3 IN J39
J40
J41
J42
J31
J32
J33
J34
LINE INP 5
LINE INP 6
LINE INP 7
LINE INP 8
J35
J36
J37
J38
(UNBALANCED)
(UNBALANCED) LINE OUT 5
LINE OUT 6
LINE OUT 7
LINE OUT 8
J43
J44
J45
J46
J23
74
75
76
77
LINE I/O (BALANCED)
78
79 80 81 82
UCLD - I
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Table D:
List of Annotations for the Radio Motherboard Backplane
#
# P6
LNA PWR "B"; Not used
32
J53:
MOD B IF OUT; connected to J52
33
J52:
XMTR B IF IN; connected to J53
34
J51:
RCVR B IF OUT; connected to J54
35
J21:
DATA 1; connected to J37 (for a frame 1 radio) on the user interface, J35 (for a frame 1 radio) on the customer panel, or customer connection
36
P10
For factory testing only
37
J20:
DATA 2; connected to J38 (for a frame 1 radio) on the user interface, J36 (for a frame 1 radio) on the customer panel, or customer connection
39
40
J58:
J24:
J22:
UCLD - J
D1 MULDEX; connected to J10 (for a frame 1 radio) or J11 (for a frame 2 radio) of a VersaT1ity™ DVA MOD/MUL; connected to J25 or J26 of other frame equipped with an orderwire or DVS Q™ unit (usually the frame 1 radio) VF/FSK; connected to J40 on the user interface or J37 (for a frame 1 radio) on the customer panel or customer connection
List of Annotations for the Radio Motherboard Backplane (Continued) Description
Description
31
38
Table D:
41
J26:
EAST; connected to J24 on other frame (east) equipped without orderwire or DVS Q™ unit (usually the frame 2 radio)
42
P8:
TEST B; connected to an RF repeater AGC level alarm decoder only when the hop is used in conjunction with an RF repeater
43
J29:
HANDSET; connected to orderwire 4 wire handset
44
J25:
SPUR; connected to J24 on other frame (spur) equipped without orderwire or DVS Q™ unit
45
P2:
SPEAKER; connected to external orderwire speaker
46
J54:
DEMOD B IF IN; connected to J51
47
TB1, TB2: BATTERY INPUT; connected to the office battery supply
48
P3:
RF SWITCH; connected to J1 or RF SWITCH on the ACU
49
P5
LNA PWR "A"; Not used
50
J49:
XMTR A IF IN; connected to J47
51
J47:
MOD A IF OUT; connected to J49
52
J19:
DVS II; connected to J7 (for a frame 1 radio) or J8 (for a frame 2 radio) of the DVS II
53
J50:
RCVR A IF OUT; connected to J48
Table D:
#
List of Annotations for the Radio Motherboard Backplane (Continued) Description
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM Table D:
#
List of Annotations for the Radio Motherboard Backplane (Continued) Description
54
J55:
ALARM EXTENDER; connected to J43 (for a frame 1 radio) or J44 (for a frame 2 radio) on the user interface
62
J57:
E3 OUT; connected to customer equipment or J2 (for a frame 1 radio) or J18 (for a frame 2 radio) on the user interface
55
P9
For factory testing only
63
J64
56
P4
Not used
57
J28:
RS-485 INTERFACE; connected to J39 on the user interface
E3 OUT "B"; connected to the COM 30 1:N switch (this connector is used only in 1:N systems). See figure 5-19.
64
J39:
ALARM RELAYS; connected to J41 (for a frame 1 radio) or J42 (for a frame 2 radio) on the user interface or J38 (for a frame 1 radio) or J39 (for a frame 2 radio) on the customer panel or customer connection
LINE OUT 1; connected to customer equipment or J4 (for a frame 1 radio) or J20 (for a frame 2 radio) on the user interface or customer panel
65
J40:
LINE OUT 2; connected to customer equipment or J6 (for a frame 1 radio) or J22 (for a frame 2 radio) on the user interface or customer panel
66
J41:
LINE OUT 3; not connected
67
J42:
LINE OUT 4; not connected
68
J63
E3 IN "B"; connected to the COM 30 1:N switch (this connector is used only in 1:N systems). See figure 5-19.
69
J56:
E3 IN; connected to customer equipment or J1 (for a frame 1 radio) or J17 (for a frame 2 radio) on the user interface or customer panel
70
J31:
LINE INP 1; connected to customer equipment or J3 (for a frame 1 radio) or J19 (for a frame 2 radio) on the user interface or customer panel
58
59
60
61
J27:
P7:
J30:
J48:
TEST A; connected to an RF repeater AGC level alarm decoder only when the hop is used in conjunction with an RF repeater EXTERNAL ALARM INPUTS; connected to customer equipment. When the radio is equipped for use with a TBOS RTU or FARSCAN™, eight external digital inputs (site alarms and status signals) can be read at the master TBOS or FARSCAN™ site. DEMOD A IF IN; connected to J50
UCLD - K
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM Table D:
#
List of Annotations for the Radio Motherboard Backplane (Continued) Description
71
J32:
LINE INP 2; connected to customer equipment or J5 (for a frame 1 radio) or J21 (for a frame 2 radio) on the user interface or customer panel
72
J33:
LINE INP 3; not connected
73
J34:
LINE INP 4; not connected
74
J43:
LINE OUT 5; not connected
75
J44:
LINE OUT 6; not connected
76
J45:
LINE OUT 7; not connected
77
J46:
LINE OUT 8; not connected
78
J23:
LINE I/O (BALANCED); not connected
79
J35:
LINE INP 5; not connected
80
J36:
LINE INP 6; not connected
81
J37:
LINE INP 7; not connected
82
J38:
LINE INP 8; not connected
UCLD - L
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Figure E:
Optional 1:N Radio Card (equipped on 1:N or 1:N ready radios only) 88 SD-900047-M1
(1)
87
1:N CARD
J4 (OUT)
REPEATER
J3
(IN)
101-900047
1:N
84
P1
J2
J1
(P)
P2
TERMINAL
83
85 Table E:
86 List of Annotations for the 1:n Backplane Piggyback Card
#
Description
83
J1
Connected to the X, 3, 5, or 7 connector on the COM 30 switch
84
P2
Connected to J5 on the radio motherboard backplane
85
J3
(IN); connected to the J4 (OUT) connector of the corresponding repeater radio†
86
J4
(OUT); connected from the J3 (IN) connector of the corresponding repeater radio†
87
P1
Connected to J9 on the radio motherboard backplane
88
J2
Connected to the 1, 2, 4, or 6 connector on the COM 30 switch
†
Only one cable needs to be connected between the J3 (IN) and J4 (OUT) connectors of the two radios in a repeater configuration.
UCLD - M
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
P6 P8
RCVR P5
RF/IF MOD
93
SYNTHESIZER 2GHZ
94 RCV LO IN
P2 P3 1W PA UPCONV
XMT LO P1
RCV LO
IF IN
SLOPE EQ
IF OUT
89
Module Identification of a Typical Transceiver Equipped with Synthesizer Local Oscillators. Shown with optional adaptive slope equalizer on a medium capacity, 2 GHz radio.
RF IN
Figure F:
XMT LO IN RF IN
RF OUT
LO MON OUT RCV LO OUT 1W PWR AMPL
XMT RF OUT
92
99
100
OFF ON RST
PS ALM
XMT OPEN LO MON
OPEN
RCV
RCV LO MON
XMT
98
SLOPE EQUALIZER
IN
OUT
101
POWER SUPPLY P1
LK3
102
UCLD - N
107
LK6
SYNTHESIZER 2GHZ
XMT.LO OUT LO.MON OUT
106
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
RF/IF MOD
RF OUT
XMT LO IN
93
SYNTHESIZER 2GHZ
90
94
RCV LO IN
P6 P8
RCVR P5
RF IN
RF FILTER
50 OHM LOAD
XMT LO P1
P4
P2 P3 1W PA UPCONV
5W PA
RCV LO
IF IN
SLOPE EQ
IF OUT
89
Module Identification of a Typical 5 Watt PA Transceiver Equipped with Synthesizer Local Oscillators. Shown with optional adaptive slope equalizer on a medium capacity, 2 GHz radio.
RF IN
Figure G:
RF IN
RF OUT
LO MON OUT RCV LO OUT
RF OUT
RF IN
91
92
1W PWR AMPL
XMT RF OUT
5W PA
99
100
OFF ON RST
PS ALM
XMT OPEN LO MON
OPEN
RCV
RCV LO MON
XMT
98
SLOPE EQUALIZER
IN
OUT
101
POWER SUPPLY
107
LK6
SYNTHESIZER 2GHZ
XMT.LO OUT LO.MON OUT
106
P1
LK3
102
UCLD - O
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
RCV LO OUT
LO MON OUT
LOC OSC
RCVR P5
RCV LO
P6 P8
XMT LO P1
SLOPE EQ
IF OUT
P2 P3 1W PA UPCONV
89
Module Identification of a Typical Transceiver Equipped with Fixed Frequency Local Oscillators. Shown with optional adaptive slope equalizer on a medium capacity, 2 GHz radio.
RF IN
Figure H:
RF/IF MOD
93 XMT LO IN RF IN
RF OUT
95
1W PWR AMPL
XMT RF OUT
92
99
100
OFF ON RST
PS ALM
XMT OPEN LO MON
OPEN
RCV
RCV LO MON
XMT
98
OUT
107
LK6 LK3 P1
103
UCLD - P
SLOPE EQUALIZER
POWER SUPPLY
106
LOC OSC
LO.MON OUT
XMT.LO OUT
IN
101
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
93
LO MON OUT
LOC OSC
RF OUT
XMT LO IN
RF/IF MOD
RCV LO OUT
90
RCV LO IN
P6 P8
RCVR P5
RF IN
RF FILTER
50 OHM LOAD
XMT LO P1
P4
RCV LO P2 P3 1W PA UPCONV
5W PA
SLOPE EQ
IF OUT
89
Module Identification of a Typical 5 Watt PA Transceiver Equipped with Fixed Frequency Local Oscillators. Shown with optional adaptive slope equalizer on a medium capacity, 2 GHz radio.
RF IN
Figure I:
RF OUT
RF IN
92
91
1W PWR AMPL
XMT RF OUT
5W PA
RF IN
RF OUT
95
99
100
OFF ON RST
PS ALM
XMT OPEN LO MON
OPEN
RCV
RCV LO MON
XMT
98
SLOPE EQUALIZER
POWER SUPPLY
107
LK6
106
LK3
LOC OSC
LO.MON OUT
XMT.LO OUT
IN
OUT
101
P1
103
UCLD - Q
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
IF IN
P6 P8
LOC OSC DRO
93 XMT LO IN RF OUT
RCV LO IN
RF/IF MOD
97 LO MON OUT
RCV LO OUT
RCV LO RCV P5
P2 P3 1W PA UPCONV
XMT LO P1
SLOPE EQ
XMT IF
IF OUT
89
Module Identification of a Typical Transceiver Equipped with Dielectric Resonant Oscillator (DRO) Local Oscillators. Shown with optional adaptive slope equalizer on a medium capacity, 7 GHz radio.
RF IN
Figure J:
200mW PWR AMPL OR 1W PWR AMPL
92
100
99
OFF ON RST
PS ALM
XMT LO MON
OPEN
OPEN
RCV
RCV LO MON
XMT
98
LK3
105
UCLD - R
EQL ADAPTIVE SLOPE SD-098762-M1
POWER SUPPLY 097-98732-001 LK6
106
P1
LOC OSC DRO
XMT LO OUT
XMT MON OUT
IN
OUT
101
107
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM Figure K:
Module Identification of a Typical Transceiver Equipped with Phase Locked Source (PLS) Local Oscillators. Shown with optional adaptive slope equalizer on a medium capacity, 7 GHz radio
P6 P8
96
RCV P5
P2 P3 1W PA UPCONV
RF/IF MOD
LO MON OUT
RF IN
RF OUT
XMT LO IN
92
200 Mw PWR AMPL OR 1W PWR AMPL
99
100
OFF ON RST
PS ALM
XMT LO MON
OPEN
OPEN
RCV
RCV LO MON
XMT
98
RCV LO IN
93
LOC OSC PLS / SYNTHESIZER
RCV LO OUT
RCV LO
XMT IF
SLOPE EQ
IF OUT
XMT LO P1
RCV IF RF IN
89
POWER SUPPLY 097-98732-001
106 LOC OSC PLS / SYNTHESIZER
LK6
107
P1
LK3
104
EQL ADAPTIVE SLOPE SD-098762-M1
XMT MON OUT
XMT LO OUT
101
UCLD - S
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Table F:
List of Annotations for the Transceiver Unit on a Medium Capacity Radio
#
Description
89
Transceiver board
90
50 Ω load for 2GHz radios equipped with a 5 Watt power amplifier unit only
91
5 Watt power amplifier unit for 2GHz radios only
92
Power amplifier unit
93
RF/IF module
94
Receive synthesizer local oscillator unit for 2GHz radios only
95
Receive fixed frequency local oscillator unit for 2GHz radios only
96
Receive phase lock source local (PLS) or synthesizer oscillator unit for 7GHz radios only
97
Receive dielectric resonant oscillator (DRO) local oscillator unit for 7 GHz radios only
98
XMT; RF output to the antenna coupling unit
99
RCV; RF input from the antenna coupling unit
100
RCV LO MON; connects to a frequency counter to verify the receive local oscillator output frequency†
101
XMT LO MON; connects to a frequency counter to verify the transmit local oscillator output frequency†
102
Transmit synthesizer local oscillator unit for 2 GHz radios only
†
UCLD - T
To maintain the resistance of the radio to electrmagnetic interference (EMI), a metal cap is used to cover this jack. Always replace this cap after removing it.
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM Table F:
List of Annotations for the Transceiver Unit on a Medium Capacity Radio
#
Description
103
Transmit fixed frequency local oscillator unit for 2 GHz radios only
104
Transmit phase lock source (PLS) or synthesizer local oscillator unit for 7 GHz radios only
105
Transmit dielectric resonant oscillator (DRO) local oscillator unit for 7 GHz radios only
106
Power supply unit
107
Adaptive slope equalizer unit (optional)
†
To maintain the resistance of the radio to electrmagnetic interference (EMI), a metal cap is used to cover this jack. Always replace this cap after removing it.
UCLD - U
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM
UCLD - V
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3
GENERAL USER INFORMATION
Identification of electrostatic-sensitive devices ESD symbols What is ESD? Damage prevention for electrostatic-sensitive devices Qualifications of installation personnel Moisture-sensitive devices (MSD) Special handling procedures for semirigid coaxial cable Removal guidelines Installation guidelines The unique use of a Quadralink® radio Tools and test equipment required Warnings, cautions, and notes Regulatory compliance for all versions .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
EMI regulatory compliance (For EMI compliant version only) FCC requirement
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required factory label for FCC compliant radios
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
VDE requirement
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-7 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-9 1-9
Page TOC - 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE — CUSTOMER SERVICE>
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 2
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
Equipment configuration Radio components and modules Unprotected radio Protected radio 1:N Power supply EMI shielding of the radio .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
How the radio mounts
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
How the modules or units mount
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Mounting arrangement Heatsink ACU Alarm display panel Handset / speaker
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Operation interfaces
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
System meters and controls Alarm / display Signal patching and monitoring jacks .
Electrical interfaces
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
How modules and units interconnect
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Page TOC - 2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-7 2-7
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
SECTION 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
THEORY OF OPERATION .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Electrical description
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Reception The adaptive slope equalizer Alarms Modem alarms Demultiplexer .
.
.
Signal flow in the receive direction .
.
.
System block diagram Tributary input Primary traffic access Wayside access (add / drop) Signal processing scheme Multiplexing Modulation Alarms Transmission .
.
.
.
Signal flow in the transmit direction
.
.
.
Modulation scheme Signal processing scheme .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
The internal orderwire unit (SD-098780)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Tributary output Errorless switching .
.
Orderwire functions Internal orderwire signal levels Digital voice frequency (VF) service channels Data channels Signaling .
.
.
.
The internal DVS
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Q™
service channel unit (SD-099980) Service channel functions .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-4 3-6 3-6 3-8 3-8 3-9
3 - 11 3 - 11 3 - 12 3 - 13 3 - 14 3 - 14 3 - 16 3 - 17 3 - 17 3 - 17 3 - 18 3 - 18 3 - 18 3 - 19 3 - 19 3 - 20
Page TOC - 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Applications Path and equipment protection configurations Selective fading countermeasures Maintenance features Easily replaceable modules and units Alarm / display panel Primary power source Summary of front panel controls, LEDs, and test points
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TABLE OF CONTENTS Digital voice frequency (VF) service channels Internal DVS Q™ VF signal levels Data channels Internal DVS Q™ data channel interface standards Signaling The MUX/DEMUX and CODEC block .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1+1 protection switching
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Criteria At the transmit site At the receive site Default Controller unit Status monitoring Switch decision .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Transmit alarms Muldex alarms
.
1:N protection switching (Available in EMI compliant version only) The wayside channels 1:N protection switching .
.
3 - 20 3 - 21 3 - 22 3 - 22 3 - 22 3 - 23 3 - 25 3 - 25 3 - 25 3 - 25 3 - 25 3 - 25 3 - 25 3 - 26 3 - 26 3 - 26
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 27 3 - 27 3 - 27
Receiver selection
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 29
Alarm interface
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 29
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 30
Metering test points and controls
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Integral digital voltmeter
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 31 3 - 31
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 31
Alarm and status indicators on the alarm display panel
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 32
Optional user interface unit
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 32
The controller
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 33
The HF panel
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 35
The customer panel
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 35
The user interface
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 35
The alarm and control extender
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 36
.
.
The alarm / display panel
.
.
Line interface unit test switches
Page TOC - 4
.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
SECTION 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Operating environment
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-6
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) electromagnetic interference (EMI) Electrostatic sensitive devices (ESD) Power consumption Power supply specifications and requirements Optional alternating current (mains operated) power supply .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-2 4-2 4-2 4-3 4-3
Modem characteristics
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-7
Muldex characteristics
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-7
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Transmitter characteristics
Transmit output power for a 1+1 protected radio Transmit output power for a 1:N protected radio system .
Receiver characteristics
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Receive threshold for a 1+1 protected radio Receive threshold for a 1:N protected radio system .
Antenna coupling unit
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-8 4-8 4-9
4 - 12 4 - 12 4 - 13
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4 - 16 4 - 16 4 - 17 4 - 20
Characteristics of internal DVS Q™ service channel / orderwire unit
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4 - 21
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Typical Antenna coupling unit (ACU) branching losses for a 1+1 protected radio Typical Antenna coupling unit (ACU) branching losses for a 1:N protected radio system Antenna coupling unit (ACU) return loss .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Page TOC - 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
System characteristics Frequency Range Bit rate capacity T/R spacing T/T spacing
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 5
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Installation of the Quadralink® radio List of installation steps Qualifications of installation personnel Location and environment Power source Wiring specifications Identifying units and modules The installation procedure .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-1 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-5
Perform an inventory and physical verification of the equipment
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Unpack and install the equipment
Equipment option check EMI integrity and making electrical connections to the radio Guidelines for cable routing to minimize EMI Making the connection .
.
Connect and point the antennas
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-6 5-6 5-7 5-7 5-7
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 11
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Connect the service channel voice frequency (VF) and data lines
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 14 5 - 14 5 - 14 5 - 15
If you are using the optional internal service channel unit (SD-098780 or SD-099980) If you are using the DVS II Digital VersaT1lity™ service channel assembly Power source (office battery) requirements
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Prepare and connect power to the radio
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 16 5 - 16 5 - 17 5 - 24
.
.
Grounding of the radio Connecting the radio to the power source .
Turn on power to the radio Alignment procedure
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Adjustments and tuning Drawings, tables, and charts Transmit test signals
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Feed inputs and establish a communication link Check for alarms Check the alarm / display panel .
Align the radio
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Verify the transmitter local oscillator frequency Verify the receiver local oscillator frequency Verify the transmitter output power Optional method using an RF power meter Transfer traffic and lock on line Disconnect the power meter Set the protection logic to automatic .
.
Page TOC - 6
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 25 5 - 25 5 - 25 5 - 26 5 - 26 5 - 26 5 - 26 5 - 27 5 - 27 5 - 27 5 - 28 5 - 29 5 - 29 5 - 29 5 - 30
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Measuring the output power at the antenna port Align the radio antennas Plot the AGC curve .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Set up and check the data channels
.
.
.
5 - 30 5 - 31 5 - 31 5 - 33 5 - 33 5 - 33
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 34 5 - 34 5 - 34
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 35
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 36
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 37 5 - 37
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 37
Check the BER performance of the system
Long count on E3 (34268 kb/s) tributary Long count on wayside tributary channels Check the pseudo-BER alarm level
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 39
Adjust the pseudo-BER threshold (optional)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 40
Check the 1+1 protection system
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Non-protected radios MHSB or MHSB / space diversity protection Transmit direction Receive direction Frequency, frequency / space, or quad diversity protection Transmit direction Receive direction .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Connect customer signals (tributaries)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Disabling unused tributaries Enabling unused tributaries
.
5 - 41 5 - 41 5 - 41 5 - 42 5 - 43 5 - 43 5 - 44 5 - 44
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 46 5 - 48 5 - 49
Connect the
Quadralink®
radio tributaries to the COM 30 switch (for 1:N systems only)
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 52
Connect the
Quadralink®
radio for non-switching repeaters (for 1:N systems only).
5 - 56
Configure the 1:N protection system Check for data continuity Set the static phase alignment Check the 1:N protection system .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Connect customer signals (service channel)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Connect remote control / monitoring equipment
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Service channel connectors
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Connecting an RTU to alarm relay outputs and to control inputs Connecting the basic Quadralink® radio relays (if no front access panel is provided) Connecting the radio to a TBOS RTU Connecting the radio to FARSCAN™ .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 57 5 - 57 5 - 57 5 - 57 5 - 58 5 - 58 5 - 66 5 - 66 5 - 66 5 - 70 5 - 76
Page TOC - 7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Optional VF channel tests
.
.
Check the DVS II Check the internal orderwire / service channel unit .
.
.
Check orderwire and other accessory equipment .
.
.
.
.
.
.
Modem demodulator DADE Muldex unit Demultiplexer DADE
.
.
.
Verification and adjustment of the system DADE
.
.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 6
OPERATION
The alarm / display panel The system control alarm and status (SCAS) network program The test points The LED lamps The LCD display The ACO switch and LED The alarm / display push-buttons How to use the internal digital voltmeter .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
How to use the alarm and display panel To select a menu option To display global system status To display status information To do a control operation To display alarm information .
.
.
Loopback, how it works
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-1 6-1 6-2 6-2 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-5 6-5 6-5 6-5 6-6 6-6
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-7
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-8 6-9
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
SCAS Glossary (alarm / display unit menus and messages)> The alarm display unit main menu
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
STATUS MENU
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 10
STATUS MENU | OVERRIDE DET’L?
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 12
CONTROL MENU
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 13
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 14
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CONTROL MENU | WAYSIDE L-1 LPBK DET’L? ALARM MENU
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 15
ALARM MENU | Tx/Rx DET’L?
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 17
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 17
ALARM MENU | MULDEX DET’L?
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 18
Discrete controls and indicators
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ALARM MENU | MODEM DET’L?
.
.
.
.
.
Monitoring the line and patching-in test signals Monitoring and patching the tributary channels The orderwire unit test jacks Forcing traffic through one channel exclusively Front panel lamps, test points, controls, and input / output jacks .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Quadralink® .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Remote control, alarm, and status functions available to the user Using a hard wired remote control to control and monitor the Using FARSCAN™ to control and monitor the Quadralink® Controlling and monitoring the Quadralink® with TBOS Standard TBOS display maps .
Page TOC - 8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 19 6 - 20 6 - 20 6 - 20 6 - 21 6 - 22 6 - 38 6 - 53 6 - 53 6 - 54 6 - 54
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
SECTION 7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7-1 7-1 7-1 7-1 7-1 7-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7-2
.
.
.
Recommended test equipment
.
.
.
.
.
Keep the radio clean and physically neat How to use the maintenance log form Complete radio information part What to write in each column .
SECTION 8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7-3 7-3 7-3
TROUBLE ISOLATION
Trouble isolation procedures Adjustments and tuning Line monitoring and patching in test signals .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8-1 8-2 8-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8-3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8-4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Isolating a problem to one of the main sections
.
Isolating problems in the control / signal processing section Isolating transceiver problems
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Special handling procedures for semirigid coaxial cable Removal guidelines Installation guidelines .
Technical assistance
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8-5 8-5 8-5 8-5
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8 - 11
Page TOC - 9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Routine tests using the alarm / display panel Measure performance degradation Measure transmitter output power and frequency Measure received signal level (RSL) Overall assembly check The routine maintenance log
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 9
REPLACING UNITS
Tools required Spare parts required In-service replacement in a protected system Transfer traffic and lock on line Special handling procedures for semirigid coaxial cable Removal guidelines Installation guidelines .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
9-1 9-2 9-3 9-3 9-4 9-4 9-4
Replacing units in the control / signal processing section
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
9-5
Replacing the alarm / display panel
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
9-7
Replacing modules on a transceiver
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Lock the radio to the opposite channel Take down the transceiver Remove the faulty module from the transceiver RF/IF module replacement Replacing a synthesizer unit with a synthesizer unit (for 2 GHz radios) Replacing a fixed frequency local oscillator with a synthesizer unit (for 2 GHz radios) Installation of the new synthesizer unit Replacement of a fixed-frequency local oscillator on a 7/8 GHz radio Setting the 7/8 GHz synthesizer unit output frequency Setting the synthesizer to a frequency step of 250 kHz Setting the synthesizer to frequencies in between the 250 kHz frequency steps Replacing a power supply unit Replacing a power amplifier unit Install replacement module Reinstall the transceiver Realign the transceiver .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Page TOC - 10
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
9-8 9-8 9-8 9-8 9-8 9 - 14 9 - 14 9 - 14 9 - 16 9 - 16 9 - 16 9 - 17 9 - 19 9 - 22 9 - 22 9 - 22 9 - 22 .
.
.
.
.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
SECTION 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REALIGNMENT
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
TX LEV alignment (required after the replacement of a 5 Watt power amplifier)
10 - 1 10 - 2 10 - 3 10 - 3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10 - 4 10 - 4 10 - 6 10 - 6 10 - 6
AGC level alignment (depot procedure — required after RF/IF module replacement)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10 - 7
Calibrate the display Disconnect the power meter Reinstall the transceiver Set the protection logic to automatic .
.
.
.
.
Plot the AGC curve (required after RF/IF module replacement) Transfer traffic and lock on line Test and adjustment chart
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10 - 10 10 - 10 10 - 13
After replacment of an adaptive slope Equalizer
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10 - 15
.
SECTION 11
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11 - 1 11 - 1
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Backplane strapping options Controller unit strapping options Muldex unit strapping options Modem unit strapping options Orderwire unit strapping options .
Q™
.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Identifying the part Spare unit ordering information
APPENDIX A
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
DVS unit strapping options Transceiver Unit Strapping Options RF/IF module strapping options Power supply unit strapping options .
.
.
.
.
.
A-1 A-3 A-9 A - 11 .
.
.
A - 13 A - 16 A - 18 A - 19 A - 20
Page TOC - 11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ALC alignment (required after RF/IF module, 0.2 Watt, and 1 Watt power amplifier replacement) Disconnect the power meter Reinstall the transceiver Set the protection logic to automatic
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX B
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
THE HF PANEL Connectors J1 to J6 and J17 to J22 Connectors J1 to J32 for a COM 30 1:N switch .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
B-3 B-3 B-4
.
B-5
THE CUSTOMER PANEL
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Connector Description
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
B-7 B-7 B-7 B-8 B-8 B-9 B - 10 B - 11 B - 12 B - 13 B - 15 B - 15 B - 16 B - 16 B - 16 B - 16
THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
B - 17
Connector Description
.
.
.
.
Connectors J1 to J6 and J17 to J22 Connectors J33, J34, TB1, TB2, TB3, and TB4 Connectors J35 and J40 Connectors J36 and J41 Connectors J37, TB9 and TB12 Connection of the basic Quadralink® radio relays Connectors J38 and TB10 Connectors J39 and TB11 Quadralink® radio basic alarm NO/NC strap locations for connectors TB10 and TB11 Connector TB5 Connector TB6 Connector TB7 Connector TB8 Connector TB13 Connectors TB14, TB15, TB16, and TB17 .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Connectors J1 to J6 and J17 to J22 Connectors J33, J34, TB1, TB2, TB3, and TB4 Connector TB5 Connector TB6 .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Connector TB7 Connector TB8 Connectors J37 and J45 Connectors J38 and J46 Connectors J40, TB9 and TB31 Connection of the basic Quadralink® radio relays Connectors J41 and TB10 Connectors J42 and TB11 Quadralink® radio basic alarm NO/NC strap locations for connectors TB10 and TB11 Connectors TB12, TB19, TB20, TB27, and TB28 .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Page TOC - 12
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
B - 20 B - 20 B - 20 B - 21 B - 21 B - 22 B - 22 B - 23 B - 23 B - 24 B - 25 B - 26 B - 27 B - 28 B - 28
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TABLE OF CONTENTS
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
B - 28
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
B - 29 B - 29 B - 30 B - 30 B - 32 B - 32
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
First level — software logic
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Second level — relay logic
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
B - 32 B - 34 B - 34
Determining the software version of the optional alarm and control extender board Connectors TB13, TB14, TB15, TB16, TB17, TB18, TB21, TB22, TB23, TB24, TB25, and TB26 (alarm and status outputs) Connectors TB13, TB14, TB15, TB16, TB21, TB22, TB23, and TB24 (remote control inputs) Barrier strip TB29 and TB30 .
APPENDIX C
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
DRAWINGS
General information on drawings Standard drawings
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Issue and model numbers: their function and how to find them .
Model numbers
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
APPENDIX D
C-1 C-1 C-1 C-2 C-2 C-2 C-2 C-2 C-2
Block and level diagram (BL-xxxx) Schematic diagram (SD-xxxxx) Block and level diagram (BL-Nxxxxx) Equipment wiring diagram (EW-Nxxxxx) Specification drawing (FJ-99xxx) Block and level diagram (FBL-99xxx) Equipment wiring drawing (FT-99xxx) Issue numbers
B - 39 B - 42
.
C-3 C-3
FARINON WIRING LIST (FWL)
What is the FWL? Equipment arrangement Equipment list .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
D-1 D-1 D-1
Page TOC - 13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — CONNECTIONS FOR THE ALARM AND CONTROL EXTENDER (ACE) Connection of the extended control inputs and alarm relay outputs (when the optional alarm and control extender is equipped) Connector J43 Connector J44 Configuring the optional alarm and control extender board Alarm and control extender relay information
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX E
RECORDS
General System test data sheets .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
GLOSSARY
INDEX
Page TOC - 14
E-1 E-1
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
SECTION 1 GENERAL USER INFORMATION Figure 1: Table 1
Identification of electrostatic-sensitive devices
Units and assemblies identified by any one of the symbols shown below contain electrostatic-sensitive devices. The ESD symbol is affixed on the unit or assembly front panel, or on the unit circuit board.
What is ESD?
A large amount of static electric charge can be generated and stored in our body through routine activity. If not discharged before handling equipment, this static electric charge can damage electrostatic-sensitive components contained in the equipment.
Damage prevention for electrostatic-sensitive devices
ESD damage is not always catastrophic; it can subtly degrade the performance of equipment over a period of time. ESD damage is prevented by using the wrist strap and grounding wire that is shipped with every radio in the operating spares kit. Be certain that you always use the wrist strap with the grounding wire connected to the radio chassis (that is grounded to earth) when working on the radio or when manipulating electrostatic-sensitive devices. See figure 1-1. When an electrostatic-sensitive device is not mounted in the radio, it must be sealed in a bag that is approved for electrostaticsensitive device storage and is marked with an electrostatic sensitive device warning and symbol. When working on an electrostatic-sensitive device on a work bench, a grounded electrostatic dissipative work mat must be used on the bench surfaces and the technician must wear a grounded wrist strap. Always observe these precautions for handling electrostaticsensitive devices.
Page 1 - 1
GENERAL USER INFORMATION
ANY OF THESE SYMBOLS MARK AN ELECTRONIC UNIT AS BEING AN ELECTROSTATIC-SENSITIVE DEVICE
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GENERAL USER INFORMATION
Figure 1-1: Proper Use of the Wrist Strap
! GROUNDING OF THE RACK IS REQUIRED. RACK MUST BE ELECTRICALLY BONDED TO EARTH GROUND. EQUIPMENT RACK
A SKILLED PERSON (SEE GLOSSARY FOR DEFINITION)
WRIST STRAP
GROUND WIRE CONNECTED TO THE RACK
NOTE
Qualifications of installation personnel
Installation of the radio and associated equipment is to be performed by a skilled person. Power connections to the radio must be made in compliance of the local electrical code by a skilled person. The definition of a skilled person is in the Glossary at the back of this instruction manual.
! Never connect hazardous voltages to the Quadralink® radio or the optional front access panels. Application of an electromotive force potential greater than 60 volts peek referenced to ground could cause injury to or death of personnel. System design or installation technicians should ensure such voltages will not arise from any source, including but not limited to, lightning, incorrect wiring, or fault conditions.
Page 1 - 2
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Moisture-sensitive devices (MSD)
Special handling procedures for semirigid coaxial cable
Removal guidelines
GENERAL USER INFORMATION Some units and/or assemblies are shipped in vacuum-sealed packages to protect moisture-sensitive devices (MSDs). MSDs are components into which moisture can build up over a period of time when they are not powered up or in active use. The moisture may then damage the component. A unit or assembly that is removed from its vacuum-sealed package must be kept in a dry place. The semirigid coaxial cable used in the Quadralink radio can be easily damaged by careless manipulation during removal and installation. A damaged cable can increase the return loss of the cable, thereby diminishing the performance of the radio.
Page 1 - 3
GENERAL USER INFORMATION
When removing a semirigid coaxial cable, disconnect the coupling at both ends of the coaxial cable. To disengage the coupling from its mate, press the ends of the coaxial cable together such that the net length of the coaxial cable is reduced by one half inch (13 mm). Now completely remove the coaxial cable. Do not bend or reshape the coaxial cable.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GENERAL USER INFORMATION
Figure 1-2: Coaxial Cable Removal and Installation
For test connections, use your own coaxial cable that can be disposed of should it become damaged. Installation guidelines
Reconnect the original coaxial cable as it was installed by again pressing the ends of the coaxial cable together such that the net length of the coaxial cable is reduced by 13 mm (1/2"). Now place the coupling onto its mate and tighten it. All SMA connectors must be tightened with a torque wrench set for 0.1 kg · m (9.0 pounds inches).
! The unique use of a Quadralink® radio
Tools and test equipment required
The Quadralink® microwave radio is designed for point to point microwave communication. Any use for other than a point to point microwave communication installation, as shown in this instruction manual, can result in damage to equipment, or personnel injury, or both. The Quadralink diagnostic system display panel is the main tool for checking the proper operation of the radio. Additional test equipment and tools required for installation and alignment are listed in table 1-1. NOTE
It is assumed that the technician doing the alignment is familiar with the test equipment in use. Procedures in this manual only specify the test equipment to use and do not describe the test equipment settings and adjustments
Page 1 - 4
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GENERAL USER INFORMATION . Table 1-1:
Test equipment Digital multimeter Frequency counter
List of Test Equipment Required for Radio Installation and Maintenance
The test equipment specifications required for the maintenance of: a 2 GHz radio
• 3-digit; 0.3% dc accuracy; 2% ac accuracy; 0 to 60 V range • 70 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range • 70 MHz to 11 GHz frequency range
• Frequency range: 70 MHz to 11 GHz • Waveguide to coax transition: compatible with antenna port (CMR / CPR 112) and power meter sensor
• Low power: -70 dBm to -20 dBm • High power: -20 dBm to +20 dBm • Impedance: 50 Ω • Accuracy: 1%
• Frequency range to • Frequency range to 9 GHz 3 GHz • Output level range: -90 to -10 dBm • Dual Trace (100 MHz)
Oscilloscope
5 - 15
'Verify the transmitter 5 - 27 local oscillator frequency' 'Verify the receiver local oscillator frequency'
5 - 27
'Check the pseudo-BER alarm level'
5 - 39
'Verify the transmitter output power'
5 - 28
'Measuring the output 5 - 30 power at the antenna port'
'ALC alignment (required 10 - 1 after RF/IF module, 0.2 Watt, and 1 Watt power amplifier replacement)' 'AGC level alignment (depot procedure — required after RF/IF module replacement)'
10 - 7
'AGC level alignment (depot procedure — required after RF/IF module replacement)'
10 - 7
'Prepare and connect power to the radio'
5 - 16
'Verification and adjustment of the system DADE'
5 - 33
Page 1 - 5
GENERAL USER INFORMATION
Signal generator
'Power source (office battery) requirements'
'Align the radio' 5 - 27 • Can generate and detect CEPT-standard E1 (2048 kb/s) and E3 (34268 kb/s) digital bit streams. 'Check the BER 5 - 37 HP-3784A or equivalent. performance of the system'
• Frequency range: 70 MHz to 3 GHz • Connector: N-type
Power meter with appropriate sensor
Page #
a 7 GHz radio
• 50Ω input impedance • -20 dBm sensitivity • 10-digit accuracy Bit error rate test set (BERT)
Where used
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GENERAL USER INFORMATION Table 1-1:
Test equipment
List of Test Equipment Required for Radio Installation and Maintenance (Continued)
The test equipment specifications required for the maintenance of: a 2 GHz radio
Where used
Page #
a 7 GHz radio
Transmission • HP-4934 or equivalent impairment measurement set (TIMS)
'Check the internal 5 - 34 orderwire / service channel unit'
Data channel • RS-232C data channel analyzer error analyzer 300 to 9600 BAUD
'Set up and check the data 5 - 36 channels'
Set of step attenuators
High power attenuator Card extender
• 50 ohm impedance • 50 ohm impedance • Frequency range up • Frequency range up to to 3 GHz 9 GHz
'Plot the AGC curve'
5 - 31
• Enough 1 dB, 10 dB, and 30 dB steps to have 100 dB of attenuation
'Check the pseudo-BER alarm level'
5 - 39
• A 30 dB, 20 Watt, 50 ohm impedance attenuator
'Verify the transmitter output power'
5 - 28
• From Harris, SD-108647
'Check the pseudo-BER alarm level'
5 - 39
• From Harris, SD-900145
'Module level fault isolation using the transceiver extender'
8-7
Transceiver extender, front access
Transceiver test jig (optional)
Page 1 - 6
Setting the synthesizer to 9 - 17 frequencies in between the 250 kHz frequency steps • From Harris (for repair at depot), SD-098716 OPT.-001
'Module level fault isolation using the transceiver test jig'
8-9
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GENERAL USER INFORMATION
Table 1-2: Tools
List of Tools Required for Radio Installation
Specifications
Harris part number
For adjusting frequency, power, and other tuned circuits
029-020070-004
SMA torque wrenchb
5/16” and 3/32". Set for 9 pounds inches (0.1 kg · m)
029-095193-008 and -009
Phillips (cross head) screw drivera
Number 1
029-020070-038
Wrist strap with grounding wire and alligator clipa
Must have a 1 megohm series current limiting resistor for safety
095-020093-139 (strap) 037-020030-111 (clip)
Test probea
For use with the alarm / display front panel 087-010152-008 test points
a. One is provided with every site. b. One is provided with every sales order or one for every five sites, which ever is greater.
Table 1-3: Consumable
List of Tools and Consumable Materials Required for Radio Maintenance Description
25 mm (1") putty knife
To remove thermal compound from the transceiver heatsink (when replacing the power amplifiers)
Paper towel / shop cloth
To remove thermal compound from the transceiver heatsink (when replacing the power amplifiers)
Thermal compound
For the transceiver heatsink when replacing the power amplifiers
Warnings, cautions, and notes
To protect both personnel and equipment, the procedures include warnings, cautions, and notes.
! The 'exclamation point' indicates a Warning or Caution. The information that follows alerts personnel to possible damage to equipment, interruption of service, or a violation of a legal requirement. The text is always in a bold font weight.
Page 1 - 7
GENERAL USER INFORMATION
Tuning toola
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GENERAL USER INFORMATION
NOTE
The information that follows clarifies or qualifies a specific point or instruction in the procedure or description.
STOP
The 'stop' sign indicates a pause in the procedure to perform some other task. The procedure continues once you have completed the other task.
Regulatory compliance for all versions
The Quadralink radio complies with Health and welfare Canada, Safety Code 6, Maximum Exposure Levels (field strength limits).
!
The Quadralink radio generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with this instruction manual, the radio may cause interference to communications.
EMI regulatory compliance (For EMI compliant version only) NOTE
FCC requirement
Page 1 - 8
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GENERAL USER INFORMATION
! Changes or modifications to this equipment not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance, could void the authority of the user to operate the equipment. In compliance, a label (illustrated below) is installed on the rear cover on each Quadralink radio. THIS DEVICE COMPLIES WITH PART 15 OF THE FCC RULES
Required factory label for FCC compliant radios
OPERATION IS SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING TWO CONDITIONS: (1) THIS DEVICE MAY NOT CAUSE HARMFUL INTERFERENCE, AND (2) THIS DEVICE MUST ACCEPT ANY INTERFERENCE RECEIVED, INCLUDING INTERFERENCE THAT MAY CAUSE UNDESIRED OPERATION.
VDE requirement
The Quadralink radio meets the VDE class A radiated, conducted and magnetic emission limits.
Page 1 - 9
GENERAL USER INFORMATION
The Quadralink radio meets the FCC class A radiated and conducted emission limits.
GENERAL USER INFORMATION
Page 1 - 10
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
SECTION 2 MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION Figure 2: Table 2:
1. Radio components and modules
Equipment configuration
The Quadralink radio is available in the following main configurations: 1. Non-protected. 2. Protected. 3. 1:N. A non-protected radio consists of a controller, a line interface, a modem, a muldex, an optional orderwire, a transceiver, an alarm / display unit, and an antenna coupling unit (ACU).
Protected radio
A protected radio consists of a controller, a line interface, two modems, two muldex units, an optional orderwire, two transceivers, an alarm / display unit, and an antenna coupling unit (ACU).
1:N
A 1:N radio system consists of one or more Quadralink® radio frames connected to a COM 30 1:N switch. Each radio frame is equipped with a controller, a line interface, one or two modems, one or two muldex units, an optional orderwire, one or two transceivers, an alarm / display unit, and an antenna coupling unit (ACU).
Power supply EMI shielding of the radio
A power supply unit is mounted in every transceiver. The EMI compliant version of the Quadralink radio is shielded to prevent electromagnetic radiation from the radio interfering with other electrical equipment in the area. EMI shielding is provided in the following ways: 1. The back of the radio has a metal cover (the back cover) that must be removed to gain access to the connectors on the backplane. 2. The radio has a number of berillium-copper strips to maintain electrical continuity for shielding purposes. 3. The radio has a number of surfaces that are not painted, for better grounding. for example: The radio rack mounting brackets are not painted on the rear surface to improve the grounding between the rack and radio. If the radio rack is painted or if the radio is not mounted in a rack, see 'Grounding of the radio' on page 5 - 16.
Page 2 - 1
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
Unprotected radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
2.
How the radio mounts
Quadralink radios are mounted on EIA racks with 18.375" (465 mm) between mounting centers. The compact radio assembly can be arranged to be compatible with virtually any site layout. Four transceivers and an optional customer front access panel will fit into a standard 2438 mm (8 foot) EIA rack. One rack mount space must be left free above each Quadralink radio for ventilation purposes. NOTE
One rack mount space (1.75", 44 mm) of free space is required above and below each radio unit for ventilation. Figure 2-1: The Optional Front Access Interconnect HF Panel Rack Space Requirements 44 mm 1.75" 1 RMS
J1
J3
J6
J7
J9
J11
J13
J15
J17
J19
J21
J23
J25
J27
J29
J31
J2
J4
J6
J8
J10
J12
J14
J16
J18
J20
J22
J24
J26
J28
J30
J32
Figure 2-2: The Optional Customer Panel Rack Space Requirements
178 mm 7.0" 4 RMS
Page 2 - 2
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION Figure 2-3: Optional User Interface Rack Space Requirements
QUADRALINK®
267 mm ALARM & CONTROL EXTENDER STATUS CPU ALM
10.5"
POWER PS ALM
6 RMS
USER INTERFACE SD-98875
Figure 2-4: Quadralink Radio Rack Space Requirements
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
QUADRALINK®
533 mm 21.0" 12 RMS
Page 2 - 3
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
3.
How the modules or units mount
Mounting arrangement
The transceivers and all units, except the ACU and the alarm / display unit, slide into the frame on guides, and lock in place with a latch that grips both the upper and lower front rail. All signal processing units can be replaced from the front of the rack and are covered by a front panel which is hinged at its side and swings outward from the frame. Figure 2-5 shows how the plug-in units and alarm display panel are arranged.
Heatsink
The front face heatsink of each transceiver provides a common heatsink for the power amplifier and the power supply unit of the transmitter.
ACU
Page 2 - 4
The ACU is mounted above the radio signal processor unit assembly.
Alarm display panel
The alarm / display unit is mounted at the top of the frame center section. The alarm / display is attached directly to the back of the door panel. The door panel has holes in it for access to the various controls and displays.
Handset / speaker
When an internal orderwire unit is equipped, a handset and a speaker are supplied as part of the orderwire / service channel facility. The speaker is mounted inside the hinged front panel (door), which also has a cutout for a handset that plugs into a receptacle on the orderwire unit. When not in use, the handset hangs from an integral hook-switch on the panel. The handset and the speaker plug into the front of the orderwire / DVS Q™ unit.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION Figure 2-5: A Protected Quadralink Radio Terminal in an EIA Rack (center panel removed to show signalprocessing cards)
ACU
XMT LO MON
OPEN
XMT A
RCV
XMT
XMT LO MON
ALARM DISPLAY MAJOR
A
MINOR
B
OPEN
RCV B
XMT B
RCV
XMT
AGC
OVRD
DVM GND
OFF ON RST
SERVICE CHANNEL UNIT (ORDERWIRE OR DVS Q™)
PS ALM
ACO
MODEM UNIT
MULDEX UNIT
LINE INTERFACE
MULDEX UNIT
EXEC
533 mm 21.0" 12 RMS
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
MODEM UNIT
MENU
CONTROLLER UNIT
ALARM DISPLAY PANEL (PARTIAL VIEW OF FRONT DOOR SHOWN)
RCV A
ANTENNA COUPLING UNIT SD-98XXX
PS ALM
OFF ON RST OPEN
SIDE A
RCV LO MON
OPEN
TRANSCEIVERS
RCV LO MON
SIDE B
Page 2 - 5
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
4.
Operation interfaces
System meters and controls
An LCD display panel is mounted on the front door of the radio, and it provides indications of various operating parameters which can be selected manually by associated display control switches. LEDs on the display panel indicate local minor severity and major severity summed alarms from the radio. Three test points are also mounted on the display panel; these can be used in conjunction with the test meter to monitor the AGC voltage of each radio, and other voltages throughout the radio.
Alarm / display
Six button switches are mounted on the alarm / display panel. Five of the switches are associated with a microprocessor that controls various radio functions, by different menus. The remaining switch is an alarm cut off (ACO) switch that can be used to cancel external summed alarm indications.
Signal patching and monitoring jacks
The line interface unit has a series of jacks mounted on its faceplate. These jacks can be used to insert E1 wayside channel signals to test the system. A series of toggle switches are mounted beside the jacks to select between normal (N) and test (T) modes. The normal setting allows the regular signal path input (by the user interface) as the line input to the radio. Whereas the test setting allows the test signals (by the unbalanced line interface unit card edge jacks) as the input to the system. The E3 signal patching and monitoring jacks are mounted on the muldex unit. A toggle switch is mounted below the E3 TEST IN jack to break the signal path and connect the input test signal.
! The EMI compliant version of the radio is not EMI compliant when the front door of the radio is open. Always close the door once testing has been completed.
Page 2 - 6
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
5. How modules and units interconnect
Electrical interfaces
When the modules are plugged into the frame, they engage connectors on the motherboard at the rear. All main-path signal connections between the signal-processing units and the transceiver are made on the motherboard. Connections to interfacing equipment are made on the motherboard. Semirigid coaxial cables are used for all main-path RF signal connections between the units in the transceiver drawer, and between the transceiver drawer and the ACU. Input and output connections to and from individual units are made through standard DIN connectors, while interconnections between the units are through the traces on the motherboard. All signals enter and leave the radio assembly by connectors on the motherboard or by an optional front access panel.
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
Page 2 - 7
MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
Page 2 - 8
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
SECTION 3 THEORY OF OPERATION Figure 3: Table 3:
1.
Applications
A Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio provides terminal or regenerative repeater equipment that is suitable for a mediumcapacity digital microwave communications system operating in the 2 GHz or 7/8 GHz band. The radio is intended for the transmission of one 34368 kb/s data stream with two 2048 kb/s wayside channels, and four digital service channels (up to two VF service channels and two low-speed data channels as provided by the optional internal orderwire / DVS Q™ unit).
Path and equipment protection configurations
The equipment can be configured for unprotected, monitored-hotstandby, frequency diversity, space diversity, angle diversity, or quad diversity operation. Antenna (space or angle) diversity can also be combined with frequency diversity for additional protection on paths that exhibit particularly severe dispersive fading characteristics. A 1:N protection system provides protection from both path and equipment failure, while providing a high level of system throughput.
Selective fading countermeasures
The Quadralink® includes a system of complementary selective fading countermeasures that maximize the path distance capabilities for severe fading conditions. These counter measures include: •
Space, angle, frequency, or hybrid diversity for difficult paths.
•
An adaptive IF slope equalizer (optional).
Quadralink® is designed for ease of maintenance and includes a variety of built-in test points and alarms associated with important operating parameters. On-site as well as remote status monitoring and control capabilities are provided.
Easily replaceable modules and units
All units are manufactured and bench-tested to close performance tolerances. They are field-replaceable, and do not need verification tests; just remove the faulty unit, and install the replacement unit.
Alarm / display panel
LEDs on the alarm / display unit provide visual indications of alarm and equipment status, while a number of individual and summed alarms are provided by the associated controller unit dry relay contacts for extension to remote office indicators. These alarms are accessible through a connector on the motherboard.
Page 3 - 1
THEORY OF OPERATION
Maintenance features
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
Primary power source
Primary power may be supplied to the rack by an external battery or by a rectified alternating current source. For most configurations, the dc-dc converters of the radio can operate at any voltage between 21 and 60 volts direct current, and is compatible with positive, negative, or floating ground power sources. The office battery or rectified alternating current source connects to the Quadralink® radio by a terminal block on the motherboard.
! The DVS II is not powered by the Quadralink® but is connected directly to the power source. Therefore, if a DVS II or other 24 V equipment is installed, the power source must be 24 V.
Summary of front panel controls, LEDs, and test points
Table 6-1 through to table 6-8 list and describes all unit front panel controls, LED lamps, switches, and test points.
2. Modulation scheme
Electrical description
The Quadralink® is a heterodyne, digital radio employing Offset QPSK (OQPSK) modulation and coherent demodulation. OQPSK is a robust form of modulation that delivers high system gain while maintaining a high degree of resistance to dispersive fading. The intermediate frequency, for both the transmitter and the receiver, is 70 MHz with single-stage conversion to and from the final carrier frequency.
Signal processing scheme
The line interface unit, the muldex and the modem unit form the signal processing subsystem. The line interface unit provides user access to the 2048 kb/s signals only. The muldex unit performs the multiplexing and demultiplexing necessary for the integration of the data signals into a common bit stream for connection to the modem.
Page 3 - 2
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
3.
Signal flow in the transmit direction
The Quadralink® radio system block diagram can be found in drawing BL-900100 of appendix C.
System block diagram
Tributary input
The following text describes the signal flow in the transmit direction through each unit or module in the Quadralink® radio assembly. Each description is supported by a block diagram except for the line interface unit. The line interface unit connects directly to the 2048 kb/s line input (and output) ports of customer equipment. In the transmit direction, the line interface unit accepts two bipolar 2048 kb/s wayside data streams and conditions them. Such conditioning takes the form of equalization, pulse shaping, and / or level adjustment. After conditioning, the line interface unit forwards the data stream(s) to the muldex unit. In a protected system, the line interface unit splits the input signals into two identical sets of data streams and feeds them to the muldex A and B units.
Primary traffic access
The Quadralink® primary 34368 kb/s interface is fully compliant with CCITT recommendation G.703. Figure 3-1 shows the signal connections to the Quadralink® in a typical application. Here a CEPT multiplexer, supplied by the user, is connected to the E3 (34368 kb/s) primary transmission channel of the radio. The multiplexer provides traffic interfaces at either 2048 kb/s or 8448 kb/s to permit convenient networking with channel banks, low-capacity digital radio, or fiber optic transmission systems. The primary traffic can also be supplied by any source producing a standard 34368 kb/s signal, such as a video codec, a multiline protection switch, or a central office switch.
THEORY OF OPERATION
Page 3 - 3
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
Figure 3-1: Quadralink® 34368 kb/s Plus 2 × 2048 kb/s Terminal Block Diagram QUADRALINK® RADIO
ORDERWIRE / DVS Q™
VF / DATA
AUX SERV CH (DVS II)
MULDEX
WAYSIDE E1 2 × 2048 kb/s PRIMARY E1 16 × 2048 kb/s
EXTERNAL CEPT MULTIPLEXER
LINE INTERFACE
OR PRIMARY E3 34368 kb/s MODEM
Wayside access (add / drop)
TRANSCEIVER
The wayside 2048 kb/s signal can be connected directly to channel bank equipment at any Quadralink® location. At a terminal, up to 60 add / drop VF or data circuits can be conveniently accessed without affecting the primary traffic. At a repeater, 60 wayside VF or data circuits are provided in each direction for a total of 120 add / drop circuits. Figure 3-2 illustrates a Quadralink® repeater configuration with add / drop access. Figure 3-2 shows both add / drop multiplexers and conventional PCM channel bank equipment connected to the 2048 kb/s wayside interfaces. The add / drop multiplexer provides economical access to as few as one or two circuits from the wayside 2048 kb/s channels at a repeater location. Alternatively, up to four conventional channel banks can be equipped at the repeater site to provide access to all 120 of the wayside circuits.
Page 3 - 4
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION Figure 3-2: Quadralink® Repeater Block Diagram VF / DATA
RF/IF AND MODEM
ORDERWIRE / DVS Q™
RF/IF AND MODEM
MULDEX
PRIMARY E3
MULDEX
TRIB 1
E1 WAYSIDE TRIBUTARIES
EXTERNAL PCM 30
TRIB 2
TRIB 2
EXTERNAL ADD / DROP MULTIPLEXER
TRIB 1
EXTERNAL PCM 30
VF / DATA 60 VF / DATA 30 VF / DATA 30 REPEATER ADD / DROP CIRCUITS (0 - 120)
THEORY OF OPERATION
Page 3 - 5
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
Signal processing scheme
The line interface and muldex units comprise the signal processing subsystem. The line interface provides user access to the wayside 2048 kb/s signals. 34368 kb/s signals do not pass through the line interface — they feed directly from the customer equipment to the muldex unit through the motherboard. The muldex performs the multiplexing necessary for the integration of the data signals into a common bit stream for connection to the modem. Figure 3-1 illustrates the connections to the line interface, muldex, and modem units. Dual digital service channels are provided by codec and data interface circuitry within the muldex. Table 3-1 lists the various traffic and overhead signals (and their bit rates) provided by the radio. Table 3-1:
Component Signals of 34368 kb/s Traffic with Two Wayside Channels Signal
Multiplexing
Page 3 - 6
Bit rate
Primary traffic
1E3 (1 × 34368 kb/s)
Wayside traffic
2E1 (2 × 2048 kb/s)
VF service channels (digital)
2 × 300 Hz to 3400 Hz
Data service channels
2 × 0 kb/s to 9.6 kb/s
Auxiliary service channel (designed to interface with the DVS II)
170.77 kb/s
The muldex receives a 34368 kb/s data stream, four digital service channel signals (two VF and two data), two 2048 kb/s wayside signals, and a 170.77 kb/s auxiliary service channel signal and converts them into a 39960 kb/s data stream. The high-speed data is then passed to a modem unit (see figure 3-3).
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION Figure 3-3: Muldex Unit Transmit Direction
XMT DATA TO MODEM
XMT CLOCK
TO / FROM CONTROLLER UNIT
CNTRL/ALM INTERFACE
E1 (2048 kb/s) LINE RECEIVER AND CLOCK RECOVERY
FROM LINE INTERFACE UNIT
E1 (2048 kb/s) LINE RECEIVER AND CLOCK RECOVERY
DATA CLOCK DATA CLOCK DATA
FROM DVS II / DVS Q™
RS-423 INTERFACE
DATA 1 FROM ORDERWIRE / DVS Q™ UNIT
DATA
DATA 2
VF 2
RS-422 INTERFACE
DATA
DATA VF FILTER
CVSD ENCODER
VF FILTER
CVSD ENCODER
CLOCK
DATA
E3 (34368 kb/s)
AGC AND CLOCK RECOVERY
THEORY OF OPERATION
FROM CUSTOMER
RS-422 INTERFACE
HIGH-SPEED MULTIPLEXER
VF 1 FROM ORDERWIRE UNIT
CLOCK
CLOCK
DATA (P&N) CLOCK
Page 3 - 7
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
Modulation
The modem receives the 39960 kb/s NRZ data and clock signals from the muldex and passes these to a re-timing circuit (see figure ). In a protected system, standby 39960 kb/s data and clock is also received and fed to a select circuit (controlled by the controller unit) together with the normal data and clock; the selected data and clock is passed to the re-timing circuit. After re-timing, the data and clock is scrambled and then converted from a serial to a parallel stream. The serial to parallel circuit also splits the data and clock into two quadrature channels, I and Q, with each channel having a symbol rate equal to one half of the input rate. The I and Q data and clock are differentially encoded and then go to separate finite impulse response (FIR) filters in which the data signals undergo pulse shaping. From the FIR filters, the I and Q data signals are further filtered and then fed to a pair of modulator circuits. In each modulator, the I and Q data signals amplitude modulate a 70 MHz IF carrier. The outputs of the I and Q modulator (each a 70 MHz IF signal that is amplitude modulated by a 39960 kb/s data signal) are summed, level adjusted, and then amplified and passed to the radio RF section (see figure 3-6). Figure 3-4: Modem Unit Block Diagram
DATA / CLOCK 39.96 MHz TTL MULTIPLEXER A
I
I FIR FILTER
DATA RE-TIME SELECT
SCRAMBLER
DIFF. ENCODER
SERIAL TO PARALLEL
BB FILTER
LEVEL ADJUST
XMT MON 0°
DATA / CLOCK 39.96 MHz TTL MULTIPLEXER B
UNIT CONTROLLER TO / FROM
Q
÷
Q
IF AMP 90°
QUAD ADJUST LOGIC SELECT
CLOCK ALARM DATA XMT IF ALARM
÷2
I CLOCK Q CLOCK
FIR FILTER
BB FILTER
XMT IF 70 MHz 0 dBm 50 Ω
I/O EXP.
Alarms
The following alarms are generated by the modem transmit circuitry: 1. Transmit IF alarm, which is generated whenever the level of the 70 MHz IF output drops below its nominal level by 3 dB or more. 2. Clock alarm, which is activated when the incoming clock signal is lost.
Page 3 - 8
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Transmission
THEORY OF OPERATION Conversion of the IF signal to RF is accomplished by heterodyning the filtered IF signal with a locally generated RF carrier from a local oscillator (LO). Before the IF signal is upconverted, it is passed through an IF quadrature hybrid which produces two equal-level signals that are displaced in phase by 90°. These signals are then applied to an image-reject mixer whose outputs pass though an RF quadrature hybrid. This second hybrid adds another 90° of phase shift to one of the output signals, for a total shift of 180°, thereby cancelling it. Either the upper or lower sideband can be strap-selected as the output before the first hybrid.
THEORY OF OPERATION
Page 3 - 9
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
Figure 3-5: Simplified Diagram of the Transmit Section
RF/IF MODULE
POWER AMPLIFIER
UPCONVERTER
ACU
IF IN (70 MHz)
ALC LO MONITOR
TO CONTROLLER UNIT
The output of the upconverter now contains digital information on an RF carrier. The assigned transmit frequency is applied to a power amplifier that raises the signal level to approximately: •
+30.5 dBm or 37.5 dBm for 2 GHz radios and
•
29.0 dBm or +22.0 dBm for 7 GHz radios
depending on which power amplifier is installed. The amplified RF output signal is passed through a filter, within the ACU, and is then directed through a circulator for transmission to the antenna.
Page 3 - 10
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
4.
Signal flow in the receive direction
The following text describes the signal flow in the receive direction through each unit or module in the Quadralink® radio. Each description is supported by a block diagram.
Reception
As shown in figure 3-6, the incoming RF signal from the antenna is directed to the receiver by the circulator in the antenna coupling unit (ACU). A band pass filter, also within the ACU, selects the required signal and provides high attenuation at adjacent transmitter frequencies. The downconverter has a low noise amplifier as its front end, which is followed by an image reject mixer and a low pass filter. The selected signal is forwarded to the downconverter where it is mixed with the output of a crystal controlled local oscillator to produce a 70 MHz IF signal. An IF automatic gain control (AGC) amplifier raises the level of the 70 MHz signal. The amplified IF signal is then filtered and applied to an IF AGC amplifier. An AGC loop within the amplifier enables a constant level output of 0 dBm to be provided over the dynamic range of the receiver. The IF signal is then forwarded to the signal processor. Figure 3-6: Simplified Block Diagram of Quadralink® Receive Section
RF/IF MODULE
ACU
LNA
DOWN CONVERTER
IF FILTER
AGC AMPLIFIER
IF OUT (70 MHz)
LO
TO CONTROLLER UNIT
Page 3 - 11
THEORY OF OPERATION
MONITOR
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
The adaptive slope equalizer
The adaptive slope equalizer is located in the transceiver unit of the Quadralink radio. Its function is to compensate for amplitude distortion (slope) up to a maximum of 10 dB. To achieve this, the unit first detects the imbalance and then generates a slope of opposite direction, effectively cancelling the incoming distortion. A stress alarm function signals an alarm when the slope equalizer reaches a predetermined level of slope compensation. Figure 3-7 shows how the adaptive slope equalizer connects to the rest of the Quadralink radio. Figure 3-7: Adaptive Slope Equalizer Signal Connections ADAPTIVE SLOPE AGC AMPLIFIER
MODEM
EQUALIZER
ALARM SIGNAL
CONTROLLER
The adaptive slope equalizer consists of a slope generator, a slope detector, an amplifier section with AGC, and threshold detection circuitry that provides an alarm signal. The slope detector monitors the power distribution across the IF spectrum and adjusts the slope generator to compensate for slope variations. The AGC amplifier circuits maintains a constant output power level. The threshold detection circuitry can be set to detect a slope to cause an alarm signal of zero volts (no alarm is +5 volts). Figure 3-8 is a simplified block diagram of the adaptive slope equalizer. Figure 3-8: Block Diagram of the Adaptive Slope Equalizer
FROM AGC
TO
SLOPE GENERATOR
MODEM AMPLIFIER
SLOPE
AGC
DETECTOR IF LEVEL AMPLIFICATION BLOCK ALARM TO CONTROLLER
Two adjustable capacitors (C55 and C41) and one potentiometer (R59) are accessible through holes in the enclosure of the adaptive slope equalizer. Do not, for any reason, attempt to adjust C55 or C41, they are factory adjustments only. You may, however, use R59 to adjust the IF level, if it is absolutely necessary.
Page 3 - 12
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Alarms
THEORY OF OPERATION The received IF signal from the RF section of the radio is attenuated, slope-compensated, and then amplified (see figure 3-9). The amplifier has an AGC loop that keeps its output constant. From the amplifier, the IF is split into two paths for two quadrature mixers. Each mixer is driven by 70 MHz carriers (90° apart in phase) from a VCO. The output of each mixer is a 19.98 MHz signal. These are the I and Q baseband channels. The I and Q signals are filtered, AGC amplified, and then converted to digital streams by level detectors whose clocks are derived from a 39.96 MHz voltage controlled oscillator. The I and Q digital streams are applied to a processing circuit that filters out high frequency components from the digital streams and automatically centers the clock on the eye in each channel. The I and Q channels are then differentially decoded, converted to a single 39960 kb/s serial data stream, descrambled, and, together with the 39.96 MHz clock derived from the VCXO, passed to a buffer which provides data / clock A and data / clock B to the associated muldex unit(s).
THEORY OF OPERATION
Page 3 - 13
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
Figure 3-9: Modem Unit Receive Direction Block Diagram UNIT CONTROLLER TO / FROM I/O EXP. DATA / CLOCK 39.96 MHz AIS TTL ALARM MULTIPLEXER A OUTPUT BUFFER
DESCRAMBLER
LEVEL DETECTOR
BB FILTER
SLOPE COMP
PIN ATTEN
I MON PARALLEL TO SERIAL
I DIFF. DECODER Q
39.96 MHz 19.98 MHz DELAY
PROCESSING CIRCUIT
DATA / CLOCK 39.96 MHz TTL MULTIPLEXER B
RCV IF 70 MHz 0 TO -20 dBm 50 Ω
DATA ALARM
I CLOCK
39.96 MHz VCXO
0°
÷
CARRIER RECOVERY 90° Q MON LEVEL DETECTOR
BB FILTER
Q CLOCK
Modem alarms
Four alarms are generated in the receive direction circuitry of the modem. These alarms are: 1. PLL alarm, which occurs when the receiver phase-lockedloop is out of lock. 2. BER alarm, which comes on when the demodulator data BER exceeds the threshold (adjustable between ≅1 × 10-4 and 1 × 10-6). 3. AIS alarm, which occurs whenever there is an all 1s or an all 0s signal. 4. Receiver IF alarm, which comes on whenever the level of the incoming 70 MHz IF signal is lower than -8 dBm
Demultiplexer
The muldex unit receives the data / clock A and data / clock B signals from the modem A and B, respectively (see figure 3-10). The signals are then passed through a line static build-out circuit which aligns the phase of the two streams, and where one data stream (A or B) is selected and it is fed to the high-speed demultiplex circuit. Demultiplexer switching is errorless when the difference between the bitstream of the two modems is less than ±8 bits. The high-speed demultiplexer separates the component signals from the data stream: namely, the 34368 kb/s data, four digital service channels, and a 4440 kb/s wayside multiplexed channel. A phase locked loop (PLL) is used to generate an 34368 kb/s clock that is used to re-time the 34368 kb/s data which is then passed through a line driver to the customer connection. The two demultiplexed VF digital service channels are decoded, filtered, and then passed to the optional orderwire unit. The recovered RS-422 (V.11) low speed data signals are also passed to the orderwire unit.
Page 3 - 14
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION Meanwhile, the 4440 kb/s data and clock signals are fed to a wayside demultiplex circuit where the two 2048 kb/s wayside channels and an RS-423 auxiliary data channel are separated. The 2048 kb/s signals are passed through phase-locked loop circuits and line drivers to the line interface unit, while the RS-423 signal is passed though an RS-423 line interface circuit to the DVS II / DVS Q™ connection.
THEORY OF OPERATION
Page 3 - 15
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
Figure 3-10: Muldex Unit Receive Direction Block Diagram X-BIT DATA
DATA E1 (2048 kb/s) LINE DRIVER
CLOCK
TO
XMT PLL
LINE DATA
INTERFACE UNIT
E1 (2048 kb/s) LINE DRIVER
CLOCK
XMT PLL DATA
TO
RS-423
DVS II /
INTERFACE
DVS Q™
CLOCK
FROM MODEM A DATA 1
RS-422
DATA
INTERFACE
DATA
TO DEMULTIPLEXER
ORDERWIRE / DVS Q™ UNIT
DATA 2
CLOCK RS-422
DATA
INTERFACE
OPTIONAL — WHEN ORDERWIRE UNIT IS EQUIPPED ONLY DATA
VF 1 VF
CVSD
FILTER
DECODER
RCV DATA STATIC
CLOCK RCV CLOCK
TO
LINE BUILD OUT
ORDERWIRE UNIT
DATA
VF 2 VF
CVSD
FILTER
DECODER
CLOCK
CLOCK DATA
TO
E3 LINE DRIVER
E3 (34368 kb/s)
CUSTOMER SWITCH LOGIC FROM CONTROLLER
TO / FROM CONTROLLER
DATA CLOCK
XMT PLL
FROM MODEM B
CONTROL/ALARM INTERFACE
UNIT
Tributary output
Page 3 - 16
The line interface unit receives the wayside data streams from the muldex, conditions them to be compatible with CCITT G.703 recommendation, and then delivers them to the customer equipment. Such conditioning can take the form of equalization, pulse shaping, and level adjustment.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Errorless switching
THEORY OF OPERATION When the adaptive slope equalizer is installed. It provides the capability to switch to the standby receiver before errors occur. With the onset of frequency-selective fading, the fade is sensed by monitoring the IF slope equalizer stress and corrective switching action is taken before the fade can affect transmission. No errors are introduced by the switching activity so that, in most cases, no errors are introduced into the traffic signals, even with rapidly changing propagation conditions.
5.
The internal orderwire unit (SD-098780)
The optional internal orderwire unit provides up to two digital voice frequency (VF) service channels and up to two RS-232C (V.24) data channels that can be used with the radio. The orderwire has two four way active bridges for the voice frequency signals, and two RS-232C (V.24) data bridges that permit two way and three way repeater configurations to be accommodated without additional equipment. Dual digital service channels are provided by codec and data interface circuitry within the muldex. Selective signalling is possible by using a dual-tone, multifrequency (DTMF) handset with the orderwire unit. The handset is modified, and cannot be used elsewhere. Other handsets will not function with the Quadralink® radio.
Orderwire functions
The optional orderwire unit performs the following functions when equipped: 1. Interfaces the customer voice frequency and RS-232C (V.24) signals with the muldex. 2. Provides the handset port with DTMF handset for selective signalling. 3. Provides a processor-controlled DTMF decode and warble generator (ringer). 4. Provides a speaker as well as an external speaker port. 6. Provides a front panel hook-switch for the handset, or optionally allows the handset to be cradled nearby (on a support that operates the handset hook-switch). 7. Provides a control to adjust the speaker and handset volume. 8. Provides a dry-contact relay output for customer signalling of an incoming call.
Page 3 - 17
THEORY OF OPERATION
5. Provides a 'ALL CALL' facility on the handset.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
Internal orderwire signal levels
The signal levels for each voice frequency channel at the customer access ports are 600 ohms, -16 dBm or -3.5 dBm IN and 600 ohms, -3.5 dBm or +7 dBm OUT (strap selectable). The voice frequency bridges perform the function of forwarding an input signal at any leg of the bridge to all other legs of the bridge except that at which the signal originated. The four way RS-232C (V.24) data bridge accesses the following ports: a. Data to / from RS-232C (V.24) b. RS-422 (V.11) to / from East (internal) c. RS-422 (V.11) to / from West (internal) d. RS-422 (V.11) to / from Spur (internal) NOTE
The RS-232C (V.24) data interfaces with the muldex at RS-422 (V.11) levels and format. The RS-232C (V.24) bridge also performs the bridging function of transferring the data at any input to all ports except that at which the data originated.
Digital voice frequency (VF) service channels
Two digital voice frequency service channels are available when the internal orderwire unit is used by itself. The number is reduced to one when a DVS II is also equipped, since the DVS II uses the data channel normally used by VF1. The voice frequency signals are converted to bit streams (digitized) by a continuously variable slope delta (CVSD) modulator in the muldex unit. The digital service channel information is conveyed by overhead bits inserted and extracted by the muldex unit, which includes the voice frequency codecs and data interfaces. NOTE
The handset, DTMF decoder, and speaker function with voice frequency channel #1 only.
Data channels
Page 3 - 18
Two RS-232C (V.24) data channels are available to transmit lowspeed data through the digital service channels by over sampling the data. The maximum bit rate of this low-speed data is limited to 10% of the sampling rate. Thus the maximum data rate for data channel 1 is 12.3 kb/s and the maximum data rate for data channel 2 is 6.1 kb/s. These data channels are multiplexed together with the digital service channels (voice channels) and the high-speed tributary data in the muldex.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Signaling
THEORY OF OPERATION The optional internal orderwire unit also provides a signaling facility. A dual-tone, multiple-frequency (DTMF) handset is used with voice frequency channel #1 to dial the address of a site. A three digit number is assigned to each site for selective signaling. Dialing between two successive digits must be completed within three seconds, otherwise that dialing sequence will be aborted. Multiple dialing is also possible. For example, by dialing the number 014131220, sites 014, 131, and 220 will be dialled (signaled). There should be a delay of at least four seconds between dialing the last digit of one site and the first digit of the next site. All sites in the system can be signaled simultaneously by depressing the ALL CALL button (*) on the handset keypad. When this button is depressed, a signaling tone is transmitted to all other sites along the radio route, to alert personnel that voice communication is required. Similarly, pressing the general call cancel button (#) on the handset cancels any signaling in progress at all sites in the system. When a site is called, a tone warbles between 450 Hz and 550 Hz at the rate of approximately seven Hertz, and the E-lead relay is energized. The ringing stops and the E-lead relay de-energizes as soon as the handset is lifted off-hook; otherwise, the tone continues for strap-selected intervals of 4, 8, or 32 seconds.
6.
The internal DVS Q™ service channel unit (SD-099980)
The optional internal DVS Q™ service channel unit provides up to two digital voice frequency (VF) service channels and up to two RS-232C (V.24) / RS-422 (V.11) data channels that can be used with the radio. The DVS Q™ service channel has two four way digital bridges for the voice frequency signals, and two data bridges that permit two way repeater configurations to be accommodated without additional equipment.
Selective signalling is possible by using a dual-tone, multifrequency (DTMF) handset with the DVS Q™ service channel unit. The handset is modified, and cannot be used elsewhere. Other handsets will not function with the Quadralink® radio.
Page 3 - 19
THEORY OF OPERATION
Dual digital service channels are provided by codec and data interface circuitry within the muldex.
THEORY OF OPERATION
Service channel functions
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio The optional DVS Q™ service channel unit performs the following functions when equipped: 1. Interfaces the customer voice frequency and RS-232C (V.24) / RS-422 (V.11) signals with the muldex. 2. Provides the handset port with DTMF handset for selective signalling. 3. Provides a processor-controlled DTMF decode and warble generator (ringer). 4. Provides a speaker as well as an external speaker port. 5. Provides an 'ALL CALL' facility on the handset. 6. Provides a front panel hook-switch for the handset, or optionally allows the handset to be cradled nearby (on a support that operates the handset hook-switch). 7. Provides a control to adjust the speaker and handset volume. 8. Provides a dry-contact relay output for customer signalling of an incoming call. 9. Provides a dry-contact relay output for customer signalling of voice frequency channel failure. 10. Provides a remote control input to signal all the other DVS Q™ units in the network of an incomming call. 11. Provides digital bypass for quiet multi-hop communications on large networks. Digital bridge add / drop facilities are built in. Only when a handset is off-hook, does the DVS Q™ bridge the voice channel onto the network service channel. This results in the minimum number of analog to digital to analog voice conversions in multi-hop systems for clear communications with reduced voice channel noise. See figure 3-12.
Digital voice frequency (VF) service channels
Two digital voice frequency service channels are available when the internal DVS Q™ service channel unit is equipped. The voice frequency signals are converted to bit streams (digitized) by a pulse code modulated (PCM) codec in the DVS Q™ unit. The digital service channel information is transmitted through the network by overhead bits inserted and extracted by the muldex.
Page 3 - 20
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Internal DVS Q ™ VF signal levels
THEORY OF OPERATION The signal levels for each voice frequency channel at the customer access ports are shown in table 3-2. Table 3-2:
VF IN/OUT and VF IN/OUT AUXILIARY level selection
Port
Input level
Output level
-16 dBm
7 dBm
0 dBm
0 dBm
-3.5 dBm
-3.5 dBm
0 dBm
0 dBm
VF1/2
VF1/2AUX
The impedance of all inputs and outputs is 600 ohms. The voice frequency bridges perform the function of forwarding an input signal at any leg of the bridge to all other legs of the bridge except that at which the signal originated. See figure 3-11. Figure 3-11: Voice bridge AUX VF
EAST VF
AUX VF
WEST VF
EAST VF
WEST VF
LOCAL VF
LOCAL VF
AUX VF
AUX VF
EAST VF
WEST VF
LOCAL VF
EAST VF
WEST VF
LOCAL VF
The handset, DTMF decoder, and speaker function with voice frequency channel #1 only.
Page 3 - 21
THEORY OF OPERATION
NOTE
THEORY OF OPERATION
Data channels
Internal DVS Q ™ data channel interface standards
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Two RS-232C (V.24) / RS-422 (V.11) data channels are available to transmit low-speed data by the digital service channels by over sampling the data. The maximum bit rate of this low-speed data is limited to 10% of the sampling rate. Thus the maximum data rate for data channel 1 is 12.3 kb/s and the maximum data rate for data channel 2 is 6.1 kb/s. These data channels are multiplexed together with the digital service channels (voice channels) and the highspeed tributary data in the muldex. The four way RS-232C (V.24) / RS-422 (V.11) data bridge accesses the following ports: a. Data to / from RS-232C (V.24) / RS-422 (V.11) b. RS-422 (V.11) to / from East (internal) c. RS-422 (V.11) to / from West (internal) d. RS-422 (V.11) to / from Aux The data bridge also performs the bridging function of transferring the data at any input to all ports except that at which the data originated.
Signaling
The optional internal DVS Q™ service channel unit also provides a signaling facility. A dual-tone, multiple-frequency (DTMF) handset is used with voice frequency (VF) channel #1 to dial the address of a site. A three digit number is assigned to each site for selective signaling. Dialing between two successive digits must be completed within three seconds, otherwise that dialing sequence will be aborted. Multiple dialing is also possible. For example, by dialing the number 014131220, sites 014, 131, and 220 will be dialled (signaled). There should be a delay of at least four seconds between dialing the last digit of one site and the first digit of the next site. All sites in the system can be signaled simultaneously by depressing the ALL CALL button (*) on the handset keypad. When this button is depressed, a signaling tone is transmitted to all other sites along the radio route, to alert personnel that voice communication is required. Similarly, pressing the all call cancel button (#) on the handset cancels any signaling in progress at all sites in the system. When a site is called, a tone warbles between 450 Hz and 550 Hz at the rate of approximately seven Hertz, and the E-lead relay is energized. The ringing stops and the E-lead relay de-energizes as soon as the handset is lifted off-hook; otherwise, the tone continues for an interval of 16 seconds. A yellow CALL BACK LED is active whenever the site has been called, and remains lit until the handset is off hook, or an all call cancel signal is received. CALL BACK does not light if an all call signal is received.
Page 3 - 22
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION A voice channel can be set off-hook by anyone of the following conditions:
The MUX/DEMUX and CODEC block
•
handset off hook,
•
FSK input (VF2 channel only when in the FSK mode) and
•
the auxiliary off hook inputs.
In digital bypass mode the MUX/DEMUX integrated circuit feeds the output of the demultiplexer to both the voice frequency (VF) bridge and the input of the multiplexer. The output of the bridge is not fed into the multiplexer. As a result, service channel signals can move back and forth over the network without interruption and devices connected to the bridge can hear the voice frequency signals on the network. However, devices on the network cannot hear voice frequency signals on the bridge. In off-hook mode, voice frequency signals from the network are passed to the bridge and signals on the bridge are fed into the multiplexer, with the result that signals on the bridge are inserted into the signal stream on the network. The MUX/DEMUX integrated circuit goes into off-hook mode when a handset is offhook, an FSK signal is detected on the VF2 local or auxiliary port, or the VF1 auxiliary port is off-hook. Figure 3-12: Digital Bypass / Off Hook Model
DEMUX ANALOG BRIDGE
CODEC MUX
TO/FROM MULDEX (NETWORK)
DIGITAL BYPASS MODE
DEMUX ANALOG BRIDGE
CODEC MUX
TO/FROM MULDEX (NETWORK)
OFF HOOK MODE
THEORY OF OPERATION
Page 3 - 23
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
Figure 3-13: DVS Q™ Service Channel Unit System Block Diagram
SPUR RADIO
MULDEX
TO/FROM ANOTHER SPUR
OHIN/OUT AUX OH2IN/OUT AUX
WEST RADIO
MULDEX
SERVICE CHANNEL
OH2IN/OUT OH1IN/OUT VF1 AUX VF2 AUX DATA 1 AUX DATA 2 AUX AUX DATA AND CLOCK WEST DATA1 WEST
EAST RADIO
AUX DATA AND CLOCKS EAST
SERVICE CHANNEL
DATA1 EAST
DATA1 VF1
VF2
USER’S FSK MODEM
TELEPHONE
Page 3 - 24
DATA TERMINAL
DATA TERMINAL
MULDEX
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
7. Criteria At the transmit site
1+1 protection switching
A protection switch occurs if any one of the following conditions are present: 1. Low-level or absence of input data on at least one tributary. 2. Circuit failure in the transmit section of the modem or muldex. 3. Low level IF output signal from the modem. 4. Low transmit RF output power. 5. If the receive demultiplexer switches channels.
At the receive site
1. A switch occurs at the demodulator output of the modem if: a. there is a loss of lock within the carrier-recovery or clock-recovery phase-locked-loop (PLL). b. high bit error rate (BER), usually > 1 × 10-4. c. adaptive equalizer stress slope is in alarm (if equipped) d. AGC ∆ switching. If the receive signal level of the standby channel is greater than the active by more than 12 dB, the controller switches to the standby channel. This feature is only for frequency diversity antenna coupling unit configured radios, and can be disabled (see table A-4). 2. A switch occurs at the demultiplexer output if: a. the transmit demultiplexer switches channels. b. low level or absence of output data on at least one tributary. c. circuit failure in the receive section of the muldex. d. absent or badly-degraded input data stream from the demodulator. When the controller software starts (on power-up or microprocessor reset), it switches traffic to channel A. And if the controller unit is removed, traffic is automatically switched to channel A and stays there.
Controller unit
The controller unit controls all automatic protection switching in a one-for-one protected system. Transmitter and receiver channel selection is performed by firmware in the unit.
Status monitoring
The controller unit monitors the condition of each channel, and indicates alarm and status information on the alarm / display panel. It also receives analog signals from both transceivers, such as AGC level, transmitter output power, and so on. It processes these signals, converts them into binary-coded data, and displays the result on the alarm / display panel.
Page 3 - 25
THEORY OF OPERATION
Default
THEORY OF OPERATION
Page 3 - 26
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Switch decision
Each switching decision is based on the alarm condition, preference strapping, remote override and manual override at the transmit and receive sites. In a monitored hot standby or space diversity system, the transmitter logic controls the RF switch in the ACU. The receiver logic selects the NRZ data and clock from one of the modems (A or B) and selects the bipolar signals and the service channels from one of the muldex units. The same muldex must be used in both the receive path and the transmit path: however, beyond the muldex the receive and transmit signals can be switched to separate channels.
Transmit alarms
The controller monitors the modulation and the transmitter. External and local controls, and the preference strapping are also monitored. Based on these factors, the unit selects which transmitter to place in service. Alarms from the multiplexer, modulator, and the transmitter assembly, are normally only used for on-site indications. However, for monitored standby and space diversity systems, these alarms are also used to select the alternate transmitter for service.
Muldex alarms
Only one muldex will transmit multiplexed signals to modem A and modem B. The same muldex unit is also selected to provide the bipolar signal to the customer. Based on the priority of alarms (both transmit and receive), external control, and preference strapping, the controller unit selects the appropriate muldex unit for service.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
8.
The wayside channels
1:N protection switching (Available in EMI compliant version only)
Only the 34368 kb/s channels are 1:N protected in a 1:N protection switching system, the 2 × 2048 kb/s wayside channels are protected on a frame by frame basis in the conventional 1+1 protection switching manner explained in '1+1 protection switching' on page 3 - 25. The switching criteria of the 34368 kb/s channels for the 1:N switch are following radio alarms:
1:N protection switching
•
Degraded bit error rate (BER) alarm
•
Modem / transceiver adaptive slope equalizer alarm
•
Low AGC level alarm
The one-for-N (1:N) protection switching scheme provides traffic continuity when one transmission channel fails by switching the traffic for that failed channel through the standby protection channel. The protection switching sequence is as follows: •
The receive-end radio detects the degradation of the receive signal quality. This information is passed to the 1:N switch.
•
The receive-end 1:N switch sends a message to the transmitend 1:N switch to bridge the traffic of the degraded channel onto the standby protection channel.
•
The transmit-end 1:N switch sends a message to the receiveend 1:N switch to confirm the transmit-end has bridged the traffic of the degraded channel onto the standby protection channel.
•
The receive-end 1:N switch now errorlessly switches the traffic of the standby protection channel to the output of the degraded channel.
This sequence maintains errorless traffic continuity. THEORY OF OPERATION
Page 3 - 27
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
Figure 3-14: A 1:3 Protection Switching System Block Diagram showing path of traffic that has been transferred to the standby protection channel TRANSMIT-END 1:N SWITCH
OCCASIONAL TRAFFIC
RECEIVE-END
34368 kb/s
34368 kb/s QUADRALINK® RADIO
QUADRALINK® RADIO
QUADRALINK® RADIO
QUADRALINK® RADIO
QUADRALINK® RADIO
QUADRALINK® RADIO
STANDBY PROTECTION CHANNEL
STANDBY PROTECTION CHANNEL
QUADRALINK®
QUADRALINK® RADIO
RADIO
SWITCHING ALARMS
1:N SWITCH
OCCASIONAL TRAFFIC
SWITCHING ALARMS
The standby protection channel can carry occasional low-priority traffic. This occasional low-priority traffic will be disconnected (or ‘bumped-off’) should another channel fail. For more information about how the 1:N switch works, see the COM 30 instruction manual.
Page 3 - 28
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
9.
Receiver selection
Based on the alarm inputs from the demodulator, and the demultiplexer, on the current AGC values, on remote selection, and on preference strapping, the receiver logic circuitry selects the appropriate receiver. Two types of logic operation are available, depending on the strap option that is equipped. In the preferential mode, the receiver logic always selects a predetermined (preferred) channel, and always returns to that channel after an alarm or a remote selection is cleared. In the non-preferential mode, initial channel selection is arbitrary and the unit remains on the selected channel until an alarm, or a remote selection requires a change to the other channel. After the alarm or remote selection is cleared, the logic circuitry continues to select the last nonalarmed or remotely-selected channel.
10. Alarm interface Every Quadralink® plug-in unit, except the line interface and the internal orderwire unit, has a red ALARM or FAIL LED which lights when the fault detection system verifies that a failure has occurred in that unit. Troubleshooting can be performed by using the LED indications in conjunction with the radio alarm / display panel (See figure 3-15). The alarm / display panel provides information as to the internal operation of the Quadralink®. The panel includes a series of summed alarm indicators (LEDs), control keys, and a display. The LED alarm indicators present maintenance personnel with a concise summary of the system alarm status, while the display provides detailed interactive status and alarm information. This panel provides a virtually instantaneous means of monitoring the operation parameters of the local equipment. External access to the alarm status of the system is provided by relay contacts. THEORY OF OPERATION
Page 3 - 29
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
11. The alarm / display panel Figure 3-15: Illustration of the Alarm / Display Unit Front Panel (partial view of front door)
ALARM DISPLAY MAJOR MINOR
A AGC B
OVRD
DVM GND
MENU
EXEC
ACO
At start-up, the display shows the global system status message. The keys on the panel face allow the operator to move to other menus to obtain information and to execute control operations. The MENU key is used to move up one level in the menu tree. If the display is in the first menu level, pressing MENU will bring the display to the global system status message. The (scroll down) key is used to scroll down through the submenus and messages at a given level in the menu tree. When this key is pressed while at the bottom of the list, the operator is returned to the beginning of the list. The (scroll up) key is used to scroll up through the submenus and messages at a given level in the menu tree. When this key is pressed while at the top of the list, the operator is brought to the bottom of the list. The (horizontal scroll) key is used to scroll through different selections on the same line. When this key is pressed while at the end of the line, the operator is returned to the beginning of the line. The EXEC key is used for two purposes. It is used to go one level down in the menu tree, and it is used to execute control operations from control menus.
Page 3 - 30
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
12. Metering test points and controls Integral digital voltmeter
An integral digital voltmeter (DVM) is mounted on the alarm / display unit in the form of an LCD test meter. It can be used to monitor voltage points in the radio, and provides a means of directly measuring the receiver AGC voltage. Three test points are also mounted on the faceplate (see figure 3-15). Additional voltage measurement can be made throughout the assembly (provided an extender card is available). For these measurements, the display menu is set to the VOLTMETER: display; and a test lead is connected between the test point to be measured and the meter jack labelled DVM.
13. Line interface unit test switches Depending on the option of the line interface unit, a series of switches may be mounted on its faceplate. These are used during system test to break the signal path for individual tributaries at the transmit site.
THEORY OF OPERATION
Page 3 - 31
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
14. Alarm and status indicators on the alarm display panel Alarm and status information is displayed by the integral alarm / display panel. The faceplate includes an alphanumeric display that can be used for radio performance measurements and as a digital voltmeter (DVM), four LEDs, and three test points. The alphanumeric display consists of two lines of sixteen characters each. Each character is formed by a five by seven dot matrix. Two of the LEDs report equipment status in the form of a MAJOR or a MINOR alarm, which are summed alarms from all parts of the radio. Another LED is built into the alarm cut off (ACO) switch, and lights when the switch is depressed to silence (deactivate) the local summary alarm relay AUDIBLE. The alarm relay AUDIBLE can be wired to activate an external buzzer to indicate an alarm. An LED labelled OVERRIDE indicates if the automatic protection logic for the transmitter or receiver (demodulator), or for the muldex has been overridden either locally or remotely. Alarm, status, and control points for extension to external equipment are available on a connector on the motherboard. Table 6-1 through to table 6-8 provide a description of all Quadralink® unit front panel indicators, input / output jacks, and test points.
15. Optional user interface unit An optional user interface unit provides more detailed alarm and status information by dry relay contacts. The user interface unit also provides interfaces for remote control functions. See appendix B for more information.
Page 3 - 32
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
16. The controller The controller unit is used in the Quadralink® to provide one for one protection logic in the radio. It also updates the system display and monitors the switches on the alarm display unit. The controller unit is essentially a single board computer. Its micro-controller uses a program stored in EPROM to monitor and control the Quadralink® by means of a number of input / output devices. Figure 3-16 shows a simplified block diagram of the controller unit. A more detailed block diagram with strapping tables can be found in appendix C. The controller communicates with the rest of the radio through three busses, a serial interface, a number of analog signal lines, a number of discrete (digital) signal lines, and a series of relays. Bus 'A', at port 'A', communicates with the muldex and modem in channel 'A'. Bus 'B', at port 'B', communicates with the muldex and modem in channel 'B'. And bus 'C', at port 'C', communicates with the alarm display. Having three separate buses increases protection since a fault on any single bus will not disable the radio. The serial interface, at the serial ports interface, is used to communicate with the optional alarm extender unit. The analog signals come from the two transceivers, the two modems, and the DVM in the alarm display unit. They enter the controller through the analog multiplexer interface and continue on to the digital converters integrated into the micro-controller. The discrete signals, which enter the controller by the discrete signal interface, consist of identification signals from the transceivers, the line interface, the DVS Q™ service channel or the orderwire, plus alarm signals from the power supplies and the line interface. The discrete signal interface also provides the microcontroller with the state of a number of straps and switches on the controller itself. The user uses these straps and switches to tell the controller how the system is configured and how it should operate (see 'Controller unit strapping options' on page A - 3 and figure 6-10).
The micro-controller also controls the state of LEDs on the front of the controller unit. It uses these LEDs to indicate how certain parts of the system are functioning (see figure 6-10).
Page 3 - 33
THEORY OF OPERATION
The micro-controller uses relays to generate control signals and alarms. It uses the control signals to switch between transmitters in protected radios and to reset the power supplies when required. The alarm signals are available to the user at the Quadralink® backplane or on the optional user interface.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
Figure 3-16: Simplified Block Diagram of Controller Unit
ANALOG PORT
MICRO-CONTROLLER AND
INTERRUPT
ADDRESS LOGIC
ALARM EXTENDER INTERRUPT
TRANSCEIVER 'A' ALARMS INTERRUPT
TRANSCEIVER 'B' ALARMS MODEM 'A' ALARMS
ANALOG
CIRCUIT
MULTIPLEXER
INTERFACE
SW INTERRUPT SERIAL PORT INTERRUPT
INTERFACE
MODEM 'B' ALARMS
DISPLAY INTERRUPT
ALARM DISPLAY DVM EPROM MEMORY TO / FROM MODEM 'A' AND MULDEX 'A'
BUS A PORT 'A' MAJOR ALARM
TO / FROM MODEM 'B' AND MULDEX 'B'
BUS B MINOR ALARM
PORT 'B' RELAY
AUDIBLE ALARM
DRIVERS TO / FROM ALARM DISPLAY
BUS C
AND RELAYS
PORT 'C'
OVRD / CNTL POWER SUPPLY 'A' RESET
TRANSCEIVER 'A' IDENTIFICATION
POWER SUPPLY 'B' RESET
TRANSCEIVER 'B' IDENTIFICATION LINE INTERFACE IDENTIFICATION
SERIAL PORT INTERFACE
ORDERWIRE / DVS Q™ IDENTIFICATION POWER SUPPLY ALARMS 'A' AND 'B'
FROM LINE INTERFACE
STRAPS AND SWITCHES LINE MONITOR INTERFACE
DISCRETE SIGNAL INTERFACE
LEDS BUSES FOR DATA, ADDRESS, CONTROL, AND ENABLE
FROM POWER SUPPLY 'A' VOLTAGE CONVERTER
CONTROL SWITCHES
Page 3 - 34
TO / FROM ALARM EXTENDER
FROM POWER SUPPLY 'B'
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
17. The HF panel The HF panel is an optional panel unit that contains 32 BNC through connectors. It brings unbalanced tributaries from the back planes of one or two Quadralink® radios to the front of the rack where they can be easily accessed by technicians during installation and maintenance. See appendix B for more information.
18. The customer panel The customer panel is an optional panel that allows front access to most customer connections. It brings balanced and unbalanced tributaries, alarm, control, data, and voice frequency lines from the back planes of one or two Quadralink® radios to the front of the rack where they can be easily accessed by technicians during installation and maintenance. See appendix B for more information.
19. The user interface The user interface is an optional unit designed to mount in the same rack as one or two Quadralink® radios. It has two functions: 1. It brings line and basic alarm connections from the back planes of one or two Quadralink® radios to the front of the rack where they can be easily accessed by technicians during installation and maintenance. 2. When the optional alarm and control extender is installed in the user interface, it provides expanded alarm and control capability for the one or two radios connected to it. Figure 3-17 shows how the user interface connects to the other equipment in the rack. THEORY OF OPERATION
Page 3 - 35
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
Figure 3-17: User Interface ALARM AND CONTROL QUADRALINK (WEST) P1 RS-232C (V.24)
P2 60
P3 60
P4 60
60
RS-232C (V.24)
USER INTERFACE
BATTERY A
WEST REMOTE CONTROL
QUADRALINK (EAST)
EXTENDER (ACE)
WEST RELAYS
EAST RELAYS
BATTERY B
EAST REMOTE CONTROL
SUPERVISORY SYSTEM (SUPPLIED BY USER)
By itself, the user interface is just an interconnections panel; however, when it is equipped with the optional alarm and control extender (ACE) it becomes a powerful tool for monitoring and controlling two Quadralink® radios. See appendix B for more information.
20. The alarm and control extender The ACE consists of a printed circuit board that is mounted on the inside of the door of the user interface. All signals (power, data, remote controls, relay contacts, and so on) enter and exit the ACE by the user interface. The ACE and the user interface are interconnected by four 60-conductor ribbon cables that engage connectors equipped with release mechanisms. The unit dimensions are approximately 241 mm × 483 mm (9.5'' × 19.0''). The basic function of the ACE is to expand the alarm, status, and remote control capability of the Quadralink® radio. A single ACE can accommodate a terminal or repeater (that is: up to two protected Quadralink® radios). The alarm and status reporting is provided using dry contact relays. The remote control inputs are activated by putting the input to ground (for example: to TB10, pin 1 of the user interface). The ACE can be equipped with up to 61 relays and provides up to 28 remote control inputs (repeater configuration). The information exchange between the Quadralink® controllers and the ACE is made through two RS-232C (V.24) serial communication interfaces using the DATA XMT and DATA RCV lines at 9600 baud. The 68HC11 micro-controller of the ACE manages all of the activity of the unit including communications with the controller units in the radios, reading the remote controls, and writing to the
Page 3 - 36
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION relays. The program and all tables are contained in an EPROM. A dual UART (DUART) takes care of the communications with up to two controller units in a repeater configuration. The CPU has a COP (computer operating normally) feature that resets it if it is not operating properly. The main program has a COP reset instruction near the beginning of the main loop to periodically reset a free running watchdog timer. If something goes wrong (for example: the program becomes stuck in a loop or crashes) the watchdog timer times-out and resets the CPU and DUART. The ACE contains its own dc-dc converter and hence, is powered directly by the site battery supply. The dc-dc converter accepts battery voltages from 20 Vdc to 60 Vdc (positive, negative, or floating ground). The ACE can be redundantly powered by two battery supplies. The ACE can be configured for terminal or repeater operation, and has options for reporting compressed or all alarms. Most of the ACE relays can be set for normally energized or normally deenergized operation. There are some exceptions: See the footnotes in appendix B-29. All of the relays can be set for de-energized open or de-energized closed operation. It is important to be aware of the normal state of the relays when selecting the strapping option. The ACE can also be configured to stretch the alarms to one second or 20 seconds. The ACE has three LED indicators, protruding through holes in the user interface door. Their functions are as follows: POWER:
Indicates that a voltage is present at the ACE battery input and that the fuse is good.
PS ALM:
Indicates failure of the dc to dc power converter in the ACE.
CPU ALM:
Indicates that the CPU is being reset by the internal COP watch dog function, by the internal low voltage detector, or by the reset switch (S1).
Page 3 - 37
THEORY OF OPERATION
Figure 3-18 provides a block diagram of the ACE. See appendix B for more information on the user interface and the alarm and control extender.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
THEORY OF OPERATION
BAT B
POWER ON LED DIODES
BAT A
COMBINING
Figure 3-18: A Block Diagram of the Alarm and Control Extender
DC-DC CONVERTER
FUSE F1
CR1-
+5 Vdc
PS1
ALARM DETECTOR U1
CR4 POWER SUPPLY ALARM LED
EAST WEST EAST
RS-232
U
TO
A
CLOCK
CK/2 U36
R
HCMOS
LOW VOLTAGE DETECTOR U46
CLOCK OSC 1
D
T
WEST
U48
U38
ADDRESS / DATA
MCU
RESET
U37 ADDRESS
TO DUART U38 TO DIP SWITCH BUFFER U41
(LOW) U49
DATA BUS ADDRESS
TO ADDRESS DECODER U49 D
B
I
U
P
F
S
F
W
LATCH U40
ADDRESS DECODER ADDRESS BUS
E
(HIGH) U44
EPROM
R U41
S2
ADDRESS DECODER
RESET
P/O P3 & P4
OPTO Q1
ADDRESS BUS
U39
DIP SWITCH TO ADDRESS DECODER U49
REM INPUT BUF U19 REM INPUT BUF U18 P/O P3
REM INPUT BUF U16 REM INPUT BUF U14 REM INPUT BUF U12
REM INPUT BUF U10 REM INPUT BUF U8 P/O P4
REM INPUT BUF U6 REM INPUT BUF U4 REM INPUT BUF U2
Page 3 - 38
REM BUF DATA BUS U17
DATA BUS
(RELAYS)
U43
U42
RELAY DRIVER
RELAY OCTET
U34
U35
K60-K64
RELAY LATCH
RELAY DRIVER
RELAY OCTET
U32
U33
K49-K56
RELAY LATCH
RELAY DRIVER
RELAY OCTET
U30
U31
K41-K48
RELAY LATCH
RELAY DRIVER
RELAY OCTET
U28
U29
K33-K40
RELAY LATCH
RELAY DRIVER
RELAY OCTET
U26
U27
K25-K32
RELAY LATCH
RELAY DRIVER
RELAY OCTET
U24
U25
K17-K24
RELAY LATCH
RELAY DRIVER
RELAY OCTET
U22
U23
K9-K16
RELAY LATCH
RELAY DRIVER
RELAY OCTET
U20
U21
K1-K8
REM BUF
STRAPS P63P70
STRAPS P55P62 P1
DATA BUS U13
REM BUF DATA BUS U11
REM BUF DATA BUS U9
REM BUF DATA BUS U7
REM BUF DATA BUS U5
REM BUF DATA BUS U3
ADDRESS DECODER
(REM CNTR)
RELAY LATCH
REM BUF U15
ADDRESS DECODER
STRAPS P47P54
& P/O P3
STRAPS P39P46
STRAPS P25P32
STRAPS P23P30
STRAPS
P2 &
P15P22
P/O P4
STRAPS P7P14
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
SECTION 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Figure 4: Table 4:
Overall system performance depends upon the interaction of many variable factors. For this reason, the performance specifications given here apply to transmitters and receivers connected back-toback, unless otherwise specified.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Page 4 - 1
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
System characteristics Refer to the Quadralink System Application Information document for thorough specifications.
Frequency Range Table 4-1:
Applicable CCIR Recommendations for the Quadralink® Radio
Quadralink® radio
Frequency range
CCIR recommendation
1.7 to 2.7 GHz
• 283-5
1.7 to 2.3 GHz
• 382-6
2 GHz 1:Nb
—
• 382-5, main or interleaved
7/8 GHz
7.114 to 8.504 GHz • 385-5 / 386-4
2 GHz
7/8 GHz 1:N
Report 1055-1a — 1055-1
• 386-4, annex Ic • 385-5, annex III, ‘h’ channeld — • 385-5, annex III, ‘l’ channele • 385-5f
—
a. The synthesizer local oscillator is not available for use with the Report 1055-1, Annex 4 frequency plan; instead a fixed-frequency crystal local oscillator is available for use with this frequency plan. b. N = 5 channels maximum Channels 1, 3, 5 on one polarization. Channels 2, 4, 6 on the other polarization. c. N = 7 channels maximum Channels 1, 3, 5, 7 on one polarization. Channels 2, 4, 6, 8 on the other polarization. d. N = 3 channels maximum Channels 1, 3 on one polarization. Channels 2, 4 on the other polarization. e. N = 4 channels maximum Channels 1, 3, 5 on one polarization. Channels 2, 4 on the other polarization. f. N = 3 channels maximum Channels 1, 9 or 2, 10 or 3, 11 or 4, 12 on one polarization. Channels 5, 13 or 6, 14 or 7, 15 or 8, 16 on the other polarization.
Bit rate capacity
Page 4 - 2
One of the following: •
1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s
•
1:N — 2 to 7 tributaries of 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s to 8 × 2048 kb/s
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Table 4-2:
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Line Interface Specifications
Tributary Format / level / pulse shape Line input jitter tolerance Output jitter / jitter transfer function 34368 kb/s CCITT Rec. G.703
CCITT Rec. G.823
CCITT G.751
T/R spacing Table 4-3:Minimum Transmit to Receive Frequency Spacing (Single Antenna) Tributary capacity
Transmit power amplifier power option T/R (MHz)
1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s
0.2 Wattsa
63
1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s (2 GHz)
1.0 Watts
63
1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s (7/8 GHz) 1.0 Watts
63
1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s
94
5 Wattsb
a. Available on 7/8 GHz radios only. b. Available on 2 GHz radios only.
T/T spacing
For a standard frequency diversity system, using a standard antenna coupling unit, that uses co-polarization, the minimum T/T spacing is 56 MHz for 1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s capacity systems. When a frequency diversity system is designed with antenna cross polarization, the minimum T/T spacing is indicated in table 4-4.
Table 4-4:
T/T Spacing for a Frequency Diversity System
Capacity
Antenna polarizationa
1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s Cross polarization
Minimumb T/T = 28.0 MHz
a. The minimum cross polarization discrimination of the antenna is 30 dB. Cross polarization: separate feeds b. This figure assumes a maximum degradation of 1 dB at 1 × 10-3. Also, the maximum receive signal level from the adjacent transmitter is -40 dBm.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Page 4 - 3
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Operating environment Table 4-5:
Temperature Parameters External ambient temperature
full specification
0 ˚C to +50 ˚C
operational (synchronization loss is tolerated)
-10 ˚C to +55 ˚C
Storage and transportation
-50 ˚C to +65 ˚C
Warm-up time from cold start
Table 4-6:
full specification
6 hours
operational (synchronization loss is tolerated)
instantly
Environmental Parameters
Description
Specification
Humidity
95%, non-condensing at +40 °C
Altitude
to 5000 m above mean-sea-level (AMSL)
Microphonics
The radio is tested according to a Harris MCD microphonics susceptibility specification. Radio must operate error-free to pass the test.
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
•
FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class A
•
CISPR 22, class A
electromagnetic interference1 (EMI)
•
IEC 801-3
•
IEC 801-4
Electrostatic sensitive devices (ESD)
•
IEC 801-2
1.For EMI version only
Page 4 - 4
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Power consumption
Table 4-7:
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The power consumption is specified without the optional service channel, adaptive slope equalizer, and alarm control extender unit. The power supply is located in the transceiver and has an on / off switch.
2 GHz Radio Power Consumption (Estimated Maximum) Unprotected
Capacity
34 mb/s Table 4-8:
1 Watt transmit power amplifier 64 Watts
Protected
5 Watt transmit power amplifier 92 Watts
1 Watt transmit power amplifier 122 Watts
34 mb/s
178 Watts
7/8 GHz Radio Power Consumption (Estimated Maximum) Unprotected
Capacity
5 Watt transmit power amplifier
0.2 Watt transmit power amplifier 55 Watts
Protected
1 Watt transmit power amplifier 69 Watts
0.2 Watt transmit power amplifier 105 Watts
1 Watt transmit power amplifier 132 Watts
Additional power consumption for optionally equipped units are listed in table 4-9. Table 4-9:
Power Consumption Of Optional Units Optional unit
Typical power (Watts)
Orderwire service channel unit
7.0
DVS Q™ service channel unit
6.5
Adaptive slope equalizer (available for 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s tributary capacity radios only)
2.3
Alarm control extender unit
7.0
DVS II with 1 muldex
14.0
DVS II with 2 muldex
23.0
DVA
9.0
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Page 4 - 5
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply specifications and requirements Table 4-10:
The appropriate direct current power source must be available at the installation site.
Power Supply Specifications Nominal voltage
24 Vdc or 48 Vdc
Operating voltage range
21 Vdc to 60 Vdc
Power source polarity
Positive, negative or floating ground
Operating voltage range for 80% minimum dc/dc converter efficiency
21 Vdc to 60 Vdc
Maximum operating current
≤ 7.0 A
Protection
Slow blow fuse
Optional alternating current (mains operated) power supply
An optional rack mounted switching power supply permits radio operation at commercial power utility alternating current line voltages. Table 4-11:
Page 4 - 6
Rack-mount Alternating Current Power Supply Specifications
Nominal line input voltage
105 to 125 Vac 210 to 250 Vac
Frequency
50 to 60 Hz
Phase
1φ
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Modem characteristics Table 4-12:
Modem General Characteristics
RF bandwidth efficiency
≥ 1.3 b/s/Hz
Per hop residual BER
< 1 × 10-10 maximum
Encoding process
The muldex signal is scrambled in a pseudorandom pattern, and differentially encoded. The decoding process is the reverse of the encoding process.
Type of detection
Coherent
Modulation type
Offset quaternary phase-shift keying (OQPSK)
Intermediate frequency (IF)
70 MHz
Impedance, IF input / output
50 Ω, unbalanced
Muldex characteristics Table 4-13:
Muldex General Characteristics
Encoding process The bipolar signal is converted to a non-return-to-zero (NRZ) format. Line code type
HDB3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Page 4 - 7
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Transmitter characteristics Transmit output power for a 1+1 protected radio Table 4-14:
Guaranteed Minimum Output Power Level for all Tributary Capacities of a 2 GHz Radio System
Antenna coupling unit configuration →
Unprotected
Channel → Power amplifier ↓
A
Pout standard (1 W PA)b 28.0 Pout optional (5 W
PA)c
35.0
Monitored hot Monitored hot standby equal or standby space unequal loss diversity coupler A and B 28.0
A and B 28.0
35.0
35.0
Frequency Frequency and space diversitya diversitya Unit A and B
A
B
28.0
26.5 26.0 dBm
35.0
d
dBm
a. Subtract 0.5 dB from all transmit output power values if the transmit / receive frequency spacing of the radio is 63 MHz (a six pole filter is required). The minimum antenna system return loss should be 22 dB. b. Tolerance is A (or B): +2.0 dB c. Maximum is A (or B): +3.0 dB d. Consult the Transmission Engineering Department when a 5 Watt power amplifier is required with a frequency diversity system configuration. The 5 Watt power amplifier is not compatible with certain transmit frequency combinations.
Table 4-15:
Guaranteed Minimum Output Power Level for a 7/8 GHz Radio System
Antenna coupling unit configuration →
Unprotected or frequency and space diversity
Monitored hot standby unequal loss coupler
Monitored hot standby equal loss coupler
Channel → Power amplifier ↓
A (and B)a
A and B
A and B
Monitored Frequency hot standby or quad space diverdiversity Unit sity A and B
A
B
Power output for the 1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s tributary capacity Pout standard (1 W PA) 26.4
26.3
26.3
26.3
26.4 26.2 dBm
Pout optional (0.2 W PA) 19.9
19.8
19.8
19.8
19.9 19.7 dBm
a. Channel B is not available on unprotected radios.
Page 4 - 8
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Transmit output power for a 1:N protected radio system Table 4-16:
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The transmit output power is measured at the antenna port.
Guaranteed Minimum Output Power Level for a 2 GHz 1:N Protected Radio System
Channel → Power amplifier ↓
P
1
2
3
4
5
Unit
1:1
27.0
27.5
—
—
—
—
dBm
1:2
27.0
27.5
25.5
—
—
—
dBm
1:3
27.0
27.5
25.5
28.0
—
—
dBm
1:4
27.0
27.5
25.5
27.5
27.0
—
dBm
1:5
27.0
27.5
25.5
27.5
27.0
25.5
dBm
Pout standard (1 W PA)a
a. Output power tolerance is:
Table 4-17:
+2.0 dB
Guaranteed Minimum Output Power Level for a 7/8 GHz 1:N Protected Radio System, Single Antenna and Space Diversitya
Channel → Power amplifier ↓
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Unit
1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:6, 1:7 24.8
25.3
23.3
22.8
25.3
24.8
23.3
22.8
dBm
18.8
16.8
16.3
18.8
18.3
16.8
16.3
dBm
Pout standard (1 W PA) Pout optional (0.2 W PA) 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:6, 1:7 18.3
a. CCIR recommendation 386-4, annex I
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Page 4 - 9
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table 4-18:
Guaranteed Minimum Output Power Level for a 7/8 GHz 1:N Protected Radio System, Single Antenna and Space Diversitya
Channel → Power amplifier ↓
P
1
2
3
Unit
Pout standard (1 W PA) 1:1 24.8
25.3
—
—
dBm
1:2 24.8
25.3
25.3
—
dBm
1:3 24.8
25.3
25.3
24.8
dBm
1:1 17.3
17.8
—
—
dBm
1:2 17.3
17.8
17.8
—
dBm
1:3 17.3
17.8
17.8
17.8
dBm
Pout optional (0.2 W PA)
a. CCIR recommendation 385-5, annex III, ‘h’ channels CCIR recommendation 385-5
Table 4-19:
Guaranteed Minimum Output Power Level for a 7/8 GHz 1:N Protected Radio System, Single Antenna and Space Diversitya
Channel → Power amplifier ↓
P
1
2
3
4
Unit
Pout standard (1 W PA) 1:1 24.8
25.3
—
—
—
dBm
1:2 24.8
25.3
23.3
—
—
dBm
1:3 24.8
25.3
23.3
25.8
—
dBm
1:4 24.8
25.3
23.3
25.3
24.8
dBm
1:1 17.3
17.8
—
—
—
dBm
1:2 17.3
17.8
15.8
—
—
dBm
1:3 17.3
17.8
15.8
15.3
—
dBm
1:4 17.3
17.8
15.8
17.8
17.3
dBm
Pout optional (0.2 W PA)
a. CCIR recommendation 385-5, annex III, ‘l’ channels
Page 4 - 10
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Table 4-20:
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Transmitter General Characteristics
Frequency stability for a 2 GHz radio
±10 ppm at 0° C to +50° C, excluding aging
Frequency stability for a 7/8 GHz radio ±7 ppm at 0° C to +50° C, excluding aging Intermediate frequency (IF)
70 MHz
IF input level
0 dBm
Input impedance
50 Ω, unbalanced
Spurious emissions (including ACU)
-70 dB relative to nominal output power
Harmonic emissions (including ACU)
-65 dB relative to nominal output power
Alarms
PA power U/C power LO failure Power supply
Table 4-21:
Bandwidth Requirements Channel / capacity
Channel allocation
1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s 28.0 MHz
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Page 4 - 11
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Receiver characteristics Table 4-22:
Receiver General Characteristics
Type
Single conversion superheterodyne
Noise figure at receiver port for a 2 GHz radio
3.0 dB, typical
Noise figure at receiver port for a 7/8 GHz radio 3.5 dB, typical Intermediate frequency (IF)
70 MHz
Maximum RF input (overload) level (without damage) at antenna port
-20 dBm, full operational specification
Nominal RF input (overload) level (without damage) at antenna port
-45 dBm
IF output level
0 dBm, nominal
Spurious and image rejection
70 dB, minimum (including ACU)
Frequency stability for a 2 GHz radio
±10 ppm at 0° C to +50° C, excluding aging
Frequency stability for a 7/8 GHz radio
±7 ppm at 0° C to +50° C, excluding aging
Output impedance
50 Ω, unbalanced
AGC record out
0 to +5 Vdc through 1 kΩ
Alarms
AGC (low received signal level) LO phase lock ASEQ stress
Receive threshold for a 1+1 protected radio Table 4-23:
Guaranteed Maximum Receive Threshold Levela of a 2 GHz System
Antenna coupling unit configuration →
Unprotected, monitored Monitored Monitored hot standby space hot standby hot standby diversity, or frequency unequal loss equal loss and space diversity coupler coupler
Channel → Capacity ↓
A (and B)b
A
B
A and B
Frequency diversity Unit A
B
Receive thresholds with BER = 1 × 10-3 1 × 34368 kb/s plus -82.0 2 × 2048 kb/s
-81.0 -70.0 -78.5
-81.5 -82.0 dBm
-77.0 -66.0 -74.5
-77.5 -78.0 dBm
Receive thresholds with BER = 1 × 10-6 1 × 34368 kb/s plus -78.0 2 × 2048 kb/s
Page 4 - 12
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
a. The receive threshold is degraded by 1.0 dB when the optional 5 Watt power amplifier is used. b. Channel B is not available on unprotected radios.
Table 4-24:
Guaranteed Maximum Receive Threshold Level of a 7/8 GHz System
Antenna coupling Unprotected or Monitored hot Monitored hot Monitored hot Frequency or quad unit configuration frequency and standby unequal standby equal standby space diversity Unit loss coupler diversity → space diversity loss coupler Channel → Capacity ↓
A (and B)a
A
B
A and B
A
B
A
B
Receive thresholds with BER = 1 × 10-3 1 × 34368 kb/s plus -81.0 2 × 2048 kb/s
-79.7
-69.0 -77.4
-81.0
-81.2 -80.8 -81.0 dBm
-65.0 -73.4
-77.0
-77.2 -76.8 -77.0 dBm
Receive thresholds with BER = 1 × 10-6 1 × 34368 kb/s -77.0 plus 2 × 2048 kb/s
-75.7
a. Channel B is not available on unprotected radios.
Receive threshold for a 1:N protected radio system Table 4-25:
The receive threshold is a measure of the sensitivity of the receiver to a faded signal that causes a bit error rate of 1 × 10-3 and 1 × 10-6 as measured at the antenna port.
Guaranteed Maximum Receive Threshold Levela of a 2 GHz 1:N Protected System
Channel → Capacity ↓
P
1
2
3
4
5
Unit
Receive thresholds with BER = 1 × 10-3 1:1, 1:2, 1:3 -82.0
-81.5
-80.0
-82.0
—
—
dBm
1:4, 1:5 -82.0
-81.5
-80.0
-81.5
-82.0
-80.0
dBm
Receive thresholds with BER = 1 × 10-6 1:1, 1:2, 1:3 -78.0
-77.5
-76.0
-78.0
—
—
dBm
1:4, 1:5 -78.0
-77.5
-76.0
-77.5
-78.0
-76.0
dBm
Page 4 - 13
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
a. The receive threshold is degraded by 1.0 dB when the optional 5 Watt power amplifier is used.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table 4-26:
Guaranteed Maximum Receive Threshold Level of a 7/8 GHz 1:N Protected System, Single Antenna and Space Diversitya
Channel → Capacity ↓
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Unit
Receive thresholds with BER = 1 × 10-3 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:6, 1:7 -81.4 Receive thresholds with BER = 1 × 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:6, 1:7 -77.4
-80.9
-79.4
-78.9
-80.9
-81.4
-79.4
-78.9
dBm
-75.4
-74.9
-76.9
-77.4
-75.4
-74.9
dBm
10-6 -76.9
a. CCIR recommendation 386-4, annex I
Table 4-27:
Channel → Capacity ↓
Guaranteed maximum receive threshold level of a 7/8 GHz 1:N protected system, single antenna and space diversitya P
1
2
3
Unit
Receive thresholds with BER = 1 × 10-3 1:1 -81.4
-80.9
—
—
dBm
1:2 -81.4
-80.9
-80.9
—
dBm
1:3 -81.4
-80.9
-80.9
-81.4
dBm
Receive thresholds with BER = 1 × 10-6 1:1 -77.4
-76.9
—
—
dBm
1:2 -77.4
-76.9
-76.9
—
dBm
1:3 -77.4
-76.9
-76.9
-77.4
dBm
a. CCIR recommendation 385-5, annex III, ‘h’ channels CCIR recommendation 385-5
Page 4 - 14
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Table 4-28:
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Guaranteed Maximum Receive Threshold Level of a 7/8 GHz 1:N Protected System, Single Antenna and Space Diversitya
Channel → Capacity ↓
P
1
2
3
4
Unit
Receive thresholds with BER = 1 × 10-3 1:1 -81.4
-80.9
—
—
—
dBm
1:2 -81.4
-80.9
-79.4
—
—
dBm
1:3 -81.4
-80.9
-79.4
-81.4
—
dBm
1:4 -81.4
-80.9
-79.4
-80.9
-81.4
dBm
Receive thresholds with BER = 1 × 10-6 1:1 -77.4
-76.9
—
—
—
dBm
1:2 -77.4
-76.9
-75.4
—
—
dBm
1:3 -77.4
-76.9
-75.4
-77.4
—
dBm
1:4 -77.4
-76.9
-75.4
-76.9
-77.4
dBm
a. CCIR recommendation 385-5, annex III, ‘l’ channels
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Page 4 - 15
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Antenna coupling unit Typical Antenna coupling unit (ACU) branching losses for a 1+1 protected radio Table 4-29:
These values are for reference only and they are not guaranteed.
Branching Losses for a 2 GHz System
Antenna coupling unit configuration →
Monitored hot Monitored hot Unprote standby standby equal cted unequal loss loss coupler coupler
Channel → Capacity ↓
A
A
B
Monitored hot standby space Frequency or frequency / diversity space diversity
A and B
A and B
A
B
Unit
Total transmit branching loss 1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2.3 2 × 2048 kb/s
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.8
3.3
dB
3.2
14.2
5.7
2.2
2.7
2.2
dB
Total receive branching loss 1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2.2 2 × 2048 kb/s
Table 4-30:
Branching Losses for a 7/8 GHz System
Antenna coupling unit configuration →
Unprotected Monitored Monitored Frequency Monitored or frequency hot standby hot standby diversity hot standby and space unequal loss equal loss or quad space diversity coupler coupler diversity diversity Unit
Channel → Capacity ↓
A (or B)a
A
B
A and B
A
B
A
B
Total transmit branching loss 1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2.7 2 × 2048 kb/s
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.7
2.9
2.8
2.8
dB
4.0
14.7
6.3
2.9
2.7
2.7
2.5
dB
Total receive branching loss 1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2.7 2 × 2048 kb/s
a. Channel B is not available on unprotected radios.
Page 4 - 16
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Typical Antenna coupling unit (ACU) branching losses for a 1:N protected radio system Table 4-31:
Branching Losses for a 2 GHz System with Either Single Antenna or Space Diversity ACUa
Channel → Protection configuration ↓
P
1
2
3
4
5
Unit
Total transmit branching loss 1:1
3.0
2.5
—
—
—
—
dB
1:2
3.0
2.5
4.5
—
—
—
dB
1:3
3.0
2.5
4.5
2.0
—
—
dB
1:4
3.0
2.5
4.5
2.5
3.0
—
dB
1:5
3.0
2.5
4.5
2.5
3.0
4.5
dB
1:1
2.0
2.5
—
—
—
—
dB
1:2
2.0
2.5
4.0
—
—
—
dB
1:3
2.0
2.5
4.0
2.0
—
—
dB
1:4
2.0
2.5
4.0
2.5
2.0
—
dB
1:5
2.0
2.5
4.0
2.5
2.0
4.0
dB
Total receive branching loss
a. CCIR recommendation 382-5
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Page 4 - 17
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table 4-32:
Branching Losses for a 7/8 GHz System with Either Single Antenna or Space Diversity ACU for CCIR Recommendation 386-4, Annex I
Channel → Protection configuration ↓
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Unit
1:1
3.0
2.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
dB
1:2
3.0
2.5
4.5
—
—
—
—
—
dB
1:3
3.0
2.5
4.5
5.0
—
—
—
—
dB
1:4
3.0
2.5
4.5
5.0
2.5
—
—
—
dB
1:5
3.0
2.5
4.5
5.0
2.5
3.0
—
—
dB
1:6
3.0
2.5
4.5
5.0
2.5
3.0
4.5
—
dB
1:7
3.0
2.5
4.5
5.0
2.5
3.0
4.5
5.0
dB
1:1
2.0
2.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
dB
1:2
2.0
2.5
4.0
—
—
—
—
—
dB
1:3
2.0
2.5
4.0
4.5
—
—
—
—
dB
1:4
2.0
2.5
4.0
4.5
2.5
—
—
—
dB
1:5
2.0
2.5
4.0
4.5
2.5
2.0
—
—
dB
1:6
2.0
2.5
4.0
4.5
2.5
2.0
4.0
—
dB
1:7
2.0
2.5
4.0
4.5
2.5
2.0
4.0
4.5
dB
Total transmit branching loss
Total receive branching loss
Page 4 - 18
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Table 4-33:
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Branching Losses for a 7/8 GHz System with Either Single Antenna or Space Diversity ACU for CCIR Recommendation 385-5, Annex III, ‘h’ Channels Channel → Protection configuration ↓
P
1
2
3
Unit
Total transmit branching loss 1:1
3.0
2.5
—
—
dB
1:2
3.0
2.5
2.5
—
dB
1:3
3.0
2.5
2.5
3.0
dB
1:1
2.0
2.5
—
—
dB
1:2
2.0
2.5
2.5
—
dB
1:3
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.0
dB
Total receive branching loss
Table 4-34:
Branching Losses for a 7/8 GHz System with Either Single Antenna or Space Diversity ACU for CCIR Recommendation 385-5, Annex III, ‘l’ Channels Channel → Protection configuration ↓
P
1
2
3
4
Unit
Total transmit branching loss 1:1
3.0
2.5
—
—
—
dB
1:2
3.0
2.5
4.5
—
—
dB
1:3
3.0
2.5
4.5
2.0
—
dB
1:4
3.0
2.5
4.5
2.5
3.0
dB
1:1
2.0
2.5
—
—
—
dB
1:2
2.0
2.5
4.0
—
—
dB
1:3
2.0
2.5
4.0
2.0
—
dB
1:4
2.0
2.5
4.0
2.5
2.0
dB
Total receive branching loss
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Page 4 - 19
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table 4-35:
Branching Losses for a 7/8 GHz System with Either Single Antenna or Space Diversity ACU for CCIR Recommendation 385-5 Channel → Protection configuration ↓
P
1
2
3
Unit
Total transmit branching loss 1:1
3.0
2.5
—
—
dB
1:2
3.0
2.5
2.5
—
dB
1:3
3.0
2.5
2.5
3.0
dB
1:1
2.0
2.5
—
—
dB
1:2
2.0
2.5
2.5
—
dB
1:3
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.0
dB
Total receive branching loss
Antenna coupling unit (ACU) return loss NOTE
All numbers are referenced at the antenna port. Table 4-36:
Antenna Coupling Unit Functional Parameters
Quadralink® radio
Antenna port return lossa
Antenna system return loss
2 GHz
18 dB inband minimum 20 dB minimum (1.22:1 VSWR maximum) (1.3:1 VSWR maximum) 22 dB minimum (1.18:1 VSWR maximum) if there 15 dB out-of-band minimum are 2A-B products that fall into the receive band. (1.4:1 VSWR maximum)
7/8 GHz
25 dB inband minimum (1.12:1 VSWR maximum) 20 dB minimum (1.22:1 VSWR maximum) 18 dB out-of-band minimum (1.3:1 VSWR maximum)
a. In band means: in the return loss bandwidth of the RF filters. Out of band means: the return loss outside of the bandwidth of the RF filters.
Page 4 - 20
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Characteristics of internal DVS Q™ service channel / orderwire unit Table 4-37:
Table 4-38:
Service Channel General Characteristics
Capacity
Up to two voice frequency (VF) channels and up to two data channels
VF and data bridges, directions
4-way
VF orderwire dialing
With DTMF handset
Internal Orderwire Unit (SD-098780) Voice Channels
Modulation
CVSD (continuously variable slope delta)
Frequency response
±3 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz, referenced at 1 kHz)
Transmit input level
-3.5 dBm or -16 dBm into 600 Ω, balanced
Receive output level
-3.5 dBm or +7 dBm into 600 Ω, balanced
Input / output inpeadance 600 ohms Signal / idle noise
55 dB
Signal / quantizing noise
Table 4-39:
Channel
Sampling rate
Signal / noise (C-message)
Idle noise (C-message)
VF1
123.3 kHz
43 dBc
33 dBrnc0
VF2
61.67/123.3 kHz
38/43 dBc
33 dBrnc0
Internal DVS Q™ Unit (SD-099980) Voice Channels
Modulation
PCM (pulse code modulation), A-law
Frequency response
300 Hz to 3.4 kHz, amplitude response: CCITT G.712
Sampling rate
64 kHz
Transmit input level
-16 or 0 dBm (main); 0 or -3.5 dBm (auxiliary)
Receive output level
+7 or 0 dBm (main); 0 or -3.5 dBm (auxiliary)
Input / output inpeadance 600 ohms Idle channel noise
35 dB at 1004 Hz TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Page 4 - 21
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table 4-40:
Data Channels (internal orderwire unit (SD-098780))
Baud rate
Up to 10% of sampling rate.
Type
Asynchronous
Levels
Conforms to EIA standard RS-232C
Sampling rate
Table 4-41:
Data 1: 123.3 kHz Data 2: 61.66 kHz
Data Channels (internal DVS Q™ unit unit (SD-099980))
Baud rate
Up to 10% of sampling rate.
Type
Asynchronous
Levels (data1 / Conforms to EIA standard RS-232C or RS-422 data2 in / out) Levels (Aux in / out) Sampling rate
Page 4 - 22
Conforms to EIA standard RS-422 Data 1: 123.3 kHz Data 2: 61.66 kHz
SECTION 5 INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT Figure 5: Table 5:
Installation of the Quadralink ® radio
This section outlines the procedure for placing a Harris MCD protected or non-protected Quadralink radio in service. Installation instructions are supplemented by material in the appendixes, including: 1. The Farinon Wiring List (FWL) and the E/W drawings show the enabled / default options for the system and its equipment and units. 2. System and subassembly block and level diagrams (BLdrawings) that show signal flow, signal levels, and impedances. 3. System and subassembly schematic diagrams (SDdrawings) that show the interconnections between subassemblies in the system and between the units in a subassembly.
List of installation steps
The order for installation is: 1. Unpack and install the radio assembly. 2. Perform an inventory and physical verification of the equipment. 3. Connect and point the antennas. 4. Connect orderwire voice frequency (VF) and data lines. 5. Check the rack battery voltage. 6. Connect power to the assembly. 7. Turn on power to the assembly. 8. Alignment procedure. 9. Transmit test signals. 10. Align the radio. a. Check transmitter local oscillator frequency. b. Check the receiver local oscillator frequency. c. Check the transmitter output power. d. Align the radio antennas. 11. Verification and adjustment of the system DADE. a. Demodulator DADE. b. Demultiplexer DADE. 12. Check the orderwire and accessory equipment.
Page 5 - 1
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
13. Check the system BER performance. 14. Check the pseudo-BER alarm. 15. Adjustment of the pseudo-BER threshold level. 16. Check the protection system. 17. Connect customer signals (tributaries) 18. Connect the Quadralink radio to the COM 30 switch (for 1:N systems only). 19. Connect the Quadralink radio for non-switching repeaters (for 1:N systems only). 20. Check the 1:N protection system. 21. Connect all customer signal, control and alarm equipment to the assembly. 22. Connect remote control/monitoring equipment
! Do not turn on power to the assembly until directed. The Quadralink radio generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with this instruction manual, the radio may cause interference to radio communications.
Qualifications of installation personnel
! Installation of the radio and associated equipment is to be performed by a skilled person. Power connections to the radio must be made in compliance of the local electrical code by a skilled person. The definition of a skilled person is in the glossary at the back of this instruction manual.
Page 5 - 2
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
NOTE
The term ‘radio’, when used alone, refers to a complete Quadralink terminal or repeater that includes an integral multiplexer (muldex), IF modulator-demodulator (modem), and RF equipment. The integral parts of the assembly are referred to as the ‘muldex’, ‘modem’, and ‘transceiver’ (high-frequency components including the upconverter, power amplifier, antenna coupling unit, and associated circuitry). The radio assembly also includes the protection-diagnostic system.
NOTE
When reference is made to 'A' and 'B' equipment, side A refers to the equipment which occupies the left half of the radio and multiplexer-modem sections, and side B refers to the radio which occupies the right half of the radio and multiplexer-modem sections. The 'UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM' at the beginning of the manual illustrates the way equipment is arranged and designated in the radio. Ignore all references in this manual to side B equipment in a non-protected radio. The Quadralink radio is fully assembled and ready for installation when unpacked. The equipment should be installed according to standard plant practice.
Location and environment
The equipment should be located in an office area that provides proper lighting, ventilation, and access to both front and rear of the assembly. There should be at least three feet of space between the equipment and strong magnetic fields and sources of impulse noise.
Page 5 - 3
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Power source
The appropriate direct current power source must be available at the installation site. The Quadralink assembly is equipped to operate with either 24 or 48 volts direct current (or any voltage between 21 and 60 volts, floating or any side grounded).
!
The DVS II is not powered by the Quadralink, but is connected directly to the power source. Therefore, if a DVS II or other 24 V equipment is installed, the power source must be 24 V.
Wiring specifications
Use 12 gauge wire for each power run. Twisted, shielded pairs should be used for all balanced lines; 22 or 24 AWG wire should be used for external alarm wiring.
Identifying units and modules
The 'UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM' at the beginning of the manual shows where the different units and modules are located on the radio.
The installation procedure
Page 5 - 4
Steps 1 to 7 is the installation procedure.
SECTION 5:INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
1.
Unpack and install the equipment
NOTE
If the Quadralink radio is ordered with a rack, it is shipped with all equipment mounted on the rack. Unpack the radio from its shipping container. Additional installation information is available from the FWLand EW- drawings (see appendix C). If this is a 1:N system, also refer to the COM 30 technical handbook number 1110/1A.
Page 5 - 5
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
2.
Perform an inventory and physical verification of the equipment
1. Using the Farinon wiring list (FWL-), perform an inventory check of all equipment and plug-in units. Check the arrangement of the plug-in units in the following sections. •
Signal processing / control section
•
RF section a. Transceiver(s) b. Antenna coupling unit — the antenna coupling unit occupies two rack mount spaces above radio shelf
Likewise, if they are equipped, check the arrangement and interconnections of the following equipment: •
DVS II service channel
•
COM 30 1:N switch. If this is a 1:N system, refer to the COM 30 technical handbook number 1110/1A.
•
other equipment (as specified in the FWL-)
2. Check the physical condition of the equipment. Make sure the plug-in units are engaged to their rear-end shelf connectors, and all the wiring connections and connectors on the front and back of the rack (on the motherboard) are undamaged and secure.
Equipment option check
3. If you are not certain that the radio is configured with the options that you require, check the options numbers, straps, and configuration switches of the radio against the tables given in appendix A. The option numbers are made up of foil labels, near the SD number, and are in the form “OPT xxxL”, where xxx is a three digit number and L is one or more letters. In depth information about option and model numbers is given in appendix C.
! Always use the provided wrist strap when manipulating modules or units. See figure 1-1 for how to properly use the wrist strap.
NOTE
For the strapping options of the alarm and control extender unit, see appendix B.
Page 5 - 6
EMI integrity and making electrical connections to the radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT The EMI compliant version of the Quadralink® radio is EMI shielded. The EMI shielding consists of the following major elements: •
A metal cover on the back of the radio
•
The radio has unpainted surfaces for better grounding
•
Metal spring strips are used at contact-points for improved grounding.
•
There are ferrite block assemblies located at the cable passageways to reduce the amount of conducted radiofrequency emissions from the radio. NOTE
All of these EMI shielding elements must be used together for the radio to comply with its EMI certification. Guidelines for cable routing to minimize EMI
1. Keep cable lengths short. Long cable lengths are more likely to radiate interference like an antenna. 2. Never run a cable along or near the surface of the motherboard. •
All tributary cables and Quadralink® radio alarms to the COM 30 1:N switch that are connected to the motherboard should come strait out from (perpendicular to) the motherboard and run along the surface of the rear cover, directly to the ferrite block assembly at the side of the radio.
•
Ribbon cables connected to the motherboard should go strait to the side of the radio frame, run along close to the surface of the side of the radio frame, directly up to the ferrite block assembly at the top of the radio.
Figure 5-1 shows which ferrite block assembly should be used for any given type of electrical connection. Making the connection
1. To gain access to the backplane connectors, the back cover1 of the radio must be removed. Remove the six screws that hold the back cover in place. 2. Feed the cables through the ferrite block assemblies at the top and side of the radio chassis. See figure 5-2 for how to remove the ferrite block assembly. On the non-EMI compliant version, feed the cables through the empty ferrite cut-outs. 3. Make the connections to the motherboard. 4. Reinstall the ferrite block assembly.
1. On EMI version only Page 5 - 7
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio 5. Reattach the back cover to the radio chassis with the six screws that hold the cover in place.
Page 5 - 8
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT Figure 5-1: Typical Cable Routing CONNECTIONS TO THE OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANEL FARSCAN™ / TBOS CONNECTIONS ALARM OUTPUTS / CONTROL INPUTS
SERVICE CHANNEL CONNECTIONS
POWER ENTRY FERRITE BLOCK ASSEMBLIES
TRIBUTARY CONNECTIONS
For non-EMI version, route cables through empty ferrite block cutouts.
Page 5 - 9
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Figure 5-2: How to Assemble / Disassemble the Cable Passageways on the Radio Frame (Ferrite Block Assembly) (Typical). EMI compliant version only.
W
RE
SC
FE
RR ITE
BL
OC K
AS
SE
MB
LY
ER SH R A W HE AT WAS UT L F IT N L SP
Page 5 - 10
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
3.
Connect and point the antennas
Referring to the instructions supplied with the antenna kit(s), install and connect the antenna(s) to the Quadralink radio. •
For a 2 GHz radio, the antenna connects to an N-type jack at the top rear of the radio with coaxial cable.
•
For a 7 GHz radio, the antenna connects to a CMR-112 waveguide flange (6-32 thread, all tapped) at the top rear of the radio. In most cases a waveguide extension kit will be provided so that you can make the connection at the top of the rack.
Refer to the FWL- for specifications. 1. Install the antenna(s) at the pre-selected location. Follow the antenna installation instructions and point the antenna as directly as possible to the antenna of the opposite-end (coordinating site) radio. 2. Referring to figure 5-3, install the waveguide extension kit(s). 3. Determine and prepare the length(s) of coaxial cable or WR-112 waveguide as applicable that is needed to connect the antenna(s) to the radio antenna connector.
! For 2 GHz radios: Directly connect the antenna coaxial cable to the radio antenna port connector. Right-angle connectors or adaptors may deteriorate the return-loss characteristics of the antenna system, thereby impairing proper system operation. This is especially important with frequencydiversity radios, where the required antenna system return-loss is a minimum of 22 dB. 4. Check all waveguide (7 GHz radios only) and cable joints for leaks. Tighten the joints as required. 5. Harness all waveguide (7 GHz radios only) and cable assemblies as required.
Page 5 - 11
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Figure 5-3: Installing The Wave Guide Extension Kit
Page 5 - 12
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT 6. Install antenna grounding kits as recommended by the antenna manufacturer.
! Always have one coaxial cable or waveguide grounding kit installed near the radio antenna port. This is a safety requirement. It is highly recommended to have more grounding kits installed at the antenna, at the base of the tower, before any bend in the waveguide or coaxial cable, and at equally spaced intervals of approximately every 11 meters of antenna tower altitude. Refer to antenna and tower manufacturer recommendations for the type of grounding kits to use. 7. Connect all grounding kits to a good earth ground point with heavy gauge (6 AWG or heavier) copper wire. The earth grounding point usually consists of copper grounding rods or radial grounding wires as required by the soil at the installation site.
! The grounding kits must be put to earth ground. This is a safety requirement. Never use the electric power utility ground for the grounding of these grounding kits.
Page 5 - 13
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
4.
If you are using the optional internal service channel unit (SD-098780 or SD-099980)
If you are using the DVS II Digital VersaT1lity™ service channel assembly
Page 5 - 14
Connect the service channel voice frequency (VF) and data lines
1. Verify the strap options for the service channel unit are correct. See appendix A. 2. Connect the data and VF channel inputs and outputs to the service channel unit by the connectors on the backplane or the connectors on the optional user interface unit. See (E-W drawings in appendix C). Complete the VF and data channel connections to the DVS II backplane connectors or optional user interface panel (if equipped). Refer to the DVS II instruction manual and DVS II EW- drawings for details.
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
5.
Power source (office battery) requirements
1. Using an external DVM, measure the battery (source) voltage input to the rack. Requirement: The voltage must be between 21 and 60 volts direct current for the radio and the optional user interface unit. Other units in the rack (the DVS II for example) may require a different voltage range (check the FWL- and EWdrawings).
! Do not use the DVM on the alarm display panel to measure the battery voltage1. 2. Check the office battery noise before connecting power to the assembly. Measure the peak-to-peak noise in the power source (office battery) with an oscilloscope. Requirement: If the battery noise level is greater than 500 mV, peak-to-peak, install a line filter in the battery supply to the equipment.
1. The internal DVM has a maximum voltage input range of -10 Vdc to +30 Vdc. Accuracy from -5 V to +5 V is ±0.5 V. Accuracy from -10 V to -5 V and from +5 V to +30 V is ±10%. Page 5 - 15
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
6.
Prepare and connect power to the radio
! Do not turn on power to the assembly until directed to do so in the next procedure. Always follow the local electrical code for safe electrical installation practices and standards. If this is a 1:N system, refer to the COM 30 technical handbook number 1110/1A for power connections to the switch.
Grounding of the radio
1. Install a ground wire from the radio rack to a good earth grounding point with heavy gauge (8 AWG or heavier) copper wire. A crimp-on lug is provided at the top, rear, right-hand side of the rack for grounding purposes. If the Quadralink radio is not mounted in a rack or if the rack is painted, connect a grounding braid between earth ground and one of the screws that hold the power entry ferrite block assembly in place. See figure 5-2 and figure 5-4. The earth grounding point usually consists of copper grounding rods or radial grounding wires as required by the soil at the installation site.
! The radio chassis must be put to earth ground. This is a safety requirement. Never use the electric power utility ground for the grounding of the radio chassis. 2. Determine the length of cable required to connect the power source to the Quadralink radio input power connector.
! On the EMI version all power supply wiring connections should be made with four conductor shielded twisted-pair 16 AWG (1,23 mm2) wire to ensure radio EMI emission certificate compliance. Our recommended cable is part number 003-745316-700. 3. Install power runs and separate fusing from the office battery distribution system to the Quadralink radio connector blocks. Refer to the rack FWL- and EW- drawing for fuse type and ratings.
Page 5 - 16
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT Figure 5-4: Radio Chassis Grounding (for when the radio is not mounted in an unpainted grounded rack) ATTACH GROUNDING LUG TO A SCREW ON THE FERRITE BLOCK ASSEMBLY
Connecting the radio to the power source
4. In most cases you will find that a wiring harness is attached to the rack and that it brings the power connections for all units in the rack to a junction bracket at the top of the rack. The junction block is shown in figure 5-5. In this case, make your power connections to this junction block. Check the FWL- and EW- drawings to find out if the radio rack wiring harness is pre-wired for a positive or negative common ground or floating ground.
Page 5 - 17
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
If the radio has no wiring harness, check the ground strap of all transceiver power supplies to determine which power rail (if any) the power supply expects to be grounded. All power supplies in a radio must be of the same polarity. See figure 5-6 and figure 5-7 for how to check or change the common ground strapping of the power supplies. See figure 5-8 and figure 5-9 for all the possible ways to connect power to the radio backplane and to the optional alarm and control extender of the user interface respectively.
! Equipment damage or personnel injury could result from short circuit of the power source due to incorrect common ground polarity strapping of either power supply A or B. Always verify the common ground polarity strapping of the power supplies and connect the power source appropriately.
Page 5 - 18
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT Figure 5-5: Typical Direct Current Power Connection for a Radio Rack at the Junction Bracket Located at the Top of the Rack
TO OFFICE BATTERY POWER SOURCE
A
B
C OR GND
D
E
GND
DC JUNCTION & BRACKET
BLACK GREEN RED WHITE
THE SHIELD OF THE CABLES ARE CONNECTED TO A SCREW THAT IS BOLTED TO THE RACK FRAME (EARTH GROUND) ONE SHIELDED TWISTED-PAIR CABLE POWER RUN TO EACH ELECTRICAL UNIT IN THE RACK (PRE-WIRED AT THE FACTORY)
Page 5 - 19
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
LK1
+
+
—
LK1
—
Figure 5-6: Strapping the Ground Polarity of a CVDS Type Power Supply Unit in the Transceiver Drawer
LK1
+
—
STRAPPING FOR FLOATING GROUND
LK1
+
—
STRAPPING FOR POSITIVE GROUND
STRAPPING FOR NEGATIVE GROUND
CVDS
Page 5 - 20
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT Figure 5-7: Strapping the Ground Polarity of an Electronic Craftsmen Limited Type Power Supply Unit in the Transceiver Drawer
NEG
POS
Electronic Craftsmen Limited NEG
POS
STRAPPING FOR FLOATING GROUND (NO STRAP) NEG
POS
STRAPPING FOR POSITIVE GROUND NEG
POS
STRAPPING FOR NEGATIVE GROUND
Page 5 - 21
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Figure 5-8: Typical Direct Current Power Connections (located on the Quadralink® radio backplane)
TO GROUND
TO GROUND
TO COMMON NEGATIVE SUPPLY
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY A
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY B DOUBLE POWER SOURCE; NEGATIVE COMMON GROUND, USE WITH P.S.U. STRAPPED FOR FLOATING OR NEGATIVE GROUND ONLY
TB1 + B
-
TB2 +
A
-
+ A
-
SINGLE POWER SOURCE; NEGATIVE GROUND, USE WITH P.S.U. STRAPPED FOR FLOATING OR NEGATIVE GROUND ONLY
TB1 + B
-
TB2 +
A
-
+ A
-
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY A TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY B
TO GROUND
TO GROUND
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY
TO COMMON POSITIVE SUPPLY DOUBLE POWER SOURCE; POSITIVE COMMON GROUND, USE WITH P.S.U. STRAPPED FOR FLOATING OR POSITIVE GROUND ONLY
TB1 + B
-
TB2 +
A
-
+ A
TB1 -
SINGLE POWER SOURCE; POSITIVE GROUND, USE WITH P.S.U. STRAPPED FOR FLOATING OR POSITIVE GROUND ONLY
+ B
-
TB2 +
A
-
+ A
-
NO CONNECTION NO CONNECTION
TO GROUND TO GROUND
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY A TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY B
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY A
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY B DOUBLE POWER SOURCE; FLOATING GROUND, USE WITH P.S.U. STRAPPED FOR FLOATING GROUND ONLY
Page 5 - 22
TB1 + B
-
TB2 +
A
-
+ A
-
SINGLE POWER SOURCE; FLOATING GROUND, USE WITH P.S.U. STRAPPED FOR FLOATING GROUND ONLY
TB1 + B
-
TB2 +
A
-
+ A
-
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT Figure 5-9: Typical Direct Current Power Connections for the Alarm and Control Extender
TO GROUND
TO GROUND
TO COMMON NEGATIVE SUPPLY
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY A
+BAT A
-BAT A
SINGLE POWER SOURCE NEGATIVE GROUND
+BAT B
+BAT A
-BAT A
+BAT B
-BAT B
DOUBLE POWER SOURCE NEGATIVE COMMON GROUND
-BAT B
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY B
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY A TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY B
TO GROUND
TO GROUND
-BAT A
+BAT A
-BAT A
+BAT A
SINGLE POWER SOURCE POSITIVE GROUND
+BAT B
+BAT A
-BAT A
+BAT B
DOUBLE POWER SOURCE POSITIVE COMMON GROUND
-BAT B
TO COMMON POSITIVE SUPPLY
-BAT B
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY
NO CONNECTION TO GROUND
NO CONNECTION
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY A
SINGLE POWER SOURCE FLOATING GROUND
+BAT B
+BAT A
DOUBLE POWER SOURCE FLOATING GROUND
-BAT A
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY +BAT B
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY B -BAT B
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY A
-BAT B
TO GROUND
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY B
Page 5 - 23
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
7.
Turn on power to the radio
Turn on power to the radio by switching on side_A then side -B. STOP
Allow at least six hours for the Quadralink radio system to warm up. The warm-up period is required to allow equipment circuitry to stabilize. While the assembly is warming up, review the operating information in section 6.
A false latch alarm will be raised if side-B transceiver is turned ON more than one second before the side-A transceiver is turned on. To avoid triggering this alarm: • Turn ON side-A first then side-B; or • Turn ON both sides at the same time. To clear an existing alarm (synch loss will occur): • Push the reset switch; or • Turn OFF side-B; or • Force the DEMUX to side-A. If a latch alarm has not been cleared on a system carrying traffic, perform the following steps to avoid a synch loss: • Force the DEMUX to side-B; • Push the reset switch (no synch loss occurs); and • Return the DEMUX switch to AUTO. In most cases, this false latch alarm would occur only during an installation, and not during normal operation or maintenance.
Page 5 - 24
SECTION 5:INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
8.
Alignment procedure
Verify that procedures 1 through 7 of this installation procedure have been completed at the opposite-end (coordinating-site) radio.
Adjustments and tuning
No adjustments are normally required during initial installation: touch-up tuning should not be attempted unless required after changing a component in the signal path. Only the adjustments called out in the procedures should be made; all other controls have been preset at the factory and do not require adjustment in service. If an adjustment appears necessary, check the measurement technique and the settings of the measurement (test) equipment before doing the adjustment.
! Do not make any adjustments if the measurements fall within the given tolerances.
Drawings, tables, and charts
While doing the alignment, it may be necessary to refer to assembly EW, BL, and FWL drawings that come with the radio. Section 6, describes the equipment front panel lamps, connectors, jacks, test points, controls, switches, and so on, that may be useful in alignment and trouble isolation procedures.
Page 5 - 25
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
9. Feed inputs and establish a communication link
Check for alarms
Transmit test signals
1. Using the pattern generator in the BER test set, feed the transmit end with the E3 (34268 kb/s) and E1 (2048 kb/s) signals, and establish a link between the transmitter and the receiver at the other end of the hop. An assistant at the other end can use a BER test set to know when the link is established, or the alarm / display panel at the remote site can be set to loopback the signal to the transmit end where it can be detected with the error detector in the BER test set. 2. Observe the alarm lamps on the signal processing units (controller unit, modem unit, muldex unit, and so on). A summary of alarms is given in section 6. Requirement: all red FAIL alarm lamps should be off. If a red lamp indicating a malfunction is lighted, go to section 6 and isolate the problem to a faulty unit or units: correct the problem before proceeding. 3. Check the alarm lamps on the alarm / display panel: no alarm lamp should be lighted if the transmitter-to-receiver link has been established; if a transmission link has not been established, the MAJOR alarm lamp might be lighted. All alarms should clear once the antennas are pointed and aligned in a later procedure. If an alarm lamp remains lighted after the antennas are aligned, go to section 6 and correct the problem. If the ACO lamp is lighted, press the ACO switch to turn it off.
Check the alarm / display panel
Page 5 - 26
4. Verify that the alarm / display panel is operating properly: if it is operating properly, a message should appear on the readout of the display.
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
10. Align the radio There are four parts to this procedure: 1. Verify the transmitter local oscillator frequency. 2. Verify the receiver local oscillator frequency. 3. Verify the transmitter output power. 4. Align the radio antenna(s).
Verify the transmitter local oscillator frequency
Using a frequency counter with an input impedance of 50 Ω, measure the frequency at the XMT LO MON jack (located on the transceiver front panel) for both the 'A' and 'B' transceivers if applicable. See figure 5-10. Requirement: the frequency counter should indicate the local oscillator output frequency listed on the local oscillator foilcal (foil label on the local oscillator) or on the factory test data sheet; •
within ±10 ppm for a 2 GHz radio.
•
within ±7 ppm for a 7 GHz radio
The receive frequency is 70 MHz above or below the measured local oscillator frequency and is indicated on a label on the inside of the front panel door. If the requirement is not met, go to section 9 and replace the transmitter local oscillator.
! To maintain the resistance of the radio to electromagnetic interference (EMI), a metal cap is used to cover the XMT LO MON jack. Always replace this cap after removing it.
Verify the receiver local oscillator frequency
Using the frequency counter with an input impedance of 50 Ω, measure the frequency at the RCV LO MON jack (located on the transceiver front panel) for both the 'A' and 'B' transceivers if applicable. See figure 5-10. Requirement: the frequency counter should indicate the local oscillator output frequency listed on the local oscillator foilcal (foil label on the local oscillator) or on the factory test data sheet; •
within ±10 ppm for a 2 GHz radio.
•
within ±7 ppm for a 7 GHz radio
The receive frequency is 70 MHz above or below the measured local oscillator frequency and is indicated on a label on the inside of the front panel door.
Page 5 - 27
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
If the requirement is not met, go to section 9 and replace the receiver local oscillator.
! To maintain the resistance of the radio to electromagnetic interference (EMI), a metal cap is used to cover the RCV LO MON jack. Always replace this cap after removing it. Figure 5-10: Typical Connection of the Frequency Counter to the Transceiver XMT LO MON
OPEN
RCV
XMT
CONNECT HERE TO TEST THE TRANSMIT SYNTHESIZER UNIT
MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER
kHz INPUT
CONNECT HERE TO TEST THE RECEIVE SYNTHESIZER UNIT
PS ALM
OFF ON RST OPEN
Verify the transmitter output power
Page 5 - 28
RCV LO MON
Using the alarm / display panel, verify the transmitter output power level as measured before the ACU. Requirement: display panel indication should be within ± 1.0 dB of the level for this transmitter as listed in the factory test data sheets found in a folder sent with the rack.
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT If the requirement is not met, go to section 9 and replace the transceiver unit or the power amplifier module depending on whether your maintenance policy provides for unit replacement or module replacement.
! Optional method using an RF power meter
In the following step, make sure the power meter is protected by a calibrated pad or a high-power head to allow power levels of up to +40 dBm. Performing this procedure with a protected radio will not result in loss of traffic. Performing this procedure with a non-protected radio will interrupt traffic. Check that you have the authority to do this before proceeding.
Transfer traffic and lock on line
In a protected system, make sure to transfer traffic to a standby unit until this procedure has been completed. Use the three switches DEM, DMX, and XMT on the front of the controller unit to lock the radio to the channel that you are not measuring the power output. For example, if you are going to measure the power output of the B channel transceiver, lock the radio to channel A (on the front of the controller unit, move the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their left position). Once this procedure is finished, return the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their automatic (centre) position. 1. Set the OFF / ON / RST switch on the front panel of the transceiver in which the power output level is to be checked to the OFF position. 2. Disconnect the coaxial cable from the XMT connector on the front of the transceiver for the channel you wish to measure the power output level of. 3. Connect a power meter (with high power pad) to the XMT connector on the front of the transceiver. 4. Set the OFF / ON / RST switch on the front panel of the transceiver in which the power output level is to be checked to the ON position. 5. The power meter reading should match the indication listed in the factory test data sheets, ±0.5 dB.
Disconnect the power meter
1. Set the OFF / ON / RST switch on the front panel of the transceiver in which the power output level is to be checked to the OFF position. 2. Disconnect the power meter from the XMT connector on the front of the transceiver.
Page 5 - 29
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
3. Reconnect the coaxial cable between the ACU and the XMT connector on the front of the transceiver. 4. Set the OFF / ON / RST switch on the front panel of the transceiver in which the power output level is to be checked to the ON position. Set the protection logic to automatic
In a protected system, set the protection logic to automatic. Set the three switches DEM, DMX, and XMT on the front of the controller unit to their automatic (centre) position.
! Measuring the output power at the antenna port
Measuring the output power at the antenna port (does not apply to a monitored hot standby-space diversity system) will interrupt traffic. Proceed only if you have the authority to interrupt traffic.
NOTE
For a 7 GHz radios only: You will require a transition from waveguide to an N-type or SMA female connector, depending on the type of power meter that you have. Use a power meter to verify the level at the antenna port. The power meter reading should match the indication listed in the factory test data sheets, ±0.5 dB. STOP
After the transceivers at both ends of a hop have been checked, continue with 'Align the radio antennas', next.
Page 5 - 30
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Align the radio a ntennas The antennas between any two radio sites are aligned for maximum AGC as indicated on the alarm / display panel. Instructions for alignment may be part of the antenna kit. NOTE
An assistant will be required at the distant-end (coordinating site). 1. While observing the AGC for the receivers at both ends of the hop, physically align the antennas. The AGC voltage is ideally between 3.0 V and 4.0 V. This corresponds approximately to a receive signal level of between -60 to -40 dBm at the RCV connector on the front of the transceiver. 2. 3.NOTE Plot the AGC curve
With a frequency diversity system, set the power switch of the far-end (remote site) B channel transmitter to the OFF position when plotting the A channel AGC curve. Set the power switch of the far-end (remote site) A channel transmitter to the OFF position when plotting the B channel AGC curve. 1. Graph paper for plotting these curves is provided in appendix E. 2. Disconnect the antenna from the antenna coupling unit antenna port. 3. Connect step attenuators between the antenna and a power meter with a low power head, and adjust the attenuation until the power meter reads -40 dBm. Figure 5-11: Test Setup with the Power Meter POWER METER
STEP ATTENUATORS
4. Remove the power meter and connect the output of the attenuators to the antenna port. 5. Record the AGC voltage on the alarm / display for each step for each channel (A and B if applicable) on the graphs provided for that purpose in figure E-1 and figure E-5 (for radios using monitored hot standby unequal split protection) or figure E-1 and figure E-3 in appendix E (for all other protection schemes). Page 5 - 31
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Figure 5-12: Test Setup with the Antenna Coupling Unit
ACU
STEP ATTENUATORS
6. Attenuate the signal in steps of 5 dB until the signal is lost. Record the AGC voltage (from alarm display) for each step on the graph in figure E-1 and figure E-5 (for radios using monitored hot standby unequal split protection) or figure E-1 and figure E-3 in appendix E (for all other protection schemes). 7. Using the data accumulated in the previous steps, plot the AGC curve for the radio and check that it falls within the grey-shaded area on the curve. If the plot falls outside the grey-shaded area on the curve, the AGC level needs alignment. Perform the procedure in 'AGC level alignment (depot procedure — required after RF/IF module replacement)' on page 10-7. 8. Remove all test equipment and reconnect all coaxial cables to their original state. 9. Add the AGC curve to the system test data sheets. NOTE
With a frequency diversity system, set the power switch of the far-end (remote site) B channel transmitter to the ON position.
Page 5 - 32
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
11. Verification and adjustment of the system DADE Modem demodulator DADE
The modem unit DADE is fully automatic and does not need adjustment.
Muldex unit Demultiplexer DADE
No muldex unit DADE adjustment is provided for the output bipolar signal. Switching at the bipolar level will cause a hit.
Page 5 - 33
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
12. Check orderwire and other accessory equipment The Quadralink® radio may be equipped with a DVS Q™ service channel (SD-099980), with an external Harris DVS II Digital VersaT1lity® service channel assembly, with the internal orderwire unit (SD-098780), or with both an external Harris DVS II Digital VersaT1lity® service channel assembly and the internal orderwire unit (SD-098780). The muldex provides the following: •
two VF channels, and two low-speed data channels for the internal orderwire unit (when equipped).
•
It provides one auxiliary 170 kb/s service channel for the DVS II external service channel unit. OR
•
Check the DVS II Check the internal orderwire / service channel unit
two VF channels, and two low-speed data channels for the internal DVS Q™ service channel unit (when equipped). The DVS Q™ service channel unit cannot be used with the DVS II external service channel unit.
Refer to the DVS II instruction manual for instructions on how to align the DVS II Digital VersaT1lity® service channel assembly. 1. Make sure the VF channels are correctly strapped Specifically, set the desired VF-1 (and VF-2, if equipped) input and output levels. See table A-15, table A-16, and table A-21. 2. Perform the following test on the VF-1 channel over one hop of the radio transmission link: a. At the transmit end, set the transmission test set for 1 kHz output at the appropriate system VF input level, 600 ohms balanced. b. Connect the transmission test output to the orderwire unit VF-1 TEST IN jack (front panel) or the customer VF-1 input (J22). c. At receive end, set the transmission test input appropriately and connect to orderwire unit VF-1 TEST OUT jack (front panel) or the customer VF-1 output (J22). Requirement: the transmission test should indicate the required system VF output level ±0.5 dB. 3. Repeat step 2 for the VF-2 channel, if it is available.
Page 5 - 34
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Optional VF channel tests 1. Measure the signal-to-noise (S/N) ratio with C-message weighting. The result should be equal to or better than shown in table 5-1 and table 5-2. The S/N ratio of VF-1 and VF-2 is dependent on the sampling rate: the higher the sampling rate, the better the S/N ratio. 2. Measure the idle noise, C-message weighted. Idle noise should be lower than 33 dBrnc0 per hop. 3. Measure the frequency response for the hop for tones between 300 and 3400 Hz. Frequency response should be within ±3 dB using 1 kHz as a reference frequency. Table 5-1:
Muldex Unit Voice Channel Characteristics with the Built-in Orderwire Unit
Voice channel
Sampling rate
Signal / noise (C-message)
VF1 channel
123.3 kHz
43 dBc
VF2 channel
61.67/123.3 kHz
38/43 dBc
Idle noise (C-message)
33 dBrnc0
Table 5-2:
Muldex Unit Voice Channel Characteristics with the Built-in DVS Q™ Unit
Voice channel
Sampling rate
Signal / noise (C-message)
64 kHz
>35 dB at 1004 Hz
VF1 channel VF2 channel Idle noise (C-message)
33 dBrnc0
Page 5 - 35
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Set up and check the data channels 1. Be certain the data channels are correctly strapped (see the orderwire / DVS Q™ strapping information in appendix A). 2. Perform the following test on the DATA 1 channel over one hop of the radio transmission link: a. Set the data channel error analyzer output for a pseudorandom pattern 29-1 at 9600 b/s. b. Connect the data channel error analyzer output to the Quadralink radio DATA 1 IN connector (on the user interface panel or on the backplane). - See table 5-6 for Data 1, J21, pin-out. Note: Data1 is reserved when FarScan is in use. c. If only one data channel error analyzer is available, loop back the DATA 1 channel at the distant end by shorting pin 2 to pin 3 on the distant end DATA 1 connector (you may use a loopback plug, if one is available) and then connect the data channel error analyzer input to the DATA 1 OUT connector of the radio (on the user interface or on the backplane). If two data channel error analyzers are available, have an assistant connect the input of the second data channel error analyzer to the distant-end radio DATA 1 OUT connector (on the user interface or on the backplane). Requirement: No errors should be indicated on the data channel error analyzer during a one minute test. d. Repeat this procedure on the DATA 2 channel, if it is available. - See table 5-5 for Data 2, J20, pin-out. To determine if Data 2 is available, refer to the muldex strapping table A-11.
Page 5 - 36
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
13. Check the BER performance of the system To check the system BER performance, perform a long-count on all tributary channels. A bit error rate test set (BERT) is used to generate and insert the transmit data stream and to detect errors, if any, in the looped-back received data stream. See figure 5-13 for the test setup for a long count. Setup the BERT using table 5-3 and according to your system requirements. Table 5-3:
BERT Setup Radio tributary
PRBS
2048 kb/s
215 -1
34368 kb/s
223 -1
NOTE
An assistant is required at the distant end to complete this test.
Long count on E3 (34268 kb/s) tributary
1. At the distant end of the hop, have your assistant use the alarm / display panel to set the E3 (34268 kb/s) tributary for loopback. 2. Set the BERT generator for a PRBS signal at 34268 kb/s for the E3 (34268 kb/s) tributary. 3. Connect the BERT generator output to the input of the E3 (34268 kb/s) tributary as shown in figure 5-13. 4. Connect the BERT receiver input to the output of the E3 (34268 kb/s) tributary. Requirement: The BERT receiver should indicate fewer than 1 × 10-10 errors/hop during a two hour period. There should be no single occurrence hit (a hit is an errored second with more than 10 errors). If the bit error rate is worse than 1 × 10-10 errors/hop during a two hour period, repeat the test again. If again the bit error rate is worse than 1 × 10-10 errors/hop, determine the cause of the fault (for example; local-end unit or module, distant-end unit or module, or the transmission line) and correct the problem.
Long count on wayside tributary channels
1. At the distant end of the hop, have your assistant use the alarm / display panel to set the wayside tributaries for level-1 loopback. 2. Using a short cable, connect the outputs of the wayside tributary 1 to the input of the wayside tributary 2 as shown in figure 5-14.
Page 5 - 37
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
3. Set the BERT generator for a PRBS signal with the appropriate line code and tributary data rate used by the wayside channels. Refer to table 5-3. 4. Connect the BERT generator output to the input of the wayside tributary 1. 5. Connect the BERT receiver input to the output of the wayside tributary 2. Requirement: The BERT receiver should indicate fewer than 1 × 10-10 errors/hop during a two hour period. There should be no single occurrence hit (a hit is an errored second with more than 10 errors). If the error rate is worse than 1 × 10-10 errors/hop during a two hour period, repeat the test again. If again the bit error rate is worse than 1 × 10-10 errors/hop, determine the cause of the fault (for example; local-end unit or module, distant-end unit or module, or the transmission line) and correct the problem. Figure 5-13: Test Setup for a Long Count on the 34268 kb/s Tributary FAR END
NEAR END E3 INPUT QUADRALINK RADIO
BERT
QUADRALINK RADIO
E3 OUTPUT
E3 LOOPBACK SET BY ALARM / DISPLAY PANEL
E3 (34268 kb/s) LONG COUNT
Figure 5-14: Test Setup for a Long Count on 2048 kb/s Tributaries NEAR END
WAYSIDE 1 INPUT WAYSIDE 1 OUTPUT
FAR END QUADRALINK RADIO
QUADRALINK RADIO
BERT
WAYSIDE 2 INPUT WAYSIDE 2 OUTPUT
WAYSIDE CHANNELS SET TO LEVEL-1 LOOPBACK BY ALARM / DISPLAY PANEL
WAYSIDE LONG COUNT
Page 5 - 38
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
14. Check the pseudo-BER alarm level 1. Using a BER test set, transmit and detect a data pattern on a tributary looped back at the distant end. 2. Connect a variable attenuator between the antenna and the antenna port of the radio. 3. Use the attenuator to fade the receive signal until the MINOR LED on the alarm / display panel comes on, and the DEMOD BER item in the alarm menu indicates FAIL (in the MODEM DET’L menu). 4. Note the BER on the BER test set. This is the pseudo BER threshold. It is set to 1 × 10-4 at the factory; however, you can adjust it to any level between 1 × 10-3 and 1 × 10-6 (see the following procedure).
Page 5 - 39
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
15. Adjust the pseudo-BER threshold (optional)
NOTE
This procedure requires use of the optional extender card. 1. Turn off the transceiver power supply for the channel on which the modem unit pseudo-BER threshold is to be adjusted. 2. Remove the modem unit from its slot. 3. Put the modem unit on an extender card in the corresponding modem slot. 4. Turn-on the transceiver power supply for the channel on which the modem unit pseudo-BER threshold is to be adjusted. 5. Find potentiometer R89 on the modem unit (see figure A-4) and turn it counter clockwise as far as it will go. 6. Set up a channel loop back with a BER test set and an adjustable attenuator between the antenna port of the radio and the antenna as in the previous procedure. 7. Use the attenuator (from procedure 14) to fade the receive signal until the BER is at the level desired for the threshold (for example: 1 × 10-6). 8. Adjust R89 until the DEMOD BER alarm is 'FAIL' (see the modem detail menu on the alarm display panel). 9. Perform step 3 again to check the threshold level. 10. Turn off the transceiver power supply for the channel on which the modem unit pseudo-BER threshold has been adjusted. 11. Remove the modem unit and extender card from its slot. 12. Put the modem unit back in to the corresponding modem slot. 13. Turn-on the transceiver power supply for the channel on which the modem unit pseudo-BER threshold has been adjusted.
Page 5 - 40
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
16. Check the 1+1 protection system
NOTE
Before you start the following procedure, determine if the system is monitored hot standby (MHSB), monitored hot standby / space diversity (MHSB/SD), frequency diversity (FD), quad diversity (QD), one-for-N (1:N), or non-protected (NP) and make sure the controller unit is correspondingly strapped (See tables in appendix A). The tests that follow are to check the one-plus-one (1+1) protection system used for the wayside channels (the 2 × 2048 kb/s tributaries) in a 1:N system. Only the 34368 kb/s tributaries are protected in a 1:N fashion in a 1:N system. See 'Configure the 1:N protection system' on page 5-57 for the tests required to check the 34368 kb/s tributaries of a 1:N protection system. Note that the wayside channels are protected on a radio frame by radio frame basis. If the radio only has one transceiver equipped in the radio frame, please ignore the tests that follow, since they are only valid for radio frames that have a standby channel.
Non-protected radios
MHSB or MHSB / space diversity protection
If you have a non-protected radio, please ignore the tests that follow, since they are only valid for systems that have a standby channel. Test setup Referring to figure 5-15, install a pattern generator at the local end and an error detector at the far end of the hop.
Page 5 - 41
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Figure 5-15: Test Setup for MHSB or MHSB / Space Diversity Protection
ACU
ACU
SELECT (RF SWITCH)
XMR A
RCVR A
RCVR B
DEMOD A
DEMOD B
XMR B
MOD A
MOD B
SELECT MULDEX MUX A
DEMOD SELECT
DEMUX A MUX B
DEMUX B MULDEX SELECT
LINE I/F
LINE I/F E3 ERROR DETECTOR
E3 PATTERN GENERATOR
E1
E1 E1
E1
E1 = 2048 kb/s E3 = 34368 kb/s
Transmit direction
Test procedure 1. Check for data continuity. 2. At the local end, transfer the traffic from transmitter A to transmitter B by switching the XMTR A B switch on the controller unit to the B position. Requirement: The error detector at the receive end should indicate a loss of synchronization. Check for data continuity. 3. Set the transmitter switching function on the controller unit to the AUTO setting (XMTR switch in the middle position). 4. Disconnect the XMTR IF cable (on the radio backplane) of the channel in use (a MINOR alarm should be generated) and check for an automatic transfer of traffic to the standby channel, then reconnect the cable. 5. Repeat step 4 for the other channel.
Page 5 - 42
Receive direction
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT Test procedure 1. At the far end, force traffic alternately through demodulator A and demodulator B by switching the DEM A B switch on the controller unit back and forth between the A and B positions. Check for errors on the error detector. Requirement: No errors should be detected. STOP
If the requirement is not met, proceed to 'Verification and adjustment of the system DADE' on page 5-33. 2. Set the demodulator switching function on the controller unit to the AUTO setting (DEM switch in the middle position). 3. Disconnect the RCV IF cable (on radio backplane) of the channel in use and check for an automatic transfer of traffic to the standby channel, then reconnect the cable. 4. Repeat step 3 for the other channel. 5. Set the demultiplexer switching function on the controller unit to the AUTO setting (DMX switch in the middle position). 6. On the muldex unit in use, set the LEQ dip-switch 2 (see figure 6-6) to ON (MINOR alarm on the alarm display panel and a LATCH ALM on the controller unit should be generated) and check for an automatic transfer of traffic to the standby channel. 7. Press the LATCH RST switch on the controller unit to reset the latch alarm. 8. Repeat step 6 for the other channel. 9. Restore the DMX switch on the controller unit to the AUTO (centre) position.
Frequency, frequency / space, or quad diversity protection
Test setup Referring to figure 5-16, install a pattern generator at the local end and an error detector at the far end of the hop.
Page 5 - 43
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Figure 5-16: Test Setup for Frequency, Frequency / Space, or Quad Diversity Protection
ACU
ACU
XMR A
XMR B
MOD A
MOD B
RCVR A
RCVR B
DEMOD A
DEMOD B SELECT (DEMOD)
SELECT (MULDEX) MUX A
MUX B
DEMUX A
DEMUX B SELECT (MULDEX)
LINE I/F
E3
LINE I/F
PATTERN GENERATOR
E1
E1
E3 ERROR DETECTOR E1
E1
Test procedure Transmit direction Receive direction
There are no tests for the transmit direction. 1. At the far end, force traffic alternately through demodulator A and demodulator B by switching the DEM A B switch on the controller unit back and forth between the A and B positions. Check for errors on the error detector. Requirement: No errors should be detected. 2. If the requirement is not met, proceed to 'Verification and adjustment of the system DADE' on page 5-33. 3. Set the demodulator switching function to the automatic mode (DEM switch in the middle position). 4. Disconnect the RCV IF cable (on the radio backplane) of the channel in use and check for an automatic transfer of traffic to demodulator and demultiplexer in the standby channel, then reconnect the cable. 5. Repeat step 4 for the other channel.
Page 5 - 44
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT 6. At the far end, force traffic alternately through demultiplexer A and demultiplexer B by switching the DMX A B switch on the controller back and forth between the A and B positions. Check if errors were detected by the error detector. Requirement: A hit should be detected. Check for data continuity. 7. Set the demultiplexer switching function to automatic mode (DMX switch in the middle position). 8. On the controller, set LINE EQUIP dip-switch #8 to ON (MINOR alarm on the alarm display panel) and check for an automatic transfer of traffic to the standby channel. 9. Repeat step 8 for the other channel.
Page 5 - 45
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
SECTION 5:INSTALLATION
AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
17. Connect customer signals (tributaries)
NOTE
If the radio is to be configured as a 1:N protection system, connect the 2048 kb/s wayside tributaries as shown below and for the 34368 kb/s tributaries, proceed to the procedure: 'Connect the Quadralink® radio tributaries to the COM 30 switch (for 1:N systems only)' on page 5 - 52. 1. Determine whether the radio you are installing is equipped: a. with an optional user interface unit. See appendix B 'OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE' to identify what optional user interface unit you have, and how to connect equipment to it. b. without any optional front access interconnect area. If an optional front access panel is present, you will connect the tributaries to this panel (see appendix B), otherwise you will connect the tributaries directly to the radio backplane as explained below. 2. Find the tributary connectors on the radio. On the radio backplane they are J31, J32, J39, and J40 (2048 kb/s wayside tributaries), J56 and J57 (34368 kb/s tributaries) as shown in figure 5-17. 3. Determine the length of cables and wire required to connect the Quadralink® radio to cross connect bays and other connecting equipment. Record the distance and type of signal for each connection. 4. Determine the type and specifications of cable and wire required for each connection recorded in step 3. The type and specifications of the required cable or wire depend on the distance and signal. Refer to CCITT G.703 recommendations. 5. Prepare the cables. 6. Using the cables prepared in the previous step, connect the tributaries to the radio by passing the cables through the ferrite assembly at the side of the radio as shown in figure 5-1.
Page 5 - 46
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Figure 5-17: Medium Capacity Tributary Connections on the Backplane for a 1+1 or Unprotected Radio System LINE OUT 1
LINE OUT 2
LINE INP 1
LINE INP 2
J39
J40
J31
J32
WAY SIDE 1 WAY SIDE 2
WAYSIDE TRIBUTARY OUTPUTS
WAY SIDE 1 WAY SIDE 2
WAYSIDE TRIBUTARY INPUTS
J57 E3 OUT J56 E3 IN
Page 5 - 47
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Disabling unused tributaries
Some times extra radio capacity is purchased for future expansion. This leaves some tributaries unused. In order to silence alarms that result from having unused tributaries, the unused tributaries must be disabled on the radio. Do so as follows:
! In a protected system, lock the radio to channel B (on the front of the controller unit, move the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their right position)†. Once this procedures is finished, return the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their automatic (centre) position. Before removing or installing the muldex unit, turn off the A channel power supply unit (set OFF / ON / RST switch on the transceiver to OFF). 1. Open the door to the control / signal processing section (unlock the door latch and swing the door open). 2. Using the two card-locking extractors on the muldex unit front edge, disengage the off-line A channel muldex unit from its shelf rear-end connector and pull the unit out of the shelf. The off-line muldex unit is indicated by the unlit DMX LED on the controller unit. 3. Set the LEQ switches to OFF. See figure 6-6 and figure 6-10. 4. Install the muldex unit into the shelf; make sure the unit fully engages the shelf rear-end connector and the card-locking extractors are pushed to the lock position.
†
Page 5 - 48
On monitored hot standby configurations only; switching from transmitter channel B to channel A will cause a hit at the remote site
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT 5. Turn on the A channel power supply unit (set OFF / ON / RST switch on the transceiver to ON).
! In a protected system, lock the radio to channel A (on the front of the controller unit, move the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their left position)†. Once this procedures is finished, return the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their automatic (centre) position. Before removing or installing the muldex unit, turn off the B channel power supply unit (set OFF / ON / RST switch on the transceiver to OFF). 6. Using the two card-locking extractors on the muldex unit front edge, disengage the off-line B channel muldex unit from its shelf rear-end connector and pull the unit out of the shelf. The off-line muldex unit is indicated by the unlit DMX LED on the controller unit. 7. Set the LEQ switches to OFF. See figure 6-6 and figure 6-10. 8. Install the muldex unit into the shelf; make sure the unit fully engages the shelf rear-end connector and the card-locking extractors are pushed to the lock position.
! Enabling unused tributaries
Unnecessary hits to traffic can result if unused tributaries are not enabled according to the following procedure. Otherwise, with protected radios, the radio protection logic may switch channels. This will cause hits to traffic. 1. Connect a tributary signal with the correct tributary rate and HDB3 line code to the tributary being enabled at both end terminals of the network. A test signal may be used from a bit error rate test set as the tributary signal. Check that data is passing in the channel. 2. Look at the DMX LEDs on the controller unit. Determine which muldex unit is off-line:
†
On monitored hot standby configurations only; switching from transmitter channel B to channel A will cause a hit at the remote site Page 5 - 49
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT •
If the A channel DMX LED is lit (the B channel is off-line), enable the tributaries on the B channel muldex unit first.
! In a protected system, lock the radio to channel A (on the front of the controller unit, move the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their left position)†. Once this procedures is finished, return the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their automatic (centre) position. Before removing or installing the muldex unit, turn off the B channel power supply unit (set OFF / ON / RST switch on the transceiver to OFF). 3. Using the two card-locking extractors on the muldex unit front edge, disengage the off-line B channel muldex unit from its shelf rear-end connector and pull the unit out of the shelf. 4. Set the LEQ switches to ON. See figure 6-6 and figure 6-10. 5. Install the muldex unit into the shelf; make sure the unit fully engages the shelf rear-end connector and the card-locking extractors are pushed to the lock position. •
If the B channel DMX LED is lit (the A channel is off-line), enable the tributaries on the A channel muldex unit first.
! In a protected system, lock the radio to channel B (on the front of the controller unit, move the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their right position)‡. Once this procedures is finished, return the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their automatic (centre) position. Before removing or installing the muldex unit, turn off the A channel power supply unit (set OFF / ON / RST switch on the transceiver to OFF).
†
‡
Page 5 - 50
On monitored hot standby configurations only; switching from transmitter channel B to channel A will cause a hit at the remote site On monitored hot standby configurations only; switching from transmitter channel B to channel A will cause a hit at the remote site
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT 6. Using the two card-locking extractors on the muldex unit front edge, disengage the off-line A channel muldex unit from its shelf rear-end connector and pull the unit out of the shelf. 7. Set the LEQ switches to ON. See figure 6-6 and figure 6-10. 8. Install the muldex unit into the shelf; make sure the unit fully engages the shelf rear-end connector and the card-locking extractors are pushed to the lock position. 9. Now set the LINE EQPD switches to ON for the tributaries being enabled on the other on-line muldex unit. 10. Repeat this procedure for all sites, end-to-end in the network.
Page 5 - 51
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
18. Connect the Quadralink® radio tributaries to the COM 30 switch (for 1:N systems only)
NOTE
If the radio is to be configured as a 1:N protection system, connect the 34368 kb/s tributaries as shown below and for the 2048 kb/s wayside tributaries, proceed to 'Connect customer signals (tributaries)' on page 5 - 46. 1. Determine whether the radio you are installing is equipped with: a. an optional user interface unit. See appendix B 'OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE' to identify what optional user interface unit you have, and how to connect equipment to it. b. no optional front access interconnect area. If an optional user interface unit is present, you will connect the tributaries to it, otherwise you will connect the tributaries directly to the radio backplane. 2. Find the tributary connectors on the radio backplane. On the radio backplane they are J56, J57, J63, and J64 as shown in figure 5-19. 3. Determine the length of cables and wire required to connect the Quadralink® radio to cross connect bays and other connecting equipment. Record the distance and type of signal for each connection. 4. Determine the type and specifications of cable and wire required for each connection recorded in step 3. The type and specifications of the required cable or wire depend on the distance and signal. Refer to CCITT G.703 recommendations. 5. Prepare the cables. 6. Using the cables prepared in the previous step, connect the radio tributaries by passing the cables through the ferrite assembly at the side of the radio to the COM 30 switch. See figure 5-19 and figure 5-1. 7. Connect the Quadralink® radio alarms to the COM 30 switch. See figure 5-20.
Page 5 - 52
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT Figure 5-18: Typical Cable Routing for a 1:N System
34368 kb/s CHANNELS AND ALARM CONNECTIONS (TO COM 30 SWITCH)
Page 5 - 53
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Figure 5-19: Simplified 1:3 Tributary Connections Between a COM 30 Switch and the Quadralink® Radio. See the FWL- drawings for the actual connections required for your particular radio site. NOTE: SEE THE COM 30 TECHNICAL HANDBOOK FOR FURTHER INTERCONNECTION DETAILS YOUR ACTUAL INSTALLATION MAY HAVE AN HF PANEL — SEE APPENDIX B 3
4
2-3-4
5
6
7
5-6-7
DIS
Q’2
2
PCOM
CONNECTOR LOCATED AT THE BACK OF THE SWITCH
X
OCCASIONAL TRAFFIC CHANNEL IN OCCASIONAL TRAFFIC CHANNEL OUT
E↑ 1
X
5-6-7
E0 E1 E2 E↔
PCOM
SEL
VEM
DIS
VEM
2-3-4
SEL
VEM
E↑
PCOM
∆
COM
UC
TPE
CHANNEL 3 IN
CHANNEL 2 IN
CHANNEL 3 OUT
CHANNEL 2 OUT
CHANNEL 1 IN
CHANNEL x IN
J63
J56
J63
J56
J64
J57
J64
J57
CHANNEL P
CHANNEL 1 FRAME 1
Page 5 - 54
CHANNEL x OUT
POWER CONVERTER 2 (OPTION)
CHANNEL 1 OUT
POWER CONVERTER 1
TPE
CHANNEL 1 IN CHANNEL 1 OUT CHANNEL 2 IN CHANNEL 3 IN CHANNEL 2 OUT CHANNEL 3 OUT
CHANNEL3
CHANNEL 2 FRAME 2
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT Figure 5-20: Typical 1:3 Alarm Connections Between a COM 30 Switch and the Quadralink® Radio. See the FWLdrawings for the actual connections required for your particular radio site.
NOTE: SEE THE COM 30 TECHNICAL HANDBOOK FOR FURTHER INTERCONNECTION DETAILS CONNECTOR LOCATED AT THE BACK OF THE SWITCH
Q’2
2
3
4
2-3-4
5
6
7
5-6-7
X
E↑ 1
X
5-6-7
E0 E1 E2 E↔
CHANNEL P
CHANNEL 1 FRAME 1
DIS
PCOM
PCOM
SEL
VEM
VEM
DIS
PCOM
SEL
VEM
COM
2-3-4
J2
J1
POWER CONVERTER 2 (OPTION)
E↑
J2
J1
POWER CONVERTER 1
∆
TPE
UC
TPE
CHANNEL3
CHANNEL 2 FRAME 2
Page 5 - 55
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
19. Connect the Quadralink® radio for nonswitching repeaters (for 1:N systems only). If the radio is to be configured as a 1:N protection system, connect the tributaries according to the EW- drawings in the information package provided with this manual.
J63
J64
J63
J56
J57
CHANNEL P
J64
CHANNEL 1 FRAME 1
Page 5 - 56
J3
J4
Figure 5-21: Typical nOn-switching Repeater Connections
J56
J57
CHANNEL P
CHANNEL 1 FRAME 2
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
20. Configure the 1:N protection system 1. Configure the COM 30 1:N switch according to the SAT COM 30 technical handbook (part number: 1110/1A56811100-02). NOTE
The factory-set software access code is 3855.
Check for data continuity
2. Connect bit error rate (BER) test sets to the customer tributary inputs / outputs of the 1:N switch at both the local site and the remote coordinating 1:N switch site.
Set the static phase alignment
3. Once the COM 30 is connected to the Quadralink® radio, perform the phase alignment procedure on the system. This must be done on all tributaries See section 4 'Installation and Operation' and section 6 'Hand Held Terminal Functions' in the COM 30 technical handbook.
Check the 1:N protection system
4. Disconnect a XMTR IF cable on the radio backplane of any channel in use (J49 or J50). A major alarm should result. The 1:N switch should transfer traffic to the protection channel, thereby maintaining traffic continuity. 5. Reconnect the XMTR IF cable. Check that the radio and 1:N switch resume normal operation.
Page 5 - 57
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
SECTION 5:INSTALLATION
AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
21. Connect customer signals (service channel) Connections to the orderwire can be made through the following backplane connectors: P2, J20, J21, J22, J24, J25, J26, J29, and J58.
Service channel connectors
•
If an optional front access panel is equipped, make the orderwire connections to it — see appendix B 'OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE'.
•
For how to set the configuration of the orderwire (input / output levels), see 'Orderwire unit strapping options' on page A - 13 and 'DVS Q™ unit strapping options' on page A - 16.
•
For the location of the connectors, see figure 5-23.
SPEAKER; connected to the external orderwire speaker. SPEAKER Connector P2
Table 5-4:
1
SPKRP
Positive speaker output
2
SPKRN
Negative speaker output
3
—
No connection
DATA 2; RS-232 customer connection. Table 5-5:
Page 5 - 58
DATA 2 Connector J20 (RS-232 DCE) 1
GND
Ground
2
D2I
Data channel 2 input to the orderwire
3
D2O
Data channel 2 output from the orderwire
4
—
No connection
5
+10COMBO
Clear to send always high( 9V)
6
+10COMBO
Data set ready always high (9V)
7
GND
Ground
8
+10COMBO
Received line signal detector always high (9V)
9 to 25
—
No connection
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT DATA 1; RS-232 customer connection.
Table 5-6:
DATA 1 Connector J21 (RS-232 DCE) 1
GND
Ground
2
D1I
Data channel 1 input to the orderwire
3
D1O
Data channel 1 output from the orderwire
4
—
No connection
5
+10COMBO (CTS)
Clear to send always high ( 9V)
6
+10COMBO (DSR)
Data set ready always high (9V)
7
GND
Ground
8
+10COMBO ( CD)
Received line signal detector always high (9V)
9 to 25
—
No connection
Page 5 - 59
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
VF / FSK; customer connection. VF / FSK Connector J22a
Table 5-7: 1
VF1IP
VF1 positive input
14
VF1IN
VF1 negative input
2
VF2IP
VF2 positive input
15
VF2IN
VF2 negative input
3
OH1O / VFIP
Off-hook output for VF 1 on DVSQ / P input for analog VF channel on orderwire unit.
16
OH20 / VFIN
Off-hook output for VF 2 on DVSQ / N input for analog VF channel on orderwire unit.
4
GND
Ground
17
GND
Ground
5
VF1OP
VF1 positive output
18
VF1ON
VF1 negative output
6
VF2OP
VF2 positive output
19
VF2ON
VF2 negative output
7
OH1I / VFOP
Off-hook input for VF 1 on DVSQ / P output for analog VF channel on orderwire unit.
20
OH2I / VFON
Off-hook input for VF 2 on DVSQ / N output for analog VF channel on orderwire unit.
8
—
Reserved
21
GND
Ground
9
D1OP
DATA 1 RS-422 P output for DVSQ unit
22
D1ON
DATA 1 RS-422 N output for DVSQ unit
10
D2OP/ FSKIP
DATA 2 RS- 422 P output for DVSQ unit / FSK P input for orderwire unit
23
D2ON/ FSKIN
DATA 2 RS- 422 N output for DVSQ unit./ FSK N input for orderwire unit.
11
D1IP
DATA 1 RS-422 P output for DVSQ unit
24
D1IN
DATA 1 RS-422 N output for DVSQ unit
12
D2IP/ FSKOP
DATA 2 RS- 422 P input for DVSQ unit./ FSK P output for orderwire unit.
25
D2IN/ FSKOP
DATA 2 RS- 422 N input for DVSQ unit./ FSK N output for orderwire unit.
13
—
No connection
a. Unless otherwise indicated, the connections are same for the Orderwire Unit and the DVSQ.
Page 5 - 60
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT MOD / MUL; connected to J25 or J26 of other frame equipped with an orderwire or DVS Q™ unit.
Table 5-8:
MOD / MUL Connector J24
1
VF1TWP
VF1 positive output to WEST
14
VF1TWN
VF1 negative output to WEST
2
VF2TWP
VF2 positive output to WEST
15
VF2TWN
VF2 negative output to WEST
3
AUXSCTCW
VF positive output to WEST
16
AUXSCTDW
VF negative output to WEST
4
GND
Ground
17
GND
Ground
5
VF1FRWP
VF1 positive input from WEST
18
VF1FRWN
VF1 negative input from WEST
6
VF2FRWP
VF2 positive input from WEST
19
VF2FRWN
VF2 negative input from WEST
7
AUXSCRCW
VF positive input from WEST
20
AUXSCRDW
VF negative input from WEST
8
GND
Ground
21
GND
Ground
9
D1TWP
DATA 1 positive output to WEST
22
D1TWN
DATA 1 negative output to WEST
10
D2TWP
DATA 2 positive output to WEST
23
D2TWN
DATA 2 negative output to WEST
11
D1FRWP
DATA 1 positive input from WEST
24
D1FRWN
DATA 1 negative input from WEST
12
D2FRWP
DATA 2 positive input from WEST
25
D2FRWN
DATA 2 negative input from WEST
13
—
No connection
Page 5 - 61
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
SPUR; connected to J24 on other frame (spur) equipped without orderwire or DVS Q™ unit. Table 5-9:
SPUR Connector J25
1
VF1TSP
VF1 positive output to SPUR
14
VF1TSN
VF1 negative output to SPUR
2
VF2TSP
VF2 positive output to SPUR
15
VF2TSN
VF2 negative output to SPUR
3
OH1IS
VF positive output to SPUR
16
OH2IS
VF negative output to SPUR
4
GND
Ground
17
GND
Ground
5
VF1FRSP
VF1 positive input from SPUR
18
VF1FRSN
VF1 negative input from SPUR
6
VF2FRSP
VF2 positive input from SPUR
19
VF2FRSN
VF2 negative input from SPUR
7
OH1OS
VF positive input from SPUR
20
OH2OS
VF negative input from SPUR
8
GND
Ground
21
GND
Ground
9
D1TSP
DATA 1 positive output to SPUR
22
D1TSN
DATA 1 negative output to SPUR
10
D2TSP
DATA 2 positive output to SPUR
23
D2TSN
DATA 2 negative output to SPUR
11
D1FRSP
DATA 1 positive input from SPUR
24
D1FRSN
DATA 1 negative input from SPUR
12
D2FRSP
DATA 2 positive input from SPUR
25
D2FRSN
DATA 2 negative input from SPUR
13
—
No connection
Page 5 - 62
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT EAST; connected to J24 on other frame (east) equipped without orderwire or DVS Q™ unit.
Table 5-10:
EAST Connector J26
1
VF1TEP
VF1 positive output to EAST
14
VF1TEN
VF1 negative output to EAST
2
VF2TEP
VF2 positive output to EAST
15
VF2TEN
VF2 negative output to EAST
3
AUXSCTCE
VF positive output to EAST
16
AUXSCTDE
VF negative output to EAST
4
GND
Ground
17
GND
Ground
5
VF1FREP
VF1 positive input from EAST
18
VF1FREN
VF1 negative input from EAST
6
VF2FREP
VF2 positive input from EAST
19
VF2FREN
VF2 negative input from EAST
7
AUXSCRCE
VF positive input from EAST
20
AUXSCRDE
VF negative input from EAST
8
GND
Ground
21
GND
Ground
9
D1TEP
DATA 1 positive output to EAST
22
D1TEN
DATA 1 negative output to EAST
10
D2TEP
DATA 2 positive output to EAST
23
D2TEN
DATA 2 negative output to EAST
11
D1FREP
DATA 1 positive input from EAST
24
D1FREN
DATA 1 negative input from EAST
12
D2FREP
DATA 2 positive input from EAST
25
D2FREN
DATA 2 negative input from EAST
13
—
No connection
Page 5 - 63
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
HANDSET; connected to orderwire 4 wire handset. HANDSET Connector J29
Table 5-11: 1
HSXMTN
Handset microphone negative input
2
HSRCVN
Handset earphone negative output
3
HSRCVP
Handset earphone positive output
4
HSXMTP
Handset microphone positive input
D1 MULDEX; connected to J10 (for a frame 1 radio) or J11 (for a frame 2 radio) of a VersaT1ity™ DVA. Table 5-12:
D1-MULDEX Connector J58
1
GND
Ground
6
—
No connection
2
D1TWP
DATA 1 positive output to WEST
7
D1TWN
DATA 1 negative output to WEST
3
D1FRWP
DATA 1 positive input from WEST
8
D1FRWN
DATA 1 negative input from WEST
4
—
No connection
9
—
No connection
5
—
No connection
Page 5 - 64
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT Figure 5-22: Optional DB-25 to Wire-wrap Adaptor 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16
OPTIONAL WIRE-WRAP TO DB-25 ADAPTOR PLUGS INTO A DB-25 CONNECTOR
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Page 5 - 65
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Figure 5-23: Orderwire Unit Connectors on Radio Backplane
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
6 7 8 9
DB-9 FEMALE D-SUB
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
DB-25 FEMALE D-SUB
HARRIS/FARINON RADIO 2/7/8 GHz EMI/1:N SD-099985-M1
J21 J20
J22 J58
J24
W17-J J26
J25
BOTTOM VIEW J29
P2
THREE-PIN CONNECTOR
Page 5 - 66
SECTION 5:INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
22. Connect remote control / monitoring equipment Connecting an RTU to alarm relay outputs and to control inputs
Remote control / monitoring by control inputs and alarm relay outputs can be in two forms: basic alarm monitoring or extended control / monitoring. Basic alarm monitoring consists of monitoring the alarm relays that are provided on the basic Quadralink® radio. The basic Quadralink® radio has no remote control functions available. Extended control / monitoring consists of monitoring the basic alarm relays plus additional alarm relays that are provided by the optional ACE (alarm and control extender) on the optional user interface unit. In addition, extended control and monitoring allows the alarm remote assembly (RTU) to control the radio via control inputs also provided by the optional alarm and control extender. For more information about the ACE, see appendix B. Table 6-9 and table 6-10 list and describe the different control and monitoring functions available on the radio backplane.
Connecting the basic Quadralink® radio relays (if no front access panel is provided)
Procedures for installing basic and extended remote control / monitoring follow. If the rack in which the Quadralink® radio is mounted has a customer panel, or a user interface, see appendix B for how to make connections to either of these panels instead. To implement basic alarm monitoring, perform the following procedure: 1. Connect your RTU (alarm remote assembly unit) to the basic alarm relays via connector J27 on the radio backplane. Figure 5-24 shows where the connector is located. Table 513 lists the basic alarm relays, and gives the connecting pins of the backplane.
Page 5 - 66
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Figure 5-24: Relay Connector on Radio Backplane
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16
OPTIONAL WIRE WRAP TO DB25 ADAPTOR PLUGS INTO J27
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
HARRIS/FARINON RADIO 2/7/8 GHZ EMI/1:N SD-099985-M1
J27 ALARM RELAYS
1 2
14
3
15
4
16
5
17
6
18
7
19
8
20
9
21
10
22
11
23
12
24
13
25
DB-25 FEMALE D-SUB
Page 5 - 67
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
NOTE
In table 5-13, relay connections are identified as ‘common’ and ‘NO/NC’. The NO/NC (normally-open /normally closed) label identifies the pin to which the user straps the normallyopen or normally-closed contact of the relay. The signal processing unit relays; major alarm, minor alarm, remote / local override, and audible alarm (controller unit) and the E-lead (orderwire unit) are energized only when the alarm or status is active. The power supply fail alarm (A or B) relays are de-energized when in alarm. Wire for solderless wire-wrapped connections should be tin plated. This results in reliable, noise-free connections with the type of wire-wrap terminals we use. All relays are rated for 300 mA maximum resistive load with a maximum rated applied voltage of 56 Vdc. 2. Strap the relays to be normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) as required by your RTU. Table 5-13 indicates how to strap the relays as normally open or normally closed.
Page 5 - 68
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Table 5-13: Pin Assignment and Straps for Basic Alarm Relays Backplane connector J27, pin
Alarm
NO/NC strap
NO/NC Common
NO
NC
Location
a
1
14
P4 B
P4 A
Controller unit
3a
2
15
P5 B
P5 A
Controller unit
Override / relay 2a
4
17
P6 B
P6 A
Controller unit
Relay 1a
8
21
P23 B
P23 A
Controller unit
Audibleb
3
16
P8 B
P8 A
Controller unit
E-lead
5
18
P18 L
P18 K
Internal orderwire unit
E-lead
5
18
P9 R
P9 S
Internal DVS Q™
23
P4 T
P4 U
Internal DVS Q™
CVDS: LK4, 2-3
CVDS: LK4, 1-2
CVDS: LK4, 2-3
CVDS: LK4, 1-2
Major / relay 4 Minor / relay
Service channel 10 unit failure alarm Power supply Ac 6
Power supply Bc 7
19
20
Transceiver power Electronic Craftsman: Electronic Craftsman: supply unit A C-NC NC-C Transceiver power Electronic Craftsman: Electronic Craftsman: supply unit B C-NO NC-C
a These relays may also be controlled by TBOS or FARSCAN™. b. The operation of this relay can be disabled by pressing the ACO push-button on the alarm / display unit. c. The Quadralink® is equipped with either a CVDS power supply unit or an Electronic Craftsman power supply unit. As indicated above, the relay strap label depends on which power supply unit you have. When the power supply unit is in alarm, the alarm relay is deenergized.
Page 5 - 69
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
SECTION 5:INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Connecting the radio to a TBOS RTU NOTE
The TBOS option is unavailable on radios that are configured for 1:N switch protection configuration. If your RTU will be using the TBOS protocol to control and monitor the radio, perform the following procedure: 1. Connect the communication link from the TBOS RTU to J28 on the radio backplane. It is a DB-25 female D-subminiature connector. Figure 5-25 shows its location, and table 5-14 gives the pin assignment. Table 5-14:
Pin Assignment for J28 on Radio Backplane
J28 pin
Description
1
Ground
2
I485INP (RS-485 input to Quadralink®, positive connection)
3
I485INN (RS-485 input to Quadralink®, negative connection)
4~6
Not connected
7
Ground
8
I485OUTN (RS-485 output from Quadralink®, negative connection)
9 ~ 19
Not connected
20
I485OUTP (RS-485 output from Quadralink®, positive connection)
21 ~ 25
Not connected
2. If the radio is the last radio on the TBOS RS-485 line, install strap P26 ‘A’ (See figure 5-26 for location) on the controller unit; otherwise, install P26 ‘B’. The ‘A’ strap provides a 110 ohm termination for the RS-485 line.
Page 5 - 70
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT Figure 5-25: J27 (Alarm Relays), J28 (RS-485), and J30 (External Alarm Inputs)
J27 ALARM RELAYS
J28 RS 485 INTERFACE
1 2
14
3
15
4
16
5
17
1 2
14
3
15
4
16
5
17
6
18
7
19
8
20 21
6
18
9
22
19
10
7
20
11
23
8
21
12
24
9
25
10
22
13
11
23
12
24
13
25
DB-25 FEMALE D-SUBMINIATURE DB-25 FEMALE D-SUBMINIATURE
HARRIS/FARINON RADIO 2/7/8 GHz EMI/1:N SD-099985-M1
J30 EXTERNAL ALARMS INPUTS
1 2
14
3
15
4
16
5
17
6
18
7
19
8
20
9
21
10
22
11
23
12
24
13
25
DB-25 FEMALE D-SUBMINIATURE
Page 5 - 71
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Figure 5-26: Location of Remote Control / Monitoring Switches and Straps on the Controller Unit STRAP SHOWN IN POSITION P26B
STRAP SHOWN IN POSITION P26A
C106
R110
C106
R110
B
B R115
R115 U59
P26
R108
A P26
U59
R108
A
CONTROLLER SD-98750-M3
ON 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
S10 OFF
ON 1
S11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
OFF
HARRIS/FARINON
NOTE
When using TBOS, your RTU can monitor a number of external alarm inputs on the radio backplane. It can also take control of four relays (relay 1, relay 2, relay 3, and relay 4). Normally the controller unit uses relay 4, relay 3, and relay 2 to signal a major alarm, a minor alarm, and an override alarm respectively. If you give control of these relays to the RTU, these alarms will no longer be available at the relays.
Page 5 - 72
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT 3. If you will be controlling relays on the radio with your RTU, set segment 7 on S11 to the OFF position. Connect your equipment to J27. See table 5-13 for the pin-out of this connector. See If, instead, you wish to have these relays report major, minor, and override alarms, set segment 7 on S11 to the ON position. 4. If you are using the external alarm inputs and the RTU controlled relays, connect your equipment to them. The external inputs are on the radio backplane (see figure 5-25 and table 5-15). These inputs are not latched: a low input is read as a 1 (alarm) and a high or floating input is read as a 0 (normal). All of the relay outputs can be accessed on the backplane (see figure 5-25 and table 5-13) or all but relay1 can be accessed on the optional user interface unit (see appendix B).
! The external alarm inputs are intended for indoor use only and, consequently, are not protected against ESD. If you intend to use them outdoors, you must provide lightning protection or you risk serious damage to the radio or personnel injury. Table 5-15:
Pin Assignment for J30 on Radio Backplane (External Alarm Inputs)
J30, pin
Description
1
REMIN0 (External input 1)
2
REMIN1 (External input 2)
3
REMIN2 (External input 3)
4
REMIN3 (External input 4)
5
REMIN4 (External input 5)
6
REMIN5 (External input 6)
7
REMIN6 (External input 7)
8
REMIN7 (External input 8)
9 ~ 13
Not connected
14 ~ 25
Ground
Page 5 - 73
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
5. Set segments 1 through 4 on DIP switch S10 on the controller unit. See figure 5-26 for its location on the controller unit. a.
Table 5-16:
Set switch segments 1 through 3 to assign a TBOS display to the radio. Table 5-16 shows how the switch configurations correspond to the different displays. Display Address Selection
DIP switch S10 on the controller unit Display address Segment 4
Segment 3
Segment 2
Segment 1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
2
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
3
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
4
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
5
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
6
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
7
OFF
ON
ON
ON
8
6. Set segments 3 through 7 on DIP switch S11. See figure 5-26 for the location on the controller unit. a. Set switch segments 3 and 4 to select the baud rate of the RS-485 line. Table 5-17:
TBOS Baud Rate Selection
DIP switch S11 Baud rate, parity, stop bits
Page 5 - 74
Segment 4
Segment 3
OFF
OFF
2400, odd parity, 2 stop bits (TBOS standard)
OFF
ON
4800, odd parity, 1 stop bit
ON
OFF
9600, odd parity, 1 stop bit
ON
ON
19200, odd parity, 1 stop bit
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT b. Set switch segment 5 to ON and switch segment 6 to OFF. This tells the controller that you are using TBOS. c. Set switch segment 7 to the OFF position if you want the TBOS RTU to control relays 1, 2, 3, and 4 on the radio backplane. The switch should be in the ON position if you want the controller unit to put the major alarm, the minor alarm, and the override alarm on relays 4, 3, and 2 respectively. In this case relay 1 is not used. In either case the status of these relays is reported. See 'Controlling and monitoring the Quadralink® with TBOS' on page 6 - 54 for how to use TBOS on the Quadralink® radio.
Page 5 - 75
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
SECTION 5:INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Connecting the radio to FARSCAN ™
If you will be controlling and monitoring the radio with FARSCAN™, perform the following procedure. 1. Check that a DVA unit is installed in the rack. FARSCAN™ requires a DVA unit to unbridge the orderwire data channel. If there is no DVA unit installed; install one, following the instructions in the DVA instruction manual. One DVA locally supports two Quadralink® radios. 2. Connect a 087-109076 cable between J10 (J11 for second radio) on the DVA and J58 on the radio backplane (see figure 5-27). 3. Connect a 087-109369 cable between J7 (J8 for second radio) on the DVA and J55 on the radio backplane (see figure 5-27). 4. On DIP switch S11 on the controller unit (see figure 5-26), set segment 5 to the OFF position and segment 6 to the ON position. This tells the controller that you are using FARSCAN™. Figure 5-27: Connections Between a DVA Unit and Two Quadralink® Radios
J58
J55 QUADRALINK
J58
J55
QUADRALINK 2 BACKPLANE
1 BACKPLANE
HARRIS/FARINON RADIO 2/7/8 GHZ EMI/1:N SD-099985-M1
HARRIS/FARINON RADIO 2/7/8 GHZ EMI/1:N SD-099985-M1
CABLE 087-109076-XXX
CABLE 087-109369-XXX
CABLE 087-109369-XXX
CABLE 087-109076-XXX
J7 DVA BACKPLANE
J8
J10 J11
Page 5 - 76
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
NOTE
A FARSCAN™ terminal can monitor a number of external inputs on the radio backplane. It can also take control of four relays (relay 1, relay 2, relay 3, and relay 4). Normally the controller unit uses relay 4, relay 3, and relay 2 to signal a major alarm, a minor alarm, and an override alarm respectively. If you give control of these relays to FARSCAN™, these alarms will no longer be available at the relays. In either case the state of the relays will be reported to FARSCAN™. 5. Set switch segments 1 through 8 of S10 and segments 1 and 2 of S11 to assign the FARSCAN™ site address to the radio. Table 5-18 shows how to do this. With the radio powered up, check the FARSCAN™ node number in the ALARM MENU on the alarm display unit to see if it has been set correctly. Table 5-18: FARSCAN™ Site Address Selection on the Controller Unit DIP switch S11, segment 2
1
MSB
DIP switch S10, segment 8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Address 0 to 999 coded in binary
LSB
6. Set the baud rate of the interface. This must be done on both the DVA unit (see DVA instruction manual for instructions) and on the Quadralink® controller unit. On the controller unit set segments 3 and 4 on DIP switch S11 as indicated in table 5-19 (see figure 5-26 for location). For best results we recommend that you use 9600 baud. Table 5-19:
FARSCAN™ Baud Rate Selection on the Controller Unit
Switch S11 Baud rate, parity, stop bits segment 4
segment 3
OFF
OFF
2400, odd parity, 2 stop bits
OFF
ON
4800, odd parity, 1 stop bit
ON
OFF
9600, odd parity, 1 stop bit
ON
ON
19200, odd parity, 1 stop bit
Page 5 - 77
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
7. If you will be controlling relays on the radio with FARSCAN™, set segment 7 of S11 on the controller unit to OFF. 8. If you are using the external alarm inputs and the FARSCAN™ controlled relays, connect your equipment to them. The external alarm inputs are on the radio backplane on connector J30 (see figure 5-25 and table 5-15); all the relays can be accessed on the backplane on connector J27 (see figure 5-25 and table 5-13) or all but relay 1 can be accessed on the optional user interface unit (see appendix B).
! The external alarm inputs are intended for indoor use only and, consequently, are not protected against ESD. If you intend to use them outdoors, you must provide lightning protection or you risk serious damage to the radio or personal injury.
Page 5 - 78
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
SECTION 6 OPERATION Figure 6: Table 6:
1. The alarm / display panel using the SCAS control program. 2. A number of discrete controls and indicators (LEDs, switches, and so on) on the outside of the radio and on the signal processing units behind the front door. 3. A hard wired alarm remote assembly (RTU) using the relay outputs and control inputs of the Quadralink® radio. 4. A FARSCAN™ remote control interface. 5. A TBOS (telemetry byte oriented serial protocol) remote control interface. The first two are used on all Quadralink® radios, the last three require additional remote control equipment to be connected to the radio for the method to work. In this section we explain how to operate the radio using all five of these interfaces.
The alarm / display panel
The information that follows, on the alarm / display panel, is composed of three parts: 1. A description of the alarm / display panel and how it works. 2. A diagram of the SCAS menu tree showing how the various menus of the alarm display panel are related. 3. A glossary explaining how to interpret and interact with all of the SCAS displays.
The system control alarm and status (SCAS) network program
The alarm / display panel (see figure 6-1) executes the system control alarm and status (SCAS) network program of the Quadralink® radio. Operation is either automatic (auto) or manual. Operation is automatic when the equipment is first turned on. In the absence of alarms, the auto display indicates normal operation. In the event of an alarm, the MINOR or MAJOR alarm LED lights depending on how serious the alarm is. In the manual mode, use the alarm / display panel to: 1. Display equipment status and alarms, and to control the loopback switch. 2. Display the transmitter output power level (in dBm) and the receive AGC voltage. 3. Perform a loop back of individual tributary signals as well as of the muldex unit multiplexed signal.
Page 6 - 1
OPERATION
There are five interfaces by which you can control and operate the Quadralink® radio. They are:
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Figure 6-1: Illustration of the Alarm / Display Unit Front Panel (partial view of front door)
ALARM DISPLAY MAJOR MINOR
A AGC B
OVRD
DVM GND
MENU
EXEC
ACO
As shown in figure 6-1, the alarm / display panel contains four test points, four LED lamps, an ACO push-button switch, a 16 character by two line digital readout or display, and five pushbuttons. The test points
AGC A and AGC B monitor the transceiver AGC voltage which is proportional to the RF receive signal level (RSL) of the corresponding channel. A chart recorder or data logger can be connected to these test points to record path fade characteristics over time. You may use the built-in DVM to measure these voltages. DVM is a “digital voltmeter” used to measure direct current voltages at various locations throughout the radio (when a card extender is available). A test lead is provided in the operating spares kit. GND is chassis and equipment ground for the entire rack in which the panel is located.
The LED lamps
MAJOR (red LED) lights to indicate the loss of data traffic in the transmit or receive direction. The reason for the loss of data can be identified by scrolling through the alarm menu. MINOR (red LED) lights to indicate the system has an alarm although there is no loss of data traffic at the transmit or receive direction. The alarm can be identified by scrolling through the alarm menu. OVRD (yellow LED) lights to indicate the automatic protection system has been overridden locally by manual switches located on the controller unit or remotely by the alarm and control extender. The LED may also indicate a loopback has been selected at the tributary or multiplexed data level.
Page 6 - 2
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION The digital readout displays SCAS messages in two 16 character lines of alphanumeric text.
The ACO switch and LED
ACO is a push-button switch with yellow LED. Depress the ACO switch (the ACO lamp lights) to mute office audible summary alarms; depress switch again (ACO lamp goes off) to enable office audible summary alarm indications. When the ACO lamp is lit, the operation of the AUDIBLE relay is disabled.
The alarm / display push-buttons
MENU is used to go one level higher in the display tree if the display is in any of the sub-menus. If the display is in a first level menu, pressing this pushbutton will show the global system status menu. is used to scroll down through the list of options within a selected menu. If it is pressed when the display is at the bottom of the list, the display returns to the top of the list. is used to scroll up through the list of options within a selected menu. If it is pressed when the display is at the top of the list, the display goes to the bottom of the list. is used to move the cursor horizontally to select options in the menu. If the EXEC push-button is pressed when the cursor is under an option, that option is selected. EXEC is used for two purposes. It is used to go down one level in the display tree if the current menu allows for it, and it is used to execute control operations from the control menus.
Page 6 - 3
OPERATION
The LCD display
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION How to use the internal digital voltmeter
NOTE
Except for the AGC voltage, no direct current voltage can be measured in the Quadralink® system without a card extender. The card extender is not standard equipment. The accuracy of the internal voltmeter from -5 V to +5 V is ±0.5 V. Accuracy from -10 V to -5 V and from +5 V to +30 V is ±10%. The maximum input voltage range is -10 Vdc to +30.0 Vdc The DVM and GND test points and a four character alphanumeric LCD display on the alarm / display panel make up an internal digital voltmeter (DVM). This meter can be used to measure any direct current voltage within the radio rack, including the receiver AGC voltage. On the alarm / display panel, select the VOLTMETER display from the STATUS menu. Connect one test lead between the DVM test point on the alarm / display panel and the test point to be measured. The display should indicate the direct current voltage level at the measured test point.
Page 6 - 4
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
How to use the alarm and display panel To select a menu option
See figure 6-3. The main menu offers four options: 1. Global system message (see 'To display global system status' on page 6 - 5). 2. Status (see 'To display status information' on page 6 - 5). 4. Alarm (see 'To display alarm information' on page 6 - 6). Each of these main menu options, except global system status, provides access to sub-menus that give status information and control options. The global system status function automatically displays the system status. When an alarm occurs, it is indicated by the MAJOR and MINOR LEDs and the global system message; however, the source of the alarm is not automatically shown. To know where the alarm is coming from, the operator must go to the alarm menu. Pressing MENU takes you back to the previous level in the display tree. NOTE
Refer to the alarm / display panel operation SCAS MENU TREE (figure 6-3) for the menu structure and available options. To display global system status
1. Press the MENU pushbutton repeatedly until the global system status menu appears. It will display NORMAL OPERATION or a four part message indicating that there is a loop back condition, a forced override, an AIS, an alarm, or (if there is no alarm) a low AGC condition.
To display status information
1. Press the MENU pushbutton repeatedly until the global system status menu appears then press the pushbutton until STATUS MENU appears. 2. Press the EXEC pushbutton (a status message appears). 3. Scroll (up) or information appears.
(down) until the desired status
4. To have information on an override condition, answer yes (press the pushbutton then EXEC) to the question in the OVERRIDE DET’L? menu. This menu also indicates if an override is active.
Page 6 - 5
OPERATION
3. Control (see 'To do a control operation' on page 6 - 6).
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION To do a control operation
1. Press the MENU pushbutton repeatedly until the global system status menu appears, then press the pushbutton until the CONTROL MENU appears. 2. Press The EXEC pushbutton (a control menu appears). 3. Scroll , , or until the desired control option is displayed. Move the cursor to the desired operation (SET or CLEAR for example) and press the EXEC pushbutton. 4. To do a tributary loopback answer yes ( , EXEC) to the question in the WAYSIDE L-1 LPBK DET’L? menu. This will take you to another set of menus that control loopback. The WAYSIDE L-1 LPBK DET’L? menu also indicates if there is any tributary loopback.
To display alarm information
1. Press the MENU pushbutton repeatedly until the global system status menu appears then press the pushbutton until ALARM MENU appears. 2. Press the EXEC pushbutton (an alarm status message appears). 3. Scroll appears.
or
until the desired alarm information
4. The DET’L? menus provide access to another layer of alarm information. To move to the next level put the cursor under Y and press the EXEC pushbutton. 5. Use the MENU pushbutton to move back up the tree.
Page 6 - 6
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Loopback, how it works
On the Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio, demultiplexer to multiplexer loopback is used to loopback the 2048 kb/s tributaries (wayside tributary 1 loopback and wayside tributary 2 loopback) and the E3 (34368 kb/s) signal (E3 (34368 kb/s) loopback). Multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback is used to loopback the combined 2048 kb/s signals and the combined wayside plus E3 (34368 kb/s) signal (high level multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback). Figure 6-2: The Different Types of Loopback
LOW LEVEL LOOPBACK DEMULTIPLEXER TO MULTIPLEXER 2048 kb/s TRIBUTARY 1 LOOPBACK CUSTOMER 2048 kb/s TRIBUTARY 1
HIGH LEVEL MULTIPLEXER TO DEMULTIPLEXER LOOPBACK
2048 kb/s TRIBUTARY 2 LOOPBACK CUSTOMER 2048 kb/s TRIBUTARY 2
MULTIPLEXER/ DEMULTIPLEXER
TO MODEM
E3 (34368 kb/s) LOOPBACK CUSTOMER E3 (34368 kb/s)
Page 6 - 7
OPERATION
Figure 6-2 illustrates how the different types of loopback work. There are basically two types of loopback: demultiplexer to multiplexer loopback and multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback. Demultiplexer to multiplexer loopback takes the signal from the output of the demultiplexer and returns it back to the input of the multiplexer, allowing the user to loopback traffic across a hop. Multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback takes the composite data coming from the multiplexer and returns it back to the input of the demultiplexer, allowing data to be looped back within a single radio.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
SCAS Glossary (alarm / display unit menus and messages) Figure 6-3: Display Flow Chart AGC A: 1.33 V AGC B: 1.42 V TX LEV A:30.3dBm TX LEV B:28.8dBm XMTR A: TRAFFIC XMTR B: FORCED DEMOD A: TRAFFIC DEMOD B: STD BY MULDEX A:UNEQUIP MULDEX B:TRAFFIC VOLTMETER: 3.5 VOLTS
§†
POWER AMPLIFIER: 5 WATT
†
POWER AMPLIFIER: 1 WATT
‡†
POWER AMPLIFIER: 0.2 WATT CONFIGURATION: MHSB BAND:X.X - X.X GHz CAPACITY:E3+2xE1
ALARM NO FORCE NO LPBK NO AIS STATUS MENU
SCAS MENU TREE Notes (symbol at the left of messages): † Displayed only if the feature is equipped in the system. ▲ Displayed only in non 1:N configurations. ❄ Displayed only in 1:N protected and unprotected configurations. ¤ Displayed only in 1:N protected configurations. ♦ Displayed only if the DVS Q™ unit is in alarm. ◊ Displayed only if the COM 30 switch is installed on site. § Optional on 2 GHz radios only. ‡ Optional on 7 GHz radios only.
FARSCAN: UNEQUIP
WAY SIDE LEV-1 LOOPBACK: SET
ALARM EXTENDER: EQUIP
E3 LOOPBACK: CLEAR
OVERRIDE DET’L? Y N ( )
❄
E3 LOOPBACK A: CLEAR
SOFTWARE VER: 6 DATE: XX-XX-XX
¤
E3 LOOPBACK B: CLEAR
CONTROL MENU
▲ WAYSIDE L-1 LPBK DET’L? Y N (CLR)
ALARM MENU
▲ E3 LOOPBACK *SET CLEAR
❄
E3 LOOPBACK A SET *CLEAR
¤
E3 LOOPBACK B SET *CLEAR
HI LVL MUX LPK A SET *CLEAR
¤
HI LVL MUX LPK B SET *CLEAR
❄
HIGH LEVEL MUX A LOOPBACK: CLEAR
¤
HIGH LEVEL MUX B LOOPBACK: CLEAR XMTR SELECT: LOC:AUT RMT:A DEMOD SELECT: LOC:AUT RMT:AUT MULDEX SELECT: LOC:AUT RMT:AUT ALL WAYSIDE LEV1 LPBK: SET *CLR
POWER SUPPLY A:NORM B:NORM
WS LEV-1 LPBK TRIB 1: SET *CLR
Tx/Rx DET’L? Y N A:NORM B:NORM
WS LEV-1 LPBK TRIB 2: SET *CLR
MODEM DET’L? Y N A:NORM B:NORM
MOD INPUT CLOCK A:NORM B:NORM
MULDEX DET’L Y N A:NORM B:NORM
MOD IF LEVEL A:NORM B:NORM
LINE OUTPUT NORM
† ♦† ◊† †
SERVICE CHANNEL: FAIL
DEMOD PLL A:NORM B:NORM
COM30 VSIGX: NORM
DEMOD IF LEVEL A:NORM B:NORM
CONFIGURATION: NORM
Page 6 - 8
DEMOD BER A:NORM B:NORM
ALARM EXTENDER: NORM
FARSCAN NODE 999 NORM
5 WATT PWR AMP A:NORM B:NORM
WAY SIDE INPUT A:NORM B:NORM
†
1 WATT PWR AMP A:NORM B:NORM
WAY SIDE MUX A:NORM B:NORM
0.2 WATT PWR AMP A:NORM B:NORM
E3 INPUT A:NORM B:NORM
‡†
RF/IF UPCONVERT A:NORM B:NORM
▲ HIGH LEVEL MUX LOOPBACK: CLEAR
▲ HI LVL MUX LPBK SET *CLEAR
❄
§†
†
DEMOD ADAP EQUAL A:NORM B:NORM
XMTR LOCAL OSC A:NORM B:NORM AGC ALARM A:NORM B:NORM RCVR LOCAL OSC A:NORM B:NORM
†
RCVR ADAP EQUAL A:NORM B:NORM
HI LEVEL MUX A:NORM B:NORM WAY SIDE OUTPUT A:NORM B:NORM WAY SIDE PLL A:NORM B:NORM WAY SIDE DEMUX A:NORM B:NORM E3 OUTPUT A:NORM B:NORM E3 OUTPUT LEVEL A:NORM B:NORM E3 PLL A:NORM B:NORM HI LEVEL DEMUX A:NORM B:NORM RMT HI LVL DEMUX NORM DMUX LINE DRIVER A:NORM B:NORM
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
The alarm display unit main menu This display gives the overall system status. For this purpose, the screen is divided in four areas. The upper left indicates presence of an alarm in the system; the possible messages are ALARM and NO ALM. The upper right indicates presence of local / remote channel force; the possible messages are NO FORCE and FORCED. The lower left indicates presence of local / remote loopback; the possible messages are NO LPBK and LOOPBACK. The lower right indicates presence of an AIS alarm in the system; the possible messages are NO AIS and AIS. If there is no alarm but the AGC voltage is low, AGC LOW will be displayed in the upper left hand corner. If these five status conditions are not present, the screen will display NORMAL OPERATION. After one half hour of inactivity, the alarm display automatically comes back to this display.
STATUS MENU
This display leads to the status menu. To go to it press the EXEC pushbutton. See 'STATUS MENU' on page 6 - 10.
CONTROL MENU
This display leads to the control menu. To go to it, press the EXEC pushbutton. See 'CONTROL MENU' on page 6 - 13.
ALARM MENU
This display leads to the alarm menu. To go to it, press the EXEC pushbutton. See 'ALARM MENU' on page 6 - 15.
Page 6 - 9
OPERATION
ALARM FORCE LPBK AIS
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
STATUS MENU AGC A: x.xx V AGC B: x.xx V
This display shows the AGC voltage for both channels. If system is configured unprotected or 1:N unprotected, AGC B: will have the message: UNEQUIP.
TX LEV A: xx.xdBm TX LEV B: xx.xdBm
This display shows the current RF signal power level at the output of the transmitters. If the system is configured unprotected or 1:N unprotected, TX LEV B: will have the message: UNEQUIP.
XMTR A: xxxx XMTR B: xxxx
This display indicates the status of the transmitter. If the transmitter A/B is transmitting normally, it will display TRAFFIC; if a forced override command is applied on it, the system will display FORCED; if the transmitter A/B is in stand by, the status will be STD BY; if the transmitter has failed, it will display FAIL; and finally, if the transmitter is not present in the system, UNEQUIP will be displayed.
DEMOD A: xxxx DEMOD B: xxxx
This display indicates demodulator status. The possible messages displayed can be TRAFFIC, FORCED, STD BY, FAIL or UNEQUIP (See XMTR A and XMTR B for meaning of messages).
MULDEX A: xxxx MULDEX B: xxxx
VOLTMETER xx.x VOLTS
POWER AMPLIFIER xxx WATT(S)
CONFIGURATION xxxx
BAND: xxx GHz CAPACITY: xxxx
This display indicates muldex status. The possible messages displayed can be TRAFFIC, FORCED, STD BY, FAIL or UNEQUIP (See XMTR A and XMTR B for meaning of messages). This display shows the voltage read between GND and DVM receptacles. Values displayed are in the range of -10 volts dc and +30 volts dc. Accuracy from -5 V to +5 V is ±0.5 V. Accuracy from -10 V to -5 V and from +5 V to +30 V is ±10%. This display shows the amplifier presently in use. It can be •
0.2 WATT (for 7 GHz radio only),
•
5 WATTS (for 2 GHz radio only),
• or 1 WATT. This display shows the system antenna coupling unit configuration. It can be MHSB (monitored hot standby), 1:N, 1 CH EQUIP, 1:N, 2 CH EQUIP, FREQUENCY DIVersity, SPACE DIVERSITY, FREQuency/SPACE DIVersity (also shown for a quad diversity ACU; available on 7 GHz radios only), UNPROTECTED or INVALID (if switch settings are incorrect). This display shows the system capabilities. The band can be one of: •
Page 6 - 10
1.7 - 1.9 GHz, 1.9 - 2.1 GHz, 2.1 - 2.3 GHz, 2.3 - 2.5 GHz, 2.5 - 2.7 GHz (for 2 GHz radio only)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION 7.1 - 7.7 GHz, 7.7 - 8.2 GHz, 8.2 - 8.5 GHz (for 7 GHz radio only) The capacity can be one of: •
E3+2×E1, INVALID, A NOT EQUAL TO B, or UNEQUIP. This display indicates if the FARSCAN™ network management system is configured in the radio. The possible messages displayed can be UNEQUIP or NODE XXX — indicates the node address (FARSCAN™ site number) of this radio. •
FARSCAN xxxx
This display indicates if the alarm and control extender (ACE) is present in the system. The possible messages displayed can be UNEQUIP or NODE XXX — indicating the node address (FARSCAN™ site number) of this radio.
OVERRIDE DET’L? Y N ()
This display leads to the detailed override menu. If the user needs further information about override operations and loopbacks, he must place the cursor under the letter Y and then press the EXEC pushbutton. If one or more overrides is in effect, the SET will appear in parenthesis, otherwise CLR appears. See 'STATUS MENU | OVERRIDE DET’L?' on page 6 - 12.
SOFTWARE VER: x DATE: xx-xx-xx
This menu indicates the software version and the date of release.
Page 6 - 11
OPERATION
ALARM EXTENDER xxxx
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
STATUS MENU | OVERRIDE DET’L? WAY SIDE LEV-1 LOOPBACK: xxxx
E3 LOOPBACK: xxxx
Page 6 - 12
This display shows the current low level-1 2048 kb/s tributary demultiplexer to multiplexer loopbacks. If one or more low level-1 loopback is set, the message SET will appear, otherwise it will be CLEAR. For further information, go through the control menu. See 'CONTROL MENU | WAYSIDE L-1 LPBK DET’L?' on page 6 - 14. This display shows the current low level-1 E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary demultiplexer to multiplexer loopback. The possible messages displayed can be SET or CLEAR.
E3 LOOPBACK A: xxxx
This display shows the current low level-1 E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary demultiplexer to multiplexer loopback for the A channel in a 1:N system. The possible messages displayed can be SET or CLEAR.
E3 LOOPBACK B: xxxx
This display shows the current low level-1 E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary demultiplexer to multiplexer loopback for the B channel in a 1:N system. The possible messages displayed can be SET or CLEAR.
HIGH LEVEL MUX LOOPBACK: xxxx
This display shows the current high level-3 multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback. The possible messages displayed can be SET or CLEAR.
HIGH LEVEL MUX A LOOPBACK: xxxx
This display shows the current high level-3 multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback for the A channel in a 1:N system. The possible messages displayed can be SET or CLEAR.
HIGH LEVEL MUX B LOOPBACK: xxxx
This display shows the current high level-3 multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback for the B channel in a 1:N system. The possible messages displayed can be SET or CLEAR.
XMTR SELECT LOC: xxx RMT: xxx
This display shows the current forced states in the transmitter. Remote commands and local switches can force the system to use a specific channel to communicate. Local switch status is displayed after LOC: and the remote command is displayed after RMT:. If no override is active, the word AUT will appear, meaning automatic mode; if an override is active, the forced channel will be displayed. If both local and remote override forces are active, the local override will predominate over the remote override.
DEMOD SELECT LOC: xxx RMT: xxx
This display shows the selected forced states for the demodulator. The possible messages displayed can be A, B or AUT as explained under XMTR SELECT.
MULDEX SELECT: LOC: xxx RMT: xxx
This display shows the selected forced states for the demultiplexer. The possible messages displayed can be A, B or AUT as explained under XMTR SELECT.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
CONTROL MENU This display leads to the detailed 2048 kb/s tributary low level-1 loopback control menu. To go to the menu move the cursor under Y then press EXEC. If all level-1 demultiplexer to multiplexer loopbacks are inactive, the word CLR will appear in parenthesis, otherwise the word SET will appear. See 'CONTROL MENU | WAYSIDE L-1 LPBK DET’L?' on page 6 - 14.
E3 LOOPBACK SET CLEAR
This control display allows the operator to change the E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary low level-1 loopback. To activate the loopback the operator must place the cursor under SET and press EXEC. To clear it, put the cursor under CLEAR and press EXEC. The current status is indicated by a star before the appropriate word.
E3 LOOPBACK A SET CLEAR
This control display allows the operator to change the E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary low level-1 loopback for the A channel in a 1:N system. To activate the loopback the operator must place the cursor under SET and press EXEC. To clear it, put the cursor under CLEAR and press EXEC. The current status is indicated by a star before the appropriate word.
E3 LOOPBACK B SET CLEAR
This control display allows the operator to change the E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary low level-1 loopback for the B channel in a 1:N system. To activate the loopback the operator must place the cursor under SET and press EXEC. To clear it, put the cursor under CLEAR and press EXEC. The current status is indicated by a star before the appropriate word.
HI LVL MUX LPBK SET CLEAR
This control display allows the operator to change the high level-3 multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback. To activate the loopback the operator must place the cursor under SET and press EXEC. To clear it, put the cursor under CLEAR and press EXEC. The current status is indicated by a star before the appropriate word.
HI LVL MUX LPBK A SET CLEAR
This control display allows the operator to change the high level-3 multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback for the A channel in a 1:N system. To activate the loopback the operator must place the cursor under SET and press EXEC. To clear it, put the cursor under CLEAR and press EXEC. The current status is indicated by a star before the appropriate word.
HI LVL MUX LPBK B SET CLEAR
This control display allows the operator to change the high level-3 multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback for the B channel in a 1:N system. To activate the loopback the operator must place the cursor under SET and press EXEC. To clear it, put the cursor under CLEAR and press EXEC. The current status is indicated by a star before the appropriate word.
Page 6 - 13
OPERATION
WAYSIDE L-1 LPBK DET’L? Y N (xxxx)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
CONTROL MENU | WAYSIDE L-1 LPBK DET’L?
Page 6 - 14
ALL WAYSIDE LEV1 LPBK: SET CLR
This control display allows the operator to change every 2048 kb/s tributary low level-1 loopback at the same time. To set them all, put the cursor under the SET and press EXEC. To clear them, put the cursor under CLR and press EXEC. If both 2048 kb/s tributary low level-1 loopbacks are set, a star will appear before SET; if all are cleared, the star will appear before CLR. If there is a tributary set and the other clear, no star will appear at all.
WS LEV-1 LPBK TRIB 1: SET CLR
This control display allows the operator to change the low level-1 loopback for 2048 kb/s tributary 1. To set or reset it, place the cursor under the word SET or CLR and press EXEC. A star before the word will indicate the current state of the tributary.
WS LEV-1 LPBK TRIB 2: SET CLR
This control display allows the operator to change the low level-1 loopback for 2048 kb/s tributary 2. To set or reset it, place the cursor under the word SET or CLR and press EXEC. A star before the word will indicate the current state of the tributary.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
ALARM MENU
NOTE
POWER SUPPLY A: xxxx B: xxxx
This menu shows the current status of both power supplies. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ. UNEQ is displayed only for channel B in an unprotected radio.
NOTE
A power supply failure may falsely trigger other alarms. For this reason, if there is a POWER SUPPLY FAIL alarm you should disregard all other alarms. Tx/Rx DET’L? Y N A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display leads to the transceiver detailed (Tx/Rx DET’L?) alarm menu. To go to it, place the cursor under the letter Y, then press the EXEC pushbutton. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ. See 'ALARM MENU | Tx/Rx DET’L?' on page 6 - 17.
MODEM DET’L? Y N A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display leads to the detailed modem (MODEM DET’L?) alarm menu. To go to it, place the cursor under the letter Y, then press the EXEC pushbutton. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ. See 'ALARM MENU | MODEM DET’L?' on page 6 - 18.
MULDEX DET’L? Y N A: xxxx B: xxxx
This menu leads to the detailed muldex (MULDEX DET’L?) alarm menu. To go to it, place the cursor under the letter Y, then press the EXEC pushbutton. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ. This is only displayed in systems equipped with a muldex. See 'ALARM MENU | MULDEX DET’L?' on page 6 - 19.
LINE OUTPUT xxxx ALARM EXTENDER: xxxx
This display shows the current status of line outputs. If all lines equipped are normal, the message will be NORM, otherwise it will be FAIL. This display appears only if an alarm extender is equipped in the system. It shows the current status of this device. If communication is functioning, the message will be NORM, otherwise it will be FAIL.
Page 6 - 15
OPERATION
FAIL conditions will continue to be shown on the display for one second after the alarm condition as been corrected. Alarm reporting hysteresis prevents the FAIL message from flickering on and off when there is a borderline alarm condition.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION SERVICE CHANNEL: xxxx
This display appears only if the DVS Q™ unit is equipped in the system. It shows the current status of this service channel. If the unit is functioning, the message will be NORM, otherwise it will be FAIL.
COM30 VSIGX: xxxx
This display appears only if the COM 30 1:N switch is installed on site. It shows the current communication status between the Quadralink® radio and the COM 30 switch. If the unit is functioning, the message will be NORM, otherwise it will be FAIL.
FARSCAN NODE n xxxx
This display shows the FARSCAN™ node number n and the current status of this feature. If FARSCAN™ is functioning, the message will be NORM, otherwise it will be FAIL. The number n may equal 0 to 999.
CONFIGURATION xxxx
Page 6 - 16
This display shows configuration incompatibilities with the muldex unit. If the configuration is good, the message will be NORM, otherwise it will be MULDEX BAD. MULDEX BAD indicates that: •
the capacity of muldex unit A is not equal to the capacity of muldex unit B.
•
in a 1:N system, the muldex unit A or the muldex unit B is not in the 1:N mode (the muldex unit is incorrectly strapped). See 'Muldex unit strapping options' on page A - 9 for how to set the straps on the muldex unit.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
ALARM MENU | Tx/Rx DET’L? It shows the current status of the n Watt power amplifiers. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ. The number n may be 5, 0.2, or 1.
RF/IF UPCONVERT A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the current status of the RF/IF upconverter. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
XMTR LOCAL OSC A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the current status of the transmitter local oscillators. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
AGC ALARM A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the current status of the AGC voltage level alarm. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, LOW or UNEQ.
RCVR LOCAL OSC A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the current status of the receiver local oscillators. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
RCVR ADAP EQUAL A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the current status of the receiver adaptive slope equalizer. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ. This is only displayed in systems equipped with an adaptive slope equalizer.
Page 6 - 17
OPERATION
n WATT PWR AMP A: xxxx B: xxxx
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
ALARM MENU | MODEM DET’L? MOD INPUT CLOCK A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the current status of the modulator input clocks. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
MOD IF LEVEL A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the current status of the modulator IF levels. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
DEMOD BER A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the current status of the demodulator bit error rate (BER) alarm. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
DEMOD PLL A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the demodulator phase locked loop status. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
DEMOD IF LEVEL A: xxxx B: xxxx DEMOD ADAP EQUAL A: xxxx B: xxxx
Page 6 - 18
This display shows the current demodulator IF level status. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ. This display shows the current status of demodulator adaptive equalizers. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
ALARM MENU | MULDEX DET’L? WAYSIDE INPUT A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows what is found at the 2048 kb/s tributary inputs. The possible messages displayed are NORM, AIS, FAIL, or UNEQ. This display shows the current status of the 2048 kb/s tributary multiplexers. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
E3 INPUT A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows what is found at the E3 (34368 kb/s) input terminals. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, AIS, FAIL or UNEQ.
HI LEVEL MUX A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the current status of high level multiplexers. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
WAYSIDE OUTPUT A: xxxx B: xxxx WAYSIDE PLL A: xxxx B: xxxx WAYSIDE DEMUX A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows what is currently going out of 2048 kb/s tributary outputs. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, AIS or UNEQ. This display shows the current status of the phase locked loops for the wayside channels. The possible messages displayed can be NORM, FAIL or UNEQ. This display shows the current status of 2048 kb/s tributary demultiplexers. The possible messages displayed are NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
E3 OUTPUT A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows what is currently found at the E3 (34368 kb/s) output terminals. The possible messages displayed are NORM, AIS or UNEQ.
E3 OUTPUT LEVEL A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the current status of the E3 (34368 kb/s) output levels. The possible messages displayed are NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
E3 PLL A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the current status of E3 (34368 kb/s) phase locked loops. The possible messages displayed are NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
HI LEVEL DEMUX A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the current status of the high level demultiplexers. The possible messages displayed are NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
RMT HI LVL DEMUX xxxx
This display shows the current status of the remote high level demultiplexers. The possible messages displayed are NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
DMUX LINE DRIVER A: xxxx B: xxxx
This display shows the demultiplexer line driver status. The possible messages displayed are NORM, FAIL or UNEQ.
Page 6 - 19
OPERATION
WAYSIDE MUX A: xxxx B: xxxx
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Discrete controls and indicators Figure 6-4 through figure 6-11 indicate the location and function of the controls and indicators that are not part of the alarm / display panel. These figures also indicate the location and function of a number of connectors that are found on the front of the signal processing units. Figure 6-4: External Controls and Indicators on the Alarm / Display Panel
XMT LO MON
OPEN
RCV A
XMT A
RCV
XMT
ANTENNA COUPLING UNIT SD-98XXX
XMT LO MON
ALARM DISPLAY MAJOR
A
MINOR
B
OPEN
RCV B
XMT B
RCV
XMT
AGC
OVRD
DVM GND
MENU
EXEC
ACO
QUADRALINK®
This LED lights when there is a problem with the power supply (short circuit or over voltage at output).
This LED is lit while the power supply of this channels on. PS ALM
PS ALM
OFF ON RST
This switch turns on and off the channel power supply.
Page 6 - 20
OFF ON RST OPEN
RCV LO MON
OPEN
RCV LO MON
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Monitoring the line and patching-in test signals
OPERATION The Quadralink® radio provides the means to monitor both the E3 (34368 kb/s) channel and the E1 (2048 kb/s) channels without interrupting traffic. It also allows normal traffic to be replaced by test signals that are patched in by connectors on the front of the radio.
Monitoring and patching the tributary channels
The 2048 kb/s tributaries may be monitored and signals can be patched to the line via jacks on the line interface unit. The unbalanced line interface unit is equipped with two sets of four BNC connectors. They are mounted on the front panel of the unit and are labelled TEST IN 1 through TEST IN 4 and MON OUT 1 through MON OUT 4. Each of the TEST IN connectors has a switch beside it. Only the first two connectors (1 and 2) in each set are used by the Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio. When a switch (TEST IN 1 or TEST IN 2 for example) is in the normal (N) position, the tributary signals from the customer interface unit are fed to the muldex A and B units via the line interface unit. When a switch is set to the test (T) position, the corresponding signal is interrupted and a test signal can be patched into the line via the TEST IN jack. The MON OUT connectors can be connected to the test equipment without disrupting the line output (2048 kb/s tributary) signals to the customer interface unit.
! In order to use the connectors described above, the front door of the radio must be open. Radio interference can result. If an EMI compliant radio is operated with the door open, its EMI shielding will not be complete, with the result that the radio will not be operating within its EMI specifications. The orderwire unit test jacks
Two pairs of TRS jacks (VF1 IN / VF1 OUT and VF2 IN / VF2 OUT) and one telephone jack (HNDST) are equipped on the orderwire unit.
Page 6 - 21
OPERATION
The 34368 kb/s channel can be monitored and test signals can be patched into it via connectors on the front panel of the muldex unit. Use the connector labelled E3 MON to monitor the channel without affecting traffic. Use the connector labelled TEST IN to patch in test signals. When the switch labelled NORM TEST is in the TEST position, the signal at the TEST IN connector replaces the normal 34368 kb/s signal coming from the customer interface unit.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
VF1 IN / VF1 OUT and VF2 IN / VF2 OUT jacks pass digital service channel signals for channels 1 and 2 respectively. These jacks are used for test purposes only. HNDST is a modular telephone jack used for connecting a fourwire dual-tone multifrequency (DTMF) handset. NOTE
Inserting a plug into a TRS jack on the orderwire unit interrupts the corresponding signal to or from the customer and patches the signal carried by the inserted plug.
! In order to use the connectors described above, the front door of the radio must be open. Radio interference can result. If the EMI compliant radio is operated with the door open, its EMI shielding will not be complete, with the result that the radio will not be operating within its EMI specifications. Forcing traffic through one channel exclusively
Page 6 - 22
To force traffic to pass through one channel of the radio exclusively (on a protected radio only), set the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches on the controller unit to A (to the left) for channel A or to B (to the right) for channel B as desired. See figure 6-10.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Front panel lamps, test points, controls, and input / output jacks
OPERATION Figure 6-5: Illustration of the Alarm / Display Unit Front Panel (partial view of front door)
ALARM DISPLAY
MINOR
A AGC B
OVRD
DVM GND
MENU
Table 6-1:
Label
Type
EXEC
ACO
Alarm / Display Unit. Refer to figure 6-5
Description Lights to indicate a loss of data traffic at the transmit or receive direction.
MAJOR
Red LED
NOTE
The specific reason can be identified by scrolling through the alarm menus. Lights to indicate the system has an alarm, but there is no loss of data traffic at the transmit or receive direction. MINOR
Red LED
NOTE
The specific reason can be identified by scrolling through the alarm menus. OVERRIDE
Yellow LED
Lights to indicate the automatic protection logic function has been overridden locally or remotely or lights when a loopback is on.
ACO
Yellow LED
Lights to indicate that the summary alarm relay has been silenced (deactivated) by having pressed the alarm cutoff (ACO) button.
Page 6 - 23
OPERATION
MAJOR
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION Table 6-1:
Label
Type
Alarm / Display Unit. Refer to figure 6-5 (Continued) Description
Test point
Provides a sample of the AGC voltage, which is proportional to the corresponding receive RF signal level from receiver A (or B). A recorder can be connected to this test point.
DVM
Test point
Used in conjunction with a test lead and the LCD to monitor voltages at various locations throughout the radio. The accuracy of this voltmeter from -5 V to +5 V is ±0.5 V. Accuracy from -10 V to -5 V and from +5 V to +30 V is ±10%. The maximum input voltage range is from -10 Vdc to +30 Vdc.
GND
Test point
Provides equipment ground potential.
AGC A AGC B
Page 6 - 24
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Figure 6-6: Muldex Unit Front Panel, Illustrating Status (MAJ ALM) Lamps, Switches, and Test Points
E 3 T E S T
BNC connector; used for inserting an E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary test signal.
I N M A J
Red LED; lights to indicate that the muldex unit is in an alarm state.
A L M
N O R M
Toggle switch; set in the NORM position for normal unit operation, and in the TEST position when an E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary test signal is being used (see E3 TEST IN).
T E S T
BNC connector; used for monitoring the E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary output signal. E 3
MULDEX SD-108534
M O N
Page 6 - 25
OPERATION
LEQ1 and LEQ2: 2 station DIP switch that is used to enable or disable the E1 (2048 kb/s) channel 1 (LEQ1) or the E1 (2048 kb/s) channel 2 (LEQ2) input alarms or both.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Table 6-2: Label
Type
Muldex Unit. Refer to figure 6-6 Description
S1 LEQ
2 station DIP switch
Enables wayside channel input alarms.
E3 TEST IN
BNC jack
75 ohm port for connecting the input E3 (34368 kb/s) test signal.
MAJ ALM
Red LED
Lights to indicate a failure in the unit.
NORM / TEST
Toggle switch
Used to enable or disable the E3 (34368 kb/s) test input signal. Enabling interrupts the line input E3 (34368 kb/s) signal.
E3 MON
BNC jack
75 ohm unbalanced port for monitoring the output E3 (34368 kb/s) signal.
Page 6 - 26
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Figure 6-7: Modem Unit Front Panel, illustrating status (FAIL) lamp and test jacks
OPERATION
Red LED; lights to indicate that the modem unit is in an alarm state
I C L K
BNC connector; used to observe I channel clock (used to trigger oscilloscope).
I M O N
BNC connector: used to observe the I channel eye pattern.
Q M O N
BNC connector; used to observe the Q channel eye pattern.
MODEM SD-108542
F A I L
Page 6 - 27
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Table 6-3: Label
Type
Modem Unit. Refer to figure 6-7 Description
FAIL
Red LED
Lights to indicate a failure of the unit to function.
I MON
BNC jack
90 mV peak-to-peak, ±20 mV at 75 ohms.
Q MON
BNC jack
90 mV peak-to-peak, ±20 mV at 75 ohms.
I CLK
BNC jack
19.98 MHz, 0.8 V peak-to-peak, ±0.1 V level at 75 ohms.
Page 6 - 28
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Figure 6-8: Orderwire Unit Front Panel, Showing Jacks, Toggle Switch, and Volume Control
OPERATION
V F I 1 N T O E U S T T
TRS jacks; used to monitor voice frequency input and output signals V F I 2 N T O E U S T T
A U T O
S P K RO N
Toggle switch, used for switching the speaker ON or AUTO
Control potentiometer, used for adjusting speaker volume
H N D S T
Telephone jack, for connecting orderwire handset
S P K R
Connector plug, for connecting speaker
ORDERWIRE SD-098780
S V P O K L R
Page 6 - 29
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Table 6-4: Label
Type
Orderwire Unit. Refer to figure 6-8 Description
VF 1 TEST IN / OUT
TRS minijack
Input / output jack for digital service channel 1. Used for testing only. Inserting a plug in this jack interrupts the corresponding signal.
VF 2 TEST IN / OUT
TRS minijack
Input / output jack for digital service channel 2. Used for testing only. Inserting a plug in this jack interrupts the corresponding signal.
SPKR / AUTO / ON
Toggle switch
Allow the speaker to be always on or disabled when the handset is off hook.
VOL
Potentiometer adjustment
Used to adjust speaker volume.
HANDSET
Phone jack
Modular telephone jack for four wire DTMF handset.
SPKR
Mini-jack
Used to connect the speaker that is mounted on the door.
Page 6 - 30
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Figure 6-9: DVS Q™ Unit Front Panel, Showing Jacks, Toggle Switch, and Volume Control
OPERATION
V F 1
I N
T E S T
O U T
V F 2
I N
T E S T
O U T
A U T S O P K R O N S V P O K L R S P K R
Toggle switch, used for switching the speaker ON or AUTO
Control potentiometer, used for adjusting speaker volume Connector plug, for connecting speaker
Telephone jack, for connecting orderwire handset
DVS Q SD-099980
H N D S T
TRS jacks; used to monitor voice frequency input and output signals
Page 6 - 31
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Table 6-5: Label
Type
DVS Q™ Unit. Refer to figure 6-9 Description
VF 1 TEST IN / OUT
TRS minijack
Input / output jack for digital service channel 1. Used for testing only. Inserting a plug in this jack interrupts the corresponding signal.
VF 2 TEST IN / OUT
TRS minijack
Input / output jack for digital service channel 2. Used for testing only. Inserting a plug in this jack interrupts the corresponding signal.
SPKR / AUTO / ON
Toggle switch
Allow the speaker to be always on or disabled when the handset is off hook.
VOL
Potentiometer adjustment
Used to adjust speaker volume.
HANDSET
Phone jack
Modular telephone jack for four wire DTMF handset.
SPKR
Mini-jack
Used to connect the speaker that is mounted on the door.
Page 6 - 32
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Figure 6-10: Controller Unit Front Panel, Showing Jacks, Switches, and Controls
A B D M X A B X M T A B
SW A A U T O
Instructions for use of control toggle switches (above): Switch in center position—system is in automatic mode. Switch set to the left—traffic should pass through channel A (A lamp should light). Switch set to the right—traffic should pass through channel B (B lamp should light)
B
A L M
L A T C H
Red LED indicates that a demultiplexer line driver is failing or has failed (latch alarm)
R S T
Push-button switch used to clear latch alarm M A N F A I L
Yellow LED lights to indicate system under manual control Red LED lights to indicate a failure of the protection system.
E Q P D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
This DIP switch has no function on this version of the Quadralink®
CONTROLLER SD-098750
L I N E
Page 6 - 33
OPERATION
D E M
Control toggle switches used to manually select demodulator, demultiplexer, or transmitter to lock on line (see instructions below). Status lamps light to indicate traffic path: DEModulator A or B (green LEDs). DMX (demultiplexer) A or B (green LEDs). XMT (transmitter) A or B (green LEDs). In frequency diversity and frequency / space diversity schemes, both transmitters are always on. For this reason, both XMT LEDs are on AND the XMT Switch is disabled. The fact that a transmitter is on does not mean that traffic is necessarily passing through it; if it is on and in alarm, traffic will not pass through it.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Table 6-6: Label
Type
Controller Unit. Refer to figure 6-10 Description
DEM
3-position switch
Used to enable or disable automatic switching of the radio receivers: toggle to right forces B demodulator on, toggle to left forces A demodulator on, center position enables automatic protection.
A
Green LED
Lights to indicate channel A receiver is on.
B
Green LED
Lights to indicate channel B receiver is on.
DMX
3-position switch
Used to enable or disable the automatic switching function of the muldex. Toggle to left forces A muldex on, toggle to right forces B muldex on, center position enables the automatic protection function.
A
Green LED
Lights to indicate channel A muldex is on†.
B
Green LED
Lights to indicate channel B muldex is on†.
XMT
3-position switch
Used to enable or disable the automatic switching function of the radio transmitters. Toggle to left forces transmitter A on, toggle to right forces transmitter B on, center position enables automatic protection. This switch is disabled in frequency diversity an frequency / space diversity protection schemes.
A
Green LED
Lights to indicate transmitter A is on†.
B
Green LED
Lights to indicate transmitter B is on†.
LATCH
Red LED
Lights when the line output signal(s) fails. The controller will select the output signals from the opposite channel to try not to lose traffic. Light stays lit until latch reset.
LATCH RST
Push-button switch
Used to clear the latch after the fault condition at the line output has been fixed
MAN
Yellow LED
Lights if one or more automatic switch function is enabled or any loopback is active.
FAIL
Red LED
Lights when the CPU in the controller unit malfunctions
LINE EQPD (1 ~ 8)
8-position DIP switch
These switches have no function on this radio. They should be in the OFF position. The wayside tributaries are enabled via switches on the Muldex card
†
In frequency diversity and frequency / space diversity schemes, both transmitters are always on. For this reason, both XMT LEDs are on and the XMT switch is disabled. The fact that a transmitter is on does not mean that traffic is necessarily passing through it. If it is on and the transmitter is in alarm, traffic is not passing through it.
Page 6 - 34
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Figure 6-11: Four tributary Unbalanced Line Interface Unit Front Panel, Showing Jacks, Switches, and Controls I N 1
I N 2
I N 3
BNC jacks are for patching signals in when corresponding toggle switch is set to T(est) position. On your radio, the line interface unit may be equipped with TRS plugs instead of BNC jacks and toggle switches. Normal / test selection is automatic upon insertion of the TRS jack.
I N 1
O M U O T N 1 O M U O T N 2 O M U O T N 3
BNC jacks used for monitoring tributaries. On your radio, the line interface unit may be equipped with TRS plugs instead of BNC jacks.
O M U O T N 4
Page 6 - 35
OPERATION
T E S T N T T E S T N T T E S T N T T E S T N T
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Table 6-7:
Line Interface Unit. Refer to figure 6-11
Label
Type
TEST IN (1 ~ 4)
BNC jack
Used to insert 2048 kb/s wayside test input signals and to monitor wayside output signals. Only the first two inputs and outputs are used.
N← T→
Toggle switches
The N position switches normal 2048 kb/s wayside tributary traffic to the muldex. The T position switches user test signal at the corresponding TEST IN connector to the muldex.
MON OUT (1 ~ 4)
BNC jack
Used to monitor 2048 kb/s wayside line output signals to customer equipment. Only the first two inputs and outputs are used.
Page 6 - 36
Description
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Power supply failure indicator Power supply operating indicator
XMT LO MON
OPEN
PS ALM
OFF ON RST OPEN
Table 6-8: Type
XMT
RF transmit output (connect to the antenna coupling unit) RF receive input (connect to the antenna coupling unit)
Power switch
Label
RCV
OPERATION
Receive local oscillator jack for monitoring the receive frequency To maintain the resistance of the radio to electromagnetic interference (EMI), a metal cap is used to cover this jack. Always replace this cap after removing it.
SD-XXXXXX
Figure 6-12: Transceiver Unit Front Panel
RCV LO MON
Transmit local oscillator jack for monitoring the receive frequency To maintain the resistance of the radio to electromagnetic interference (EMI), a metal cap is used to cover this jack. Always replace this cap after removing it.
TransceiveR Unit. Refer to figure 6-12 Description
XMT LO MON
SMA jack
Jack for monitoring the receiver local oscillator output frequency.
RCV LO MON
SMA jack
Jack for monitoring the transmitter local oscillator output frequency.
RF RCV IN
SMA jack
RF input from the antenna coupling unit
RF XMT OUT
SMA jack
RF output to the antenna coupling unit
Page 6 - 37
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION Table 6-8: Label
Type
TransceiveR Unit. Refer to figure 6-12 Description
OFF / ON / RST
Switch
Used to turn off, turn on, or reset the power supply unit (part of transceiver assembly).
OFF / ON / RST
Green LED
Indicates power supply is turned on.
PS ALM
Red LED
Indicates a failure in one of the power supply unit circuits.
Page 6 - 38
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Remote control, alarm, and status functions available to the user There are three different ways of controlling and monitoring the Quadralink® radio from a remote location:
2. You can use a TBOS interface to connect a TBOS alarm remote assembly unit to the Quadralink® radio. See figure 6-14. TBOS is not available with 1:N systems. 3. You can use a FARSCAN™ interface to connect a FARSCAN™ terminal to the Quadralink® radio using the Harris Digital VersaT1lity DVA. See figure 6-15. Table 6-9 and table 6-10 list and describe all of the remote controls and remote alarm / status monitoring functions available on the Quadralink® radio. Note that the number of functions available depends upon: •
The remote control method used,
•
Whether you have a user interface unit or not,
•
Whether the user interface unit is equipped with an alarm and control extender unit,
•
What options the alarm and control extender unit is equipped with.
Page 6 - 39
OPERATION
1. You can use separate wires to connect an alarm remote assembly unit to the Quadralink® radio control inputs and alarm relay outputs on the radio backplane, or the optional user interface unit, or both. See figure 6-13.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Figure 6-13: Typical Hard Wired Parallel Alarm Remote Assembly Unit Setup (Using Third Party Vendor Equipment)
QUADRALINK® RADIO MASTER SERIAL DATA CHANNEL
QUADRALINK® RADIO
SERIAL DATA CHANNEL
ACE REMOTE CONTROL ALARM INPUTS OUTPUTS
PARALLEL RTU MASTER
DATA TERMINAL
Page 6 - 40
QUADRALINK® RADIO
SERIAL DATA CHANNEL
ACE REMOTE CONTROL ALARM INPUTS OUTPUTS
PARALLEL RTU
QUADRALINK® RADIO
ACE REMOTE CONTROL ALARM INPUTS OUTPUTS
PARALLEL RTU
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION Figure 6-14: Typical TBOS (Serial Alarm Remote Assembly Unit) Setup (Using Third Party Vendor Equipment)
SERIAL DATA CHANNEL
TBOS RTU MASTER
QUADRALINK® RADIO
QUADRALINK® RADIO
SERIAL DATA CHANNEL
SERIAL DATA CHANNEL
TBOS RTU
QUADRALINK® RADIO
SERIAL DATA CHANNEL
TBOS RTU
DATA TERMINAL
Page 6 - 41
OPERATION
QUADRALINK® RADIO MASTER
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Figure 6-15: Typical FARSCAN™ Setup
QUADRALINK® RADIO MASTER SERIAL DATA CHANNEL
QUADRALINK® RADIO
QUADRALINK® RADIO
SERIAL DATA CHANNEL
SERIAL DATA CHANNEL
QUADRALINK® RADIO
SERIAL DATA CHANNEL
DVA MASTER
DVA
DVA
SITE SITE ALARM CONTROL INPUTS OUTPUTS
SITE SITE ALARM CONTROL INPUTS OUTPUTS
SITE SITE ALARM CONTROL INPUTS OUTPUTS
™
FARSCAN TERMINAL
Page 6 - 42
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Table 6-9:
Remote Alarms and Status Function Outputs Available to the User Access Network management
Local site relay outputs Description
Normally this alarm indicates that there Major / relay 4 is a loss of traffic in either the transmit or receive path. Normally this alarm indicates that one or more alarms are active in the radio, but Minor / relay that there is no loss of traffic. 3 Consequently it is never on at the same time as the major alarm. Normally this alarm indicates that the automatic protection system has been Override / overridden: traffic has been forced onto a relay 2 particular channel and, or a loopback has been initiated, or both. This is a binary coded analog voltage Power level proportional to the A channel amplifier A (analog level) power amplifier output power. This is a binary coded analog voltage Power amplifier B level proportional to the B channel (analog level) power amplifier output power. This alarm indicates that there is a Power problem in the A channel power amplifier A amplifier. alarm Power This alarm indicates that there is a amplifier B problem in the B channel power alarm amplifier. This alarm indicates that the transmitter Transmit A local oscillator A channel local oscillator is not alarm functioning properly. Transmit B This alarm indicates that the transmitter local oscillator B channel local oscillator is not alarm functioning properly. Receiver A This alarm indicates that the receiver A local oscillator channel local oscillator is not alarm functioning properly.
Backplane / customer panel
User interfacea. TBOS FARSCAN™ See appendix B
YES
YES (WOA)
YES
YES
YES
YES (WOA)
YES
YES
YES
YES (WOA)
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
Page 6 - 43
OPERATION
Alarm / status function
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION Table 6-9:
Remote Alarms and Status Function Outputs Available to the User (Continued) Access Network management
Local site relay outputs Alarm / status function
Receiver B local oscillator alarm RF/IF module upconverter A RF/IF module upconverter B AGC A alarm
AGC B alarm AGC A (analog level) AGC B (analog level) Receive adaptive equalizer A Receive adaptive equalizer B BER alarm A demodulator BER alarm B demodulator Modem unit A alarm Modem unit B alarm
Page 6 - 44
Description Backplane / customer panel This alarm indicates that the receiver B channel local oscillator is not functioning properly. This alarm indicates that the A channel RF/IF upconverter is malfunctioning. This alarm indicates that the B channel RF/IF upconverter is malfunctioning. This alarm indicates that the A channel AGC voltage has dropped below the alarm threshold. This alarm indicates that the B channel AGC voltage has dropped below the alarm threshold. This is a binary coded analog voltage level proportional to the A channel AGC voltage. This is a binary coded analog voltage level proportional to the B channel AGC voltage. This alarm indicates that the adaptive slope equalizer in the A channel is in alarm (slope stress) or has failed. This alarm indicates that the adaptive slope equalizer in the B channel is in alarm (slope stress) or has failed. This alarm indicates that the pseudoBER detector in channel A has passed its alarm threshold. This alarm indicates that the pseudoBER detector in channel B has passed its alarm threshold. This alarm indicates that there is a problem in the A channel modem. This alarm indicates that there is a problem in the B channel modem.
User interfacea. TBOS FARSCAN™ See appendix B
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES (AA)
YES
YES
NO
YES (AA)
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION Table 6-9:
Remote Alarms and Status Function Outputs Available to the User (Continued) Access Network management
Local site relay outputs Alarm / status function
Backplane / customer panel This alarm indicates that the A channel demodulator is in alarm. This alarm indicates that the B channel demodulator is in alarm. This alarm indicates that the A channel modulator is in alarm. This alarm indicates that the B channel modulator is in alarm.
NO NO NO NO
User interfacea. TBOS FARSCAN™ See appendix B YES (AA) YES (AA) YES (AA) YES (AA)
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
This alarm indicates that the A channel NO modulator or demodulator is in alarm.
YES (CPD)
NO
NO
This alarm indicates that the B channel NO modulator or demodulator is in alarm.
YES (CPD)
NO
NO
NO
YES (AA, CPD)
YES
YES
NO
YES (AA, CPD)
YES
YES
NO
YES (AA)
YES
YES
NO
YES (AA)
YES
YES
NO
YES (CPD)
NO
NO
NO
YES (AA)
YES
YES
This alarm indicates that there is a Muldex unit A problem in the A channel multiplexer or alarm demultiplexer. This alarm indicates that there is a Muldex unit B problem in the B channel multiplexer or alarm demultiplexer. This alarm indicates that there is an AIS AIS transmit condition in the A channel transmit A stream. This alarm indicates that there is an AIS AIS transmit condition in the B channel transmit B stream. This alarm indicates that there is an AIS condition in the A channel or B channel AIS transmit transmit stream or that the input signal A or B / input on one or more of the A or B channel loss A or B tributaries (34368 kb/s or 2048 kb/s) has been lost. This alarm indicates that there is an AIS AIS receive A condition in the A channel receive stream.
Page 6 - 45
OPERATION
Modem unit A receive Modem unit B receive Modem unit A transmit Modem unit B transmit Modem unit A transmit or receive Modem unit B transmit or receive
Description
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION Table 6-9:
Remote Alarms and Status Function Outputs Available to the User (Continued) Access Network management
Local site relay outputs Alarm / status function
Description
This alarm indicates that there is an AIS AIS receive B condition in the B channel receive stream. This alarm indicates that there is an AIS AIS receive A condition in the A channel or B channel or B receive stream. Power supply This alarm indicates that the A channel unit A alarm power supply has failed. Power supply This alarm indicates that the B channel unit B alarm power supply has failed. Wayside This alarm indicates that the input signal tributary input on one or more of the A channel wayside loss A (2048 kb/s) tributaries has been lost. Wayside This alarm indicates that the input signal tributary input on one or more of the B channel wayside (2048 kb/s) tributaries has been lost. loss B E3 This alarm indicates that the E3 (34368 kb/s) (34368 kb/s) input signal on the A tributary input channel has been lost. loss A E3 This alarm indicates that the E3 (34368 kb/s) (34368 kb/s) input signal on the A tributary input channel has been lost. loss B Demultiplexer This alarm indicates that because of a latch alarm problem sensed at the demultiplexer line (this is called drivers, the protection system has the standby switched traffic to the demultiplexer on line driver fail the other (current) channel. It indicates on that there is or has been a problem in the FARSCAN™) off-line demultiplexer. This status signal indicates that someone Local override has used the controls on the radio to alarm override the protection system, forcing traffic onto a particular channel.
Page 6 - 46
Backplane / customer panel
User interfacea. TBOS FARSCAN™ See appendix B
NO
YES (AA)
YES
YES
NO
YES (CPD)
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES YES
YES (WOA) YES (WOA)
NO
YES (AA)
YES
YES
NO
YES (AA)
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES (AA, CPD)
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
NO
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION Table 6-9:
Remote Alarms and Status Function Outputs Available to the User (Continued) Access Local site relay outputs
Alarm / status function
2048 kb/s tributary 1 loopback 2048 kb/s tributary 2 loopback 2048 kb/s tributary multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback E3 loopback status Transmitter A in service Transmitter B in service Demodulator A in service Demodulator B in service
Backplane / customer panel The radio back plane has eight inputs that can be monitored by a remote TBOS or FARSCAN™ terminal. The user may use them to monitor things such as open doors, fuel level, etc. These inputs are not latched. When they are at ground or CMOS low logic level, they read as 1 (alarm); when they are high or not connected, they are read as 0. This status signal indicates that 2048 kb/s tributary 1 is in loopback mode. This status signal indicates that 2048 kb/s tributary 2 is in loopback mode. This status signal indicates that the 2048 kb/s tributaries are in multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback mode. This feature is not available with muldex unit SD-108534-M2. This status signal indicates that the E3 (34368 kb/s) data is looping back from the output of the demultiplexer to the input of the multiplexer. This status signal indicates that the A channel transmitter is currently carrying traffic. This status signal indicates that the B channel transmitter is currently carrying traffic. This status signal indicates that the demodulator in the A channel is currently selected to carry traffic. This status signal indicates that the demodulator in the B channel is currently selected to carry traffic.
User interfacea. TBOS FARSCAN™ See appendix B
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES (AA)
YES
YES
NO
YES (AA)
YES
YES
NO
YES (AA)
YES
YES
NO
YES (AA)
YES
YES
Page 6 - 47
OPERATION
External input 1 through 8
Description
Network management
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION Table 6-9:
Remote Alarms and Status Function Outputs Available to the User (Continued) Access Network management
Local site relay outputs Alarm / status function
Description
This status signal indicates that either the A channel or B channel muldex unit is in service. Muldex A in This status signal indicates that the A service channel muldex unit is in service. Muldex B in This status signal indicates that the B service channel muldex unit is in service. This status signal indicates that a remote Remote control has priority over the local (site) priority high radio control overrides. This status signal indicates that the Multiplexer to composite data is looping back from the demultiplexer output of the multiplexer to the input of loopback the demultiplexer. This status signal indicates that a remote Remote control has forced traffic onto a transmitter override particular transmitter. This status signal indicates that a remote Remote demodulator control has forced traffic onto a override particular demodulator. Remote This status signal indicates that a remote muldex control has forced traffic onto a override particular muldex. This status signal indicates the state of Relay 1 relay number 1. This status signal indicates the state of Relay 2 relay number 2. This status signal indicates the state of Relay 3 relay number 3. This status signal indicates the state of Relay 4 relay number 4. This alarm indicates that there is a Audible major, minor, or override alarm.
Muldex A or B in service
Page 6 - 48
Backplane / customer panel
User interfacea. TBOS FARSCAN™ See appendix B
NO
YES (AA)
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES (WOA)
NO
NO
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION Table 6-9:
Remote Alarms and Status Function Outputs Available to the User (Continued) Access Network management
Local site relay outputs Alarm / status function
Muldex A force locally
Muldex B force locally
Modem A force locally
Modem B force locally
Radio A force locally
Radio B force locally Receiver A Receiver B Receiver / transmitter A Receiver / transmitter B
Backplane / customer panel This status signal indicates that the optional internal orderwire unit has been addressed. This status signal indicates that someone has used the controls on the radio to force traffic through the A channel muldex. This status signal indicates that someone has used the controls on the radio to force traffic through the B channel muldex. This status signal indicates that someone has used the controls on the radio to force traffic through the A channel modem. This status signal indicates that someone has used the controls on the radio to force traffic through the B channel modem. This status signal indicates that someone has used the controls on the radio to force traffic through the A channel transmitter. This status signal indicates that someone has used the controls on the radio to force traffic through the B channel transmitter. This alarm indicates that there is a problem in the A channel receiver. This alarm indicates that there is a problem in the B channel receiver. This alarm indicates that there is a problem in the A channel transceiver. This alarm indicates that there is a problem in the B channel transceiver.
User interfacea. TBOS FARSCAN™ See appendix B
YES
YES (WOA)
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO NO NO NO
YES (AA) YES (AA) YES (CPD) YES (CPD)
Page 6 - 49
OPERATION
E lead
Description
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION Table 6-9:
Remote Alarms and Status Function Outputs Available to the User (Continued) Access Network management
Local site relay outputs Alarm / status function
Description
This alarm indicates that there has been a loss of communications between the ACE and the controller unit. This alarm indicates that there is a Transmitter A problem in the A channel transmitter. This alarm indicates that there is a Transmitter B problem in the B channel transmitter. This alarm indicates that the optional ACE fail alarm and control extender has failed. Off-hook 1 Available with the DVS Q™ service and 2 output channel only. This output indicates that (OH1O, the local site service channel (channel 1 OH2O) or 2) is off-hook.
Serial link
Backplane / customer panel
NO NO NO NO
YES
User interfacea. TBOS FARSCAN™ See appendix B YES (AA, CPD) YES (AA) YES (AA) YES (AA, CPD) YES (WOA)
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NOTE
The codes in parenthesis (AA, CPD, WOA) in the user interface column indicate which user interface configuration option provides the function in that row. The user interface unit is available with or without an ACE (alarm and control extender). Further, the ACE is available in two different optional configurations: ‘all alarms’ and ‘compressed’. As the names imply, the ‘compressed’ option has a basic set of relays and controls and the ‘all alarms’ option has all available relays and controls. In the above table, CPD indicates that the function is available only on the ‘compressed’ option of the ACE, and AA indicates that the function is available only on the ‘all alarms’ option of the ACE. WOA indicates that the function is available with or without the ACE being equipped.
a. With version 6 or greater software. See 'Determining the software version of the optional alarm and control extender board' on page B - 34 for more information.
Page 6 - 50
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Table 6-10: Remote Control Function Inputs Available to the User Access
Backplane / User interface customer with ACE. See panel appendix B Reset demultiplexer latch (called This control resets the demultiplexer alarm ‘standby line latch. driver fail latch’ on FARSCAN™) This control causes traffic on tributary 1 to Wayside loopback from the output of the demultiplexer tributary 1 to the input of the multiplexer. It is used to loopback loopback traffic over one or more hops. This control causes traffic on tributary 2 to Wayside loopback from the output of the demultiplexer tributary 2 to the input of the multiplexer. It is used to loopback loopback traffic over one or more hops. This control causes E3 (34368 kb/s) traffic to E3 (34368 kb/s) loopback from the output of the demultiplexer tributary to the input of the multiplexer. It is used to loopback loopback traffic over one or more hops. This control causes A channel E3 E3 (34368 kb/s) (34368 kb/s) traffic to loopback from the tributary A output of the demultiplexer to the input of the loopback multiplexer. It is used to loopback traffic over one or more hops (for 1:N systems only). This control causes B channel E3 E3 (34368 kb/s) (34368 kb/s) traffic to loopback from the tributary B output of the demultiplexer to the input of the loopback multiplexer. It is used to loopback traffic over one or more hops (for 1:N systems only). Remote select This control forces traffic through the A transmitter A channel transmitter. Remote select This control forces traffic through the B transmitter B channel transmitter.
TBOS
Description
NO
YES
YES YES
NO
YES
YES YES
NO
YES
YES YES
NO
YES
YES YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES YES
NO
YES
YES YES
Page 6 - 51
OPERATION
Control
Network management FARSCAN™
Local site logic inputs
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
Table 6-10: Remote Control Function Inputs Available to the User (Continued) Access
Description Backplane / User interface customer with ACE. See panel appendix B
Remote select demodulator A Remote select demodulator B Remote select muldex A Remote select muldex B
Remote priority high
Multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback status point Multiplexer to demultiplexer A loopback status point Multiplexer to demultiplexer B loopback status point Clear remote transmitter switch override Clear remote demodulator switch override Page 6 - 52
This control forces traffic through the A channel demodulator. This control forces traffic through the B channel demodulator. This control forces traffic through the A channel muldex. This control forces traffic through the B channel muldex. This control toggles the priority of remote override between low priority and high priority. When remote override priority is high, override priority is (1) local, (2) remote, (3) automatic. When remote override priority is low, override priority is (1) local, (2) automatic, (3) remote. This control causes traffic to loopback from the output of the multiplexer to the input of the demultiplexer. It allows you to loopback traffic within a single radio without going over a hop. This control causes traffic to loopback from the output of the A channel multiplexer to the input of the demultiplexer. It allows you to loopback traffic within a single radio without going over a hop (for 1:N systems only). This control causes traffic to loopback from the output of the B channel multiplexer to the input of the demultiplexer. It allows you to loopback traffic within a single radio without going over a hop (for 1:N systems only).
TBOS
Control
Network management FARSCAN™
Local site logic inputs
NO
YES
YES YES
NO
YES
YES YES
NO
YES
YES YES
NO
YES
YES YES
For separate wire remote control, this function is set by segment 6 of DIP switch YES NO S7 on the controller unit. ON = remote priority high. OFF = remote priority low.
NO
YES
YES YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
This control removes remote overrides affecting the transmitters.
NO
NO
YES YES
This control removes remote overrides affecting the demodulators.
NO
NO
YES YES
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION Table 6-10: Remote Control Function Inputs Available to the User (Continued) Access
Description
Clear remote This control removes remote overrides muldex switch affecting the muldex units. override When segment 7 of S11 on the controller is in Relay 1 the OFF position, this relay can be controlled command point by a TBOS or FARSCAN™ remote terminal. When segment 7 of S11 on the controller is in Relay 2 the OFF position, this relay can be controlled command point by a TBOS or FARSCAN™ remote terminal. When segment 7 of S11 on the controller is in Relay 3 the OFF position, this relay can be controlled command point by a TBOS or FARSCAN™ remote terminal. When segment 7 of S11 on the controller is in Relay 4 the OFF position, this relay can be controlled command point by a TBOS or FARSCAN™ remote terminal. If the current demand of the load on power supply A exceeds the safety limit of the power Power supply supply, the pulse width modulation switcher reset A of the power supply automatically turns off. This control turns the A channel power supply unit back on. If the current demand of the load on power supply B exceeds the safety limit of the power Power supply supply, the pulse width modulation switcher reset B of the power supply automatically turns off. This control turns the B channel power supply unit back on. Off-hook 1 and Available with the DVS Q™ service channel 2 input (OH1I, only. This control places the local site service channel (voice channel 1 or 2) off-hook. OH2I)
NO
NO
YES YES
NO
NO
YES YES
NO
NO
YES YES
NO
NO
YES YES
NO
NO
YES YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
Page 6 - 53
OPERATION
Backplane / User interface customer with ACE. See panel appendix B
TBOS
Control
Network management FARSCAN™
Local site logic inputs
OPERATION
Using a hard wired remote control to control and monitor the Quadralink®
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Hard wired remote control refers to the situation where the user controls and monitors the Quadralink® via an RTU (alarm remote assembly unit) that is connected to the various relays and control inputs available on the Quadralink®. What the user can do from the RTU, depends on what connections have been made to the Quadralink® and whether the Quadralink® is equipped with a user interface unit containing the optional alarm control extender unit (ACE). Table 6-9 and table 6-10 describe the various control connections and indicate whether they are available on the basic Quadralink® (backplane) or the ACE (user interface). In many cases Harris will install a RTU (manufactured by a third party) in the rack with the radio before it is shipped to the customer. This RTU may or may not be connected to the control connections of the Quadralink®, depending on the requirements of the customer. In the case where the connections have been made, they will be documented in the FWL (appendix C). For information on how to control the RTU, refer to the documentation supplied with the RTU.
Using FARSCAN™ to control and monitor the Quadralink®
Page 6 - 54
FARSCAN™ is a system whereby the user controls and monitors the Quadralink® over a serial link from a FARSCAN™ master terminal. Table 6-9 and table 6-10 indicate what control functions are accessible by FARSCAN™. Your FARSCAN™ instruction manual explains how to execute them.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
OPERATION
SECTION 6:OPERATION
Controlling and monitoring the Quadralink® with TBOS
It is possible to monitor and control up to eight Quadralink® radios from a alarm remote assembly unit (RTU) using the TBOS (telemetry byte oriented serial) protocol (AT&T CB 149). To do so, you need to have a TBOS alarm remote assembly unit connected to the radios as indicated in the installation section of this manual. NOTE
TBOS is not available with a 1:N system. Standard TBOS display maps
Table 6-11 and table 6-12 show how the scan points (alarm and status) and command points are mapped into the standard TBOS displays of the Quadralink®. See table 6-9 and table 6-10 for descriptions of the various alarm, status, and command points. The external alarm inputs are not latched. If the input is grounded it will show a 1 (alarm). Bits 4 through 7 of character 8 in the scan point display give the state of relays 1 through 4. If segment 7 of S11 on the controller unit is in the OFF position, the state of these relays is controlled by points 60 through 63 in the control point display. If segment 7 is in the ON position, relay 1 is not used and relays 2 through 4 give the override alarm, the minor alarm, and the major alarm respectively. The Quadralink® accepts only ‘momentary’ format TBOS commands. Commands will toggle or clear the control point specified. Command points 57, 58, and 59 are cleared when a command is addressed to them; all other command points toggle, that is to say they go to their opposite state.
Page 6 - 54
Page 6 - 55
7
Remote muldex unit Relay 1 status Relay 2 status override status point point point
a. Not available with muldex unit SD-108534-M2.
Remote demodulator override status point
Remote transmitter override status point
6
Muldex A in service status point
Demodulator B in service status point
Transmitter A Transmitter B Demodulator in service in service A in service status point status point status point
5
4
3
2
Muldex unit B alarm point Wayside tributary input loss B alarm point External input #4 status point E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary Not used loopback status point
RF/IF module RF/IF module AGC A alarm AGC B alarm upconverter A upconverter B point point alarm point alarm point
1
Bit 5 Transmitter A local oscillator alarm point Receiver adaptive slope equalizer A alarm point AIS transmit A alarm point E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary input loss A alarm point External input #5 status point
Modem unit A Modem unit B Muldex unit A alarm point alarm point alarm point Wayside Power supply Power supply tributary input unit A alarm unit B alarm loss A alarm point point point External input External input External input #1 status point #2 status point #3 status point Wayside Wayside Wayside multiplexer to tributary 1 tributary 2 demultiplexer loopback loopback loopbacka status point status point status point
Minor alarm, alarm point
Major alarm, alarm point
Bit 4 Power amplifier B alarm point
0
Bit 3 Power amplifier A alarm point
Bit 2
Bit 1
Character
Relay 3 status point
Muldex B in service status point
Not used
Not used
BER B demodulator alarm point
Multiplexer to demultiplexer loopback status point Relay 4 status Not used point
Remote priority high status point
Not used
Demultiplexer Local override latch alarm, alarm point alarm point
AIS receive A AIS receive B alarm point alarm point
BER A demodulator alarm point
External input External input #8 #7 status point status point
Bit 7 Bit 8 Receiver A Receiver B local local oscillator oscillator alarm alarm point point
Bit 6 Transmitter B local oscillator alarm point Receiver adaptive slope equalizer B alarm point AIS transmit B alarm point E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary input loss B alarm point External input #6 status point
Table 6-11: Standard TBOS scan point display for Quadralink®
OPERATION Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
7
6
Not used
Bit 7 Not used Not used Not used Reset demultiplexer latch command point Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Bit 8 Not used Not used Not used
a. Not available with muldex unit SD-108534-M2.
Remote Remote select Remote select Remote select Remote select Remote select Remote select Remote priority multiplexer to transmitter A transmitter B demodulator A demodulator B muldex A muldex B high command demultiplexer command point command point command point command point command point command point point loopback command point Clear remote Clear remote Clear remote transmitter demodulator muldex unit Relay 1 Relay 2 Relay 3 Relay 4 Not used switch override switch override switch override command point command point command point command point command point command point command point
Not used
E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary Not used loopback command point
Not used
Bit 6 Not used Not used Not used
Not used
Not used
Bit 5 Not used Not used Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Bit 4 Not used Not used Not used
OPERATION
5
Not used
4
Not used
Bit 3 Not used Not used Not used
Not used Wayside Wayside Wayside multiplexer to tributary 1 tributary 2 demultiplexer loopback loopback loopbacka command point command point command point
Not used
Not used
3 Not used
Bit 2 Not used Not used Not used
Character Bit 1 0 Not used 1 Not used 2 Not used
Table 6-12: Standard TBOS control point display for Quadralink®
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPERATION
Page 6 - 56
Quadralink Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
SECTION 7 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Figure 7: Table 7:
1.
Routine tests using the alarm / display panel
Quadralink® radio equipment should be checked periodically for proper performance. The radio alarm / display panel should be used to perform most of the routine maintenance tests. Compare the routine maintenance measurements with measurements during initial testing at the factory (see the factory test data sheets in appendix E to determine any degradation in the performance of the system).
Measure transmitter output power and frequency
As required by the FCC for North American standard radios, check the transmitter output power and frequency once a year. In addition, record all measurements in the routine maintenance log. Refer to 'Align the radio' on page 5 - 27, for how to measure output power and frequency.
Measure received signal level (RSL)
Check the received signal level (RSL) at least once a year. Refer to the 'Align the radio' on page 5 - 27, for how to measure the received signal level of the radio.
! Do not make any adjustments if the measurements fall within the given tolerances. Touch-up tuning should not be attempted unless it is required after changing a critical component in the signal path. All controls have been preset at the factory and should not require adjustment in service. If a major adjustment appears necessary, check the measuring technique and test equipment setting before making the adjustment.
Overall assembly check
Routinely observe the alarm indicators (red LEDs) on radio unit front panels and the messages on the alarm / display panel. Refer all alarm indications to the trouble isolation chart in section 8. Refer to the SCAS glossary in section 6 for the meaning of status messages on the alarm / display panel. Table 6-1 to table 6-8 define the front panel LED lamps, monitor jacks, controls, and switches of the assembly.
Page 7 - 1
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Measure performance degradation
Quadralink Capacity Radio
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
The routine maintenance log
Record all routine maintenance checks and measurements in the routine maintenance log form. Copies of this form are kept in appendix E.
2.
Recommended test equipment
The alarm / display panel should be used for routine maintenance tests when measuring the transmitter output power and the receiver AGC voltage.
3.
Keep the radio clean and physically neat
Keeping the assembly clean and physically neat helps keep it in good operating condition. Do not keep tools in the assembly. Shut the assembly doors and replace the back cover before leaving the site.
Page 7 - 2
Quadralink Capacity Radio
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
4.
How to use the maintenance log form
The maintenance log form is designed for use over a five year period. Copies may be made to extend the use beyond five years (or you may request additional copies from our Customer Service). Two forms are supplied in appendix E of this instruction manual — one for RADIO FRAME 1, and a second for RADIO FRAME 2. As seen in the following illustration, the log form has nine columns. Figure 7-1: How to fill out the routine maintenance log form
Column 2: test point label and location.
Column 3: enter factory test data sheet level here.
Columns 4-8: each year, enter the level measured.
Column 9: enter action taken or comments.
®
Quadralink ROUTINE MAINTENANCE LOG - RADIO FRAME 1 FWL# __________________ Radio site # _______ Location ________________________________ Coordinating site __________________________ What to measure
Where to measure
Factory level
Year after installation
Notes 1st
Complete radio information part
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
1. Enter the FWL- number for the rack in which the radio is mounted in the space labelled “FWL-#”. 2. Enter the site number assigned to the radio in the space labelled “Radio site #”. 3. Enter the location (or site name) of the radio in the space labelled “Location”. 4. Finally, enter the name of the coordinating site in the space provided for it.
What to write in each column
The 'What to measure' column lists the routine measurements that must be done each year. The 'Where to measure' column lists the access point in the assembly where the measurement should be made.
Page 7 - 3
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Column 1 lists the measurements to be made.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Quadralink Capacity Radio The 'Factory level' column lists the original measurement (made at the factory before shipment) transferred by you from the factory test data sheets (in appendix E). The years 1 through 5 columns are provided for entering routine measurements made at yearly intervals. One year after initial installation, enter your measurements in the year 1 column, and so on. The 'Notes' column is for entering actions you took after a failed measurement or comments you might have about a measurement or test. For example, you might note the fact that a measurement fell below the required standard and the corrective action that you took.
Page 7 - 4
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
SECTION 8 TROUBLE ISOLATION Figure 8: Table 8:
1.
Trouble isolation procedures
! Always wear a grounded wrist strap when working on the radio. See Section 1 for more information about the hazard of electrostatic discharge. When an electronic module is not mounted in the radio, it must be enclosed in an antistatic bag that is marked with an electrostatic sensitive device warning and symbol. This manual describes fault isolation and replacement at the unit level at both site and depot†. For most users this is the most cost effective way to maintain the radio. If your organization maintains the radio at a lower level you will have to refer to separate documentation supplied under a special agreement with Harris MCD.
1. The control / signal processing section. This section is comprised of the PCB units behind the door in the central section of the radio. They include: a. The muldex units b. The modem units c. The line interface unit d. The controller unit e. The optional internal orderwire unit 2. The alarm / display section. This is the alarm / display unit by itself. 3. The transceiver section. This section is made up of one or two transceiver units. 4. The high MTBF section. This section is comprised of all parts not in any of the above sections. It is made up of parts such as the ACU, the motherboard and the chassis, that have a very high MTBF (mean time between failure). †
An off-site maintenance facility maintained by certain user organizations Page 8 - 1
TROUBLE ISOLATION
For the purposes of fault isolation and repair, the radio is divided into the following four sections:
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TROUBLE ISOLATION
First we suggest how to isolate a problem to one of these sections. Then we explain how to isolate a problem to a unit within the control / signal processing section or to a module in the transceiver section. The alarm / display does not require further trouble isolation since it is replaced as a whole unit. The ACU does not require further fault isolation because it has a very high mean time between failures (MTBF) and it is for this reason that it is not supported with spares. As you work through these procedures you may be required to replace certain parts and to realign other parts. Section 9 explains how to replace parts and section 10 explains how to realign them.
Adjustments and tuning
Touch-up tuning should not be attempted unless required after changing a critical component in the signal path. Only the adjustments called out in the procedures should be made; all other controls have been preset at the factory and should not require adjustment in service. If a major adjustment appears necessary, check the measuring technique and test equipment setting before making the adjustment.
! Do not make any adjustments if the measurements fall within the given tolerances. To prevent damage to the unit or hits in the traffic, always turn off the associated power supply before removing or installing the modem or muldex card.
Line monitoring and patching in test signals
Page 8 - 2
Test equipment can be easily connected to the Quadralink® radio through front access test connectors. These connectors can be used to monitor receive tributary line signals and to insert a test signal on any transmit tributary line. See 'Monitoring and patching the tributary channels' on page 6 - 21 for how to use this feature.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TROUBLE ISOLATION
2.
Isolating a problem to one of the main sections
In most cases it will be fairly obvious whether a problem is in the control / signal processing section, the alarm display unit, or one of the transceivers. Usually a quick survey of the FAIL LEDs on the unit front panels and a look at the alarm menu on the alarm display unit is enough to identify the source of the problem. If the alarm / display panel is not functioning correctly, the display will have nothing on it or the messages will be distorted or scrambled. Or the display will not respond to the control buttons. If this is the case, replace it. If this does not fix the problem, reinstall the old alarm display unit and replace the controller unit.
TROUBLE ISOLATION
Page 8 - 3
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TROUBLE ISOLATION
3.
Isolating problems in the control / signal processing section
Use alarm messages on the alarm / display and the FAIL lamps on the units to isolate problems in the control / signal processing section. NOTE
Refer to section 6 for more information on operating the alarm / display panel. The alarm / display provides various fail messages for the modem unit, the line interface unit, and the muldex. Use these messages to isolate problems to these units. Use the FAIL lamps on the units to confirm your findings or to know if the controller unit or orderwire unit are not functioning. Each unit in the control / signal processing section, except the orderwire unit and the line interface, is equipped with a red FAIL lamp. The lamps activate in series; that is, if a unit fails, its red FAIL lamp will light and will cause red FAIL lamps on downstream equipment to also light. Replace the failed unit with a spare and return the failed unit to the factory for repair. The front panels for units in the control / signal processing section are shown in Section 6.
! To prevent damage to the unit or hits in the traffic, always turn off the associated power supply before removing or installing the modem or muldex unit. If you suspect a fault in the control / signal processing section, but none of the red FAIL lamps are lit, use spares to replace units in the shelf one at a time until the problem clears (trial and error method). If the problem does not clear when a unit is replaced, reinstall the old unit before replacing another. Once a failed unit is identified, replace the unit (see section 9) and then realign the radio (see section 10).
Page 8 - 4
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TROUBLE ISOLATION
4.
Isolating transceiver problems
Module level maintenance requires the technician to isolate the problem to one of the transceiver modules and then to replace it. Here we provide a number of fault isolation procedures for the transceiver. The one that you use will depend whether you are at the radio site or at your depot. We assume that you have less equipment at the radio site than you have at your depot. These procedures from time to time ask you to replace modules. For instructions on how to replace a given module, see section 9.
Special handling procedures for semirigid coaxial cable
Removal guidelines
The semirigid coaxial cable used in the Quadralink radio can be easily damaged by careless manipulation during removal and installation. A damaged cable can increase the return loss, thereby diminishing the performance of the radio. When removing a semirigid coaxial cable, disconnect the coupling at both ends of the coaxial cable. To disengage the coupling from its mate, press the ends of the coaxial cable together such that the net length of the coaxial cable is reduced by 13 mm (1/2"). Now completely remove the coaxial cable. Do not bend or reshape the coaxial cable. Figure 8-1: Coaxial Cable Removal and Installation TROUBLE ISOLATION
For test connections, use your own coaxial cable that can be disposed of should it become damaged. Installation guidelines
Reconnect the original coaxial cable as it was installed by again pressing the ends of the coaxial cable together such that the net length of the coaxial cable is reduced by one 13 mm (1/2"). Now place the coupling onto its mate and tighten it. All SMA connectors must be tightened with a torque wrench set for 0.1 kg · m (9.0 pounds inches).
Page 8 - 5
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TROUBLE ISOLATION Procedure 1
Module level fault isolation using the alarm / display panel
1. Access the alarm menu on the alarm / display panel. 2. Look for one or more of the messages listed in table 8-1 that follows. If you find any of the messages, perform the response as indicated in the table. Table 8-1:
Alarm / Display Panel Messages for Isolating Transceiver Faults
Alarm message
Response
POWER SUPPLY X: FAIL
Replace indicated power supply
XMTR LOCAL OSC X: FAIL
Replace the transmitter local oscillator on the indicated channel.
RF/IF UPCONVERT X: FAIL
Replace the RF/IF module in the indicated channel.
n WATT PWR AMP X: FAIL
Replace the power amplifier in indicated channel.
RCVR LOCAL OSC X: FAIL
Replace the receiver local oscillator on the indicated channel.
RCVR ADAP EQUAL X: FAIL
Replace adaptive slope equalizer in indicated channel.
MODEM DET’L? YN X: FAIL
In rare cases it is possible for problems in the transceiver to cause alarms in the modem without causing any of the transceiver alarms listed above. If you get a modem alarm and there is no transceiver alarm as well, first replace the modem unit. If the alarm persists, use trial and error replacement to isolate the faulty transceiver module.
MULDEX DET’L? YN X: FAIL
Test for tributary signal at the line interface input. If there is no signal present, replace the muldex unit.
Page 8 - 6
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TROUBLE ISOLATION Procedure 2
Module level fault isolation using the transceiver extender
1. Install the faulty transceiver on the transceiver extender, part number SD-900145 opt 001 2. Refer to the following drawings in appendix C: •
BL-099755 (for the 2 GHz radio) or
•
BL-099890 (for the 7 GHz radio).
Check the output voltages on the power supply. If a voltage is not as indicated on the transceiver extender, determine whether the problem is in the power supply (low voltage, little current) or the load (low voltage, high current). Table 8-2 indicates the maximum current drawn by each module under normal conditions. If the power supply is faulty replace it. If one of the modules is drawing too much power replace it. Individual modules can be checked by disconnecting their power connector from the transceiver board. When the voltages of the power supply return to normal operating levels, the unit that is disconnected from the transceiver board is the faulty unit.
!
Table 8-2:
Maximum Current for Transceiver Modules
Module
Maximum current
RF/IF module
390 mA at +10.25 V, 30 mA at +5.0 V, 60 mA at -5.2 V
200 mW power amplifier available on 7 GHz radios only
300 mA at 10.25 V, 20 mA at -5.2 V
1 W power amplifier
1.4 A at +10.25 V, 50 mA at -5.2 V
5 W power amplifier available on 2 GHz radios only (SD-098748)
1 A at +28 V
5 W power amplifier available on 2 GHz radios only (SD-099860)
2 A at +10.25 V, 40 mA at -5.2 V
Local oscillator (7 GHz DRO)
200 mA at 10.25 V
Local oscillator (7 GHz PLS)
350 mA at 10.25 V
Page 8 - 7
TROUBLE ISOLATION
Always switch off the power supply of the transceiver before connecting or disconnecting the power to a module from the transceiver board.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TROUBLE ISOLATION Table 8-2: Module
Maximum Current for Transceiver Modules Maximum current
Local oscillator (2 GHz LO)
330 mA (800 mA at turn-on) at 10.25 V
Local oscillator (2 GHz synthesizer)
50 mA at 28 V, 140 mA at +10.25 V, 60 mA at +5.0 V
Adaptive slope equalizer
220 mA at +10.25 V, 3 mA at -5.2 V
! Do not over-torque SMA connectors. Use a torque wrench set for 0.1 kg · m (9.0 pounds inches) when reconnecting a coaxial cable to an SMA connector. 3. Verify local oscillator output power level and frequency. 4. Again refer to the following drawings in appendix C: •
BL-099755 (for the 2 GHz radio) or
•
BL-099890 (for the 7 GHz radio).
Use a power meter to check the levels at the inputs and outputs (except XMT RF OUT, see step 5) of each module. Trace the signal path from input to output, for example: XMT IF IN (from the modem unit) to RF OUT (to the ACU) and, RCV RF IN (from the ACU) to RCV IF OUT (to the modem unit). If a module is not delivering the power that it should, replace it with a spare. 5. The power measured at the RF/IF module XMT RF OUT port will not be as shown on: •
BL-099755 (for the 2 GHz radio) or
•
BL-099890 (for the 7 GHz radio).
The act of measuring the power level at the RF/IF module XMT RF OUT port breaks the ALC loop between the power amplifier and the RF/IF module. Disconnect the power cable of the 1 Watt power amplifier from the transceiver card. Test this output by connecting the ALC input of the RF/IF module to +5 V then to ground. The power level at XMT RF OUT should vary by 8 dB minimum. If it does not, replace the RF/IF module. Reconnect the power cable of the 1 Watt power amplifier to the transceiver card. 6. If the above tests do not isolate the problem, use trial and error module replacement to find the faulty module.
Page 8 - 8
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TROUBLE ISOLATION Procedure 3
Module level fault isolation using the transceiver test jig
1. Install the faulty transceiver in the transceiver test jig. 2. Refer to the following drawings in appendix C: •
BL-099755 (for the 2 GHz radio) or
•
BL-099890 (for the 7 GHz radio).
Check the output voltages on the power supply. If a voltage is not as indicated on the drawings, determine whether the problem is in the power supply (low voltage, little current) or the load (low voltage, high current). Table 8-2 indicates the maximum current drawn by each module under normal conditions. If the power supply is faulty replace it. If one of the modules is drawing too much power replace it. Individual modules can be checked by disconnecting their power connector from the transceiver board. When the voltages of the power supply return to normal operating levels, the unit that is disconnected from the transceiver board is the faulty unit.
!
! Do not over-torque SMA connectors. Use a torque wrench set for 0.1 kg · m (9.0 pounds inches) when reconnecting a coaxial cable to an SMA connector. 3. Verify the local oscillator output power level and frequency. 4. Again referring to the following drawings in appendix C: •
BL-099755 (for the 2 GHz radio) or
•
BL-099890 (for the 7 GHz radio).
Use a power meter to check the levels at the inputs and outputs (except XMT RF OUT, see step 5) of each module. Trace the signal path from input to output, for example: XMT IF IN (from the modem unit) to RF OUT (to the ACU) and, RCV RF IN (from the ACU) to RCV IF OUT (to the modem unit). If a module is not delivering the power that it should, replace it with a spare.
Page 8 - 9
TROUBLE ISOLATION
Always switch off the power supply of the transceiver before connecting or disconnecting a module from the transceiver board.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TROUBLE ISOLATION
5. The power measured at the RF/IF module XMT RF OUT port will not be as shown on: •
BL-099755 (for the 2 GHz radio) or
•
BL-099890 (for the 7 GHz radio).
The act of measuring the power level at the RF/IF module XMT RF OUT port breaks the ALC loop between the power amplifier and the RF/IF module. Disconnect the power cable of the 1 Watt power amplifier from the transceiver card. Test this output by connecting the ALC input of the RF/IF module to +5 V then to ground. The power level at XMT RF OUT should vary by 8 dB minimum. If it does not, replace the RF/IF module. Reconnect the power cable of the 1 Watt power amplifier to the transceiver card. 6. If the above tests do not isolate the problem, use trial and error module replacement to find the faulty module.
Page 8 - 10
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
TROUBLE ISOLATION
5.
Technical assistance
Technical assistance is available 24 hours a day, any day. Outside normal working hours, an answering service will arrange to have a technician return your call. On site assistance is also available. Harris Corporation Microwave Communications Division 330 Twin Dolphin Drive Redwood Shores, CA 94065-1421, USA Phone: 1-800-227-8332 or 650-594-3800 Fax: (650) 594-3621 Harris Corporation Microwave Communications Division 3 Hotel-de-Ville Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Quebec Canada H9B 3G4 Phone: 1-800-227-8332 or 514-421-8333 Fax: 514-685-4580 Telex: 05-821893
TROUBLE ISOLATION
Harris S.A. de C.V. Ejercito Nacional No. 926 Despacho 203, Colonia Palmas Polanco Mexico, D.F. C.P. 11560 Phone: +52-5-580-0536 Fax: +52-5-580-1035 Coasin Comunicaciones S.A. For Argentina customers only Diagonal Roque Saens Pena, 648-8o 1035 Buenos Aires Argentina, S. A. Phone: +54-1-343-1366/78 - 345-0675/76 Fax: +54-1-345-0677 Harris Comm. (Shenzhen) LTD. Flat C, 2/F China Great Wall Computer Bldg., Kefa Rd. Industrial Garden Nanshan Area, Shenzhen 518057 The People’s Republic of China Phone: +86-755-663-7928 Fax: +86-755-663-7048
Page 8 - 11
TROUBLE ISOLATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Harris Corporation — Manila For Asian customers only 3/F SGV II Building 6758 Ayala Avenue Makati, Manila Philippines Phone: +63-2-818-5111 Fax: +63-2-818-8165 Harris Corporation — Malaysia 1109B, 10th Floor, Block E Kelana Parkview Tower, Unit No.1, Jalan SS 6/2, Kelana Jaya, 47301 Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia Phone:1-603-700-6203 Fax:1-603-703-1814 Harris do Brasil Estrada da Aldeinha, 400 Alphaville 06465-100 Barueri, SP Telephone:+55-11-7291-7608 Fax: +55-11-7291-7609
Visit our customer service web site at:
http://www.microwave.harris.com/cservice/
Page 8 - 12
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
SECTION 9 REPLACING UNITS Figure 9: Table 9:
1.
Overview
This section explains how to replace units and modules in the Quadralink® radio. As was the case in the previous section, the replacement procedures are divided into three groups: those for the control / signal processing section of the radio, those for the alarm / display unit, and those for the transceivers. In some of the procedures that follow, realignment of certain parts of the radio will be required. When this happens, see 'Test and adjustment chart' on page 10 - 13 for realignment instructions.
Tools required
The procedures in this section require that you have the following tools: 1. A #1 Phillips screw driver†. 2. A 2/32" Allen (hex) wrench. 3. A 5/16" SMA torque wrench‡ set to 0.1 kg · m (9 pound inches). 4. A soldering iron. 5. Wrist strap and grounding cord1. 6. 25 mm (1") putty knife to remove hard thermal compound from the transceiver heatsink (when replacing the power amplifier unit or the power supply unit). NOTE
† ‡
One is provided with every site. One is provided with every sales order or one for every five sites, which ever is greater. Page 9 - 1
REPLACING UNITS
The alignment procedures called for in the next section require other tools and test equipment (see section 10).
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
NOTE
When replacing the 5 Watt amplifier, replace with unit tuned to the transmitter frequency.
WARRANTY STICKER VOID IF SEAL DAMAGED
! Opening any module will void the Harris MCD warranty. The warranty sticker 'VOID IF SEAL DAMAGED' will indicate that the unit has been tampered with.
! Most units and assemblies of this radio are electrostatic sensitive. Refer to section 1 for the proper handling and storing techniques required for electrostatic sensitive devices — always wear your wrist strap with the grounding cord connected to the grounded equipment frame. If you are not certain that a unit is electrostatic sensitive or not, handle it as if it were electrostatic sensitive.
Spare parts required
To perform the procedures that follow you will need to have a stock of the spares listed below. Always use the same option number as the unit being replaced. 1. Alarm / display unit, SD-098710. 2. Transceiver section (for module level maintenance). • For 2 GHz radios only: a. Local oscillators (at transmitter and receiver frequencies), SD-098788. or Synthesizer unit, SD-099222. b. RF/IF module, SD-098740. c. 1 Watt power amplifier, SD-098746. or 5 Watt power amplifier, SD-099860. d. Power supply, 097-098732-001. e. Adaptive slope equalizer, SD-098762 (if equipped).
Page 9 - 2
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS • For 7/8 GHz radios only: a. Local oscillators (at transmitter and receiver frequencies), SD-098894. or Synthesizer unit — 101-900135-001 (7050 7800 MHz), 101-900135-002 (7800 - 8820 MHz) b. RF/IF module, SD-098890. c. 1 Watt power amplifier, SD-099105. or 200 milliWatt power amplifier, SD-098754. d. Power supply, 097-098732-001. e. Adaptive slope equalizer, SD-098762 (if equipped). 3. Control / signal processing section. • For 2 and 7/8 GHz radios only: a. Controller unit, SD-098750. b. Modem unit, SD-108542. c. Muldex unit, SD-108534. d. Orderwire unit, SD-098780 (if equipped). or e. DVS Q™ unit, SD-099980 (if equipped). f.
Line interface unit (unbalanced) SD-098790.
NOTE
See 'Model numbers' in appendix C about the compatibility of units with different model numbers.
In-service replacement in a protected system
As a rule, the replacement of a unit in a protected radio should not cause any outage.
If the module or unit being replaced is not redundant and is common to the normal and protection sections, the affected traffic should first be transferred to alternate traffic channels in the network.
Transfer traffic and lock on line
In a protected system, make sure to transfer traffic to a standby unit until the replacement procedure has been completed. Use the three switches DEM, DMX, and XMT on the front of the controller unit to lock the radio to the channel that you are not working on. For example, if you are going to change a module in the B channel transceiver, lock the radio to channel A (on the front of the Page 9 - 3
REPLACING UNITS
!
REPLACING UNITS
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio controller unit, move the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their left position). Once the maintenance procedures are finished, return the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their automatic (centre) position.
Special handling procedures for semirigid coaxial cable
Removal guidelines
The semirigid coaxial cable used in the Quadralink radio can be easily damaged by careless manipulation during removal and installation. A damaged cable can increase the return loss, thereby diminishing the performance of the radio. When removing a semirigid coaxial cable, disconnect the coupling at both ends of the coaxial cable. To disengage the coupling from its mate, press the ends of the coaxial cable together such that the net length of the coaxial cable is reduced by 13 mm (1/2"). Now completely remove the coaxial cable. Do not bend or reshape the coaxial cable. Figure 9-1: Coaxial Cable Removal and Installation
For test connections, use your own coaxial cable that can be disposed of, should it become damaged. Installation guidelines
Page 9 - 4
Reconnect the initial coaxial cable as it was originally installed by again pressing the ends of the coaxial cable together such that the net length of the coaxial cable is reduced by 13 mm (1/2"). Now place the coupling onto its mate and tighten it. All SMA connectors must be tightened with a torque wrench set for 0.1 kg · m (9.0 pounds inches).
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
2.
Replacing units in the control / signal processing section
No tools are needed for this procedure. The units covered in this section are the muldex, the modem, the line interface, the controller, and the orderwire units.
! In a protected system, make sure to transfer traffic to a standby unit until the replacement procedure has been completed. Use the three switches DEM, DMX, and XMT on the front of the controller unit to lock the radio to the channel that you are not working on. For example, if you are going to change a module in the B channel transceiver, lock the radio to channel A (on the front of the controller unit, move the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their left position)†. Once the maintenance procedures are finished, return the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their automatic (centre) position. 1. Open the door to the control / signal processing section (unlock the door latch and swing the door open).
!
2. Using the two card-locking extractors on the unit front edge, disengage the unit from its shelf rear-end connector and pull the unit out of the shelf.
†
On monitored hot standby configurations only; switching from transmitter channel B to channel A will cause a hit at the remote site Page 9 - 5
REPLACING UNITS
Before removing or installing the muldex or modems units turn off the associated power supply unit (set OFF / ON / RST switch on the transceiver to OFF). Do not turn off any power supply when replacing a controller unit. Instead, just lock traffic to channel A and then just remove the controller unit. Reinstalling the controller unit may cause a temporary synchronization loss. To reduce the chance (50%) of a temporary synchronization loss when the controller unit is reinstalled, make sure that the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches on the front of the replacement controller unit are set to channel A (their left position).
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
3. Make sure the new unit bears the same SD- and option number as the old unit: set configuration switches and straps, to the same positions as the old unit (See appendix A). 4. Install the new unit in the shelf; make sure the unit fully engages the shelf rear-end connectors and the card-locking extractors are pushed to the locked position. 5. Return the old unit to Harris MCD for repair (refer to section 11 for instructions.) 6. Refer to section 10 for realignment instructions and to table 10-7 for the test and adjustment chart. NOTE
If the controller unit is replaced, test for the proper operation of the protection system and alarm / display panel. Perform the 'Check the 1+1 protection system' on page 5 - 41. 7. Close and lock the door of the control / signal processing section.
Page 9 - 6
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
3.
Replacing the alarm / display panel
1. Open the front door, then disconnect the ribbon cable (that leads from a connector at the rear of the shelf) from the alarm / display unit. 2. Detach the alarm / display unit from the door by removing the six screws that hold it in place. 3. Separate the alarm / display unit from the door, being careful not to damage the LEDs and test points as they come out of the door. 4. Make sure the new alarm / display unit bears the same SDand option number as the old unit. 5. Mate the new alarm / display unit to the door, being careful that all the LEDs, test points, and switches are properly seated in their respective holes. 6. Attach the alarm / display unit to the faceplate with the six screws. 7. Reattach the ribbon cable to the alarm / display unit. 8. Close the door. 9. Check the operation of the new unit by practicing some procedures (for example: monitor the transmit output power, monitor the AGC voltage level, measure direct current voltages). 10. Return the old unit to Harris MCD for repair (refer to section 11 for instructions).
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 7
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
4. Lock the radio to the opposite channel
Replacing modules on a transceiver
1. In a protected system, make sure to transfer traffic to a standby unit until the replacement procedure has been completed. Use the three switches DEM, DMX, and XMT on the front of the controller unit to lock the radio to the channel that you are not working on. For example, if you are going to change a module in the B channel transceiver, lock the radio to channel A (on the front of the controller unit, move the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their left position)†. Once the maintenance procedures are finished, return the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their automatic (centre) position. 2. Set the OFF / ON / RST switch on the front panel of the transceiver to the OFF position. 3. Disconnect the two coaxial cables that connect the transceiver unit to the antenna coupling unit on the front of the radio.
Take down the transceiver
4. Unlock the two turn-locks on the transceiver front panel. 5. Using the card extractor on the top end of the unit, disengage the transceiver from its rear-end shelf connector and pull the transceiver out of the radio shelf. Place the transceiver on a clean work-surface.
Remove the faulty module from the transceiver
Replace the faulty module. 1. Make sure the replacement module has the same SD- and option number as the one you are replacing. 2. Remove the faulty module by first disconnecting all cables and leads connecting it to other modules or the transceiver housing. Label all cables and leads before disconnecting them so that they can be identified for proper re-connection. 3. Remove all screws and bolts that secure the module in place and then separate the module from the transceiver housing. Save all screws and bolts that have been removed.
RF/IF module replacement
Page 9 - 8
If you are changing the RF/IF module, verify that the new module is strapped for the same sideband as the module that you are replacing. Table 9-1 shows the meaning of the factory strapping option letters. If the factory set strapping is incorrect for your needs, the RF/IF module will have to be opened to change the strapping. •
See figure 9-2 for 2 GHz radios
†
On monitored hot standby configurations only; switching from transmitter channel B to channel A or from channel A to channel B will cause a hit at the remote site
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS •
See figure 9-4 and figure 9-5 for 7/8 GHz radios
NOTE
Only on the RF/IF module can the warranty seal be broken for the sole purpose of changing the sideband strapping. If you change the strapping of the replacement module, remove the option letter from the sticker on the module and mark the new option letter to avoid future confusion. Table 9-1: OPT
RF/IF module sideband option letter table. Transmit sideband
Receive sideband
C
USB
LSB
D
LSB
USB
E
LSB
LSB
F
USB
USB
Perform the procedures: 'ALC alignment (required after RF/IF module, 0.2 Watt, and 1 Watt power amplifier replacement)' on page 10 - 1 and 'AGC level alignment (depot procedure — required after RF/IF module replacement)' on page 10 - 7.
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 9
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
Figure 9-2: Sideband Selection on the RF/IF Module (for SD-098740 RF/IF modules only) TO CHANGE THE SIDEBAND ON THE RF/IF MODULE 1. Place the RF/IF module on a secure surface and orient it as shown below. 2. Remove the screws that hold the cover in place and remove the cover. 3. Find the jumpers in both the up converter and the down converter, and orient them to select the required sideband, as indicated in the diagram below. Turn the jumpers 90° to change the sideband. Refer to table 9-1 for the sideband options. 4. Replace the cover and secure it in place with the screws. Torque screws to 2.5 inch-pounds (a quarter turn after contact).
DOWN CONVERTER UP CONVERTER
UPPER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
Page 9 - 10
LOWER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
UPPER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
LOWER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
Figure 9-3: Sideband Selection on the RF/IF Module (for SD-098740-M3 RF/IF modules only) TO CHANGE THE SIDEBAND ON THE RF/IF MODULE 1.
Place the RF/IF module on a secure surface and orient it as shown below.
2.
Remove the screws that hold the cover in place and remove the cover.
3.
Find the jumpers in both the up converter and the down converter, and orient them to select the required sideband, as indicated in the diagram below. Turn the jumpers 90° to change the sideband. Refer to table 9-1 for the sideband options.
4.
Replace the cover and secure it in place with the screws. Torque screws to 2.5 inch-pounds (a quarter turn after contact).
DOWN CONVERTER UP CONVERTER
LOWER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
LOWER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
UPPER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
Page 9 - 11
REPLACING UNITS
UPPER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
Figure 9-4: Sideband Selection on the RF/IF Module (for SD-098890-M1 or SD-098890-M2 RF/IF modules only) TO CHANGE THE SIDEBAND ON THE RF/IF MODULE 1. Place the RF/IF module on a secure surface and orient it as shown below. 2. Remove the screws that hold the cover in place and remove the cover. 3. Find the jumpers in both the up converter and the down converter, and orient them to select the required sideband, as indicated in the diagram below. Turn the jumpers 90° to change the sideband. Refer to table 9-1 for the sideband options. 4. Replace the cover and secure it in place with the screws. Torque screws to 2.5 inch-pounds (a quarter turn after contact).
DOWN CONVERTER
UPPER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
Page 9 - 12
LOWER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
UP CONVERTER
UPPER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
LOWER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
Figure 9-5: Sideband Selection on the RF/IF Module (for SD-098890-M3 RF/IF modules only) TO CHANGE THE SIDEBAND ON THE RF/IF MODULE 1. Place the RF/IF module on a secure surface and orient it as shown below. 2. Remove the screws that hold the cover in place and remove the cover. 3. Find the jumpers in both the up converter and the down converter, and orient them to select the required sideband, as indicated in the diagram below. Turn the jumpers 90° to change the sideband. Refer to table 9-1 for the sideband options. 4. Replace the cover and secure it in place with the screws. Torque screws to 2.5 inch-pounds (a quarter turn after contact).
DOWN CONVERTER
UPPER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
UPPER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
LOWER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
Page 9 - 13
REPLACING UNITS
LOWER SIDEBAND CONFIGURATION
UP CONVERTER
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
Replacing a synthesizer unit with a synthesizer unit (for 2 GHz radios)
When replacing the synthesizer local oscillator, set the DIP switches on the new synthesizer unit to the same settings as the synthesizer being replaced as shown in figure 9-7. Frequency selection is provided in table 9-2 and table 9-3 as a reference.
Replacing a fixed frequency local oscillator with a synthesizer unit (for 2 GHz radios)
To replace a local oscillator with a synthesizer unit, you must order a field modification kit: •
099-098730-207 for local oscillator RF frequency of 1.7 to 2.4 GHz.
•
099-098730-213 for local oscillator RF frequency of 2.2 to 2.8 GHz.
NOTE
The synthesizer unit can only be used in radios that use the exact same transmit and receive frequencies shown in table 92 and table 9-3 for transmit or receive local oscillator replacement, respectively. The synthesizer unit field modification kit comes with all the hardware needed for the modification.
Installation of the new synthesizer unit
•
One synthesizer unit.
•
Four BHMS 4-40 × 1/2" PHIL screws.
•
Four #4 split (lock) washers.
•
Four #4 flat washers.
1. Secure the synthesizer unit in place with four BHMS 4-40 × 1/2" PHIL screws, four #4 split (lock) washers, and four #4 flat washers according to figure 9-6. Figure 9-6: Mounting Hardware Assembly Sequence for the 2 GHz Synthesizer Unit DRAWING NOT TO SCALE SCREW
SYNTHESIZER UNIT
SPLIT WASHER FLAT WASHER RUBBER ANTI-VIBRATION MOUNT (ON SYNTHESIZER UNIT BASEPLATE)
TRANSCEIVER BACKPLATE
Page 9 - 14
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
NOTE
Verify that the movement of the synthesizer on its antivibration mounts is not obstructed by cables and wires by gently moving the synthesizer around. 2. Connect the coaxial cable from the RCV LO MON connector (receive local oscillator replacement only) or the XMT LO MON connector (transmit local oscillator replacement only) on the front panel of the transceiver to the LO MON connector on the synthesizer unit. 3. Connect the coaxial cable from the RCV LO IN connector (receive local oscillator replacement only) or the XMT LO IN connector (transmit local oscillator replacement only) of the RF/IF MODULE to the RF OUT connector of the local oscillator. 4. Connect the power supply multiconductor cable of the local oscillator to the P6 RX LO connector (receive local oscillator replacement only) or the P1 TX LO connector (transmit local oscillator replacement only) of the transceiver board. 5. Set the synthesizer unit frequency selection DIP switches as shown in figure 9-7 for the same frequency of the old local oscillator. The required DIP switch settings can be found in table 9-4 and table 9-5. Figure 9-7: Setting the Frequency Selection DIP switches on the 2 GHz Synthesizer Unit
SWITCH POSITION 0↔1
LSB 2 1
3
4
5
6
7
8
MSB 9
O N ↑
RF LSB OUT
REPLACING UNITS
MSB
SYNTHESIZER 2 GHz SD-99222-MX
SYNTH MON
LSB: LEAST SIGNIFICANT BIT MSB: MOST SIGNIFICANT BIT
Page 9 - 15
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
Replacement of a fixedfrequency local oscillator on a 7/8 GHz radio
On 7/8 GHz radios, there are two different packaging styles for the fixed-frequency local oscillators that are used in the transceiver unit. Though the two types are functionally equivalent and have the same part number, the coaxial cables for either one is bent differently. When replacing one style of fixed-frequency local oscillator for another, it will be necessary to bend the coaxial cables as shown in figure J and figure K of the 'UNIT AND CONNECTOR LOCATOR DIAGRAM' at the front of the manual.
Setting the 7/8 GHz synthesizer unit output frequency
The synthesizer unit must be set to the same frequency as the one it is replacing. The frequency that the synthesizer unit has to be set to can be found on a sticker or card attached to the local oscillator being replaced. The frequency is also indicated on the inside the front door of the radio. The synthesizer unit is capable of generating any frequency from 7.05 to 7.80 GHz (option 001) and 7.80 to 8.82 GHz (option 002) by two levels of frequency adjustment methods: •
The synthesizer unit output frequency can be set by DIP switches in steps of 250 kHz. If the frequency that the radio requires is listed in table 9-4 or table 9-5, simply set the DIP switch settings on the synthesizer unit to obtain these exact frequencies (only perform: ‘Setting the synthesizer to a frequency step of 250 kHz’ on page 9 - 16).
or •
Setting the synthesizer to a frequency step of 250 kHz
If the frequency that the radio requires is in between the frequencies that are directly available (as shown in table 9-4 or table 9-5), it is necessary to fine-tune the synthesizer unit to the required frequency (only perform: ‘Setting the synthesizer to frequencies in between the 250 kHz frequency steps’ on page 9 - 17).
The synthesizer unit output frequency is set by performing the following steps: 1. Once the required operating frequency for the new synthesizer unit has been found, look up this frequency in table 9-4 or in table 9-5 (for synthesizers marked as option 001 or option 002 respectively), and find the DIP switch setting. 2. Remove the DIP switch cover. See figure 9-8. 3. Set the DIP switches on the synthesizer unit as shown in figure 9-8. 4. Replace the DIP switch cover with two split (lock) washers and two screws.
Page 9 - 16
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Figure 9-8: Setting the Frequency Selection DIP Switches on the 7 and 8 GHz Synthesizer Unit
SWITCH POSITION 1↔0
LSB 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
MSB 12
XTAL ADJ.
LSB 0
1
MSB
RF OUT
FREQUENCY SELECT
RF MON
J3 POWER CONNECTION
SYNTHESIZER 7 / 8 GHz SD-900135-MX LSB: LEAST SIGNIFICANT BIT MSB: MOST SIGNIFICANT BIT
DIP SWITCHES ARE LOCATED UNDER A COVER THE COVER IS HELD IN PLACE BY TWO SCREWS AND TWO LOCK WASHERS
Setting the synthesizer to frequencies in between the 250 kHz frequency steps
The synthesizer unit output frequency is set by performing the following steps: 1. Once the required operating frequency for the new synthesizer unit has been found, find the DIP switch setting for the 250 kHz step frequency (in table 9-4 or in table 9-5) closest to the required frequency. 2. Remove the DIP switch cover. See figure 9-8. 3. Set the DIP switches on the synthesizer unit as shown in figure 9-8. The XTAL ADJ. potentiometer adjustment permits synthesizer crystal fine-tuning in the range of ±125 kHz from the standard 250 kHz frequency step-size shown in table 9-4 or in table 9-5. This is done as follows: 4. Install the transceiver extender (SD-900145) into the transceiver drawer of the radio. 6. Remove the cap from the transceiver front-panel XMT / RCV LO MON connector. Connect a frequency counter to the transceiver front-panel XMT / RCV LO MON connector. See figure 9-9. 7. Adjust the XTAL ADJ. potentiometer to obtain the exact frequency required by the radio as indicated by the frequency counter. See figure 9-10. 8. Replace the DIP switch cover with two split (lock) washers and two screws. 9. Mark the cover of the synthesizer unit with an indelible marker as follows: “RETUNED: XXXX.XX MHz ON DD-MM-YY”. Page 9 - 17
REPLACING UNITS
5. Install the transceiver on to the transceiver extender.
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
10. Disconnect the frequency counter from the XMT / RCV LO MON connector on the transceiver. Replace the cap on the transceiver front-panel XMT / RCV LO MON connector. 11. Unlock the two turn-locks on the transceiver. Remove the transceiver from the transceiver extender. 12. Remove the transceiver extender from the radio. Figure 9-9: Typical Connection of the Frequency Counter to the Transceiver XMT LO MON
OPEN
RCV
XMT
CONNECT HERE IF YOU INSTALLED THE TRANSMIT SYNTHESIZER UNIT
MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER
kHz INPUT
CONNECT HERE IF YOU INSTALLED THE RECEIVE SYNTHESIZER UNIT
PS ALM
OFF ON RST OPEN
Page 9 - 18
RCV LO MON
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Figure 9-10: Setting the XTAL ADJ. Potentiometer on the 7 and 8 GHz Synthesizer Unit
XTAL ADJ.
LSB
DECREASE OUTPUT FREQUENCY RF MON
0
1
MSB
RF OUT
FREQUENCY SELECT
INCREASE OUTPUT FREQUENCY
RETUNED: XXXX.XX MHz ON DD-MM-YY
SYNTHESIZER 7 / 8 GHz SD-900135-MX
XTAL ADJ. IS LOCATED UNDER A COVER THE COVER IS HELD IN PLACE BY TWO SCREWS AND TWO LOCK WASHERS
Replacing a power supply unit
1. When replacing a power supply unit, set the ground polarity straps of the new power supply unit to the same as the one being replaced. See figure 9-11 and figure 9-12. 2. Clean the residual thermal compound of the power supply from the transceiver heatsink. Use a paper towel / shop cloth and a putty knife if necessary. 3. Apply a new layer of thermal compound to the replacement power supply unit.
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 19
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
LK1
+
+
—
LK1
—
Figure 9-11: Strapping the Ground Polarity of a CVDS Type Power Supply Unit
LK1
+
—
STRAPPING FOR FLOATING GROUND
LK1
+
—
STRAPPING FOR POSITIVE GROUND
STRAPPING FOR NEGATIVE GROUND
CVDS
Page 9 - 20
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Figure 9-12: Strapping the Ground Polarity of an Electronic Craftsmen Limited Type Power Supply Unit
NEG
POS
Electronic Craftsmen Limited NEG
POS
STRAPPING FOR FLOATING GROUND (NO STRAP) NEG
POS
STRAPPING FOR POSITIVE GROUND NEG
POS
STRAPPING FOR NEGATIVE GROUND
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 21
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
Replacing a power amplifier unit
1. When replacing a power amplifier unit, clean the residual thermal compound of the power amplifier from the transceiver heatsink. 2. Use a paper towel / shop cloth and a putty knife if necessary. 3. Apply a new layer of thermal compound to the replacement power amplifier unit. 4. Perform the procedure 'ALC alignment (required after RF/IF module, 0.2 Watt, and 1 Watt power amplifier replacement)' on page 10 - 1.
! Install replacement module
Do not over-torque SMA connectors. Use a torque wrench set for 0.1 kg · m (9.0 pounds inches) when reconnecting a coaxial cable to an SMA connector. 1. Align the replacement module onto the mounting surface. Replace all screws and bolts that secure the module in place. 2. Reconnect all cables and leads for connecting it to other modules or the transceiver housing.
Reinstall the transceiver
Reinstall the transceiver in the shelf 1. Using the card extractor on the top end of the unit, engage the transceiver into its rear-end shelf connectors such that they are fully mated. 2. Lock the two turn-locks on the transceiver front panel. 3. Connect the two coaxial cables that connect the transceiver to the antenna coupling unit. Use a torque wrench set for 0.1 kg · m (9.0 pounds inches) when reconnecting the coaxial cables to the SMA connectors. 4. Set the OFF / ON / RST switch on the front panel of the transceiver to the ON position. 5. In a protected system, use the three switches DEM, DMX, and XMT on the front of the controller unit to set the radio to the automatic mode (the centre position).
Realign the transceiver
1. Realign the repaired transceiver according to the procedure given in section 10. 2. Return the old transceiver module to Harris MCD for repair (refer to section 11 for instructions).
Page 9 - 22
SECTION 9:REPLACING UNITS
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS
Synthesizer frequency tables Table 9-2:
Transmit / receive frequency (at the antenna port) (kHz)
Frequency Select Dip Switch Setting fOr A Synthesizer On A 2 Ghz radio (option 001)
DIP switch setting — upper sideband
DIP switch setting — lower sideband
LSB … MSBa
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
LSB … MSB
1709500
1639500
000000000
1779500
100000000
1713500
1643500
010000000
1783500
110000000
1720500
1650500
001000000
1790500
101000000
1724000
1654000
011000000
1794000
111000000
1727500
1657500
000100000
1797500
100100000
1734500
1664500
010100000
1804500
110100000
1738500
1668500
001100000
1808500
101100000
1741500
1671500
011100000
1811500
111100000
1748500
1678500
000010000
1818500
100010000
1753000
1683000
010010000
1823000
110010000
1755500
1685500
001010000
1825500
101010000
1762500
1692500
011010000
1832500
111010000
1767500
1697500
000110000
1837500
100110000
1769500
1699500
010110000
1839500
110110000
1776500
1706500
001110000
1846500
101110000
1782000
1712000
011110000
1852000
111110000
1783500
1713500
000001000
1853500
100001000
1790500
1720500
010001000
1860500
110001000
1796500
1726500
001001000
1866500
101001000
1811000
1741000
011001000
1881000
111001000
1825500
1755500
000101000
1895500
100101000
1832500
1762500
010101000
1902500
110101000
1839500
1769500
001101000
1909500
101101000
1840000
1770000
011101000
1910000
111101000
1846500
1776500
000011000
1916500
100011000
Page 9 - 23
REPLACING UNITS
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-2:
Transmit / receive frequency (at the antenna port) (kHz)
Frequency Select Dip Switch Setting fOr A Synthesizer On A 2 Ghz radio (option 001)
DIP switch setting — upper sideband
DIP switch setting — lower sideband
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
LSB … MSBa
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
LSB … MSB
1853500
1783500
010011000
1923500
110011000
1854500
1784500
001011000
1924500
101011000
1860500
1790500
011011000
1930500
111011000
1867500
1797500
000111000
1937500
100111000
1869000
1799000
010111000
1939000
110111000
1874500
1804500
001111000
1944500
101111000
1881500
1811500
011111000
1951500
111111000
1888500
1818500
000000100
1958500
100000100
1895500
1825500
010000100
1965500
110000100
1902500
1832500
001000100
1972500
101000100
1905500
1835500
011000100
1975500
111000100
1907500
1837500
000100100
1977500
100100100
1909500
1839500
010100100
1979500
110100100
1912500
1842500
001100100
1982500
101100100
1919500
1849500
011100100
1989500
111100100
1922000
1852000
000010100
1992000
100010100
1922500
1852500
010010100
1992500
110010100
1926500
1856500
001010100
1996500
101010100
1933500
1863500
011010100
2003500
111010100
1936500
1866500
000110100
2006500
100110100
1937000
1867000
010110100
2007000
110110100
1940500
1870500
001110100
2010500
101110100
1947500
1877500
011110100
2017500
111110100
1951000
1881000
000001100
2021000
100001100
1951500
1881500
010001100
2021500
110001100
1954500
1884500
001001100
2024500
101001100
1961500
1891500
011001100
2031500
111001100
Page 9 - 24
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-2:
Transmit / receive frequency (at the antenna port) (kHz)
Frequency Select Dip Switch Setting fOr A Synthesizer On A 2 Ghz radio (option 001)
DIP switch setting — upper sideband
DIP switch setting — lower sideband
LSB … MSBa
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
LSB … MSB
1965500
1895500
000101100
2035500
100101100
1966000
1896000
010101100
2036000
110101100
1968500
1898500
001101100
2038500
101101100
1975500
1905500
011101100
2045500
111101100
1980000
1910000
000011100
2050000
100011100
1980500
1910500
010011100
2050500
110011100
1982500
1912500
001011100
2052500
101011100
1994500
1924500
011011100
2064500
111011100
1995000
1925000
000111100
2065000
100111100
2009000
1939000
010111100
2079000
110111100
2009500
1939500
001111100
2079500
101111100
2023500
1953500
011111100
2093500
111111100
2024000
1954000
000000010
2094000
100000010
2024500
1954500
010000010
2094500
110000010
2031500
1961500
001000010
2101500
101000010
2038000
1968000
011000010
2108000
111000010
2038500
1968500
000100010
2108500
100100010
2045500
1975500
010100010
2115500
110100010
2052500
1982500
001100010
2122500
101100010
2053000
1983000
011100010
2123000
111100010
2059500
1989500
000010010
2129500
100010010
2066500
1996500
010010010
2136500
110010010
2067000
1997000
001010010
2137000
101010010
2067500
1997500
011010010
2137500
111010010
2073500
2003500
000110010
2143500
100110010
2080500
2010500
010110010
2150500
110110010
2082000
2012000
001110010
2152000
101110010 Page 9 - 25
REPLACING UNITS
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-2:
Transmit / receive frequency (at the antenna port) (kHz)
Frequency Select Dip Switch Setting fOr A Synthesizer On A 2 Ghz radio (option 001)
DIP switch setting — upper sideband
DIP switch setting — lower sideband
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
LSB … MSBa
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
LSB … MSB
2087500
2017500
011110010
2157500
111110010
2094500
2024500
000001010
2164500
100001010
2101500
2031500
010001010
2171500
110001010
2108500
2038500
001001010
2178500
101001010
2115500
2045500
011001010
2185500
111001010
2120500
2050500
000101010
2190500
100101010
2122500
2052500
010101010
2192500
110101010
2129500
2059500
001101010
2199500
101101010
2135000
2065000
011101010
2205000
111101010
2136500
2066500
000011010
2206500
100011010
2143500
2073500
010011010
2213500
110011010
2149500
2079500
001011010
2219500
101011010
2150500
2080500
011011010
2220500
111011010
2157500
2087500
000111010
2227500
100111010
2164000
2094000
010111010
2234000
110111010
2164500
2094500
001111010
2234500
101111010
2171500
2101500
011111010
2241500
111111010
2178500
2108500
000000110
2248500
100000110
2185500
2115500
010000110
2255500
110000110
2193000
2123000
001000110
2263000
101000110
2207500
2137500
011000110
2277500
111000110
2222000
2152000
000100110
2292000
100100110
2227500
2157500
010100110
2297500
110100110
2234500
2164500
001100110
2304500
101100110
2236500
2166500
011100110
2306500
111100110
2241500
2171500
000010110
2311500
100010110
2248500
2178500
010010110
2318500
110010110
Page 9 - 26
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-2:
Transmit / receive frequency (at the antenna port) (kHz)
Frequency Select Dip Switch Setting fOr A Synthesizer On A 2 Ghz radio (option 001)
DIP switch setting — upper sideband
DIP switch setting — lower sideband
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
LSB … MSBa
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
LSB … MSB
2251000
2181000
001010110
2321000
101010110
2255500
2185500
011010110
2325500
111010110
2262500
2192500
000110110
2332500
100110110
2265500
2195500
010110110
2335500
110110110
2269500
2199500
001110110
2339500
101110110
2276500
2206500
011110110
2346500
111110110
2280000
2210000
000001110
2350000
100001110
2283500
2213500
010001110
2353500
110001110
2290500
2220500
001001110
2360500
101001110
2297500
2227500
011001110
2367500
111001110
a. LSB: Least significant bit MSB: Most significant bit Table 9-3:
Transmit / receive frequency (at the antenna port) (kHz)
Frequency Select Dip Switch Setting for a Synthesizer on a 2 GHz Radio (Option 002)
DIP switch setting — upper sideband
DIP switch setting — lower sideband
LSB … MSBa
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
LSB … MSB
2304500
2234500
000101110
2374500
100101110
2308000
2238000
010101110
2378000
110101110
2315000
2245000
001101110
2385000
101101110
2322000
2252000
011101110
2392000
111101110
2329000
2259000
000011110
2399000
100011110
2336000
2266000
010011110
2406000
110011110
2343000
2273000
001011110
2413000
101011110
2350000
2280000
011011110
2420000
111011110
Page 9 - 27
REPLACING UNITS
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-3:
Transmit / receive frequency (at the antenna port) (kHz)
Frequency Select Dip Switch Setting for a Synthesizer on a 2 GHz Radio (Option 002)
DIP switch setting — upper sideband
DIP switch setting — lower sideband
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
LSB … MSBa
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
LSB … MSB
2357000
2287000
000111110
2427000
100111110
2364000
2294000
010111110
2434000
110111110
2371000
2301000
001111110
2441000
101111110
2378000
2308000
011111110
2448000
111111110
2385000
2315000
000000001
2455000
100000001
2402000
2332000
010000001
2472000
110000001
2409000
2339000
001000001
2479000
101000001
2416000
2346000
011000001
2486000
111000001
2423000
2353000
000100001
2493000
100100001
2430000
2360000
010100001
2500000
110100001
2437000
2367000
001100001
2507000
101100001
2444000
2374000
011100001
2514000
111100001
2451000
2381000
000010001
2521000
100010001
2458000
2388000
010010001
2528000
110010001
2465000
2395000
001010001
2535000
101010001
2472000
2402000
011010001
2542000
111010001
2479000
2409000
000110001
2549000
100110001
2491500
2421500
010110001
2561500
110110001
2498500
2428500
001110001
2568500
101110001
2505500
2435500
011110001
2575500
111110001
2512500
2442500
000001001
2582500
100001001
2519500
2449500
010001001
2589500
110001001
2526500
2456500
001001001
2596500
101001001
2533500
2463500
011001001
2603500
111001001
2540500
2470500
000101001
2610500
100101001
2547500
2477500
010101001
2617500
110101001
2554500
2484500
001101001
2624500
101101001
Page 9 - 28
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-3:
Transmit / receive frequency (at the antenna port) (kHz)
Frequency Select Dip Switch Setting for a Synthesizer on a 2 GHz Radio (Option 002)
DIP switch setting — upper sideband
DIP switch setting — lower sideband
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
LSB … MSBa
Synthesizer unit output (at the LO MON port) (kHz)
LSB … MSB
2561500
2491500
011101001
2631500
111101001
2568500
2498500
000011001
2638500
100011001
2610500
2540500
010011001
2680500
110011001
2617500
2547500
001011001
2687500
101011001
2624500
2554500
011011001
2694500
111011001
2631500
2561500
000111001
2701500
100111001
2638500
2568500
010111001
2708500
110111001
2645500
2575500
001111001
2715500
101111001
2652500
2582500
011111001
2722500
111111001
2659500
2589500
000000101
2729500
100000101
2666500
2596500
010000101
2736500
110000101
2673500
2603500
001000101
2743500
101000101
2680500
2610500
011000101
2750500
111000101
2687500
2617500
000100101
2757500
100100101
a. LSB: Least significant bit MSB: Most significant bit
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 29
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 30
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7000.00
MSB … LSB 00000000
0000
ƒsynth. 7016.00
MSB … LSB 00000100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7032.00
MSB … LSB 00001000
0000
ƒsynth. 7048.00
MSB … LSB 00001100
0000
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 31
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7000.25
MSB … LSB 00000000
Page 9 - 32
0001
ƒsynth. 7016.25
MSB … LSB 00000100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7032.25
MSB … LSB 00001000
0001
ƒsynth. 7048.25
MSB … LSB 00001100
0001
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7000.50
MSB … LSB 00000000
0010
ƒsynth. 7016.50
MSB … LSB 00000100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7032.50
MSB … LSB 00001000
0010
ƒsynth. 7048.50
MSB … LSB 00001100
0010
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 33
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7000.75
MSB … LSB 00000000
Page 9 - 34
0011
ƒsynth. 7016.75
MSB … LSB 00000100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7032.75
MSB … LSB 00001000
0011
ƒsynth. 7048.75
MSB … LSB 00001100
0011
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7001.00
MSB … LSB 00000000
0100
ƒsynth. 7017.00
MSB … LSB 00000100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7033.00
MSB … LSB 00001000
0100
ƒsynth. 7049.00
MSB … LSB 00001100
0100
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 35
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7001.25
MSB … LSB 00000000
Page 9 - 36
0101
ƒsynth. 7017.25
MSB … LSB 00000100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7033.25
MSB … LSB 00001000
0101
ƒsynth. 7049.25
MSB … LSB 00001100
0101
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7001.50
MSB … LSB 00000000
0110
ƒsynth. 7017.50
MSB … LSB 00000100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7033.50
MSB … LSB 00001000
0110
ƒsynth. 7049.50
MSB … LSB 00001100
0110
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 37
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7001.75 7002.00 7002.25 7002.50 7002.75 7003.00 7003.25 7003.50 7003.75 7004.00 7004.25 7004.50 7004.75 7005.00 7005.25 7005.50 7005.75 7006.00 7006.25 7006.50 7006.75 7007.00 7007.25 7007.50 7007.75 7008.00 7008.25 7008.50 7008.75 7009.00 7009.25 7009.50 7009.75 7010.00 7010.25 7010.50 7010.75 7011.00 7011.25 7011.50 7011.75 7012.00 7012.25 7012.50 7012.75 7013.00 7013.25 7013.50 7013.75 7014.00 7014.25 7014.50 7014.75 7015.00 7015.25 7015.50 7015.75
MSB … LSB 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011
Page 9 - 38
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7017.75 7018.00 7018.25 7018.50 7018.75 7019.00 7019.25 7019.50 7019.75 7020.00 7020.25 7020.50 7020.75 7021.00 7021.25 7021.50 7021.75 7022.00 7022.25 7022.50 7022.75 7023.00 7023.25 7023.50 7023.75 7024.00 7024.25 7024.50 7024.75 7025.00 7025.25 7025.50 7025.75 7026.00 7026.25 7026.50 7026.75 7027.00 7027.25 7027.50 7027.75 7028.00 7028.25 7028.50 7028.75 7029.00 7029.25 7029.50 7029.75 7030.00 7030.25 7030.50 7030.75 7031.00 7031.25 7031.50 7031.75
MSB … LSB 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7033.75 7034.00 7034.25 7034.50 7034.75 7035.00 7035.25 7035.50 7035.75 7036.00 7036.25 7036.50 7036.75 7037.00 7037.25 7037.50 7037.75 7038.00 7038.25 7038.50 7038.75 7039.00 7039.25 7039.50 7039.75 7040.00 7040.25 7040.50 7040.75 7041.00 7041.25 7041.50 7041.75 7042.00 7042.25 7042.50 7042.75 7043.00 7043.25 7043.50 7043.75 7044.00 7044.25 7044.50 7044.75 7045.00 7045.25 7045.50 7045.75 7046.00 7046.25 7046.50 7046.75 7047.00 7047.25 7047.50 7047.75
MSB … LSB 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7049.75 7050.00 7050.25 7050.50 7050.75 7051.00 7051.25 7051.50 7051.75 7052.00 7052.25 7052.50 7052.75 7053.00 7053.25 7053.50 7053.75 7054.00 7054.25 7054.50 7054.75 7055.00 7055.25 7055.50 7055.75 7056.00 7056.25 7056.50 7056.75 7057.00 7057.25 7057.50 7057.75 7058.00 7058.25 7058.50 7058.75 7059.00 7059.25 7059.50 7059.75 7060.00 7060.25 7060.50 7060.75 7061.00 7061.25 7061.50 7061.75 7062.00 7062.25 7062.50 7062.75 7063.00 7063.25 7063.50 7063.75
MSB … LSB 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7064.00
MSB … LSB 00010000
0000
ƒsynth. 7080.00
MSB … LSB 00010100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7096.00
MSB … LSB 00011000
0000
ƒsynth. 7112.00
MSB … LSB 00011100
0000
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 39
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7064.25
MSB … LSB 00010000
Page 9 - 40
0001
ƒsynth. 7080.25
MSB … LSB 00010100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7096.25
MSB … LSB 00011000
0001
ƒsynth. 7112.25
MSB … LSB 00011100
0001
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7064.50
MSB … LSB 00010000
0010
ƒsynth. 7080.50
MSB … LSB 00010100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7096.50
MSB … LSB 00011000
0010
ƒsynth. 7112.50
MSB … LSB 00011100
0010
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 41
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7064.75
MSB … LSB 00010000
Page 9 - 42
0011
ƒsynth. 7080.75
MSB … LSB 00010100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7096.75
MSB … LSB 00011000
0011
ƒsynth. 7112.75
MSB … LSB 00011100
0011
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7065.00
MSB … LSB 00010000
0100
ƒsynth. 7081.00
MSB … LSB 00010100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7097.00
MSB … LSB 00011000
0100
ƒsynth. 7113.00
MSB … LSB 00011100
0100
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 43
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7065.25
MSB … LSB 00010000
Page 9 - 44
0101
ƒsynth. 7081.25
MSB … LSB 00010100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7097.25
MSB … LSB 00011000
0101
ƒsynth. 7113.25
MSB … LSB 00011100
0101
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7065.50
MSB … LSB 00010000
0110
ƒsynth. 7081.50
MSB … LSB 00010100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7097.50
MSB … LSB 00011000
0110
ƒsynth. 7113.50
MSB … LSB 00011100
0110
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 45
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7065.75 7066.00 7066.25 7066.50 7066.75 7067.00 7067.25 7067.50 7067.75 7068.00 7068.25 7068.50 7068.75 7069.00 7069.25 7069.50 7069.75 7070.00 7070.25 7070.50 7070.75 7071.00 7071.25 7071.50 7071.75 7072.00 7072.25 7072.50 7072.75 7073.00 7073.25 7073.50 7073.75 7074.00 7074.25 7074.50 7074.75 7075.00 7075.25 7075.50 7075.75 7076.00 7076.25 7076.50 7076.75 7077.00 7077.25 7077.50 7077.75 7078.00 7078.25 7078.50 7078.75 7079.00 7079.25 7079.50 7079.75
MSB … LSB 00010000 00010000 00010000 00010000 00010000 00010000 00010000 00010000 00010000 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011
Page 9 - 46
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7081.75 7082.00 7082.25 7082.50 7082.75 7083.00 7083.25 7083.50 7083.75 7084.00 7084.25 7084.50 7084.75 7085.00 7085.25 7085.50 7085.75 7086.00 7086.25 7086.50 7086.75 7087.00 7087.25 7087.50 7087.75 7088.00 7088.25 7088.50 7088.75 7089.00 7089.25 7089.50 7089.75 7090.00 7090.25 7090.50 7090.75 7091.00 7091.25 7091.50 7091.75 7092.00 7092.25 7092.50 7092.75 7093.00 7093.25 7093.50 7093.75 7094.00 7094.25 7094.50 7094.75 7095.00 7095.25 7095.50 7095.75
MSB … LSB 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7097.75 7098.00 7098.25 7098.50 7098.75 7099.00 7099.25 7099.50 7099.75 7100.00 7100.25 7100.50 7100.75 7101.00 7101.25 7101.50 7101.75 7102.00 7102.25 7102.50 7102.75 7103.00 7103.25 7103.50 7103.75 7104.00 7104.25 7104.50 7104.75 7105.00 7105.25 7105.50 7105.75 7106.00 7106.25 7106.50 7106.75 7107.00 7107.25 7107.50 7107.75 7108.00 7108.25 7108.50 7108.75 7109.00 7109.25 7109.50 7109.75 7110.00 7110.25 7110.50 7110.75 7111.00 7111.25 7111.50 7111.75
MSB … LSB 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7113.75 7114.00 7114.25 7114.50 7114.75 7115.00 7115.25 7115.50 7115.75 7116.00 7116.25 7116.50 7116.75 7117.00 7117.25 7117.50 7117.75 7118.00 7118.25 7118.50 7118.75 7119.00 7119.25 7119.50 7119.75 7120.00 7120.25 7120.50 7120.75 7121.00 7121.25 7121.50 7121.75 7122.00 7122.25 7122.50 7122.75 7123.00 7123.25 7123.50 7123.75 7124.00 7124.25 7124.50 7124.75 7125.00 7125.25 7125.50 7125.75 7126.00 7126.25 7126.50 7126.75 7127.00 7127.25 7127.50 7127.75
MSB … LSB 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7128.00
MSB … LSB 00100000
0000
ƒsynth. 7144.00
MSB … LSB 00100100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7160.00
MSB … LSB 00101000
0000
ƒsynth. 7176.00
MSB … LSB 00101100
0000
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 47
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7128.25
MSB … LSB 00100000
Page 9 - 48
0001
ƒsynth. 7144.25
MSB … LSB 00100100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7160.25
MSB … LSB 00101000
0001
ƒsynth. 7176.25
MSB … LSB 00101100
0001
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7128.50
MSB … LSB 00100000
0010
ƒsynth. 7144.50
MSB … LSB 00100100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7160.50
MSB … LSB 00101000
0010
ƒsynth. 7176.50
MSB … LSB 00101100
0010
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 49
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7128.75
MSB … LSB 00100000
Page 9 - 50
0011
ƒsynth. 7144.75
MSB … LSB 00100100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7160.75
MSB … LSB 00101000
0011
ƒsynth. 7176.75
MSB … LSB 00101100
0011
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7129.00
MSB … LSB 00100000
0100
ƒsynth. 7145.00
MSB … LSB 00100100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7161.00
MSB … LSB 00101000
0100
ƒsynth. 7177.00
MSB … LSB 00101100
0100
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 51
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7129.25
MSB … LSB 00100000
Page 9 - 52
0101
ƒsynth. 7145.25
MSB … LSB 00100100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7161.25
MSB … LSB 00101000
0101
ƒsynth. 7177.25
MSB … LSB 00101100
0101
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7129.50
MSB … LSB 00100000
0110
ƒsynth. 7145.50
MSB … LSB 00100100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7161.50
MSB … LSB 00101000
0110
ƒsynth. 7177.50
MSB … LSB 00101100
0110
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 53
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7129.75 7130.00 7130.25 7130.50 7130.75 7131.00 7131.25 7131.50 7131.75 7132.00 7132.25 7132.50 7132.75 7133.00 7133.25 7133.50 7133.75 7134.00 7134.25 7134.50 7134.75 7135.00 7135.25 7135.50 7135.75 7136.00 7136.25 7136.50 7136.75 7137.00 7137.25 7137.50 7137.75 7138.00 7138.25 7138.50 7138.75 7139.00 7139.25 7139.50 7139.75 7140.00 7140.25 7140.50 7140.75 7141.00 7141.25 7141.50 7141.75 7142.00 7142.25 7142.50 7142.75 7143.00 7143.25 7143.50 7143.75
MSB … LSB 00100000 00100000 00100000 00100000 00100000 00100000 00100000 00100000 00100000 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011
Page 9 - 54
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7145.75 7146.00 7146.25 7146.50 7146.75 7147.00 7147.25 7147.50 7147.75 7148.00 7148.25 7148.50 7148.75 7149.00 7149.25 7149.50 7149.75 7150.00 7150.25 7150.50 7150.75 7151.00 7151.25 7151.50 7151.75 7152.00 7152.25 7152.50 7152.75 7153.00 7153.25 7153.50 7153.75 7154.00 7154.25 7154.50 7154.75 7155.00 7155.25 7155.50 7155.75 7156.00 7156.25 7156.50 7156.75 7157.00 7157.25 7157.50 7157.75 7158.00 7158.25 7158.50 7158.75 7159.00 7159.25 7159.50 7159.75
MSB … LSB 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7161.75 7162.00 7162.25 7162.50 7162.75 7163.00 7163.25 7163.50 7163.75 7164.00 7164.25 7164.50 7164.75 7165.00 7165.25 7165.50 7165.75 7166.00 7166.25 7166.50 7166.75 7167.00 7167.25 7167.50 7167.75 7168.00 7168.25 7168.50 7168.75 7169.00 7169.25 7169.50 7169.75 7170.00 7170.25 7170.50 7170.75 7171.00 7171.25 7171.50 7171.75 7172.00 7172.25 7172.50 7172.75 7173.00 7173.25 7173.50 7173.75 7174.00 7174.25 7174.50 7174.75 7175.00 7175.25 7175.50 7175.75
MSB … LSB 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7177.75 7178.00 7178.25 7178.50 7178.75 7179.00 7179.25 7179.50 7179.75 7180.00 7180.25 7180.50 7180.75 7181.00 7181.25 7181.50 7181.75 7182.00 7182.25 7182.50 7182.75 7183.00 7183.25 7183.50 7183.75 7184.00 7184.25 7184.50 7184.75 7185.00 7185.25 7185.50 7185.75 7186.00 7186.25 7186.50 7186.75 7187.00 7187.25 7187.50 7187.75 7188.00 7188.25 7188.50 7188.75 7189.00 7189.25 7189.50 7189.75 7190.00 7190.25 7190.50 7190.75 7191.00 7191.25 7191.50 7191.75
MSB … LSB 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7192.00
MSB … LSB 00110000
0000
ƒsynth. 7208.00
MSB … LSB 00110100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7224.00
MSB … LSB 00111000
0000
ƒsynth. 7240.00
MSB … LSB 00111100
0000
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 55
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7192.25
MSB … LSB 00110000
Page 9 - 56
0001
ƒsynth. 7208.25
MSB … LSB 00110100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7224.25
MSB … LSB 00111000
0001
ƒsynth. 7240.25
MSB … LSB 00111100
0001
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7192.50
MSB … LSB 00110000
0010
ƒsynth. 7208.50
MSB … LSB 00110100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7224.50
MSB … LSB 00111000
0010
ƒsynth. 7240.50
MSB … LSB 00111100
0010
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 57
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7192.75
MSB … LSB 00110000
Page 9 - 58
0011
ƒsynth. 7208.75
MSB … LSB 00110100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7224.75
MSB … LSB 00111000
0011
ƒsynth. 7240.75
MSB … LSB 00111100
0011
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7193.00
MSB … LSB 00110000
0100
ƒsynth. 7209.00
MSB … LSB 00110100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7225.00
MSB … LSB 00111000
0100
ƒsynth. 7241.00
MSB … LSB 00111100
0100
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 59
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7193.25
MSB … LSB 00110000
Page 9 - 60
0101
ƒsynth. 7209.25
MSB … LSB 00110100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7225.25
MSB … LSB 00111000
0101
ƒsynth. 7241.25
MSB … LSB 00111100
0101
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7193.50
MSB … LSB 00110000
0110
ƒsynth. 7209.50
MSB … LSB 00110100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7225.50
MSB … LSB 00111000
0110
ƒsynth. 7241.50
MSB … LSB 00111100
0110
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 61
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7193.75 7194.00 7194.25 7194.50 7194.75 7195.00 7195.25 7195.50 7195.75 7196.00 7196.25 7196.50 7196.75 7197.00 7197.25 7197.50 7197.75 7198.00 7198.25 7198.50 7198.75 7199.00 7199.25 7199.50 7199.75 7200.00 7200.25 7200.50 7200.75 7201.00 7201.25 7201.50 7201.75 7202.00 7202.25 7202.50 7202.75 7203.00 7203.25 7203.50 7203.75 7204.00 7204.25 7204.50 7204.75 7205.00 7205.25 7205.50 7205.75 7206.00 7206.25 7206.50 7206.75 7207.00 7207.25 7207.50 7207.75
MSB … LSB 00110000 00110000 00110000 00110000 00110000 00110000 00110000 00110000 00110000 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011
Page 9 - 62
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7209.75 7210.00 7210.25 7210.50 7210.75 7211.00 7211.25 7211.50 7211.75 7212.00 7212.25 7212.50 7212.75 7213.00 7213.25 7213.50 7213.75 7214.00 7214.25 7214.50 7214.75 7215.00 7215.25 7215.50 7215.75 7216.00 7216.25 7216.50 7216.75 7217.00 7217.25 7217.50 7217.75 7218.00 7218.25 7218.50 7218.75 7219.00 7219.25 7219.50 7219.75 7220.00 7220.25 7220.50 7220.75 7221.00 7221.25 7221.50 7221.75 7222.00 7222.25 7222.50 7222.75 7223.00 7223.25 7223.50 7223.75
MSB … LSB 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7225.75 7226.00 7226.25 7226.50 7226.75 7227.00 7227.25 7227.50 7227.75 7228.00 7228.25 7228.50 7228.75 7229.00 7229.25 7229.50 7229.75 7230.00 7230.25 7230.50 7230.75 7231.00 7231.25 7231.50 7231.75 7232.00 7232.25 7232.50 7232.75 7233.00 7233.25 7233.50 7233.75 7234.00 7234.25 7234.50 7234.75 7235.00 7235.25 7235.50 7235.75 7236.00 7236.25 7236.50 7236.75 7237.00 7237.25 7237.50 7237.75 7238.00 7238.25 7238.50 7238.75 7239.00 7239.25 7239.50 7239.75
MSB … LSB 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7241.75 7242.00 7242.25 7242.50 7242.75 7243.00 7243.25 7243.50 7243.75 7244.00 7244.25 7244.50 7244.75 7245.00 7245.25 7245.50 7245.75 7246.00 7246.25 7246.50 7246.75 7247.00 7247.25 7247.50 7247.75 7248.00 7248.25 7248.50 7248.75 7249.00 7249.25 7249.50 7249.75 7250.00 7250.25 7250.50 7250.75 7251.00 7251.25 7251.50 7251.75 7252.00 7252.25 7252.50 7252.75 7253.00 7253.25 7253.50 7253.75 7254.00 7254.25 7254.50 7254.75 7255.00 7255.25 7255.50 7255.75
MSB … LSB 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7256.00
MSB … LSB 01000000
0000
ƒsynth. 7272.00
MSB … LSB 01000100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7288.00
MSB … LSB 01001000
0000
ƒsynth. 7304.00
MSB … LSB 01001100
0000
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 63
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7256.25
MSB … LSB 01000000
Page 9 - 64
0001
ƒsynth. 7272.25
MSB … LSB 01000100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7288.25
MSB … LSB 01001000
0001
ƒsynth. 7304.25
MSB … LSB 01001100
0001
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7256.50
MSB … LSB 01000000
0010
ƒsynth. 7272.50
MSB … LSB 01000100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7288.50
MSB … LSB 01001000
0010
ƒsynth. 7304.50
MSB … LSB 01001100
0010
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 65
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7256.75
MSB … LSB 01000000
Page 9 - 66
0011
ƒsynth. 7272.75
MSB … LSB 01000100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7288.75
MSB … LSB 01001000
0011
ƒsynth. 7304.75
MSB … LSB 01001100
0011
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7257.00
MSB … LSB 01000000
0100
ƒsynth. 7273.00
MSB … LSB 01000100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7289.00
MSB … LSB 01001000
0100
ƒsynth. 7305.00
MSB … LSB 01001100
0100
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 67
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7257.25
MSB … LSB 01000000
Page 9 - 68
0101
ƒsynth. 7273.25
MSB … LSB 01000100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7289.25
MSB … LSB 01001000
0101
ƒsynth. 7305.25
MSB … LSB 01001100
0101
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7257.50
MSB … LSB 01000000
0110
ƒsynth. 7273.50
MSB … LSB 01000100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7289.50
MSB … LSB 01001000
0110
ƒsynth. 7305.50
MSB … LSB 01001100
0110
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 69
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7257.75 7258.00 7258.25 7258.50 7258.75 7259.00 7259.25 7259.50 7259.75 7260.00 7260.25 7260.50 7260.75 7261.00 7261.25 7261.50 7261.75 7262.00 7262.25 7262.50 7262.75 7263.00 7263.25 7263.50 7263.75 7264.00 7264.25 7264.50 7264.75 7265.00 7265.25 7265.50 7265.75 7266.00 7266.25 7266.50 7266.75 7267.00 7267.25 7267.50 7267.75 7268.00 7268.25 7268.50 7268.75 7269.00 7269.25 7269.50 7269.75 7270.00 7270.25 7270.50 7270.75 7271.00 7271.25 7271.50 7271.75
MSB … LSB 01000000 01000000 01000000 01000000 01000000 01000000 01000000 01000000 01000000 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011
Page 9 - 70
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7273.75 7274.00 7274.25 7274.50 7274.75 7275.00 7275.25 7275.50 7275.75 7276.00 7276.25 7276.50 7276.75 7277.00 7277.25 7277.50 7277.75 7278.00 7278.25 7278.50 7278.75 7279.00 7279.25 7279.50 7279.75 7280.00 7280.25 7280.50 7280.75 7281.00 7281.25 7281.50 7281.75 7282.00 7282.25 7282.50 7282.75 7283.00 7283.25 7283.50 7283.75 7284.00 7284.25 7284.50 7284.75 7285.00 7285.25 7285.50 7285.75 7286.00 7286.25 7286.50 7286.75 7287.00 7287.25 7287.50 7287.75
MSB … LSB 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7289.75 7290.00 7290.25 7290.50 7290.75 7291.00 7291.25 7291.50 7291.75 7292.00 7292.25 7292.50 7292.75 7293.00 7293.25 7293.50 7293.75 7294.00 7294.25 7294.50 7294.75 7295.00 7295.25 7295.50 7295.75 7296.00 7296.25 7296.50 7296.75 7297.00 7297.25 7297.50 7297.75 7298.00 7298.25 7298.50 7298.75 7299.00 7299.25 7299.50 7299.75 7300.00 7300.25 7300.50 7300.75 7301.00 7301.25 7301.50 7301.75 7302.00 7302.25 7302.50 7302.75 7303.00 7303.25 7303.50 7303.75
MSB … LSB 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7305.75 7306.00 7306.25 7306.50 7306.75 7307.00 7307.25 7307.50 7307.75 7308.00 7308.25 7308.50 7308.75 7309.00 7309.25 7309.50 7309.75 7310.00 7310.25 7310.50 7310.75 7311.00 7311.25 7311.50 7311.75 7312.00 7312.25 7312.50 7312.75 7313.00 7313.25 7313.50 7313.75 7314.00 7314.25 7314.50 7314.75 7315.00 7315.25 7315.50 7315.75 7316.00 7316.25 7316.50 7316.75 7317.00 7317.25 7317.50 7317.75 7318.00 7318.25 7318.50 7318.75 7319.00 7319.25 7319.50 7319.75
MSB … LSB 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7320.00
MSB … LSB 01010000
0000
ƒsynth. 7336.00
MSB … LSB 01010100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7352.00
MSB … LSB 01011000
0000
ƒsynth. 7368.00
MSB … LSB 01011100
0000
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 71
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7320.25
MSB … LSB 01010000
Page 9 - 72
0001
ƒsynth. 7336.25
MSB … LSB 01010100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7352.25
MSB … LSB 01011000
0001
ƒsynth. 7368.25
MSB … LSB 01011100
0001
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7320.50
MSB … LSB 01010000
0010
ƒsynth. 7336.50
MSB … LSB 01010100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7352.50
MSB … LSB 01011000
0010
ƒsynth. 7368.50
MSB … LSB 01011100
0010
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 73
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7320.75
MSB … LSB 01010000
Page 9 - 74
0011
ƒsynth. 7336.75
MSB … LSB 01010100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7352.75
MSB … LSB 01011000
0011
ƒsynth. 7368.75
MSB … LSB 01011100
0011
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7321.00
MSB … LSB 01010000
0100
ƒsynth. 7337.00
MSB … LSB 01010100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7353.00
MSB … LSB 01011000
0100
ƒsynth. 7369.00
MSB … LSB 01011100
0100
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 75
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7321.25
MSB … LSB 01010000
Page 9 - 76
0101
ƒsynth. 7337.25
MSB … LSB 01010100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7353.25
MSB … LSB 01011000
0101
ƒsynth. 7369.25
MSB … LSB 01011100
0101
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7321.50
MSB … LSB 01010000
0110
ƒsynth. 7337.50
MSB … LSB 01010100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7353.50
MSB … LSB 01011000
0110
ƒsynth. 7369.50
MSB … LSB 01011100
0110
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 77
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7321.75 7322.00 7322.25 7322.50 7322.75 7323.00 7323.25 7323.50 7323.75 7324.00 7324.25 7324.50 7324.75 7325.00 7325.25 7325.50 7325.75 7326.00 7326.25 7326.50 7326.75 7327.00 7327.25 7327.50 7327.75 7328.00 7328.25 7328.50 7328.75 7329.00 7329.25 7329.50 7329.75 7330.00 7330.25 7330.50 7330.75 7331.00 7331.25 7331.50 7331.75 7332.00 7332.25 7332.50 7332.75 7333.00 7333.25 7333.50 7333.75 7334.00 7334.25 7334.50 7334.75 7335.00 7335.25 7335.50 7335.75
MSB … LSB 01010000 01010000 01010000 01010000 01010000 01010000 01010000 01010000 01010000 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011
Page 9 - 78
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7337.75 7338.00 7338.25 7338.50 7338.75 7339.00 7339.25 7339.50 7339.75 7340.00 7340.25 7340.50 7340.75 7341.00 7341.25 7341.50 7341.75 7342.00 7342.25 7342.50 7342.75 7343.00 7343.25 7343.50 7343.75 7344.00 7344.25 7344.50 7344.75 7345.00 7345.25 7345.50 7345.75 7346.00 7346.25 7346.50 7346.75 7347.00 7347.25 7347.50 7347.75 7348.00 7348.25 7348.50 7348.75 7349.00 7349.25 7349.50 7349.75 7350.00 7350.25 7350.50 7350.75 7351.00 7351.25 7351.50 7351.75
MSB … LSB 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7353.75 7354.00 7354.25 7354.50 7354.75 7355.00 7355.25 7355.50 7355.75 7356.00 7356.25 7356.50 7356.75 7357.00 7357.25 7357.50 7357.75 7358.00 7358.25 7358.50 7358.75 7359.00 7359.25 7359.50 7359.75 7360.00 7360.25 7360.50 7360.75 7361.00 7361.25 7361.50 7361.75 7362.00 7362.25 7362.50 7362.75 7363.00 7363.25 7363.50 7363.75 7364.00 7364.25 7364.50 7364.75 7365.00 7365.25 7365.50 7365.75 7366.00 7366.25 7366.50 7366.75 7367.00 7367.25 7367.50 7367.75
MSB … LSB 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7369.75 7370.00 7370.25 7370.50 7370.75 7371.00 7371.25 7371.50 7371.75 7372.00 7372.25 7372.50 7372.75 7373.00 7373.25 7373.50 7373.75 7374.00 7374.25 7374.50 7374.75 7375.00 7375.25 7375.50 7375.75 7376.00 7376.25 7376.50 7376.75 7377.00 7377.25 7377.50 7377.75 7378.00 7378.25 7378.50 7378.75 7379.00 7379.25 7379.50 7379.75 7380.00 7380.25 7380.50 7380.75 7381.00 7381.25 7381.50 7381.75 7382.00 7382.25 7382.50 7382.75 7383.00 7383.25 7383.50 7383.75
MSB … LSB 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7384.00
MSB … LSB 01100000
0000
ƒsynth. 7400.00
MSB … LSB 01100100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7416.00
MSB … LSB 01101000
0000
ƒsynth. 7432.00
MSB … LSB 01101100
0000
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 79
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7384.25
MSB … LSB 01100000
Page 9 - 80
0001
ƒsynth. 7400.25
MSB … LSB 01100100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7416.25
MSB … LSB 01101000
0001
ƒsynth. 7432.25
MSB … LSB 01101100
0001
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7384.50
MSB … LSB 01100000
0010
ƒsynth. 7400.50
MSB … LSB 01100100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7416.50
MSB … LSB 01101000
0010
ƒsynth. 7432.50
MSB … LSB 01101100
0010
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 81
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7384.75
MSB … LSB 01100000
Page 9 - 82
0011
ƒsynth. 7400.75
MSB … LSB 01100100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7416.75
MSB … LSB 01101000
0011
ƒsynth. 7432.75
MSB … LSB 01101100
0011
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7385.00
MSB … LSB 01100000
0100
ƒsynth. 7401.00
MSB … LSB 01100100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7417.00
MSB … LSB 01101000
0100
ƒsynth. 7433.00
MSB … LSB 01101100
0100
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 83
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7385.25
MSB … LSB 01100000
Page 9 - 84
0101
ƒsynth. 7401.25
MSB … LSB 01100100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7417.25
MSB … LSB 01101000
0101
ƒsynth. 7433.25
MSB … LSB 01101100
0101
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7385.50
MSB … LSB 01100000
0110
ƒsynth. 7401.50
MSB … LSB 01100100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7417.50
MSB … LSB 01101000
0110
ƒsynth. 7433.50
MSB … LSB 01101100
0110
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 85
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7385.75 7386.00 7386.25 7386.50 7386.75 7387.00 7387.25 7387.50 7387.75 7388.00 7388.25 7388.50 7388.75 7389.00 7389.25 7389.50 7389.75 7390.00 7390.25 7390.50 7390.75 7391.00 7391.25 7391.50 7391.75 7392.00 7392.25 7392.50 7392.75 7393.00 7393.25 7393.50 7393.75 7394.00 7394.25 7394.50 7394.75 7395.00 7395.25 7395.50 7395.75 7396.00 7396.25 7396.50 7396.75 7397.00 7397.25 7397.50 7397.75 7398.00 7398.25 7398.50 7398.75 7399.00 7399.25 7399.50 7399.75
MSB … LSB 01100000 01100000 01100000 01100000 01100000 01100000 01100000 01100000 01100000 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011
Page 9 - 86
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7401.75 7402.00 7402.25 7402.50 7402.75 7403.00 7403.25 7403.50 7403.75 7404.00 7404.25 7404.50 7404.75 7405.00 7405.25 7405.50 7405.75 7406.00 7406.25 7406.50 7406.75 7407.00 7407.25 7407.50 7407.75 7408.00 7408.25 7408.50 7408.75 7409.00 7409.25 7409.50 7409.75 7410.00 7410.25 7410.50 7410.75 7411.00 7411.25 7411.50 7411.75 7412.00 7412.25 7412.50 7412.75 7413.00 7413.25 7413.50 7413.75 7414.00 7414.25 7414.50 7414.75 7415.00 7415.25 7415.50 7415.75
MSB … LSB 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7417.75 7418.00 7418.25 7418.50 7418.75 7419.00 7419.25 7419.50 7419.75 7420.00 7420.25 7420.50 7420.75 7421.00 7421.25 7421.50 7421.75 7422.00 7422.25 7422.50 7422.75 7423.00 7423.25 7423.50 7423.75 7424.00 7424.25 7424.50 7424.75 7425.00 7425.25 7425.50 7425.75 7426.00 7426.25 7426.50 7426.75 7427.00 7427.25 7427.50 7427.75 7428.00 7428.25 7428.50 7428.75 7429.00 7429.25 7429.50 7429.75 7430.00 7430.25 7430.50 7430.75 7431.00 7431.25 7431.50 7431.75
MSB … LSB 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7433.75 7434.00 7434.25 7434.50 7434.75 7435.00 7435.25 7435.50 7435.75 7436.00 7436.25 7436.50 7436.75 7437.00 7437.25 7437.50 7437.75 7438.00 7438.25 7438.50 7438.75 7439.00 7439.25 7439.50 7439.75 7440.00 7440.25 7440.50 7440.75 7441.00 7441.25 7441.50 7441.75 7442.00 7442.25 7442.50 7442.75 7443.00 7443.25 7443.50 7443.75 7444.00 7444.25 7444.50 7444.75 7445.00 7445.25 7445.50 7445.75 7446.00 7446.25 7446.50 7446.75 7447.00 7447.25 7447.50 7447.75
MSB … LSB 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7448.00
MSB … LSB 01110000
0000
ƒsynth. 7464.00
MSB … LSB 01110100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7480.00
MSB … LSB 01111000
0000
ƒsynth. 7496.00
MSB … LSB 01111100
0000
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 87
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7448.25
MSB … LSB 01110000
Page 9 - 88
0001
ƒsynth. 7464.25
MSB … LSB 01110100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7480.25
MSB … LSB 01111000
0001
ƒsynth. 7496.25
MSB … LSB 01111100
0001
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7448.50
MSB … LSB 01110000
0010
ƒsynth. 7464.50
MSB … LSB 01110100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7480.50
MSB … LSB 01111000
0010
ƒsynth. 7496.50
MSB … LSB 01111100
0010
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 89
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7448.75
MSB … LSB 01110000
Page 9 - 90
0011
ƒsynth. 7464.75
MSB … LSB 01110100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7480.75
MSB … LSB 01111000
0011
ƒsynth. 7496.75
MSB … LSB 01111100
0011
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7449.00
MSB … LSB 01110000
0100
ƒsynth. 7465.00
MSB … LSB 01110100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7481.00
MSB … LSB 01111000
0100
ƒsynth. 7497.00
MSB … LSB 01111100
0100
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 91
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7449.25
MSB … LSB 01110000
Page 9 - 92
0101
ƒsynth. 7465.25
MSB … LSB 01110100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7481.25
MSB … LSB 01111000
0101
ƒsynth. 7497.25
MSB … LSB 01111100
0101
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7449.50
MSB … LSB 01110000
0110
ƒsynth. 7465.50
MSB … LSB 01110100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7481.50
MSB … LSB 01111000
0110
ƒsynth. 7497.50
MSB … LSB 01111100
0110
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 93
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7449.75 7450.00 7450.25 7450.50 7450.75 7451.00 7451.25 7451.50 7451.75 7452.00 7452.25 7452.50 7452.75 7453.00 7453.25 7453.50 7453.75 7454.00 7454.25 7454.50 7454.75 7455.00 7455.25 7455.50 7455.75 7456.00 7456.25 7456.50 7456.75 7457.00 7457.25 7457.50 7457.75 7458.00 7458.25 7458.50 7458.75 7459.00 7459.25 7459.50 7459.75 7460.00 7460.25 7460.50 7460.75 7461.00 7461.25 7461.50 7461.75 7462.00 7462.25 7462.50 7462.75 7463.00 7463.25 7463.50 7463.75
MSB … LSB 01110000 01110000 01110000 01110000 01110000 01110000 01110000 01110000 01110000 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011
Page 9 - 94
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7465.75 7466.00 7466.25 7466.50 7466.75 7467.00 7467.25 7467.50 7467.75 7468.00 7468.25 7468.50 7468.75 7469.00 7469.25 7469.50 7469.75 7470.00 7470.25 7470.50 7470.75 7471.00 7471.25 7471.50 7471.75 7472.00 7472.25 7472.50 7472.75 7473.00 7473.25 7473.50 7473.75 7474.00 7474.25 7474.50 7474.75 7475.00 7475.25 7475.50 7475.75 7476.00 7476.25 7476.50 7476.75 7477.00 7477.25 7477.50 7477.75 7478.00 7478.25 7478.50 7478.75 7479.00 7479.25 7479.50 7479.75
MSB … LSB 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7481.75 7482.00 7482.25 7482.50 7482.75 7483.00 7483.25 7483.50 7483.75 7484.00 7484.25 7484.50 7484.75 7485.00 7485.25 7485.50 7485.75 7486.00 7486.25 7486.50 7486.75 7487.00 7487.25 7487.50 7487.75 7488.00 7488.25 7488.50 7488.75 7489.00 7489.25 7489.50 7489.75 7490.00 7490.25 7490.50 7490.75 7491.00 7491.25 7491.50 7491.75 7492.00 7492.25 7492.50 7492.75 7493.00 7493.25 7493.50 7493.75 7494.00 7494.25 7494.50 7494.75 7495.00 7495.25 7495.50 7495.75
MSB … LSB 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7497.75 7498.00 7498.25 7498.50 7498.75 7499.00 7499.25 7499.50 7499.75 7500.00 7500.25 7500.50 7500.75 7501.00 7501.25 7501.50 7501.75 7502.00 7502.25 7502.50 7502.75 7503.00 7503.25 7503.50 7503.75 7504.00 7504.25 7504.50 7504.75 7505.00 7505.25 7505.50 7505.75 7506.00 7506.25 7506.50 7506.75 7507.00 7507.25 7507.50 7507.75 7508.00 7508.25 7508.50 7508.75 7509.00 7509.25 7509.50 7509.75 7510.00 7510.25 7510.50 7510.75 7511.00 7511.25 7511.50 7511.75
MSB … LSB 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7512.00
MSB … LSB 10000000
0000
ƒsynth. 7528.00
MSB … LSB 10000100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7544.00
MSB … LSB 10001000
0000
ƒsynth. 7560.00
MSB … LSB 10001100
0000
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 95
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7512.25
MSB … LSB 10000000
Page 9 - 96
0001
ƒsynth. 7528.25
MSB … LSB 10000100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7544.25
MSB … LSB 10001000
0001
ƒsynth. 7560.25
MSB … LSB 10001100
0001
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7512.50
MSB … LSB 10000000
0010
ƒsynth. 7528.50
MSB … LSB 10000100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7544.50
MSB … LSB 10001000
0010
ƒsynth. 7560.50
MSB … LSB 10001100
0010
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 97
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7512.75
MSB … LSB 10000000
Page 9 - 98
0011
ƒsynth. 7528.75
MSB … LSB 10000100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7544.75
MSB … LSB 10001000
0011
ƒsynth. 7560.75
MSB … LSB 10001100
0011
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7513.00
MSB … LSB 10000000
0100
ƒsynth. 7529.00
MSB … LSB 10000100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7545.00
MSB … LSB 10001000
0100
ƒsynth. 7561.00
MSB … LSB 10001100
0100
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 99
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7513.25
MSB … LSB 10000000
Page 9 - 100
0101
ƒsynth. 7529.25
MSB … LSB 10000100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7545.25
MSB … LSB 10001000
0101
ƒsynth. 7561.25
MSB … LSB 10001100
0101
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7513.50
MSB … LSB 10000000
0110
ƒsynth. 7529.50
MSB … LSB 10000100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7545.50
MSB … LSB 10001000
0110
ƒsynth. 7561.50
MSB … LSB 10001100
0110
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 101
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7513.75 7514.00 7514.25 7514.50 7514.75 7515.00 7515.25 7515.50 7515.75 7516.00 7516.25 7516.50 7516.75 7517.00 7517.25 7517.50 7517.75 7518.00 7518.25 7518.50 7518.75 7519.00 7519.25 7519.50 7519.75 7520.00 7520.25 7520.50 7520.75 7521.00 7521.25 7521.50 7521.75 7522.00 7522.25 7522.50 7522.75 7523.00 7523.25 7523.50 7523.75 7524.00 7524.25 7524.50 7524.75 7525.00 7525.25 7525.50 7525.75 7526.00 7526.25 7526.50 7526.75 7527.00 7527.25 7527.50 7527.75
MSB … LSB 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011
Page 9 - 102
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7529.75 7530.00 7530.25 7530.50 7530.75 7531.00 7531.25 7531.50 7531.75 7532.00 7532.25 7532.50 7532.75 7533.00 7533.25 7533.50 7533.75 7534.00 7534.25 7534.50 7534.75 7535.00 7535.25 7535.50 7535.75 7536.00 7536.25 7536.50 7536.75 7537.00 7537.25 7537.50 7537.75 7538.00 7538.25 7538.50 7538.75 7539.00 7539.25 7539.50 7539.75 7540.00 7540.25 7540.50 7540.75 7541.00 7541.25 7541.50 7541.75 7542.00 7542.25 7542.50 7542.75 7543.00 7543.25 7543.50 7543.75
MSB … LSB 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7545.75 7546.00 7546.25 7546.50 7546.75 7547.00 7547.25 7547.50 7547.75 7548.00 7548.25 7548.50 7548.75 7549.00 7549.25 7549.50 7549.75 7550.00 7550.25 7550.50 7550.75 7551.00 7551.25 7551.50 7551.75 7552.00 7552.25 7552.50 7552.75 7553.00 7553.25 7553.50 7553.75 7554.00 7554.25 7554.50 7554.75 7555.00 7555.25 7555.50 7555.75 7556.00 7556.25 7556.50 7556.75 7557.00 7557.25 7557.50 7557.75 7558.00 7558.25 7558.50 7558.75 7559.00 7559.25 7559.50 7559.75
MSB … LSB 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7561.75 7562.00 7562.25 7562.50 7562.75 7563.00 7563.25 7563.50 7563.75 7564.00 7564.25 7564.50 7564.75 7565.00 7565.25 7565.50 7565.75 7566.00 7566.25 7566.50 7566.75 7567.00 7567.25 7567.50 7567.75 7568.00 7568.25 7568.50 7568.75 7569.00 7569.25 7569.50 7569.75 7570.00 7570.25 7570.50 7570.75 7571.00 7571.25 7571.50 7571.75 7572.00 7572.25 7572.50 7572.75 7573.00 7573.25 7573.50 7573.75 7574.00 7574.25 7574.50 7574.75 7575.00 7575.25 7575.50 7575.75
MSB … LSB 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7576.00
MSB … LSB 10010000
0000
ƒsynth. 7592.00
MSB … LSB 10010100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7608.00
MSB … LSB 10011000
0000
ƒsynth. 7624.00
MSB … LSB 10011100
0000
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 103
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7576.25
MSB … LSB 10010000
Page 9 - 104
0001
ƒsynth. 7592.25
MSB … LSB 10010100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7608.25
MSB … LSB 10011000
0001
ƒsynth. 7624.25
MSB … LSB 10011100
0001
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7576.50
MSB … LSB 10010000
0010
ƒsynth. 7592.50
MSB … LSB 10010100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7608.50
MSB … LSB 10011000
0010
ƒsynth. 7624.50
MSB … LSB 10011100
0010
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 105
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7576.75
MSB … LSB 10010000
Page 9 - 106
0011
ƒsynth. 7592.75
MSB … LSB 10010100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7608.75
MSB … LSB 10011000
0011
ƒsynth. 7624.75
MSB … LSB 10011100
0011
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7577.00
MSB … LSB 10010000
0100
ƒsynth. 7593.00
MSB … LSB 10010100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7609.00
MSB … LSB 10011000
0100
ƒsynth. 7625.00
MSB … LSB 10011100
0100
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 107
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7577.25
MSB … LSB 10010000
Page 9 - 108
0101
ƒsynth. 7593.25
MSB … LSB 10010100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7609.25
MSB … LSB 10011000
0101
ƒsynth. 7625.25
MSB … LSB 10011100
0101
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7577.50
MSB … LSB 10010000
0110
ƒsynth. 7593.50
MSB … LSB 10010100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7609.50
MSB … LSB 10011000
0110
ƒsynth. 7625.50
MSB … LSB 10011100
0110
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 109
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7577.75 7578.00 7578.25 7578.50 7578.75 7579.00 7579.25 7579.50 7579.75 7580.00 7580.25 7580.50 7580.75 7581.00 7581.25 7581.50 7581.75 7582.00 7582.25 7582.50 7582.75 7583.00 7583.25 7583.50 7583.75 7584.00 7584.25 7584.50 7584.75 7585.00 7585.25 7585.50 7585.75 7586.00 7586.25 7586.50 7586.75 7587.00 7587.25 7587.50 7587.75 7588.00 7588.25 7588.50 7588.75 7589.00 7589.25 7589.50 7589.75 7590.00 7590.25 7590.50 7590.75 7591.00 7591.25 7591.50 7591.75
MSB … LSB 10010000 10010000 10010000 10010000 10010000 10010000 10010000 10010000 10010000 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011
Page 9 - 110
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7593.75 7594.00 7594.25 7594.50 7594.75 7595.00 7595.25 7595.50 7595.75 7596.00 7596.25 7596.50 7596.75 7597.00 7597.25 7597.50 7597.75 7598.00 7598.25 7598.50 7598.75 7599.00 7599.25 7599.50 7599.75 7600.00 7600.25 7600.50 7600.75 7601.00 7601.25 7601.50 7601.75 7602.00 7602.25 7602.50 7602.75 7603.00 7603.25 7603.50 7603.75 7604.00 7604.25 7604.50 7604.75 7605.00 7605.25 7605.50 7605.75 7606.00 7606.25 7606.50 7606.75 7607.00 7607.25 7607.50 7607.75
MSB … LSB 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7609.75 7610.00 7610.25 7610.50 7610.75 7611.00 7611.25 7611.50 7611.75 7612.00 7612.25 7612.50 7612.75 7613.00 7613.25 7613.50 7613.75 7614.00 7614.25 7614.50 7614.75 7615.00 7615.25 7615.50 7615.75 7616.00 7616.25 7616.50 7616.75 7617.00 7617.25 7617.50 7617.75 7618.00 7618.25 7618.50 7618.75 7619.00 7619.25 7619.50 7619.75 7620.00 7620.25 7620.50 7620.75 7621.00 7621.25 7621.50 7621.75 7622.00 7622.25 7622.50 7622.75 7623.00 7623.25 7623.50 7623.75
MSB … LSB 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7625.75 7626.00 7626.25 7626.50 7626.75 7627.00 7627.25 7627.50 7627.75 7628.00 7628.25 7628.50 7628.75 7629.00 7629.25 7629.50 7629.75 7630.00 7630.25 7630.50 7630.75 7631.00 7631.25 7631.50 7631.75 7632.00 7632.25 7632.50 7632.75 7633.00 7633.25 7633.50 7633.75 7634.00 7634.25 7634.50 7634.75 7635.00 7635.25 7635.50 7635.75 7636.00 7636.25 7636.50 7636.75 7637.00 7637.25 7637.50 7637.75 7638.00 7638.25 7638.50 7638.75 7639.00 7639.25 7639.50 7639.75
MSB … LSB 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7640.00
MSB … LSB 10100000
0000
ƒsynth. 7656.00
MSB … LSB 10100100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7672.00
MSB … LSB 10101000
0000
ƒsynth. 7688.00
MSB … LSB 10101100
0000
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 111
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7640.25
MSB … LSB 10100000
Page 9 - 112
0001
ƒsynth. 7656.25
MSB … LSB 10100100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7672.25
MSB … LSB 10101000
0001
ƒsynth. 7688.25
MSB … LSB 10101100
0001
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7640.50
MSB … LSB 10100000
0010
ƒsynth. 7656.50
MSB … LSB 10100100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7672.50
MSB … LSB 10101000
0010
ƒsynth. 7688.50
MSB … LSB 10101100
0010
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 113
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7640.75
MSB … LSB 10100000
Page 9 - 114
0011
ƒsynth. 7656.75
MSB … LSB 10100100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7672.75
MSB … LSB 10101000
0011
ƒsynth. 7688.75
MSB … LSB 10101100
0011
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7641.00
MSB … LSB 10100000
0100
ƒsynth. 7657.00
MSB … LSB 10100100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7673.00
MSB … LSB 10101000
0100
ƒsynth. 7689.00
MSB … LSB 10101100
0100
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 115
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7641.25
MSB … LSB 10100000
Page 9 - 116
0101
ƒsynth. 7657.25
MSB … LSB 10100100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7673.25
MSB … LSB 10101000
0101
ƒsynth. 7689.25
MSB … LSB 10101100
0101
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7641.50
MSB … LSB 10100000
0110
ƒsynth. 7657.50
MSB … LSB 10100100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7673.50
MSB … LSB 10101000
0110
ƒsynth. 7689.50
MSB … LSB 10101100
0110
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 117
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7641.75 7642.00 7642.25 7642.50 7642.75 7643.00 7643.25 7643.50 7643.75 7644.00 7644.25 7644.50 7644.75 7645.00 7645.25 7645.50 7645.75 7646.00 7646.25 7646.50 7646.75 7647.00 7647.25 7647.50 7647.75 7648.00 7648.25 7648.50 7648.75 7649.00 7649.25 7649.50 7649.75 7650.00 7650.25 7650.50 7650.75 7651.00 7651.25 7651.50 7651.75 7652.00 7652.25 7652.50 7652.75 7653.00 7653.25 7653.50 7653.75 7654.00 7654.25 7654.50 7654.75 7655.00 7655.25 7655.50 7655.75
MSB … LSB 10100000 10100000 10100000 10100000 10100000 10100000 10100000 10100000 10100000 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011
Page 9 - 118
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7657.75 7658.00 7658.25 7658.50 7658.75 7659.00 7659.25 7659.50 7659.75 7660.00 7660.25 7660.50 7660.75 7661.00 7661.25 7661.50 7661.75 7662.00 7662.25 7662.50 7662.75 7663.00 7663.25 7663.50 7663.75 7664.00 7664.25 7664.50 7664.75 7665.00 7665.25 7665.50 7665.75 7666.00 7666.25 7666.50 7666.75 7667.00 7667.25 7667.50 7667.75 7668.00 7668.25 7668.50 7668.75 7669.00 7669.25 7669.50 7669.75 7670.00 7670.25 7670.50 7670.75 7671.00 7671.25 7671.50 7671.75
MSB … LSB 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7673.75 7674.00 7674.25 7674.50 7674.75 7675.00 7675.25 7675.50 7675.75 7676.00 7676.25 7676.50 7676.75 7677.00 7677.25 7677.50 7677.75 7678.00 7678.25 7678.50 7678.75 7679.00 7679.25 7679.50 7679.75 7680.00 7680.25 7680.50 7680.75 7681.00 7681.25 7681.50 7681.75 7682.00 7682.25 7682.50 7682.75 7683.00 7683.25 7683.50 7683.75 7684.00 7684.25 7684.50 7684.75 7685.00 7685.25 7685.50 7685.75 7686.00 7686.25 7686.50 7686.75 7687.00 7687.25 7687.50 7687.75
MSB … LSB 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7689.75 7690.00 7690.25 7690.50 7690.75 7691.00 7691.25 7691.50 7691.75 7692.00 7692.25 7692.50 7692.75 7693.00 7693.25 7693.50 7693.75 7694.00 7694.25 7694.50 7694.75 7695.00 7695.25 7695.50 7695.75 7696.00 7696.25 7696.50 7696.75 7697.00 7697.25 7697.50 7697.75 7698.00 7698.25 7698.50 7698.75 7699.00 7699.25 7699.50 7699.75 7700.00 7700.25 7700.50 7700.75 7701.00 7701.25 7701.50 7701.75 7702.00 7702.25 7702.50 7702.75 7703.00 7703.25 7703.50 7703.75
MSB … LSB 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7704.00
MSB … LSB 10110000
0000
ƒsynth. 7720.00
MSB … LSB 10110100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7736.00
MSB … LSB 10111000
0000
ƒsynth. 7752.00
MSB … LSB 10111100
0000
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 119
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7704.25
MSB … LSB 10110000
Page 9 - 120
0001
ƒsynth. 7720.25
MSB … LSB 10110100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7736.25
MSB … LSB 10111000
0001
ƒsynth. 7752.25
MSB … LSB 10111100
0001
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7704.50
MSB … LSB 10110000
0010
ƒsynth. 7720.50
MSB … LSB 10110100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7736.50
MSB … LSB 10111000
0010
ƒsynth. 7752.50
MSB … LSB 10111100
0010
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 121
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7704.75
MSB … LSB 10110000
Page 9 - 122
0011
ƒsynth. 7720.75
MSB … LSB 10110100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7736.75
MSB … LSB 10111000
0011
ƒsynth. 7752.75
MSB … LSB 10111100
0011
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7705.00
MSB … LSB 10110000
0100
ƒsynth. 7721.00
MSB … LSB 10110100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7737.00
MSB … LSB 10111000
0100
ƒsynth. 7753.00
MSB … LSB 10111100
0100
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 123
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7705.25
MSB … LSB 10110000
Page 9 - 124
0101
ƒsynth. 7721.25
MSB … LSB 10110100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7737.25
MSB … LSB 10111000
0101
ƒsynth. 7753.25
MSB … LSB 10111100
0101
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth. 7705.50
MSB … LSB 10110000
0110
ƒsynth. 7721.50
MSB … LSB 10110100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7737.50
MSB … LSB 10111000
0110
ƒsynth. 7753.50
MSB … LSB 10111100
0110
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 125
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4: ƒsynth. 7705.75 7706.00 7706.25 7706.50 7706.75 7707.00 7707.25 7707.50 7707.75 7708.00 7708.25 7708.50 7708.75 7709.00 7709.25 7709.50 7709.75 7710.00 7710.25 7710.50 7710.75 7711.00 7711.25 7711.50 7711.75 7712.00 7712.25 7712.50 7712.75 7713.00 7713.25 7713.50 7713.75 7714.00 7714.25 7714.50 7714.75 7715.00 7715.25 7715.50 7715.75 7716.00 7716.25 7716.50 7716.75 7717.00 7717.25 7717.50 7717.75 7718.00 7718.25 7718.50 7718.75 7719.00 7719.25 7719.50 7719.75
MSB … LSB 10110000 10110000 10110000 10110000 10110000 10110000 10110000 10110000 10110000 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011
Page 9 - 126
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7721.75 7722.00 7722.25 7722.50 7722.75 7723.00 7723.25 7723.50 7723.75 7724.00 7724.25 7724.50 7724.75 7725.00 7725.25 7725.50 7725.75 7726.00 7726.25 7726.50 7726.75 7727.00 7727.25 7727.50 7727.75 7728.00 7728.25 7728.50 7728.75 7729.00 7729.25 7729.50 7729.75 7730.00 7730.25 7730.50 7730.75 7731.00 7731.25 7731.50 7731.75 7732.00 7732.25 7732.50 7732.75 7733.00 7733.25 7733.50 7733.75 7734.00 7734.25 7734.50 7734.75 7735.00 7735.25 7735.50 7735.75
MSB … LSB 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7737.75 7738.00 7738.25 7738.50 7738.75 7739.00 7739.25 7739.50 7739.75 7740.00 7740.25 7740.50 7740.75 7741.00 7741.25 7741.50 7741.75 7742.00 7742.25 7742.50 7742.75 7743.00 7743.25 7743.50 7743.75 7744.00 7744.25 7744.50 7744.75 7745.00 7745.25 7745.50 7745.75 7746.00 7746.25 7746.50 7746.75 7747.00 7747.25 7747.50 7747.75 7748.00 7748.25 7748.50 7748.75 7749.00 7749.25 7749.50 7749.75 7750.00 7750.25 7750.50 7750.75 7751.00 7751.25 7751.50 7751.75
MSB … LSB 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7753.75 7754.00 7754.25 7754.50 7754.75 7755.00 7755.25 7755.50 7755.75 7756.00 7756.25 7756.50 7756.75 7757.00 7757.25 7757.50 7757.75 7758.00 7758.25 7758.50 7758.75 7759.00 7759.25 7759.50 7759.75 7760.00 7760.25 7760.50 7760.75 7761.00 7761.25 7761.50 7761.75 7762.00 7762.25 7762.50 7762.75 7763.00 7763.25 7763.50 7763.75 7764.00 7764.25 7764.50 7764.75 7765.00 7765.25 7765.50 7765.75 7766.00 7766.25 7766.50 7766.75 7767.00 7767.25 7767.50 7767.75
MSB … LSB 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-4:
ƒsynth.
MSB … LSB 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011
0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001
ƒsynth. 7784.00 7784.25 7784.50 7784.75 7785.00 7785.25 7785.50 7785.75 7786.00 7786.25 7786.50 7786.75 7787.00 7787.25 7787.50 7787.75 7788.00 7788.25 7788.50 7788.75 7789.00 7789.25 7789.50 7789.75 7790.00 7790.25 7790.50 7790.75 7791.00 7791.25 7791.50 7791.75 7792.00 7792.25 7792.50 7792.75 7793.00 7793.25 7793.50 7793.75 7794.00 7794.25 7794.50 7794.75 7795.00 7795.25 7795.50 7795.75 7796.00 7796.25 7796.50 7796.75 7797.00 7797.25 7797.50 7797.75 7798.00 7798.25
MSB … LSB 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111
0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001
ƒsynth. 7800.00 7800.25 7800.50 7800.75 7801.00 7801.25 7801.50 7801.75 7802.00 7802.25 7802.50 7802.75 7803.00 7803.25 7803.50 7803.75 7804.00 7804.25 7804.50 7804.75 7805.00 7805.25 7805.50 7805.75 7806.00 7806.25 7806.50 7806.75 7807.00 7807.25 7807.50 7807.75 7808.00 7808.25 7808.50 7808.75 7809.00 7809.25 7809.50 7809.75 7810.00 7810.25 7810.50 7810.75 7811.00 7811.25 7811.50 7811.75 7812.00 7812.25 7812.50 7812.75 7813.00 7813.25 7813.50 7813.75 7814.00 7814.25
MSB … LSB 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011
ƒsynth.
MSB … LSB
0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001
REPLACING UNITS
7768.00 7768.25 7768.50 7768.75 7769.00 7769.25 7769.50 7769.75 7770.00 7770.25 7770.50 7770.75 7771.00 7771.25 7771.50 7771.75 7772.00 7772.25 7772.50 7772.75 7773.00 7773.25 7773.50 7773.75 7774.00 7774.25 7774.50 7774.75 7775.00 7775.25 7775.50 7775.75 7776.00 7776.25 7776.50 7776.75 7777.00 7777.25 7777.50 7777.75 7778.00 7778.25 7778.50 7778.75 7779.00 7779.25 7779.50 7779.75 7780.00 7780.25 7780.50 7780.75 7781.00 7781.25 7781.50 7781.75 7782.00 7782.25
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 001 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Page 9 - 127
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7800.00
MSB … LSB 00000000
Page 9 - 128
0000
ƒsynth. 7816.00
MSB … LSB 00000100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7832.00
MSB … LSB 00001000
0000
ƒsynth. 7848.00
MSB … LSB 00001100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 7800.25
MSB … LSB 00000000
0001
ƒsynth. 7816.25
MSB … LSB 00000100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7832.25
MSB … LSB 00001000
0001
ƒsynth. 7848.25
MSB … LSB 00001100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 129
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7800.50
MSB … LSB 00000000
Page 9 - 130
0010
ƒsynth. 7816.50
MSB … LSB 00000100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7832.50
MSB … LSB 00001000
0010
ƒsynth. 7848.50
MSB … LSB 00001100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 7800.75
MSB … LSB 00000000
0011
ƒsynth. 7816.75
MSB … LSB 00000100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7832.75
MSB … LSB 00001000
0011
ƒsynth. 7848.75
MSB … LSB 00001100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 131
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7801.00
MSB … LSB 00000000
Page 9 - 132
0100
ƒsynth. 7817.00
MSB … LSB 00000100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7833.00
MSB … LSB 00001000
0100
ƒsynth. 7849.00
MSB … LSB 00001100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 7801.25
MSB … LSB 00000000
0101
ƒsynth. 7817.25
MSB … LSB 00000100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7833.25
MSB … LSB 00001000
0101
ƒsynth. 7849.25
MSB … LSB 00001100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 133
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7801.50
MSB … LSB 00000000
Page 9 - 134
0110
ƒsynth. 7817.50
MSB … LSB 00000100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7833.50
MSB … LSB 00001000
0110
ƒsynth. 7849.50
MSB … LSB 00001100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000010 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7817.75 7818.00 7818.25 7818.50 7818.75 7819.00 7819.25 7819.50 7819.75 7820.00 7820.25 7820.50 7820.75 7821.00 7821.25 7821.50 7821.75 7822.00 7822.25 7822.50 7822.75 7823.00 7823.25 7823.50 7823.75 7824.00 7824.25 7824.50 7824.75 7825.00 7825.25 7825.50 7825.75 7826.00 7826.25 7826.50 7826.75 7827.00 7827.25 7827.50 7827.75 7828.00 7828.25 7828.50 7828.75 7829.00 7829.25 7829.50 7829.75 7830.00 7830.25 7830.50 7830.75 7831.00 7831.25 7831.50 7831.75
MSB … LSB 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000100 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000101 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000110 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111 00000111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7833.75 7834.00 7834.25 7834.50 7834.75 7835.00 7835.25 7835.50 7835.75 7836.00 7836.25 7836.50 7836.75 7837.00 7837.25 7837.50 7837.75 7838.00 7838.25 7838.50 7838.75 7839.00 7839.25 7839.50 7839.75 7840.00 7840.25 7840.50 7840.75 7841.00 7841.25 7841.50 7841.75 7842.00 7842.25 7842.50 7842.75 7843.00 7843.25 7843.50 7843.75 7844.00 7844.25 7844.50 7844.75 7845.00 7845.25 7845.50 7845.75 7846.00 7846.25 7846.50 7846.75 7847.00 7847.25 7847.50 7847.75
MSB … LSB 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001000 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001001 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001010 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011 00001011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7849.75 7850.00 7850.25 7850.50 7850.75 7851.00 7851.25 7851.50 7851.75 7852.00 7852.25 7852.50 7852.75 7853.00 7853.25 7853.50 7853.75 7854.00 7854.25 7854.50 7854.75 7855.00 7855.25 7855.50 7855.75 7856.00 7856.25 7856.50 7856.75 7857.00 7857.25 7857.50 7857.75 7858.00 7858.25 7858.50 7858.75 7859.00 7859.25 7859.50 7859.75 7860.00 7860.25 7860.50 7860.75 7861.00 7861.25 7861.50 7861.75 7862.00 7862.25 7862.50 7862.75 7863.00 7863.25 7863.50 7863.75
MSB … LSB 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001100 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001101 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001110 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111 00001111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 135
REPLACING UNITS
7801.75 7802.00 7802.25 7802.50 7802.75 7803.00 7803.25 7803.50 7803.75 7804.00 7804.25 7804.50 7804.75 7805.00 7805.25 7805.50 7805.75 7806.00 7806.25 7806.50 7806.75 7807.00 7807.25 7807.50 7807.75 7808.00 7808.25 7808.50 7808.75 7809.00 7809.25 7809.50 7809.75 7810.00 7810.25 7810.50 7810.75 7811.00 7811.25 7811.50 7811.75 7812.00 7812.25 7812.50 7812.75 7813.00 7813.25 7813.50 7813.75 7814.00 7814.25 7814.50 7814.75 7815.00 7815.25 7815.50 7815.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7864.00
MSB … LSB 00010000
Page 9 - 136
0000
ƒsynth. 7880.00
MSB … LSB 00010100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7896.00
MSB … LSB 00011000
0000
ƒsynth. 7912.00
MSB … LSB 00011100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 7864.25
MSB … LSB 00010000
0001
ƒsynth. 7880.25
MSB … LSB 00010100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7896.25
MSB … LSB 00011000
0001
ƒsynth. 7912.25
MSB … LSB 00011100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 137
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7864.50
MSB … LSB 00010000
Page 9 - 138
0010
ƒsynth. 7880.50
MSB … LSB 00010100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7896.50
MSB … LSB 00011000
0010
ƒsynth. 7912.50
MSB … LSB 00011100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 7864.75
MSB … LSB 00010000
0011
ƒsynth. 7880.75
MSB … LSB 00010100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7896.75
MSB … LSB 00011000
0011
ƒsynth. 7912.75
MSB … LSB 00011100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 139
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7865.00
MSB … LSB 00010000
Page 9 - 140
0100
ƒsynth. 7881.00
MSB … LSB 00010100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7897.00
MSB … LSB 00011000
0100
ƒsynth. 7913.00
MSB … LSB 00011100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 7865.25
MSB … LSB 00010000
0101
ƒsynth. 7881.25
MSB … LSB 00010100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7897.25
MSB … LSB 00011000
0101
ƒsynth. 7913.25
MSB … LSB 00011100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 141
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7865.50
MSB … LSB 00010000
Page 9 - 142
0110
ƒsynth. 7881.50
MSB … LSB 00010100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7897.50
MSB … LSB 00011000
0110
ƒsynth. 7913.50
MSB … LSB 00011100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
00010000 00010000 00010000 00010000 00010000 00010000 00010000 00010000 00010000 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010001 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010010 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011 00010011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7881.75 7882.00 7882.25 7882.50 7882.75 7883.00 7883.25 7883.50 7883.75 7884.00 7884.25 7884.50 7884.75 7885.00 7885.25 7885.50 7885.75 7886.00 7886.25 7886.50 7886.75 7887.00 7887.25 7887.50 7887.75 7888.00 7888.25 7888.50 7888.75 7889.00 7889.25 7889.50 7889.75 7890.00 7890.25 7890.50 7890.75 7891.00 7891.25 7891.50 7891.75 7892.00 7892.25 7892.50 7892.75 7893.00 7893.25 7893.50 7893.75 7894.00 7894.25 7894.50 7894.75 7895.00 7895.25 7895.50 7895.75
MSB … LSB 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010100 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010101 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010110 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111 00010111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7897.75 7898.00 7898.25 7898.50 7898.75 7899.00 7899.25 7899.50 7899.75 7900.00 7900.25 7900.50 7900.75 7901.00 7901.25 7901.50 7901.75 7902.00 7902.25 7902.50 7902.75 7903.00 7903.25 7903.50 7903.75 7904.00 7904.25 7904.50 7904.75 7905.00 7905.25 7905.50 7905.75 7906.00 7906.25 7906.50 7906.75 7907.00 7907.25 7907.50 7907.75 7908.00 7908.25 7908.50 7908.75 7909.00 7909.25 7909.50 7909.75 7910.00 7910.25 7910.50 7910.75 7911.00 7911.25 7911.50 7911.75
MSB … LSB 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011000 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011001 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011010 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011 00011011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7913.75 7914.00 7914.25 7914.50 7914.75 7915.00 7915.25 7915.50 7915.75 7916.00 7916.25 7916.50 7916.75 7917.00 7917.25 7917.50 7917.75 7918.00 7918.25 7918.50 7918.75 7919.00 7919.25 7919.50 7919.75 7920.00 7920.25 7920.50 7920.75 7921.00 7921.25 7921.50 7921.75 7922.00 7922.25 7922.50 7922.75 7923.00 7923.25 7923.50 7923.75 7924.00 7924.25 7924.50 7924.75 7925.00 7925.25 7925.50 7925.75 7926.00 7926.25 7926.50 7926.75 7927.00 7927.25 7927.50 7927.75
MSB … LSB 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011100 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011101 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011110 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111 00011111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 143
REPLACING UNITS
7865.75 7866.00 7866.25 7866.50 7866.75 7867.00 7867.25 7867.50 7867.75 7868.00 7868.25 7868.50 7868.75 7869.00 7869.25 7869.50 7869.75 7870.00 7870.25 7870.50 7870.75 7871.00 7871.25 7871.50 7871.75 7872.00 7872.25 7872.50 7872.75 7873.00 7873.25 7873.50 7873.75 7874.00 7874.25 7874.50 7874.75 7875.00 7875.25 7875.50 7875.75 7876.00 7876.25 7876.50 7876.75 7877.00 7877.25 7877.50 7877.75 7878.00 7878.25 7878.50 7878.75 7879.00 7879.25 7879.50 7879.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7928.00
MSB … LSB 00100000
Page 9 - 144
0000
ƒsynth. 7944.00
MSB … LSB 00100100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7960.00
MSB … LSB 00101000
0000
ƒsynth. 7976.00
MSB … LSB 00101100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 7928.25
MSB … LSB 00100000
0001
ƒsynth. 7944.25
MSB … LSB 00100100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7960.25
MSB … LSB 00101000
0001
ƒsynth. 7976.25
MSB … LSB 00101100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 145
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7928.50
MSB … LSB 00100000
Page 9 - 146
0010
ƒsynth. 7944.50
MSB … LSB 00100100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7960.50
MSB … LSB 00101000
0010
ƒsynth. 7976.50
MSB … LSB 00101100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 7928.75
MSB … LSB 00100000
0011
ƒsynth. 7944.75
MSB … LSB 00100100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7960.75
MSB … LSB 00101000
0011
ƒsynth. 7976.75
MSB … LSB 00101100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 147
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7929.00
MSB … LSB 00100000
Page 9 - 148
0100
ƒsynth. 7945.00
MSB … LSB 00100100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7961.00
MSB … LSB 00101000
0100
ƒsynth. 7977.00
MSB … LSB 00101100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 7929.25
MSB … LSB 00100000
0101
ƒsynth. 7945.25
MSB … LSB 00100100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7961.25
MSB … LSB 00101000
0101
ƒsynth. 7977.25
MSB … LSB 00101100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 149
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7929.50
MSB … LSB 00100000
Page 9 - 150
0110
ƒsynth. 7945.50
MSB … LSB 00100100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 7961.50
MSB … LSB 00101000
0110
ƒsynth. 7977.50
MSB … LSB 00101100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
00100000 00100000 00100000 00100000 00100000 00100000 00100000 00100000 00100000 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100001 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100010 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011 00100011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7945.75 7946.00 7946.25 7946.50 7946.75 7947.00 7947.25 7947.50 7947.75 7948.00 7948.25 7948.50 7948.75 7949.00 7949.25 7949.50 7949.75 7950.00 7950.25 7950.50 7950.75 7951.00 7951.25 7951.50 7951.75 7952.00 7952.25 7952.50 7952.75 7953.00 7953.25 7953.50 7953.75 7954.00 7954.25 7954.50 7954.75 7955.00 7955.25 7955.50 7955.75 7956.00 7956.25 7956.50 7956.75 7957.00 7957.25 7957.50 7957.75 7958.00 7958.25 7958.50 7958.75 7959.00 7959.25 7959.50 7959.75
MSB … LSB 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100100 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100101 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100110 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111 00100111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7961.75 7962.00 7962.25 7962.50 7962.75 7963.00 7963.25 7963.50 7963.75 7964.00 7964.25 7964.50 7964.75 7965.00 7965.25 7965.50 7965.75 7966.00 7966.25 7966.50 7966.75 7967.00 7967.25 7967.50 7967.75 7968.00 7968.25 7968.50 7968.75 7969.00 7969.25 7969.50 7969.75 7970.00 7970.25 7970.50 7970.75 7971.00 7971.25 7971.50 7971.75 7972.00 7972.25 7972.50 7972.75 7973.00 7973.25 7973.50 7973.75 7974.00 7974.25 7974.50 7974.75 7975.00 7975.25 7975.50 7975.75
MSB … LSB 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101000 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101001 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101010 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011 00101011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 7977.75 7978.00 7978.25 7978.50 7978.75 7979.00 7979.25 7979.50 7979.75 7980.00 7980.25 7980.50 7980.75 7981.00 7981.25 7981.50 7981.75 7982.00 7982.25 7982.50 7982.75 7983.00 7983.25 7983.50 7983.75 7984.00 7984.25 7984.50 7984.75 7985.00 7985.25 7985.50 7985.75 7986.00 7986.25 7986.50 7986.75 7987.00 7987.25 7987.50 7987.75 7988.00 7988.25 7988.50 7988.75 7989.00 7989.25 7989.50 7989.75 7990.00 7990.25 7990.50 7990.75 7991.00 7991.25 7991.50 7991.75
MSB … LSB 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101100 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101101 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101110 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111 00101111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 151
REPLACING UNITS
7929.75 7930.00 7930.25 7930.50 7930.75 7931.00 7931.25 7931.50 7931.75 7932.00 7932.25 7932.50 7932.75 7933.00 7933.25 7933.50 7933.75 7934.00 7934.25 7934.50 7934.75 7935.00 7935.25 7935.50 7935.75 7936.00 7936.25 7936.50 7936.75 7937.00 7937.25 7937.50 7937.75 7938.00 7938.25 7938.50 7938.75 7939.00 7939.25 7939.50 7939.75 7940.00 7940.25 7940.50 7940.75 7941.00 7941.25 7941.50 7941.75 7942.00 7942.25 7942.50 7942.75 7943.00 7943.25 7943.50 7943.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7992.00
MSB … LSB 00110000
Page 9 - 152
0000
ƒsynth. 8008.00
MSB … LSB 00110100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8024.00
MSB … LSB 00111000
0000
ƒsynth. 8040.00
MSB … LSB 00111100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 7992.25
MSB … LSB 00110000
0001
ƒsynth. 8008.25
MSB … LSB 00110100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8024.25
MSB … LSB 00111000
0001
ƒsynth. 8040.25
MSB … LSB 00111100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 153
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7992.50
MSB … LSB 00110000
Page 9 - 154
0010
ƒsynth. 8008.50
MSB … LSB 00110100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8024.50
MSB … LSB 00111000
0010
ƒsynth. 8040.50
MSB … LSB 00111100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 7992.75
MSB … LSB 00110000
0011
ƒsynth. 8008.75
MSB … LSB 00110100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8024.75
MSB … LSB 00111000
0011
ƒsynth. 8040.75
MSB … LSB 00111100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 155
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7993.00
MSB … LSB 00110000
Page 9 - 156
0100
ƒsynth. 8009.00
MSB … LSB 00110100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8025.00
MSB … LSB 00111000
0100
ƒsynth. 8041.00
MSB … LSB 00111100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 7993.25
MSB … LSB 00110000
0101
ƒsynth. 8009.25
MSB … LSB 00110100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8025.25
MSB … LSB 00111000
0101
ƒsynth. 8041.25
MSB … LSB 00111100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 157
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 7993.50
MSB … LSB 00110000
Page 9 - 158
0110
ƒsynth. 8009.50
MSB … LSB 00110100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8025.50
MSB … LSB 00111000
0110
ƒsynth. 8041.50
MSB … LSB 00111100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
00110000 00110000 00110000 00110000 00110000 00110000 00110000 00110000 00110000 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110001 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110010 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011 00110011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8009.75 8010.00 8010.25 8010.50 8010.75 8011.00 8011.25 8011.50 8011.75 8012.00 8012.25 8012.50 8012.75 8013.00 8013.25 8013.50 8013.75 8014.00 8014.25 8014.50 8014.75 8015.00 8015.25 8015.50 8015.75 8016.00 8016.25 8016.50 8016.75 8017.00 8017.25 8017.50 8017.75 8018.00 8018.25 8018.50 8018.75 8019.00 8019.25 8019.50 8019.75 8020.00 8020.25 8020.50 8020.75 8021.00 8021.25 8021.50 8021.75 8022.00 8022.25 8022.50 8022.75 8023.00 8023.25 8023.50 8023.75
MSB … LSB 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110100 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111 00110111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8025.75 8026.00 8026.25 8026.50 8026.75 8027.00 8027.25 8027.50 8027.75 8028.00 8028.25 8028.50 8028.75 8029.00 8029.25 8029.50 8029.75 8030.00 8030.25 8030.50 8030.75 8031.00 8031.25 8031.50 8031.75 8032.00 8032.25 8032.50 8032.75 8033.00 8033.25 8033.50 8033.75 8034.00 8034.25 8034.50 8034.75 8035.00 8035.25 8035.50 8035.75 8036.00 8036.25 8036.50 8036.75 8037.00 8037.25 8037.50 8037.75 8038.00 8038.25 8038.50 8038.75 8039.00 8039.25 8039.50 8039.75
MSB … LSB 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111000 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111001 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111010 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011 00111011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8041.75 8042.00 8042.25 8042.50 8042.75 8043.00 8043.25 8043.50 8043.75 8044.00 8044.25 8044.50 8044.75 8045.00 8045.25 8045.50 8045.75 8046.00 8046.25 8046.50 8046.75 8047.00 8047.25 8047.50 8047.75 8048.00 8048.25 8048.50 8048.75 8049.00 8049.25 8049.50 8049.75 8050.00 8050.25 8050.50 8050.75 8051.00 8051.25 8051.50 8051.75 8052.00 8052.25 8052.50 8052.75 8053.00 8053.25 8053.50 8053.75 8054.00 8054.25 8054.50 8054.75 8055.00 8055.25 8055.50 8055.75
MSB … LSB 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111100 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111101 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111110 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 159
REPLACING UNITS
7993.75 7994.00 7994.25 7994.50 7994.75 7995.00 7995.25 7995.50 7995.75 7996.00 7996.25 7996.50 7996.75 7997.00 7997.25 7997.50 7997.75 7998.00 7998.25 7998.50 7998.75 7999.00 7999.25 7999.50 7999.75 8000.00 8000.25 8000.50 8000.75 8001.00 8001.25 8001.50 8001.75 8002.00 8002.25 8002.50 8002.75 8003.00 8003.25 8003.50 8003.75 8004.00 8004.25 8004.50 8004.75 8005.00 8005.25 8005.50 8005.75 8006.00 8006.25 8006.50 8006.75 8007.00 8007.25 8007.50 8007.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8056.00
MSB … LSB 01000000
Page 9 - 160
0000
ƒsynth. 8072.00
MSB … LSB 01000100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8088.00
MSB … LSB 01001000
0000
ƒsynth. 8104.00
MSB … LSB 01001100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8056.25
MSB … LSB 01000000
0001
ƒsynth. 8072.25
MSB … LSB 01000100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8088.25
MSB … LSB 01001000
0001
ƒsynth. 8104.25
MSB … LSB 01001100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 161
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8056.50
MSB … LSB 01000000
Page 9 - 162
0010
ƒsynth. 8072.50
MSB … LSB 01000100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8088.50
MSB … LSB 01001000
0010
ƒsynth. 8104.50
MSB … LSB 01001100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8056.75
MSB … LSB 01000000
0011
ƒsynth. 8072.75
MSB … LSB 01000100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8088.75
MSB … LSB 01001000
0011
ƒsynth. 8104.75
MSB … LSB 01001100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 163
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8057.00
MSB … LSB 01000000
Page 9 - 164
0100
ƒsynth. 8073.00
MSB … LSB 01000100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8089.00
MSB … LSB 01001000
0100
ƒsynth. 8105.00
MSB … LSB 01001100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8057.25
MSB … LSB 01000000
0101
ƒsynth. 8073.25
MSB … LSB 01000100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8089.25
MSB … LSB 01001000
0101
ƒsynth. 8105.25
MSB … LSB 01001100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 165
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8057.50
MSB … LSB 01000000
Page 9 - 166
0110
ƒsynth. 8073.50
MSB … LSB 01000100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8089.50
MSB … LSB 01001000
0110
ƒsynth. 8105.50
MSB … LSB 01001100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
01000000 01000000 01000000 01000000 01000000 01000000 01000000 01000000 01000000 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000001 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000010 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011 01000011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8073.75 8074.00 8074.25 8074.50 8074.75 8075.00 8075.25 8075.50 8075.75 8076.00 8076.25 8076.50 8076.75 8077.00 8077.25 8077.50 8077.75 8078.00 8078.25 8078.50 8078.75 8079.00 8079.25 8079.50 8079.75 8080.00 8080.25 8080.50 8080.75 8081.00 8081.25 8081.50 8081.75 8082.00 8082.25 8082.50 8082.75 8083.00 8083.25 8083.50 8083.75 8084.00 8084.25 8084.50 8084.75 8085.00 8085.25 8085.50 8085.75 8086.00 8086.25 8086.50 8086.75 8087.00 8087.25 8087.50 8087.75
MSB … LSB 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000100 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000101 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000110 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111 01000111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8089.75 8090.00 8090.25 8090.50 8090.75 8091.00 8091.25 8091.50 8091.75 8092.00 8092.25 8092.50 8092.75 8093.00 8093.25 8093.50 8093.75 8094.00 8094.25 8094.50 8094.75 8095.00 8095.25 8095.50 8095.75 8096.00 8096.25 8096.50 8096.75 8097.00 8097.25 8097.50 8097.75 8098.00 8098.25 8098.50 8098.75 8099.00 8099.25 8099.50 8099.75 8100.00 8100.25 8100.50 8100.75 8101.00 8101.25 8101.50 8101.75 8102.00 8102.25 8102.50 8102.75 8103.00 8103.25 8103.50 8103.75
MSB … LSB 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001000 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001001 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001010 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011 01001011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8105.75 8106.00 8106.25 8106.50 8106.75 8107.00 8107.25 8107.50 8107.75 8108.00 8108.25 8108.50 8108.75 8109.00 8109.25 8109.50 8109.75 8110.00 8110.25 8110.50 8110.75 8111.00 8111.25 8111.50 8111.75 8112.00 8112.25 8112.50 8112.75 8113.00 8113.25 8113.50 8113.75 8114.00 8114.25 8114.50 8114.75 8115.00 8115.25 8115.50 8115.75 8116.00 8116.25 8116.50 8116.75 8117.00 8117.25 8117.50 8117.75 8118.00 8118.25 8118.50 8118.75 8119.00 8119.25 8119.50 8119.75
MSB … LSB 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001100 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001101 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001110 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111 01001111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 167
REPLACING UNITS
8057.75 8058.00 8058.25 8058.50 8058.75 8059.00 8059.25 8059.50 8059.75 8060.00 8060.25 8060.50 8060.75 8061.00 8061.25 8061.50 8061.75 8062.00 8062.25 8062.50 8062.75 8063.00 8063.25 8063.50 8063.75 8064.00 8064.25 8064.50 8064.75 8065.00 8065.25 8065.50 8065.75 8066.00 8066.25 8066.50 8066.75 8067.00 8067.25 8067.50 8067.75 8068.00 8068.25 8068.50 8068.75 8069.00 8069.25 8069.50 8069.75 8070.00 8070.25 8070.50 8070.75 8071.00 8071.25 8071.50 8071.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8120.00
MSB … LSB 01010000
Page 9 - 168
0000
ƒsynth. 8136.00
MSB … LSB 01010100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8152.00
MSB … LSB 01011000
0000
ƒsynth. 8168.00
MSB … LSB 01011100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8120.25
MSB … LSB 01010000
0001
ƒsynth. 8136.25
MSB … LSB 01010100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8152.25
MSB … LSB 01011000
0001
ƒsynth. 8168.25
MSB … LSB 01011100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 169
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8120.50
MSB … LSB 01010000
Page 9 - 170
0010
ƒsynth. 8136.50
MSB … LSB 01010100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8152.50
MSB … LSB 01011000
0010
ƒsynth. 8168.50
MSB … LSB 01011100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8120.75
MSB … LSB 01010000
0011
ƒsynth. 8136.75
MSB … LSB 01010100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8152.75
MSB … LSB 01011000
0011
ƒsynth. 8168.75
MSB … LSB 01011100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 171
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8121.00
MSB … LSB 01010000
Page 9 - 172
0100
ƒsynth. 8137.00
MSB … LSB 01010100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8153.00
MSB … LSB 01011000
0100
ƒsynth. 8169.00
MSB … LSB 01011100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8121.25
MSB … LSB 01010000
0101
ƒsynth. 8137.25
MSB … LSB 01010100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8153.25
MSB … LSB 01011000
0101
ƒsynth. 8169.25
MSB … LSB 01011100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 173
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8121.50
MSB … LSB 01010000
Page 9 - 174
0110
ƒsynth. 8137.50
MSB … LSB 01010100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8153.50
MSB … LSB 01011000
0110
ƒsynth. 8169.50
MSB … LSB 01011100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
01010000 01010000 01010000 01010000 01010000 01010000 01010000 01010000 01010000 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010001 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010010 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011 01010011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8137.75 8138.00 8138.25 8138.50 8138.75 8139.00 8139.25 8139.50 8139.75 8140.00 8140.25 8140.50 8140.75 8141.00 8141.25 8141.50 8141.75 8142.00 8142.25 8142.50 8142.75 8143.00 8143.25 8143.50 8143.75 8144.00 8144.25 8144.50 8144.75 8145.00 8145.25 8145.50 8145.75 8146.00 8146.25 8146.50 8146.75 8147.00 8147.25 8147.50 8147.75 8148.00 8148.25 8148.50 8148.75 8149.00 8149.25 8149.50 8149.75 8150.00 8150.25 8150.50 8150.75 8151.00 8151.25 8151.50 8151.75
MSB … LSB 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010100 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010110 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111 01010111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8153.75 8154.00 8154.25 8154.50 8154.75 8155.00 8155.25 8155.50 8155.75 8156.00 8156.25 8156.50 8156.75 8157.00 8157.25 8157.50 8157.75 8158.00 8158.25 8158.50 8158.75 8159.00 8159.25 8159.50 8159.75 8160.00 8160.25 8160.50 8160.75 8161.00 8161.25 8161.50 8161.75 8162.00 8162.25 8162.50 8162.75 8163.00 8163.25 8163.50 8163.75 8164.00 8164.25 8164.50 8164.75 8165.00 8165.25 8165.50 8165.75 8166.00 8166.25 8166.50 8166.75 8167.00 8167.25 8167.50 8167.75
MSB … LSB 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011000 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011001 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011010 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011 01011011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8169.75 8170.00 8170.25 8170.50 8170.75 8171.00 8171.25 8171.50 8171.75 8172.00 8172.25 8172.50 8172.75 8173.00 8173.25 8173.50 8173.75 8174.00 8174.25 8174.50 8174.75 8175.00 8175.25 8175.50 8175.75 8176.00 8176.25 8176.50 8176.75 8177.00 8177.25 8177.50 8177.75 8178.00 8178.25 8178.50 8178.75 8179.00 8179.25 8179.50 8179.75 8180.00 8180.25 8180.50 8180.75 8181.00 8181.25 8181.50 8181.75 8182.00 8182.25 8182.50 8182.75 8183.00 8183.25 8183.50 8183.75
MSB … LSB 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011100 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011101 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011110 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111 01011111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 175
REPLACING UNITS
8121.75 8122.00 8122.25 8122.50 8122.75 8123.00 8123.25 8123.50 8123.75 8124.00 8124.25 8124.50 8124.75 8125.00 8125.25 8125.50 8125.75 8126.00 8126.25 8126.50 8126.75 8127.00 8127.25 8127.50 8127.75 8128.00 8128.25 8128.50 8128.75 8129.00 8129.25 8129.50 8129.75 8130.00 8130.25 8130.50 8130.75 8131.00 8131.25 8131.50 8131.75 8132.00 8132.25 8132.50 8132.75 8133.00 8133.25 8133.50 8133.75 8134.00 8134.25 8134.50 8134.75 8135.00 8135.25 8135.50 8135.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8184.00
MSB … LSB 01100000
Page 9 - 176
0000
ƒsynth. 8200.00
MSB … LSB 01100100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8216.00
MSB … LSB 01101000
0000
ƒsynth. 8232.00
MSB … LSB 01101100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8184.25
MSB … LSB 01100000
0001
ƒsynth. 8200.25
MSB … LSB 01100100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8216.25
MSB … LSB 01101000
0001
ƒsynth. 8232.25
MSB … LSB 01101100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 177
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8184.50
MSB … LSB 01100000
Page 9 - 178
0010
ƒsynth. 8200.50
MSB … LSB 01100100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8216.50
MSB … LSB 01101000
0010
ƒsynth. 8232.50
MSB … LSB 01101100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8184.75
MSB … LSB 01100000
0011
ƒsynth. 8200.75
MSB … LSB 01100100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8216.75
MSB … LSB 01101000
0011
ƒsynth. 8232.75
MSB … LSB 01101100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 179
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8185.00
MSB … LSB 01100000
Page 9 - 180
0100
ƒsynth. 8201.00
MSB … LSB 01100100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8217.00
MSB … LSB 01101000
0100
ƒsynth. 8233.00
MSB … LSB 01101100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8185.25
MSB … LSB 01100000
0101
ƒsynth. 8201.25
MSB … LSB 01100100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8217.25
MSB … LSB 01101000
0101
ƒsynth. 8233.25
MSB … LSB 01101100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 181
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8185.50
MSB … LSB 01100000
Page 9 - 182
0110
ƒsynth. 8201.50
MSB … LSB 01100100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8217.50
MSB … LSB 01101000
0110
ƒsynth. 8233.50
MSB … LSB 01101100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
01100000 01100000 01100000 01100000 01100000 01100000 01100000 01100000 01100000 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100001 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100010 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011 01100011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8201.75 8202.00 8202.25 8202.50 8202.75 8203.00 8203.25 8203.50 8203.75 8204.00 8204.25 8204.50 8204.75 8205.00 8205.25 8205.50 8205.75 8206.00 8206.25 8206.50 8206.75 8207.00 8207.25 8207.50 8207.75 8208.00 8208.25 8208.50 8208.75 8209.00 8209.25 8209.50 8209.75 8210.00 8210.25 8210.50 8210.75 8211.00 8211.25 8211.50 8211.75 8212.00 8212.25 8212.50 8212.75 8213.00 8213.25 8213.50 8213.75 8214.00 8214.25 8214.50 8214.75 8215.00 8215.25 8215.50 8215.75
MSB … LSB 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100100 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100101 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100110 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111 01100111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8217.75 8218.00 8218.25 8218.50 8218.75 8219.00 8219.25 8219.50 8219.75 8220.00 8220.25 8220.50 8220.75 8221.00 8221.25 8221.50 8221.75 8222.00 8222.25 8222.50 8222.75 8223.00 8223.25 8223.50 8223.75 8224.00 8224.25 8224.50 8224.75 8225.00 8225.25 8225.50 8225.75 8226.00 8226.25 8226.50 8226.75 8227.00 8227.25 8227.50 8227.75 8228.00 8228.25 8228.50 8228.75 8229.00 8229.25 8229.50 8229.75 8230.00 8230.25 8230.50 8230.75 8231.00 8231.25 8231.50 8231.75
MSB … LSB 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101000 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101001 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101010 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011 01101011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8233.75 8234.00 8234.25 8234.50 8234.75 8235.00 8235.25 8235.50 8235.75 8236.00 8236.25 8236.50 8236.75 8237.00 8237.25 8237.50 8237.75 8238.00 8238.25 8238.50 8238.75 8239.00 8239.25 8239.50 8239.75 8240.00 8240.25 8240.50 8240.75 8241.00 8241.25 8241.50 8241.75 8242.00 8242.25 8242.50 8242.75 8243.00 8243.25 8243.50 8243.75 8244.00 8244.25 8244.50 8244.75 8245.00 8245.25 8245.50 8245.75 8246.00 8246.25 8246.50 8246.75 8247.00 8247.25 8247.50 8247.75
MSB … LSB 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101100 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101101 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101110 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111 01101111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 183
REPLACING UNITS
8185.75 8186.00 8186.25 8186.50 8186.75 8187.00 8187.25 8187.50 8187.75 8188.00 8188.25 8188.50 8188.75 8189.00 8189.25 8189.50 8189.75 8190.00 8190.25 8190.50 8190.75 8191.00 8191.25 8191.50 8191.75 8192.00 8192.25 8192.50 8192.75 8193.00 8193.25 8193.50 8193.75 8194.00 8194.25 8194.50 8194.75 8195.00 8195.25 8195.50 8195.75 8196.00 8196.25 8196.50 8196.75 8197.00 8197.25 8197.50 8197.75 8198.00 8198.25 8198.50 8198.75 8199.00 8199.25 8199.50 8199.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8248.00
MSB … LSB 01110000
Page 9 - 184
0000
ƒsynth. 8264.00
MSB … LSB 01110100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8280.00
MSB … LSB 01111000
0000
ƒsynth. 8296.00
MSB … LSB 01111100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8248.25
MSB … LSB 01110000
0001
ƒsynth. 8264.25
MSB … LSB 01110100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8280.25
MSB … LSB 01111000
0001
ƒsynth. 8296.25
MSB … LSB 01111100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 185
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8248.50
MSB … LSB 01110000
Page 9 - 186
0010
ƒsynth. 8264.50
MSB … LSB 01110100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8280.50
MSB … LSB 01111000
0010
ƒsynth. 8296.50
MSB … LSB 01111100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8248.75
MSB … LSB 01110000
0011
ƒsynth. 8264.75
MSB … LSB 01110100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8280.75
MSB … LSB 01111000
0011
ƒsynth. 8296.75
MSB … LSB 01111100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 187
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8249.00
MSB … LSB 01110000
Page 9 - 188
0100
ƒsynth. 8265.00
MSB … LSB 01110100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8281.00
MSB … LSB 01111000
0100
ƒsynth. 8297.00
MSB … LSB 01111100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8249.25
MSB … LSB 01110000
0101
ƒsynth. 8265.25
MSB … LSB 01110100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8281.25
MSB … LSB 01111000
0101
ƒsynth. 8297.25
MSB … LSB 01111100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 189
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8249.50
MSB … LSB 01110000
Page 9 - 190
0110
ƒsynth. 8265.50
MSB … LSB 01110100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8281.50
MSB … LSB 01111000
0110
ƒsynth. 8297.50
MSB … LSB 01111100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
01110000 01110000 01110000 01110000 01110000 01110000 01110000 01110000 01110000 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110001 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110010 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011 01110011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8265.75 8266.00 8266.25 8266.50 8266.75 8267.00 8267.25 8267.50 8267.75 8268.00 8268.25 8268.50 8268.75 8269.00 8269.25 8269.50 8269.75 8270.00 8270.25 8270.50 8270.75 8271.00 8271.25 8271.50 8271.75 8272.00 8272.25 8272.50 8272.75 8273.00 8273.25 8273.50 8273.75 8274.00 8274.25 8274.50 8274.75 8275.00 8275.25 8275.50 8275.75 8276.00 8276.25 8276.50 8276.75 8277.00 8277.25 8277.50 8277.75 8278.00 8278.25 8278.50 8278.75 8279.00 8279.25 8279.50 8279.75
MSB … LSB 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110100 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110101 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110110 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111 01110111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8281.75 8282.00 8282.25 8282.50 8282.75 8283.00 8283.25 8283.50 8283.75 8284.00 8284.25 8284.50 8284.75 8285.00 8285.25 8285.50 8285.75 8286.00 8286.25 8286.50 8286.75 8287.00 8287.25 8287.50 8287.75 8288.00 8288.25 8288.50 8288.75 8289.00 8289.25 8289.50 8289.75 8290.00 8290.25 8290.50 8290.75 8291.00 8291.25 8291.50 8291.75 8292.00 8292.25 8292.50 8292.75 8293.00 8293.25 8293.50 8293.75 8294.00 8294.25 8294.50 8294.75 8295.00 8295.25 8295.50 8295.75
MSB … LSB 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111000 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111001 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111010 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011 01111011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8297.75 8298.00 8298.25 8298.50 8298.75 8299.00 8299.25 8299.50 8299.75 8300.00 8300.25 8300.50 8300.75 8301.00 8301.25 8301.50 8301.75 8302.00 8302.25 8302.50 8302.75 8303.00 8303.25 8303.50 8303.75 8304.00 8304.25 8304.50 8304.75 8305.00 8305.25 8305.50 8305.75 8306.00 8306.25 8306.50 8306.75 8307.00 8307.25 8307.50 8307.75 8308.00 8308.25 8308.50 8308.75 8309.00 8309.25 8309.50 8309.75 8310.00 8310.25 8310.50 8310.75 8311.00 8311.25 8311.50 8311.75
MSB … LSB 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111100 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111101 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111110 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111 01111111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 191
REPLACING UNITS
8249.75 8250.00 8250.25 8250.50 8250.75 8251.00 8251.25 8251.50 8251.75 8252.00 8252.25 8252.50 8252.75 8253.00 8253.25 8253.50 8253.75 8254.00 8254.25 8254.50 8254.75 8255.00 8255.25 8255.50 8255.75 8256.00 8256.25 8256.50 8256.75 8257.00 8257.25 8257.50 8257.75 8258.00 8258.25 8258.50 8258.75 8259.00 8259.25 8259.50 8259.75 8260.00 8260.25 8260.50 8260.75 8261.00 8261.25 8261.50 8261.75 8262.00 8262.25 8262.50 8262.75 8263.00 8263.25 8263.50 8263.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8312.00
MSB … LSB 10000000
Page 9 - 192
0000
ƒsynth. 8328.00
MSB … LSB 10000100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8344.00
MSB … LSB 10001000
0000
ƒsynth. 8360.00
MSB … LSB 10001100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8312.25
MSB … LSB 10000000
0001
ƒsynth. 8328.25
MSB … LSB 10000100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8344.25
MSB … LSB 10001000
0001
ƒsynth. 8360.25
MSB … LSB 10001100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 193
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8312.50
MSB … LSB 10000000
Page 9 - 194
0010
ƒsynth. 8328.50
MSB … LSB 10000100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8344.50
MSB … LSB 10001000
0010
ƒsynth. 8360.50
MSB … LSB 10001100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8312.75
MSB … LSB 10000000
0011
ƒsynth. 8328.75
MSB … LSB 10000100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8344.75
MSB … LSB 10001000
0011
ƒsynth. 8360.75
MSB … LSB 10001100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 195
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8313.00
MSB … LSB 10000000
Page 9 - 196
0100
ƒsynth. 8329.00
MSB … LSB 10000100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8345.00
MSB … LSB 10001000
0100
ƒsynth. 8361.00
MSB … LSB 10001100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8313.25
MSB … LSB 10000000
0101
ƒsynth. 8329.25
MSB … LSB 10000100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8345.25
MSB … LSB 10001000
0101
ƒsynth. 8361.25
MSB … LSB 10001100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 197
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8313.50
MSB … LSB 10000000
Page 9 - 198
0110
ƒsynth. 8329.50
MSB … LSB 10000100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8345.50
MSB … LSB 10001000
0110
ƒsynth. 8361.50
MSB … LSB 10001100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000001 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000010 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011 10000011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8329.75 8330.00 8330.25 8330.50 8330.75 8331.00 8331.25 8331.50 8331.75 8332.00 8332.25 8332.50 8332.75 8333.00 8333.25 8333.50 8333.75 8334.00 8334.25 8334.50 8334.75 8335.00 8335.25 8335.50 8335.75 8336.00 8336.25 8336.50 8336.75 8337.00 8337.25 8337.50 8337.75 8338.00 8338.25 8338.50 8338.75 8339.00 8339.25 8339.50 8339.75 8340.00 8340.25 8340.50 8340.75 8341.00 8341.25 8341.50 8341.75 8342.00 8342.25 8342.50 8342.75 8343.00 8343.25 8343.50 8343.75
MSB … LSB 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000100 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000101 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000110 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111 10000111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8345.75 8346.00 8346.25 8346.50 8346.75 8347.00 8347.25 8347.50 8347.75 8348.00 8348.25 8348.50 8348.75 8349.00 8349.25 8349.50 8349.75 8350.00 8350.25 8350.50 8350.75 8351.00 8351.25 8351.50 8351.75 8352.00 8352.25 8352.50 8352.75 8353.00 8353.25 8353.50 8353.75 8354.00 8354.25 8354.50 8354.75 8355.00 8355.25 8355.50 8355.75 8356.00 8356.25 8356.50 8356.75 8357.00 8357.25 8357.50 8357.75 8358.00 8358.25 8358.50 8358.75 8359.00 8359.25 8359.50 8359.75
MSB … LSB 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001000 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001001 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001010 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011 10001011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8361.75 8362.00 8362.25 8362.50 8362.75 8363.00 8363.25 8363.50 8363.75 8364.00 8364.25 8364.50 8364.75 8365.00 8365.25 8365.50 8365.75 8366.00 8366.25 8366.50 8366.75 8367.00 8367.25 8367.50 8367.75 8368.00 8368.25 8368.50 8368.75 8369.00 8369.25 8369.50 8369.75 8370.00 8370.25 8370.50 8370.75 8371.00 8371.25 8371.50 8371.75 8372.00 8372.25 8372.50 8372.75 8373.00 8373.25 8373.50 8373.75 8374.00 8374.25 8374.50 8374.75 8375.00 8375.25 8375.50 8375.75
MSB … LSB 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001100 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001101 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001110 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111 10001111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 199
REPLACING UNITS
8313.75 8314.00 8314.25 8314.50 8314.75 8315.00 8315.25 8315.50 8315.75 8316.00 8316.25 8316.50 8316.75 8317.00 8317.25 8317.50 8317.75 8318.00 8318.25 8318.50 8318.75 8319.00 8319.25 8319.50 8319.75 8320.00 8320.25 8320.50 8320.75 8321.00 8321.25 8321.50 8321.75 8322.00 8322.25 8322.50 8322.75 8323.00 8323.25 8323.50 8323.75 8324.00 8324.25 8324.50 8324.75 8325.00 8325.25 8325.50 8325.75 8326.00 8326.25 8326.50 8326.75 8327.00 8327.25 8327.50 8327.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8376.00
MSB … LSB 10010000
Page 9 - 200
0000
ƒsynth. 8392.00
MSB … LSB 10010100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8408.00
MSB … LSB 10011000
0000
ƒsynth. 8424.00
MSB … LSB 10011100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8376.25
MSB … LSB 10010000
0001
ƒsynth. 8392.25
MSB … LSB 10010100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8408.25
MSB … LSB 10011000
0001
ƒsynth. 8424.25
MSB … LSB 10011100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 201
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8376.50
MSB … LSB 10010000
Page 9 - 202
0010
ƒsynth. 8392.50
MSB … LSB 10010100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8408.50
MSB … LSB 10011000
0010
ƒsynth. 8424.50
MSB … LSB 10011100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8376.75
MSB … LSB 10010000
0011
ƒsynth. 8392.75
MSB … LSB 10010100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8408.75
MSB … LSB 10011000
0011
ƒsynth. 8424.75
MSB … LSB 10011100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 203
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8377.00
MSB … LSB 10010000
Page 9 - 204
0100
ƒsynth. 8393.00
MSB … LSB 10010100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8409.00
MSB … LSB 10011000
0100
ƒsynth. 8425.00
MSB … LSB 10011100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8377.25
MSB … LSB 10010000
0101
ƒsynth. 8393.25
MSB … LSB 10010100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8409.25
MSB … LSB 10011000
0101
ƒsynth. 8425.25
MSB … LSB 10011100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 205
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8377.50
MSB … LSB 10010000
Page 9 - 206
0110
ƒsynth. 8393.50
MSB … LSB 10010100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8409.50
MSB … LSB 10011000
0110
ƒsynth. 8425.50
MSB … LSB 10011100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
10010000 10010000 10010000 10010000 10010000 10010000 10010000 10010000 10010000 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010001 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010010 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011 10010011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8393.75 8394.00 8394.25 8394.50 8394.75 8395.00 8395.25 8395.50 8395.75 8396.00 8396.25 8396.50 8396.75 8397.00 8397.25 8397.50 8397.75 8398.00 8398.25 8398.50 8398.75 8399.00 8399.25 8399.50 8399.75 8400.00 8400.25 8400.50 8400.75 8401.00 8401.25 8401.50 8401.75 8402.00 8402.25 8402.50 8402.75 8403.00 8403.25 8403.50 8403.75 8404.00 8404.25 8404.50 8404.75 8405.00 8405.25 8405.50 8405.75 8406.00 8406.25 8406.50 8406.75 8407.00 8407.25 8407.50 8407.75
MSB … LSB 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010100 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010101 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010110 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111 10010111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8409.75 8410.00 8410.25 8410.50 8410.75 8411.00 8411.25 8411.50 8411.75 8412.00 8412.25 8412.50 8412.75 8413.00 8413.25 8413.50 8413.75 8414.00 8414.25 8414.50 8414.75 8415.00 8415.25 8415.50 8415.75 8416.00 8416.25 8416.50 8416.75 8417.00 8417.25 8417.50 8417.75 8418.00 8418.25 8418.50 8418.75 8419.00 8419.25 8419.50 8419.75 8420.00 8420.25 8420.50 8420.75 8421.00 8421.25 8421.50 8421.75 8422.00 8422.25 8422.50 8422.75 8423.00 8423.25 8423.50 8423.75
MSB … LSB 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011000 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011001 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011010 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011 10011011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8425.75 8426.00 8426.25 8426.50 8426.75 8427.00 8427.25 8427.50 8427.75 8428.00 8428.25 8428.50 8428.75 8429.00 8429.25 8429.50 8429.75 8430.00 8430.25 8430.50 8430.75 8431.00 8431.25 8431.50 8431.75 8432.00 8432.25 8432.50 8432.75 8433.00 8433.25 8433.50 8433.75 8434.00 8434.25 8434.50 8434.75 8435.00 8435.25 8435.50 8435.75 8436.00 8436.25 8436.50 8436.75 8437.00 8437.25 8437.50 8437.75 8438.00 8438.25 8438.50 8438.75 8439.00 8439.25 8439.50 8439.75
MSB … LSB 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011100 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011101 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011110 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111 10011111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 207
REPLACING UNITS
8377.75 8378.00 8378.25 8378.50 8378.75 8379.00 8379.25 8379.50 8379.75 8380.00 8380.25 8380.50 8380.75 8381.00 8381.25 8381.50 8381.75 8382.00 8382.25 8382.50 8382.75 8383.00 8383.25 8383.50 8383.75 8384.00 8384.25 8384.50 8384.75 8385.00 8385.25 8385.50 8385.75 8386.00 8386.25 8386.50 8386.75 8387.00 8387.25 8387.50 8387.75 8388.00 8388.25 8388.50 8388.75 8389.00 8389.25 8389.50 8389.75 8390.00 8390.25 8390.50 8390.75 8391.00 8391.25 8391.50 8391.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8440.00
MSB … LSB 10100000
Page 9 - 208
0000
ƒsynth. 8456.00
MSB … LSB 10100100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8472.00
MSB … LSB 10101000
0000
ƒsynth. 8488.00
MSB … LSB 10101100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8440.25
MSB … LSB 10100000
0001
ƒsynth. 8456.25
MSB … LSB 10100100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8472.25
MSB … LSB 10101000
0001
ƒsynth. 8488.25
MSB … LSB 10101100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 209
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8440.50
MSB … LSB 10100000
Page 9 - 210
0010
ƒsynth. 8456.50
MSB … LSB 10100100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8472.50
MSB … LSB 10101000
0010
ƒsynth. 8488.50
MSB … LSB 10101100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8440.75
MSB … LSB 10100000
0011
ƒsynth. 8456.75
MSB … LSB 10100100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8472.75
MSB … LSB 10101000
0011
ƒsynth. 8488.75
MSB … LSB 10101100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 211
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8441.00
MSB … LSB 10100000
Page 9 - 212
0100
ƒsynth. 8457.00
MSB … LSB 10100100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8473.00
MSB … LSB 10101000
0100
ƒsynth. 8489.00
MSB … LSB 10101100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8441.25
MSB … LSB 10100000
0101
ƒsynth. 8457.25
MSB … LSB 10100100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8473.25
MSB … LSB 10101000
0101
ƒsynth. 8489.25
MSB … LSB 10101100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 213
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8441.50
MSB … LSB 10100000
Page 9 - 214
0110
ƒsynth. 8457.50
MSB … LSB 10100100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8473.50
MSB … LSB 10101000
0110
ƒsynth. 8489.50
MSB … LSB 10101100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
10100000 10100000 10100000 10100000 10100000 10100000 10100000 10100000 10100000 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100001 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100010 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011 10100011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8457.75 8458.00 8458.25 8458.50 8458.75 8459.00 8459.25 8459.50 8459.75 8460.00 8460.25 8460.50 8460.75 8461.00 8461.25 8461.50 8461.75 8462.00 8462.25 8462.50 8462.75 8463.00 8463.25 8463.50 8463.75 8464.00 8464.25 8464.50 8464.75 8465.00 8465.25 8465.50 8465.75 8466.00 8466.25 8466.50 8466.75 8467.00 8467.25 8467.50 8467.75 8468.00 8468.25 8468.50 8468.75 8469.00 8469.25 8469.50 8469.75 8470.00 8470.25 8470.50 8470.75 8471.00 8471.25 8471.50 8471.75
MSB … LSB 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100100 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100101 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100110 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111 10100111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8473.75 8474.00 8474.25 8474.50 8474.75 8475.00 8475.25 8475.50 8475.75 8476.00 8476.25 8476.50 8476.75 8477.00 8477.25 8477.50 8477.75 8478.00 8478.25 8478.50 8478.75 8479.00 8479.25 8479.50 8479.75 8480.00 8480.25 8480.50 8480.75 8481.00 8481.25 8481.50 8481.75 8482.00 8482.25 8482.50 8482.75 8483.00 8483.25 8483.50 8483.75 8484.00 8484.25 8484.50 8484.75 8485.00 8485.25 8485.50 8485.75 8486.00 8486.25 8486.50 8486.75 8487.00 8487.25 8487.50 8487.75
MSB … LSB 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101000 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101001 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011 10101011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8489.75 8490.00 8490.25 8490.50 8490.75 8491.00 8491.25 8491.50 8491.75 8492.00 8492.25 8492.50 8492.75 8493.00 8493.25 8493.50 8493.75 8494.00 8494.25 8494.50 8494.75 8495.00 8495.25 8495.50 8495.75 8496.00 8496.25 8496.50 8496.75 8497.00 8497.25 8497.50 8497.75 8498.00 8498.25 8498.50 8498.75 8499.00 8499.25 8499.50 8499.75 8500.00 8500.25 8500.50 8500.75 8501.00 8501.25 8501.50 8501.75 8502.00 8502.25 8502.50 8502.75 8503.00 8503.25 8503.50 8503.75
MSB … LSB 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101100 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101101 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101110 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111 10101111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 215
REPLACING UNITS
8441.75 8442.00 8442.25 8442.50 8442.75 8443.00 8443.25 8443.50 8443.75 8444.00 8444.25 8444.50 8444.75 8445.00 8445.25 8445.50 8445.75 8446.00 8446.25 8446.50 8446.75 8447.00 8447.25 8447.50 8447.75 8448.00 8448.25 8448.50 8448.75 8449.00 8449.25 8449.50 8449.75 8450.00 8450.25 8450.50 8450.75 8451.00 8451.25 8451.50 8451.75 8452.00 8452.25 8452.50 8452.75 8453.00 8453.25 8453.50 8453.75 8454.00 8454.25 8454.50 8454.75 8455.00 8455.25 8455.50 8455.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8504.00
MSB … LSB 10110000
Page 9 - 216
0000
ƒsynth. 8520.00
MSB … LSB 10110100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8536.00
MSB … LSB 10111000
0000
ƒsynth. 8552.00
MSB … LSB 10111100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8504.25
MSB … LSB 10110000
0001
ƒsynth. 8520.25
MSB … LSB 10110100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8536.25
MSB … LSB 10111000
0001
ƒsynth. 8552.25
MSB … LSB 10111100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 217
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8504.50
MSB … LSB 10110000
Page 9 - 218
0010
ƒsynth. 8520.50
MSB … LSB 10110100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8536.50
MSB … LSB 10111000
0010
ƒsynth. 8552.50
MSB … LSB 10111100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8504.75
MSB … LSB 10110000
0011
ƒsynth. 8520.75
MSB … LSB 10110100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8536.75
MSB … LSB 10111000
0011
ƒsynth. 8552.75
MSB … LSB 10111100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 219
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8505.00
MSB … LSB 10110000
Page 9 - 220
0100
ƒsynth. 8521.00
MSB … LSB 10110100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8537.00
MSB … LSB 10111000
0100
ƒsynth. 8553.00
MSB … LSB 10111100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8505.25
MSB … LSB 10110000
0101
ƒsynth. 8521.25
MSB … LSB 10110100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8537.25
MSB … LSB 10111000
0101
ƒsynth. 8553.25
MSB … LSB 10111100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 221
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8505.50
MSB … LSB 10110000
Page 9 - 222
0110
ƒsynth. 8521.50
MSB … LSB 10110100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8537.50
MSB … LSB 10111000
0110
ƒsynth. 8553.50
MSB … LSB 10111100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
10110000 10110000 10110000 10110000 10110000 10110000 10110000 10110000 10110000 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110001 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110010 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011 10110011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8521.75 8522.00 8522.25 8522.50 8522.75 8523.00 8523.25 8523.50 8523.75 8524.00 8524.25 8524.50 8524.75 8525.00 8525.25 8525.50 8525.75 8526.00 8526.25 8526.50 8526.75 8527.00 8527.25 8527.50 8527.75 8528.00 8528.25 8528.50 8528.75 8529.00 8529.25 8529.50 8529.75 8530.00 8530.25 8530.50 8530.75 8531.00 8531.25 8531.50 8531.75 8532.00 8532.25 8532.50 8532.75 8533.00 8533.25 8533.50 8533.75 8534.00 8534.25 8534.50 8534.75 8535.00 8535.25 8535.50 8535.75
MSB … LSB 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110100 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110101 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110110 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111 10110111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8537.75 8538.00 8538.25 8538.50 8538.75 8539.00 8539.25 8539.50 8539.75 8540.00 8540.25 8540.50 8540.75 8541.00 8541.25 8541.50 8541.75 8542.00 8542.25 8542.50 8542.75 8543.00 8543.25 8543.50 8543.75 8544.00 8544.25 8544.50 8544.75 8545.00 8545.25 8545.50 8545.75 8546.00 8546.25 8546.50 8546.75 8547.00 8547.25 8547.50 8547.75 8548.00 8548.25 8548.50 8548.75 8549.00 8549.25 8549.50 8549.75 8550.00 8550.25 8550.50 8550.75 8551.00 8551.25 8551.50 8551.75
MSB … LSB 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111001 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111010 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011 10111011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8553.75 8554.00 8554.25 8554.50 8554.75 8555.00 8555.25 8555.50 8555.75 8556.00 8556.25 8556.50 8556.75 8557.00 8557.25 8557.50 8557.75 8558.00 8558.25 8558.50 8558.75 8559.00 8559.25 8559.50 8559.75 8560.00 8560.25 8560.50 8560.75 8561.00 8561.25 8561.50 8561.75 8562.00 8562.25 8562.50 8562.75 8563.00 8563.25 8563.50 8563.75 8564.00 8564.25 8564.50 8564.75 8565.00 8565.25 8565.50 8565.75 8566.00 8566.25 8566.50 8566.75 8567.00 8567.25 8567.50 8567.75
MSB … LSB 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111100 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111101 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111110 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10111111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 223
REPLACING UNITS
8505.75 8506.00 8506.25 8506.50 8506.75 8507.00 8507.25 8507.50 8507.75 8508.00 8508.25 8508.50 8508.75 8509.00 8509.25 8509.50 8509.75 8510.00 8510.25 8510.50 8510.75 8511.00 8511.25 8511.50 8511.75 8512.00 8512.25 8512.50 8512.75 8513.00 8513.25 8513.50 8513.75 8514.00 8514.25 8514.50 8514.75 8515.00 8515.25 8515.50 8515.75 8516.00 8516.25 8516.50 8516.75 8517.00 8517.25 8517.50 8517.75 8518.00 8518.25 8518.50 8518.75 8519.00 8519.25 8519.50 8519.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8568.00 8568.25 8568.50 8568.75 8569.00 8569.25 8569.50 8569.75 8570.00 8570.25 8570.50 8570.75 8571.00 8571.25 8571.50 8571.75 8572.00 8572.25 8572.50 8572.75 8573.00 8573.25 8573.50 8573.75 8574.00 8574.25 8574.50 8574.75 8575.00 8575.25 8575.50 8575.75 8576.00 8576.25 8576.50 8576.75 8577.00 8577.25 8577.50 8577.75 8578.00 8578.25 8578.50 8578.75 8579.00 8579.25 8579.50 8579.75 8580.00 8580.25 8580.50 8580.75 8581.00 8581.25 8581.50 8581.75 8582.00
MSB … LSB 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000001 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000010 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011
Page 9 - 224
0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000
ƒsynth. 8584.00 8584.25 8584.50 8584.75 8585.00 8585.25 8585.50 8585.75 8586.00 8586.25 8586.50 8586.75 8587.00 8587.25 8587.50 8587.75 8588.00 8588.25 8588.50 8588.75 8589.00 8589.25 8589.50 8589.75 8590.00 8590.25 8590.50 8590.75 8591.00 8591.25 8591.50 8591.75 8592.00 8592.25 8592.50 8592.75 8593.00 8593.25 8593.50 8593.75 8594.00 8594.25 8594.50 8594.75 8595.00 8595.25 8595.50 8595.75 8596.00 8596.25 8596.50 8596.75 8597.00 8597.25 8597.50 8597.75 8598.00
MSB … LSB 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000100 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000101 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000110 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111
0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8600.00 8600.25 8600.50 8600.75 8601.00 8601.25 8601.50 8601.75 8602.00 8602.25 8602.50 8602.75 8603.00 8603.25 8603.50 8603.75 8604.00 8604.25 8604.50 8604.75 8605.00 8605.25 8605.50 8605.75 8606.00 8606.25 8606.50 8606.75 8607.00 8607.25 8607.50 8607.75 8608.00 8608.25 8608.50 8608.75 8609.00 8609.25 8609.50 8609.75 8610.00 8610.25 8610.50 8610.75 8611.00 8611.25 8611.50 8611.75 8612.00 8612.25 8612.50 8612.75 8613.00 8613.25 8613.50 8613.75 8614.00
MSB … LSB 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001000 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001001 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001010 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011
0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000
ƒsynth. 8616.00 8616.25 8616.50 8616.75 8617.00 8617.25 8617.50 8617.75 8618.00 8618.25 8618.50 8618.75 8619.00 8619.25 8619.50 8619.75 8620.00 8620.25 8620.50 8620.75 8621.00 8621.25 8621.50 8621.75 8622.00 8622.25 8622.50 8622.75 8623.00 8623.25 8623.50 8623.75 8624.00 8624.25 8624.50 8624.75 8625.00 8625.25 8625.50 8625.75 8626.00 8626.25 8626.50 8626.75 8627.00 8627.25 8627.50 8627.75 8628.00 8628.25 8628.50 8628.75 8629.00 8629.25 8629.50 8629.75 8630.00
MSB … LSB 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001100 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001101 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001110 11001111 11001111 11001111 11001111 11001111 11001111 11001111 11001111 11001111
0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8582.25 8582.50 8582.75 8583.00 8583.25 8583.50 8583.75
MSB … LSB 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011 11000011
1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8598.25 8598.50 8598.75 8599.00 8599.25 8599.50 8599.75
MSB … LSB 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111 11000111
1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8614.25 8614.50 8614.75 8615.00 8615.25 8615.50 8615.75
MSB … LSB 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011 11001011
1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8630.25 8630.50 8630.75 8631.00 8631.25 8631.50 8631.75
MSB … LSB 11001111 11001111 11001111 11001111 11001111 11001111 11001111
1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 225
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8632.00
MSB … LSB 11010000
Page 9 - 226
0000
ƒsynth. 8648.00
MSB … LSB 11010100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8664.00
MSB … LSB 11011000
0000
ƒsynth. 8680.00
MSB … LSB 11011100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8632.25
MSB … LSB 11010000
0001
ƒsynth. 8648.25
MSB … LSB 11010100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8664.25
MSB … LSB 11011000
0001
ƒsynth. 8680.25
MSB … LSB 11011100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 227
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8632.50
MSB … LSB 11010000
Page 9 - 228
0010
ƒsynth. 8648.50
MSB … LSB 11010100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8664.50
MSB … LSB 11011000
0010
ƒsynth. 8680.50
MSB … LSB 11011100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8632.75
MSB … LSB 11010000
0011
ƒsynth. 8648.75
MSB … LSB 11010100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8664.75
MSB … LSB 11011000
0011
ƒsynth. 8680.75
MSB … LSB 11011100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 229
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8633.00
MSB … LSB 11010000
Page 9 - 230
0100
ƒsynth. 8649.00
MSB … LSB 11010100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8665.00
MSB … LSB 11011000
0100
ƒsynth. 8681.00
MSB … LSB 11011100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8633.25
MSB … LSB 11010000
0101
ƒsynth. 8649.25
MSB … LSB 11010100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8665.25
MSB … LSB 11011000
0101
ƒsynth. 8681.25
MSB … LSB 11011100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 231
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8633.50
MSB … LSB 11010000
Page 9 - 232
0110
ƒsynth. 8649.50
MSB … LSB 11010100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8665.50
MSB … LSB 11011000
0110
ƒsynth. 8681.50
MSB … LSB 11011100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
11010000 11010000 11010000 11010000 11010000 11010000 11010000 11010000 11010000 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010001 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010010 11010011 11010011 11010011 11010011 11010011 11010011 11010011 11010011 11010011 11010011 11010011 11010011 11010011 11010011 11010011 11010011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8649.75 8650.00 8650.25 8650.50 8650.75 8651.00 8651.25 8651.50 8651.75 8652.00 8652.25 8652.50 8652.75 8653.00 8653.25 8653.50 8653.75 8654.00 8654.25 8654.50 8654.75 8655.00 8655.25 8655.50 8655.75 8656.00 8656.25 8656.50 8656.75 8657.00 8657.25 8657.50 8657.75 8658.00 8658.25 8658.50 8658.75 8659.00 8659.25 8659.50 8659.75 8660.00 8660.25 8660.50 8660.75 8661.00 8661.25 8661.50 8661.75 8662.00 8662.25 8662.50 8662.75 8663.00 8663.25 8663.50 8663.75
MSB … LSB 11010100 11010100 11010100 11010100 11010100 11010100 11010100 11010100 11010100 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010101 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010110 11010111 11010111 11010111 11010111 11010111 11010111 11010111 11010111 11010111 11010111 11010111 11010111 11010111 11010111 11010111 11010111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8665.75 8666.00 8666.25 8666.50 8666.75 8667.00 8667.25 8667.50 8667.75 8668.00 8668.25 8668.50 8668.75 8669.00 8669.25 8669.50 8669.75 8670.00 8670.25 8670.50 8670.75 8671.00 8671.25 8671.50 8671.75 8672.00 8672.25 8672.50 8672.75 8673.00 8673.25 8673.50 8673.75 8674.00 8674.25 8674.50 8674.75 8675.00 8675.25 8675.50 8675.75 8676.00 8676.25 8676.50 8676.75 8677.00 8677.25 8677.50 8677.75 8678.00 8678.25 8678.50 8678.75 8679.00 8679.25 8679.50 8679.75
MSB … LSB 11011000 11011000 11011000 11011000 11011000 11011000 11011000 11011000 11011000 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011001 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011010 11011011 11011011 11011011 11011011 11011011 11011011 11011011 11011011 11011011 11011011 11011011 11011011 11011011 11011011 11011011 11011011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8681.75 8682.00 8682.25 8682.50 8682.75 8683.00 8683.25 8683.50 8683.75 8684.00 8684.25 8684.50 8684.75 8685.00 8685.25 8685.50 8685.75 8686.00 8686.25 8686.50 8686.75 8687.00 8687.25 8687.50 8687.75 8688.00 8688.25 8688.50 8688.75 8689.00 8689.25 8689.50 8689.75 8690.00 8690.25 8690.50 8690.75 8691.00 8691.25 8691.50 8691.75 8692.00 8692.25 8692.50 8692.75 8693.00 8693.25 8693.50 8693.75 8694.00 8694.25 8694.50 8694.75 8695.00 8695.25 8695.50 8695.75
MSB … LSB 11011100 11011100 11011100 11011100 11011100 11011100 11011100 11011100 11011100 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011101 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011110 11011111 11011111 11011111 11011111 11011111 11011111 11011111 11011111 11011111 11011111 11011111 11011111 11011111 11011111 11011111 11011111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 233
REPLACING UNITS
8633.75 8634.00 8634.25 8634.50 8634.75 8635.00 8635.25 8635.50 8635.75 8636.00 8636.25 8636.50 8636.75 8637.00 8637.25 8637.50 8637.75 8638.00 8638.25 8638.50 8638.75 8639.00 8639.25 8639.50 8639.75 8640.00 8640.25 8640.50 8640.75 8641.00 8641.25 8641.50 8641.75 8642.00 8642.25 8642.50 8642.75 8643.00 8643.25 8643.50 8643.75 8644.00 8644.25 8644.50 8644.75 8645.00 8645.25 8645.50 8645.75 8646.00 8646.25 8646.50 8646.75 8647.00 8647.25 8647.50 8647.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8696.00
MSB … LSB 11100000
Page 9 - 234
0000
ƒsynth. 8712.00
MSB … LSB 11100100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8728.00
MSB … LSB 11101000
0000
ƒsynth. 8744.00
MSB … LSB 11101100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8696.25
MSB … LSB 11100000
0001
ƒsynth. 8712.25
MSB … LSB 11100100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8728.25
MSB … LSB 11101000
0001
ƒsynth. 8744.25
MSB … LSB 11101100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 235
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8696.50
MSB … LSB 11100000
Page 9 - 236
0010
ƒsynth. 8712.50
MSB … LSB 11100100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8728.50
MSB … LSB 11101000
0010
ƒsynth. 8744.50
MSB … LSB 11101100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8696.75
MSB … LSB 11100000
0011
ƒsynth. 8712.75
MSB … LSB 11100100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8728.75
MSB … LSB 11101000
0011
ƒsynth. 8744.75
MSB … LSB 11101100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 237
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8697.00
MSB … LSB 11100000
Page 9 - 238
0100
ƒsynth. 8713.00
MSB … LSB 11100100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8729.00
MSB … LSB 11101000
0100
ƒsynth. 8745.00
MSB … LSB 11101100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8697.25
MSB … LSB 11100000
0101
ƒsynth. 8713.25
MSB … LSB 11100100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8729.25
MSB … LSB 11101000
0101
ƒsynth. 8745.25
MSB … LSB 11101100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 239
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8697.50
MSB … LSB 11100000
Page 9 - 240
0110
ƒsynth. 8713.50
MSB … LSB 11100100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8729.50
MSB … LSB 11101000
0110
ƒsynth. 8745.50
MSB … LSB 11101100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
11100000 11100000 11100000 11100000 11100000 11100000 11100000 11100000 11100000 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100001 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100010 11100011 11100011 11100011 11100011 11100011 11100011 11100011 11100011 11100011 11100011 11100011 11100011 11100011 11100011 11100011 11100011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8713.75 8714.00 8714.25 8714.50 8714.75 8715.00 8715.25 8715.50 8715.75 8716.00 8716.25 8716.50 8716.75 8717.00 8717.25 8717.50 8717.75 8718.00 8718.25 8718.50 8718.75 8719.00 8719.25 8719.50 8719.75 8720.00 8720.25 8720.50 8720.75 8721.00 8721.25 8721.50 8721.75 8722.00 8722.25 8722.50 8722.75 8723.00 8723.25 8723.50 8723.75 8724.00 8724.25 8724.50 8724.75 8725.00 8725.25 8725.50 8725.75 8726.00 8726.25 8726.50 8726.75 8727.00 8727.25 8727.50 8727.75
MSB … LSB 11100100 11100100 11100100 11100100 11100100 11100100 11100100 11100100 11100100 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100101 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100110 11100111 11100111 11100111 11100111 11100111 11100111 11100111 11100111 11100111 11100111 11100111 11100111 11100111 11100111 11100111 11100111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8729.75 8730.00 8730.25 8730.50 8730.75 8731.00 8731.25 8731.50 8731.75 8732.00 8732.25 8732.50 8732.75 8733.00 8733.25 8733.50 8733.75 8734.00 8734.25 8734.50 8734.75 8735.00 8735.25 8735.50 8735.75 8736.00 8736.25 8736.50 8736.75 8737.00 8737.25 8737.50 8737.75 8738.00 8738.25 8738.50 8738.75 8739.00 8739.25 8739.50 8739.75 8740.00 8740.25 8740.50 8740.75 8741.00 8741.25 8741.50 8741.75 8742.00 8742.25 8742.50 8742.75 8743.00 8743.25 8743.50 8743.75
MSB … LSB 11101000 11101000 11101000 11101000 11101000 11101000 11101000 11101000 11101000 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101001 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101010 11101011 11101011 11101011 11101011 11101011 11101011 11101011 11101011 11101011 11101011 11101011 11101011 11101011 11101011 11101011 11101011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8745.75 8746.00 8746.25 8746.50 8746.75 8747.00 8747.25 8747.50 8747.75 8748.00 8748.25 8748.50 8748.75 8749.00 8749.25 8749.50 8749.75 8750.00 8750.25 8750.50 8750.75 8751.00 8751.25 8751.50 8751.75 8752.00 8752.25 8752.50 8752.75 8753.00 8753.25 8753.50 8753.75 8754.00 8754.25 8754.50 8754.75 8755.00 8755.25 8755.50 8755.75 8756.00 8756.25 8756.50 8756.75 8757.00 8757.25 8757.50 8757.75 8758.00 8758.25 8758.50 8758.75 8759.00 8759.25 8759.50 8759.75
MSB … LSB 11101100 11101100 11101100 11101100 11101100 11101100 11101100 11101100 11101100 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101101 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101110 11101111 11101111 11101111 11101111 11101111 11101111 11101111 11101111 11101111 11101111 11101111 11101111 11101111 11101111 11101111 11101111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
Page 9 - 241
REPLACING UNITS
8697.75 8698.00 8698.25 8698.50 8698.75 8699.00 8699.25 8699.50 8699.75 8700.00 8700.25 8700.50 8700.75 8701.00 8701.25 8701.50 8701.75 8702.00 8702.25 8702.50 8702.75 8703.00 8703.25 8703.50 8703.75 8704.00 8704.25 8704.50 8704.75 8705.00 8705.25 8705.50 8705.75 8706.00 8706.25 8706.50 8706.75 8707.00 8707.25 8707.50 8707.75 8708.00 8708.25 8708.50 8708.75 8709.00 8709.25 8709.50 8709.75 8710.00 8710.25 8710.50 8710.75 8711.00 8711.25 8711.50 8711.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8760.00
MSB … LSB 11110000
Page 9 - 242
0000
ƒsynth. 8776.00
MSB … LSB 11110100
0000
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8792.00
MSB … LSB 11111000
0000
ƒsynth. 8808.00
MSB … LSB 11111100
0000
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8760.25
MSB … LSB 11110000
0001
ƒsynth. 8776.25
MSB … LSB 11110100
0001
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8792.25
MSB … LSB 11111000
0001
ƒsynth. 8808.25
MSB … LSB 11111100
0001
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 243
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8760.50
MSB … LSB 11110000
Page 9 - 244
0010
ƒsynth. 8776.50
MSB … LSB 11110100
0010
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8792.50
MSB … LSB 11111000
0010
ƒsynth. 8808.50
MSB … LSB 11111100
0010
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8760.75
MSB … LSB 11110000
0011
ƒsynth. 8776.75
MSB … LSB 11110100
0011
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8792.75
MSB … LSB 11111000
0011
ƒsynth. 8808.75
MSB … LSB 11111100
0011
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 245
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8761.00
MSB … LSB 11110000
Page 9 - 246
0100
ƒsynth. 8777.00
MSB … LSB 11110100
0100
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8793.00
MSB … LSB 11111000
0100
ƒsynth. 8809.00
MSB … LSB 11111100
0100
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth. 8761.25
MSB … LSB 11110000
0101
ƒsynth. 8777.25
MSB … LSB 11110100
0101
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8793.25
MSB … LSB 11111000
0101
ƒsynth. 8809.25
MSB … LSB 11111100
0101
REPLACING UNITS
Page 9 - 247
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5: ƒsynth. 8761.50
MSB … LSB 11110000
Page 9 - 248
0110
ƒsynth. 8777.50
MSB … LSB 11110100
0110
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz) ƒsynth. 8793.50
MSB … LSB 11111000
0110
ƒsynth. 8809.50
MSB … LSB 11111100
0110
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REPLACING UNITS Table 9-5:
ƒsynth.
11110000 11110000 11110000 11110000 11110000 11110000 11110000 11110000 11110000 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110001 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110010 11110011 11110011 11110011 11110011 11110011 11110011 11110011 11110011 11110011 11110011 11110011 11110011 11110011 11110011 11110011 11110011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8777.75 8778.00 8778.25 8778.50 8778.75 8779.00 8779.25 8779.50 8779.75 8780.00 8780.25 8780.50 8780.75 8781.00 8781.25 8781.50 8781.75 8782.00 8782.25 8782.50 8782.75 8783.00 8783.25 8783.50 8783.75 8784.00 8784.25 8784.50 8784.75 8785.00 8785.25 8785.50 8785.75 8786.00 8786.25 8786.50 8786.75 8787.00 8787.25 8787.50 8787.75 8788.00 8788.25 8788.50 8788.75 8789.00 8789.25 8789.50 8789.75 8790.00 8790.25 8790.50 8790.75 8791.00 8791.25 8791.50 8791.75
MSB … LSB 11110100 11110100 11110100 11110100 11110100 11110100 11110100 11110100 11110100 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110101 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110110 11110111 11110111 11110111 11110111 11110111 11110111 11110111 11110111 11110111 11110111 11110111 11110111 11110111 11110111 11110111 11110111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8793.75 8794.00 8794.25 8794.50 8794.75 8795.00 8795.25 8795.50 8795.75 8796.00 8796.25 8796.50 8796.75 8797.00 8797.25 8797.50 8797.75 8798.00 8798.25 8798.50 8798.75 8799.00 8799.25 8799.50 8799.75 8800.00 8800.25 8800.50 8800.75 8801.00 8801.25 8801.50 8801.75 8802.00 8802.25 8802.50 8802.75 8803.00 8803.25 8803.50 8803.75 8804.00 8804.25 8804.50 8804.75 8805.00 8805.25 8805.50 8805.75 8806.00 8806.25 8806.50 8806.75 8807.00 8807.25 8807.50 8807.75
MSB … LSB 11111000 11111000 11111000 11111000 11111000 11111000 11111000 11111000 11111000 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111001 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111010 11111011 11111011 11111011 11111011 11111011 11111011 11111011 11111011 11111011 11111011 11111011 11111011 11111011 11111011 11111011 11111011
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111
ƒsynth. 8809.75 8810.00 8810.25 8810.50 8810.75 8811.00 8811.25 8811.50 8811.75 8812.00 8812.25 8812.50 8812.75 8813.00 8813.25 8813.50 8813.75 8814.00 8814.25 8814.50 8814.75 8815.00 8815.25 8815.50 8815.75 8816.00 8816.25 8816.50 8816.75 8817.00 8817.25 8817.50 8817.75 8818.00 8818.25 8818.50 8818.75 8819.00 8819.25 8819.50 8819.75 8820.00 8820.25 8820.50 8820.75 8821.00 8821.25 8821.50 8821.75 8822.00 8822.25 8822.50 8822.75 8823.00 8823.25
MSB … LSB 11111100 11111100 11111100 11111100 11111100 11111100 11111100 11111100 11111100 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111101 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111110 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111
0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101
Page 9 - 249
REPLACING UNITS
8761.75 8762.00 8762.25 8762.50 8762.75 8763.00 8763.25 8763.50 8763.75 8764.00 8764.25 8764.50 8764.75 8765.00 8765.25 8765.50 8765.75 8766.00 8766.25 8766.50 8766.75 8767.00 8767.25 8767.50 8767.75 8768.00 8768.25 8768.50 8768.75 8769.00 8769.25 8769.50 8769.75 8770.00 8770.25 8770.50 8770.75 8771.00 8771.25 8771.50 8771.75 8772.00 8772.25 8772.50 8772.75 8773.00 8773.25 8773.50 8773.75 8774.00 8774.25 8774.50 8774.75 8775.00 8775.25 8775.50 8775.75
MSB … LSB
Synthesizer Local Oscillator Option 002 Frequency Settings (Frequency in MHz)
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
Harris Corp. Microwave Communications Division
SECTION 10 REALIGNMENT Figure 10: Table 10:
! Always wear a grounded wrist strap when working on the radio. See section 1 for more information about the hazard of electrostatic discharge. When an electronic module is not mounted in the radio, it must be enclosed in an antistatic bag that is marked with an electrostatic sensitive device warning and symbol. This section provides and references alignment procedures that must be done during or after the replacement of a part. These procedures should be done only if they are called from an installation, alignment, or replacement procedure somewhere else in the manual. This section also provides a list of tests and adjustments that should be performed after a part has been replaced.
1.
ALC alignment (required after RF/IF module, 0.2 Watt, and 1 Watt power amplifier replacement)
1. On protected radios, switch the traffic to the channel you are not working on. To force traffic to pass through one channel of the radio exclusively (on a protected radio only), set the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches on the controller unit to A (to the left) or B (to the right) as required. 2. Install the transceiver in to the transceiver extender SD-900145. 3. On the alarm / display unit, display the TX LEV status message for the channel that you are working on. 4. Connect a power meter (with calibrated high power pad) to the XMT connector located on the front of the transceiver which you are working on.
6. On a 7 GHz radio; find: •
On the RF/IF module, the ALC LEVEL potentiometer.
Page 10 - 1
REALIGNMENT
5. On a 2 GHz radio; find the ALC LEVEL potentiometer on the RF/IF module and the PWR MON ADJ potentiometer on the power amplifier. The potentiometers are accessed through labeled holes in the lids of the modules.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT •
On the 1 Watt power amplifier, the VG ADJ and DET ADJ potentiometers and the VG TP test point.
•
On the 200 mW power amplifier, R20.
The potentiometers are accessed through labeled holes in the lids of the modules. 7. On a 7 GHz radio with a 1W PA, adjust VG ADJ to get -1V at VG TP. 8. Use a tuning tool to adjust the ALC LEVEL on the RF/IF module to get a reading on the power meter of: •
For 7 GHz radios with 200 mW transceiver: 24.0 dBm ±0.5 dB for the.
•
For 2 GHz radio with 1 W transceiver: 31.0 dBm ±0.5 dB (28.5 dBm for frequency diversity)
•
For 7 GHz radio with 1 W transceiver: 30.0 dBm ±0.5 dB (28.5 dBm for frequency diversity)
•
37.5 dBm ±0.5 dB for the 5 W transceiver (on 2 GHz radios only).
9. Vary the power amplifier unit output level control until the reading on the alarm / display panel is 37.5 dBm ±1.5 dB for a 5 W transceiver, 31.0 dBm ±1.5 dB for a 1 W transceiver on the 2 GHz radio, 30.0 dBm ±1.5 dB for a 1 W transceiver on the 7GHz radio, or 23.0 dBm ±1.5 dB for a 200 mW transceiver by adjusting: •
the PWR MON ADJ potentiometer (for a 2 GHz radio 1W PA) or
•
the R17 or DET ADJ potentiometer (for a 7 GHz radio 1 W or 200mW PA respectively).
10. If the reading on the power meter has changed, repeat step 8 then step 9 until the display and the meter indicate that the power values specified in steps 8 and 9. 11. On a 7 GHz radio with a 1W PA, when steps 8, 9, and 10 have been completed, adjust VG ADJ to get -0.9V at VG TP. NOTE
If the power is measured at the antenna port, the ACU branching losses must be taken into account. See table 429 or table 4-30 in the IM for the branching losses of the different ACU configurations.
Disconnect the power meter
Page 10 - 2
1. Set the OFF / ON / RST switch on the front panel of the transceiver in which the 5-Watt power amplifier was replaced to the OFF position.
QuadralinkMedium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT 2. Disconnect the power meter from the XMT connector on the front of the transceiver.
Reinstall the transceiver
1. Unlock the two turn-locks on the transceiver. Remove the transceiver from the transceiver extender. 2. Remove the transceiver extender from the radio. 3. Using the card extractor on the top end of the unit, engage the transceiver into its rear-end shelf connectors such that they are fully mated. 4. lock the two turn-locks on the transceiver front panel. 5. Reconnect the coaxial cable between the XMT A or XMT B connector on the ACU and the XMT connector on the front of the transceiver as applicable. 6. Set the OFF / ON / RST switch on the front panel of each transceiver to the ON position.
Set the protection logic to automatic
In a protected system, set the protection logic to automatic. Set the three switches DEM, DMX, and XMT on the front of the controller unit to their automatic (centre) position. End of procedure.
REALIGNMENT
Page 10 - 3
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT
2.
TX LEV alignment (required after the replacement of a 5 Watt power amplifier)
1. On protected radios, switch the traffic to the channel you are not working on. To force traffic to pass through one channel of the radio exclusively (on a protected radio only), set the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches on the controller unit to A (to the left) or B (to the right) as required. 2. Set the OFF / ON / RST switch on the front panel of the transceiver in which the 5-Watt power amplifier was replaced, to the OFF position. 3. Install the transceiver in the transceiver extender SD-900145. 4. On the alarm / display unit display the TX LEV status message for the channel that you are working on. 5. Connect a power meter (with calibrated high power pad) to the XMT connector located on the front of the transceiver which you are working on. 6. Set the OFF / ON / RST switch on the front panel of the transceiver in which the 5-Watt power amplifier was replaced, to the ON position. 7. The power meter reading should be no lees than 37.0 dBm. Replace the 5-Watt power amplifier with another if the power meter reading is less than 37.0 dBm. Note the new output power level for this transmitter on the factory test data sheets (found in a folder that came with the radio rack) with your name, date, and a short note explaining that the 5-Watt power amplifier was replaced on this channel.
Calibrate the display
Calibrate the RF output power reading on the alarm display (TX LEV) by adjusting R11 on the transceiver board. 1. The alarm display panel output power level should read 37.5 dBm ±2.5 dB. The output power display is found in the STATUS menu. If the display reading is accurate to within ±2.5 dB according to the power meter reading, the calibration procedure is finished; otherwise continue. 2. See figure 10-1 for the location of potentiometer R11.
Page 10 - 4
QuadralinkMedium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT Figure 10-1: Adjustment of Potentiometer R11
P7 J2
J1 XMT IF
RCV IF
TRANSCEIVER SD-98730
P4 S1
+10V
P8 SLOPE EQ +
-5V
C8
1W PA
C2
P3
R10
C3
P5 RCVR
+
P2 UPCONV
C5
-5V
R9
5W PA P1 TX LO
P6 RX LO
C6
+
C7
R11
+ C1
C4
ADJUSTMENT OF POTENTIOMETER R11 R11
DECREASES (↓) ALARM DISPLAY READING R11
INCREASES (↑) ALARM DISPLAY READING
3. If the alarm display panel output power level reading is lower than 37.5 dBm ±2.5 dB, turn potentiometer R11 on the transceiver board with a tuning tool counter clockwise to increase the display reading. 4. If the alarm display panel output power level reading is higher than 37.5 dBm ±2.5 dB, turn potentiometer R11 on the transceiver board with a tuning tool clockwise to decrease the display reading. 5. Verify that the display reads 37.5 dBm ±2.5 dB. If not, adjust R11 until the display reading is accurate to within ±2.5 dB.
Page 10 - 5
REALIGNMENT
6. Set the OFF / ON / RST switch on the front panel of the transceiver in which the 5-Watt power amplifier was replaced to the OFF position.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT
Disconnect the power meter
1. Set the OFF / ON / RST switch on the front panel of the transceiver in which the 5-Watt power amplifier was replaced to the OFF position. 2. Disconnect the power meter from the XMT connector on the front of the transceiver.
Reinstall the transceiver
1. Unlock the two turn-locks on the transceiver. Remove the transceiver from the transceiver extender. 2. Remove the transceiver extender from the radio. 3. Using the card extractor on the top end of the unit, engage the transceiver into its rear-end shelf connectors such that they are fully mated. 4. lock the two turn-locks on the transceiver front panel. 5. Reconnect the coaxial cable between the XMT A or XMT B connector on the ACU and the XMT connector on the front of the transceiver as applicable. 6. Set the OFF / ON / RST switch on the front panel of each transceiver to the ON position.
Set the protection logic to automatic
In a protected system, set the protection logic to automatic. Set the three switches DEM, DMX, and XMT on the front of the controller unit to their automatic (centre) position. End of procedure.
Page 10 - 6
QuadralinkMedium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT
3.
AGC level alignment (depot procedure — required after RF/IF module replacement)
1. Install the transceiver in the transceiver extender SD-900145. 2. Connect an RF signal generator to the transceiver receive (RCV) input and adjust the signal generator to the desired receive frequency of the radio channel. Adjust the signal generator to the level in table 10-1 or table 10-2 that corresponds to the antenna coupling unit that the transceiver is normally connected to. Table 10-1: RF Input Level For Step 2 of Procedure 3 on a 2 GHz Radio Antenna coupling unit configuration → Channel → Capacity ↓
Monitored hot Monitored hot standby unequal standby equal loss coupler loss coupler
A and B
All capacities -48.0
Monitored hot standby space diversity, unprotected
A and B -50.5
Frequency Frequency / space diversity diversity
A and B -47.0
A and B -47.0
Unit
A and B -47.5
dBm
Table 10-2: RF Input Level for Step 2 of Procedure 3 on a 7 GHz Radio Antenna coupling unit configuration → Channel → Capacity ↓
Monitored hot Monitored hot standby unequal standby equal loss coupler loss coupler
A and B
1 × 34368 kb/s plus -48.7 2 × 2048 kb/s
Unprotected, monitored hot standby space diversity
A and B -51.0
Frequency Frequency / space or quad diversity diversity
A and B -47.4
A and B -47.4
Unit
A and B -47.6
dBm
For example: if the transceiver being adjusted is to be put in channel B of a radio with an monitored hot standby / unequal loss antenna coupling unit, set the input level to: •
-48.0 dBm on a 2 GHz radio
3. Set the switch on the RF/IF module to the AGC position.
REALIGNMENT
Page 10 - 7
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT
4. Through the hole in the cover of the RF/IF module, adjust the AGC LEVEL potentiometer to obtain an IF output of 0.0 dBm or +0.5 dBm depending on the total tributary bit rate as indicated in table 10-3. Table 10-3:
IF Output Level for Step 4 of Procedure 3 IF output level
0.0 dBm
Total bit rate of all tributaries 1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s
Normally the IF output level is measured at the IF output of the RF/IF module: however, if the transceiver does not contain an adaptive slope equalizer, you can measure the IF level at mother-board connectors J50 (for XCVR A) and J51(for XCVR B) as well. 5. Connect a voltmeter to the AGC VOLT feed-through on the RF/IF unit. Find the hole labeled AGC REF on the RF/IF module and through it, adjust the voltage on the AGC VOLT feedthrough to 3.88 ±0.02 V. 6. Adjust the signal generator output level, according to table 10-4 or table 10-5, that corresponds to the number of and type of input streams that the transceiver will be used with. Table 10-4: Input Level And AGC Voltage for Step 6 of Procedure 3 on a 2 GHz Radio Number and type of input streams 1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s Table 10-5:
RF input -69.0 dBm
AGC volt 2.45 ±0.02 V
Input Level and AGC Voltage For Step 6 Of Procedure 3 On A 7 Ghz radio
Number and type of input streams 1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s
RF input -68.0 dBm
AGC volt 2.50 ±0.02 V
7. Adjust the AGC GAIN potentiometer (through the labeled hole) to obtain the AGC VOLT level shown in table 10-4 or table 10-5, that corresponds to the number and type of data streams that the transceiver will be used with.
Page 10 - 8
QuadralinkMedium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT
NOTE
Step 3 through 7 determine the input power level that will trigger an AGC fail status in the system. The values used in the adjustment are based on an average AGC curve and were chosen so that the alarm is generated when the input level is 13 dB above the level that would give a BER of 10-3. The average curve used to select the values is within ±4.0 dB of the curve on your radio. Thus, after you have made these adjustments the level at which your radio will generate an AGC alarm will be between 9 dB and 17 dB above the level that gives an BER of 10-3. 8. Set the RF input to the same level as was used in step 2. 9. Again adjust the AGC REF potentiometer to obtain 3.88 ±0.02 V on the AGC VOLT feedthrough. 10. Repeat steps 6 through 8 until the two adjustments no longer affect each other. 11. Set the RF input to the same level as was used in step 2, and adjust the AGC LEVEL potentiometer to obtain the output level, in table 10-6, that corresponds to the number and type of data streams that the transceiver will be used with. Table 10-6:
Output Level for Step 11 of Procedure 3
Number and type of data streams 1 × 34368 kb/s plus 2 × 2048 kb/s
Output level +3.0 dBm
12. With the switch on the RF/IF model in the AGC position, measure the voltage on the AGC VOLT feedthrough. Then put the switch in the MGC position and adjust the MGC LEVEL potentiometer so that the voltage at the AGC VOLT feedthrough is the same as the voltage measured with the switch in the AGC position. Set the switch back to the AGC position. 13. Vary the RF input power between -30 dBm and -68 dBm. If the AGC circuit is working correctly the power of the IF output should not vary by more then ±1 dB. 14. Plot the AGC curve (see 'Alignment procedure' on page 5 - 25) and use it to replace the AGC curve in the system test data sheets in appendix E 'RECORDS' of this manual.
Page 10 - 9
REALIGNMENT
15. Install the transceiver into the radio.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT
4.
Plot the AGC curve (required after RF/IF module replacement)
NOTE
This procedure does not interrupt traffic on protected radios. Transfer traffic and lock on line
In a protected system, make sure to transfer traffic to a standby unit until this procedure has been completed. Use the three switches DEM, DMX, and XMT on the front of the controller unit to lock the radio to the channel that you are not plotting the AGC curve on. For example, if you are going to plot the AGC curve of the B channel transceiver, lock the radio to channel A (on the front of the controller unit, move the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their left position). Once this procedure is finished, return the DEM, DMX, and XMT switches to their automatic (centre) position. 1. Graph paper for plotting these curves is provided in appendix E 'RECORDS'. 2. Disconnect the coaxial cable from the RCV connector on the front of the transceiver for the channel you wish to plot the AGC curve. 3. Connect a step attenuator to the RCV A or RCV B connector on the antenna coupling unit. NOTE
This procedure assumes that a receive signal level of -40 dBm or stronger is available at the antenna port. However, lower antenna port receive signal levels may also be used by simply starting with a lower level. 4. Connect a power meter with a low power head, to the step attenuator and adjust the attenuation until the power meter reads -40 dBm minus the receive branching loss for the type of antenna coupling unit (this corresponds to -40 dBm signal level at the antenna port). See figure 10-2. Refer to 'Antenna coupling unit' on page 4 - 16 for the amount of receive branching loss to subtract. Record the attenuator level setting. Example: The first plotted point on the on the AGC graph is measured at receive signal level of -40 dBm at the antenna port. The receive branching loss for a 2 GHz monitored hot standby (equal loss coupler) antenna coupling unit for both
Page 10 - 10
QuadralinkMedium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT the A or B channel is 5.7 dB. Adjust the attenuation until the power meter reads -45.7 dBm (-40 dBm - 5.7 dB). This level after the antenna coupling unit represents a receive signal level of -40 dBm at the antenna port (before the antenna coupling unit). NOTE
Do not forget to factor-in the coaxial cable and attenuator losses. Figure 10-2: Test Setup with the Power Meter (B Channel Shown)
P POWER METER
STEP ATTENUATORS
ANTENNA COUPLING UNIT
-XX.X dBm XMT LO MON
OPEN
RCV B
XMT B
RCV
XMT
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
5. Remove the power meter and connect the output of the attenuators to RCV input of the transceiver unit. See figure 10-3.
REALIGNMENT
Page 10 - 11
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT
Figure 10-3: Test Setup with the Transceiver Unit (B Channel Shown) TRANSCEIVER UNIT INPUT
STEP ATTENUATORS
ANTENNA COUPLING UNIT
XMT LO MON
OPEN
RCV B
XMT B
RCV
XMT
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
6. Now record the AGC voltage from the alarm / display (for an antenna port receive signal level of -40 dBm) on the graphs provided for that purpose in figure E-1 and figure E-5 (for radios using monitored hot standby unequal split protection) or figure E-1 and figure E-3 in appendix E 'RECORDS' (for all other protection schemes). NOTE
When recording the receive signal level on the graph, remember that the AGC curve is plotted for the level at the antenna port, not for the power level that was measured in step 4, so always add the antenna coupling unit branching loss. 7. Attenuate the signal in steps of 5 dB until the signal is lost. Record the AGC voltage (from alarm display) for each 5 dB step on the graph (plot as the actual receive signal levels at the antenna port of -45 dBm, -50 dBm, -55 dBm, -60 dBm, …) in figure E-1 and figure E-5 (for radios using monitored hot standby unequal split protection) or figure E-1 and figure E-3 in appendix E 'RECORDS' (for all other protection schemes).
Page 10 - 12
QuadralinkMedium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT 8. Using the data accumulated in the previous steps, plot the AGC curve for the radio and check that it falls within the grey-shaded area on the curve. If the plot falls outside the grey-shaded area on the curve, the AGC level needs alignment. Perform the procedure in 'AGC level alignment (depot procedure — required after RF/IF module replacement)' on page 10-7. 9. Remove all test equipment and reconnect all coaxial cables to their original state. 10. Add the AGC curve to the system test data sheets. 11. Repeat for each channel (A and B if applicable).
Test and adjustment chart
After replacing a unit or module it is good practice to test that it is functioning properly. The following chart indicates the tests and adjustments to preform for the unit or module that has been replaced. Table 10-7: Radio Tests and Adjustments to be Performed When a Module Is Replaced
Unit replaced
Alignment procedure 1. 'Check the BER performance of the system' on page 5 - 37.
Muldex 2. For a 1:N system, 'Set the static phase alignment' on page 5 - 57. 1. 'Check the BER performance of the system' on page 5 - 37. Modem
2. 'Verification and adjustment of the system DADE' on page 5 - 33. 3. For a 1:N system, 'Set the static phase alignment' on page 5 - 57.
Line interface
• None.
Orderwire
• 'Check orderwire and other accessory equipment' on page 5 - 34.
Controller
• 'Check the 1+1 protection system' on page 5 - 41.
Alarm / display panel
• 'Check the 1+1 protection system' on page 5 - 41. Transceiver assembly
• Local oscillator • Power supply unit
• Perform the procedure: 'Align the radio' on page 5 - 27. 1. Verify the transmitter local oscillator frequency. 2. Verify the receiver local oscillator frequency. 3. Verify the transmitter output power. 4. 'Check the BER performance of the system' on page 5 - 37. REALIGNMENT
Page 10 - 13
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT
Transceiver assembly (Continued)
Power amplifier (0.2 Watt and 1 Watt)
• Perform the procedure: 'ALC alignment (required after RF/IF module, 0.2 Watt, and 1 Watt power amplifier replacement)' on page 10 - 1. • Perform the procedure: 'Align the radio' on page 5 - 27. 1. Verify the transmitter local oscillator frequency. 2. Verify the receiver local oscillator frequency. 3. Verify the transmitter output power. 4. 'Check the BER performance of the system' on page 5 - 37.
Power amplifier (5 Watt)
• Perform the procedure: 'TX LEV alignment (required after the replacement of a 5 Watt power amplifier)' on page 10 - 4. • Perform the procedure: 'Align the radio' on page 5 - 27. 1. Verify the transmitter local oscillator frequency. 2. Verify the receiver local oscillator frequency. 3. Verify the transmitter output power. 4. 'Check the BER performance of the system' on page 5 - 37. • Perform the procedure: 'ALC alignment (required after RF/IF module, 0.2 Watt, and 1 Watt power amplifier replacement)' on page 10 - 1. • Perform the procedure: 'AGC level alignment (depot procedure — required after RF/IF module replacement)' on page 10 - 7. • Perform the procedure: 'Align the radio' on page 5 - 27. 1. Verify the transmitter local oscillator frequency.
RF/IF module
2. Verify the receiver local oscillator frequency. 3. Verify the transmitter output power. 4. 'Check the BER performance of the system' on page 5 - 37. • Replot the AGC curve. Perform the procedure 'Plot the AGC curve (required after RF/IF module replacement)' on page - 10. There are blank AGC curve sheets in appendix E 'RECORDS'.
Page 10 - 14
QuadralinkMedium Capacity Radio
REALIGNMENT
5.
After replacment of an adaptive slope Equalizer
Whenever an adaptive slope equalizer is replaced, you should perform the following tests: 1. Verify that the IF output level is 0dBm 1dB.Use a power meter at J50 (XCVR A) or J51 (XCVR B) as required. Note that all radio normal connections should be established before the measurement is taken 2. If the IF is not correct, adjust R59 until it is 0dBm 1dB. 3. Perform the procedure entitled 'Check the BER performance of the system' on page - 375-35.
REALIGNMENT
Page 10 - 15
REALIGNMENT
Page 10 - 16
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
SECTION 11 ORDERING INFORMATION Figure 11: Table 11:
To maintain your radio with a minimum of down time, your organization will have to maintain a stock of spare units and modules. To do so, you may wish to order additional spares from time to time, to assure that you have enough spares to properly maintain the system. In addition, after you replace a faulty unit with a spare, you will want to return the faulty unit to Harris MCD for repair. This section explains how to accomplish these tasks.
Identifying the part
When ordering a spare or replacement unit, specify the ID number of the part. You will find these numbers in the FWL (see appendix C), and on the units themselves. In most cases the ID number will be an SD number, option number, and its issue / revision level. The SD number has the format SD-XXXXXX-MX, where XXXXXX is a six digit number identifying the basic unit and MX is the model number. The model number will be present only if there is more than one model of the unit or module. The option number has the form OPT XXXL⋅⋅⋅L where XXX is a three digit number and L⋅⋅⋅L is one or more letters. NOTE
See 'Model numbers' in appendix C about the compatibility of units with different model numbers. In some cases (the power supply for example) the ID number will be a part number in the from XXX-XXXXXX-XXX. If the numbers on the FWL and the unit are different, use the number on the FWL. Harris MCD equipment is designed to be repaired by replacement at the unit level with readily available spares. For this reason, detailed parts lists are not furnished with an order, nor are they recommended as a requirement. Only in special cases will we accept orders for parts that are not listed in table 11-1.
Spare unit ordering information
When you order spare parts for your existing system, refer to the spare unit cross-reference table 11-1. The listed new modules are designed to maintain fit and function with the previous style of Quadralink® radio systems (backplane number SD-099117) while providing extra features when used with the new style Quadralink® radio systems (backplane number SD-099985).
Page 11 - 1
ORDERING INFORMATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
ORDERING INFORMATION
In the future, when you order obsolete spare modules or subassemblies, you will now have to specify the part number, the model, the option number and the issue or revision level. The spare module that you will receive will be either the same module or a new module that is backwards compatible with previous versions of the module. Please refer to table 11-1 for more information. The new Quadralink® radio (backplane number SD-099985) has front connection between the transceiver drawer and the antenna coupling unit. Consequently, the new style transceiver drawers and antenna coupling units cannot be used with previous style of Quadralink® radio assemblies (backplane number SD-099117). If you operate mixed network systems (with existing (backplane number SD-099117) and new Quadralink® radio (backplane number SD-099985)) and are performing troubleshooting, make sure that the revision number of the replacement parts comply with table 11-1. Table 11-1: Quadralink® Radio Spare Unit Ordering Information and Requirement Cross-reference Table Unit description
Previous style radio part numbera
New style radio part numberb
1:N piggyback card
—
SD-900047-M1
Alarm display
SD-098710M1 Option 001 SD-098750M3
SD-098710-M1 Option 002
Controller
SD-098750-M3 revision 7 or higher. Option 001 SD-108542-M2 revision 3 or higher. Option 001 SD-108534-M2 Rev. 1 or higher
Modem medium capacity Muldex medium capacity
SD-108542M1
Orderwire
SD-098780M2
SD-098780-M2 revision 5 or higher. Option 002
—
102-098780 Option 005 SD-099980-M1. Option 001 Option 002
DVS Q™ service channel unit
SD-108534M1
—
—
Page 11 - 2
101-099980 Option 003 Option 004
Comments
Notesc
New unit. Cannot be used with the previous style of Quadralink® radio. This piggyback card is only required for a radio used in a 1:N system. The new part can not replace earlier models or revision levels. It is not mechanically compatible. The new part can replace all earlier models and revision levels. It is mechanically and electrically compatible. Specify the option number required at time of ordering. The new part can replace all earlier models and revision levels. It is mechanically and electrically compatible. Specify the option number required at time of ordering. The new part can replace the earlier model. It is mechanically compatible. Electrically, the wayside level 2 loopback feature is not available any more. Specify the option number required at time of ordering. Option 001: For systems not equipped with SD-098780 Option 002: For systems equipped with SD-098780 The new part can replace all earlier models and revision levels. It is mechanically and electrically compatible. Specify the option number required at time of ordering. (non-EMI) DIGITAL - EMI New unit. Cannot be used with the previous style of Quadralink® radio. (non-EMI) option 001: FARSCAN equipped option 002: FARSCAN OMIT EMI option 003: FARSCAN equipped option 004: FARSCAN OMIT
Strapping is required
Strapping is required
Strapping is required Strapping is required
Strapping is required
ORDERING INFORMATION Table 11-1: Quadralink® Radio Spare Unit Ordering Information and Requirement Cross-reference Table (Continued)
Unit description
Previous style radio part numbera
New style radio part numberb
Line interface (unbalanced)
SD-098790M1
SD-098790-M1 revision 4 or higher
Alarm control extender
099-098877XXX Option 001 to 006
Same Option 007 to 010
Handset for orderwire Power supply
SD-098940M1 097-098732001
SD-900140-M1. Option 001 Same
Comments The new part can replace all earlier models and revision levels. It is mechanically and electrically compatible. Specify the option number required at time of ordering. Option 001: 1 tributary Option 002: 2 to 4 tributaries Option 003: 5 to 8 tributaries Unchanged. Option 001: Fully equipped terminal Option 002: Fully equipped repeater Option 003: Standard (no status) terminal Option 004: Standard (no status) repeater Option 005: Standard (with status) terminal Option 006: Standard (with status) repeater Option 007: Compressed alms terminal Option 008: All alms terminal Option 009: Compressed alms repeater Option 010: All alms repeater The new part is mechanically and electrically compatible. Gray color. Unchanged
Notesc
Strapping is required
Strapping may be required
Page 11 - 3
ORDERING INFORMATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
ORDERING INFORMATION
Table 11-1: Quadralink® Radio Spare Unit Ordering Information and Requirement Cross-reference Table (Continued) Unit description
Previous style radio part numbera
RF/IF module 2 GHz
—
103-098740-101
RF/IF 1.7-1.91 1XDS1 1XE2
—
103-098740-102
RF/IF 1.7-1.91 4XDS1 1XDS2
—
103-098740-104
RF/IF 1.7-1.91 8XDS1 2DS2
—
103-098740-105
RF/IF 1.7-1.91 8XE1 2XE2
—
103-098740-108
RF/IF 1.7-1.91 2XE1
—
103-098740-109
RF/IF 1.7-1.91 1XE3+2XE1
—
103-098740-110
RF/IF 1.7-1.91 5XDS1 4XE1 1XE2
—
103-098740-201
RF/IF 1.9-2.11 1XDS1 1XE1
—
103-098740-202
RF/IF 1.9-2.11 4XDS1 1XDS2
—
103-098740-204
RF/IF 1.9-2.11 8XDS1 2DS2
—
103-098740-205
RF/IF 1.9-2.11 8XE1 2XE2
—
103-098740-208
RF/IF 1.9-2.11 2XE1
—
103-098740-209
RF/IF 1.9-2.11 1XE3+2XE1
—
103-098740-210
RF/IF 1.9-2.11 5XDS1 4XE1 1XE2
—
103-098740-301
RF/IF 2.1-2.31 1XDS1 1XE1
—
103-098740-302
RF/IF 2.1-2.31 4XDS1 1XDS2
—
103-098740-304
RF/IF 2.1-2.31 8XDS1 2DS2
—
103-098740-305
RF/IF 2.1-2.31 8XE1 2XE2
—
103-098740-308
RF/IF 2.1-2.31 2XE1
—
103-098740-309
RF/IF 2.1-2.31 1XE3+2XE1
—
103-098740-310
RF/IF 2.1-2.31 5XDS1 4XE1 1XE2
—
103-098740-401
RF/IF 2.29-2.5 1XDS1 1XE1
—
103-098740-402
RF/IF 2.29-2.5 4XDS1 1XDS2
—
103-098740-404
RF/IF 2.29-2.5 8XDS1 2DS2
—
103-098740-405
RF/IF 2.29-2.5 8XE1 2XE2
—
103-098740-408
RF/IF 2.29-2.5 2XE1
—
103-098740-409
RF/IF 2.29-2.5 1XE3+2XE1
—
103-098740-410
RF/IF 2.29-2.5 5XDS1 4XE1 1XE2
—
103-098740-501
RF/IF 2.49-2.7 1XDS1 1XE1
—
103-098740-502
RF/IF 2.49-2.7 4XDS1 1XDS2
—
103-098740-504
RF/IF 2.49-2.7 8XDS1 2DS2
—
103-098740-505
RF/IF 2.49-2.7 8XE1 2XE2
—
103-098740-508
RF/IF 2.49-2.7 2XE1
—
103-098740-509
RF/IF 2.49-2.7 1XE3+2XE1
— SD-099222M1
103-098740-510
RF/IF 2.49-2.7 5XDS1 4XE1 1XE2
Same
Unchanged Option 001: 1.6 to 2.4 GHz Option 002: 2.2 to 2.8 GHz
2 GHz synthesizer
Page 11 - 4
New style radio part numberb
Comments
Notesc Strapping may be required
Available frequencies are shown in table 9-2 and table 9-3.
ORDERING INFORMATION Table 11-1: Quadralink® Radio Spare Unit Ordering Information and Requirement Cross-reference Table (Continued)
Unit description
Previous style radio part numbera
2 GHz local oscillator
SD-098788M2
Same
RF power amplifier 1 W / 2 GHz
SD-098746M2
Same
RF power amplifier 5 W / 2 GHz
SD-099860M1
Same
RF/IF module 7/8 GHz
—
103-098890-001
Unchanged Option 001: 1630 to 1720 MHz Option 002: 1720 to 1860 MHz Option 003: 1860 to 1990 MHz Option 004: 1990 to 2064 MHz Option 005: 2064 to 2232 MHz Option 006: 2232 to 2370 MHz Option 007: 2370 to 2484 MHz Option 008: 2484 to 2604 MHz Option 009: 2604 to 2770 MHz Unchanged Option 001: 1.7 to 1.9 GHz Option 002: 1.9 to 2.1 GHz Option 003: 2.1 to 2.3 GHz Option 004: 2.3 to 2.5 GHz Option 005: 2.5 to 2.7 GHz Unchanged Option 001: 1.7 to 1.9 GHz Option 002: 1.9 to 2.1 GHz Option 003: 2.1 to 2.3 GHz Option 004: 2.3 to 2.5 GHz Option 005: 2.5 to 2.7 GHz RF/IF 7.1-8.5 1XDS1 1XE1
—
103-098890-002
RF/IF 7.1-8.5 4XDS1 1XDS2
—
103-098890-003
RF/IF 7.1-8.5 8XDS1
—
103-098890-004
RF/IF 7.1-8.5 8XE1 2XE2
—
103-098890-005
RF/IF 7.1-8.5 2XE1
—
103-098890-006
RF/IF 7.1-8.5 1XE3 2XE1
—
103-098890-007
RF/IF 7.1-8.5 5XDS1 4XE1 1XE2
— SD-098894M1
103-098890-008
RF/IF 7.1-8.5 1/2/4/8/16XE1
Same
Unchanged
7/8 GHz phase-lockedsource (PLS / DRO) local oscillator
New style radio part numberb
Comments
Notesc Specify frequency
Strapping may be required
• Specify frequency • The actual unit sent may be a DRO or a PLS which are electrically the same, but the physical packaging is different
Page 11 - 5
ORDERING INFORMATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
ORDERING INFORMATION
Table 11-1: Quadralink® Radio Spare Unit Ordering Information and Requirement Cross-reference Table (Continued) Unit description
Previous style radio part numbera
New style radio part numberb
Comments
7 or 8 GHz synthesizer local oscillator
—
SD-900135-M1
Option 001: 7050 to 7800 MHz Option 002: 7800 to 8820 MHz
RF power amplifier 1 W / 7/8 GHz RF power amplifier 0.2 W / 7/8 GHz IF adaptive slope equalizer
SD-099105M1
Same
SD-098754M1
Same
Unchanged Option 001: 7.1 to 7.7 GHz Option 002: 7.7 to 8.5 GHz Unchanged Option 001: 7.1 to 7.7 GHz Option 002: 7.7 to 8.5 GHz
SD-098762M1. Option 001
Same
Unchanged
a. Quadralink® radio backplane number SD-099117 b. Quadralink® radio backplane number SD-099985 c. Strapping information can be found in appendix A for units that require strapping.
Page 11 - 6
Notesc • Available frequencies are shown in table 9-4 and table 95.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Placing the order Address all orders for spare units to:
In Canada
Spare Parts Service Centre Harris Corporation Microwave Communications Division 3, rue de l’Hôtel de Ville Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Québec, Canada H9B 3G4 Phone: (800) 227-8332 (514) 421-8333 Telex: 05-821893 Fax: (514) 421-3555
Customer Service Information Quality Policy
Standard Product Warranty
Harris Microwave Communications Division's value system focuses on customer satisfaction, continuous process improvement, and growth through new products. Harris Microwave Communications Division warrants that each product of its own manufacture shall, at the time of delivery and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, be free from defects in materials and workmanship. For such products that are installed by Harris Microwave Communications Division, this warranty shall extend for eighteen (18) months from date of installation, provided that the time from the date of delivery to the date of installation does not exceed six months. Such warranty shall not include any consumable components to which a specific manufacturer's guarantee applies. If any Harris Microwave Communications Division product shall prove to be defective in materials or workmanship under normal intended usage, operation and maintenance during the applicable warranty period as determined by Harris Microwave Communications Division after examination of the product claimed to be defective, then Harris Microwave Communications Division shall repair or replace, at Harris Microwave Communications Division's sole option, such defective product, in accordance with procedures specified below, at its own expense, exclusive, however, of the cost of labor by the customer's own employees, agents or contractors in identifying, removing or replacing the defective part(s) of the product.
Page 11 - 7
ORDERING INFORMATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
ORDERING INFORMATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio In composite equipment assemblies and systems, which include equipment of such other than Harris Microwave Communications Division manufacture, Harris Microwave Communications Division's responsibility under this warranty provision for the non Harris Microwave Communications Division manufactured portion of the equipment shall be limited to the other equipment manufacturer's standard warranty. Provided, however, that if the other manufacturer's standard warranty period is of a shorter duration than the warranty period applicable to Harris Microwave Communications Division's manufactured equipment, then Harris Microwave Communications Division shall extend additional coverage to such other equipment manufacturer's warranty equal to the differential in time between the expiration of the other manufacturer's warranty and the duration of Harris Microwave Communications Division's manufactured equipment warranty applicable to such order. Harris Microwave Communications Division shall repair or replace, at Harris Microwave Communications Division's sole option, such other manufacturer's defective part(s) within sixty (60) days after receipt of such parts by Harris Microwave Communications Division in accordance with the below specified procedures, at Harris Microwave Communications Division's own expense, exclusive, however, of cost of labor by the customer's own employees, agents or contractors in identifying, removing or replacing the defective part(s) of the product. An authorization to return products to Harris Microwave Communications Division under this warranty must be obtained from a Harris Microwave Communications Division representative prior to making shipment to Harris Microwave Communications Division's plant, and all returns shall be shipped freight prepaid. Collect shipments will not be accepted, but Harris Microwave Communications Division will prepay return freight charges on repaired and replaced products found to be actually defective.
Page 11 - 8
ORDERING INFORMATION Liability of Harris Microwave Communications Division for breach of any and all warranties hereunder is expressly limited to the repair or replacement of defective products as set forth in this section, and in no event shall Harris Microwave Communications Division be liable for special, incidental or consequential damages by reason of any breach of warranty or defect in materials or workmanship. Harris Microwave Communications Division shall not be responsible for repair or replacement of products which have been subjected to neglect, accident or improper use, or which have been altered by other than authorized Harris Microwave Communications Division personnel. The foregoing warranties are in lieu of all other warranties whether oral, written, expressed, implied, or statutory. In particular, the implied warranties of fitness for particular purpose and merchantability are hereby disclaimed and shall not be applicable either from Harris Microwave Communications Division or any other equipment manufacturer. Harris Microwave Communications Division's warranty obligations and buyer's remedies thereunder are solely and exclusively as stated herein. In no case shall Harris Microwave Communications Division be liable for indirect kinds of damages, including but not limited to special, incidental, and consequential damages, or loss of capital, revenue, or profits. In no event shall Harris Microwave Communications Division's liability to buyer, or any party claiming through buyer, be in excess of the actual sales price paid by buyer for any items supplied hereunder.
Page 11 - 9
ORDERING INFORMATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
ORDERING INFORMATION
Services Offered
Customer Resource Center
•
Technical assistance from highly qualified Product Support engineers to resolve technical questions / problems on the phone.
•
Field Service support to resolve equipment problems on site by highly professional Field Service engineers.
•
Repair of equipment at our Repair & Return facilities in a timely and cost-effective manner.
•
Customers may benefit from the Harris Microwave Communications Division Refurbish and Retune Program to ensure that their systems will continue to operate at optimal performance as well as benefit from the latest engineering improvements which we continue to implement into Harris Microwave Communications Division products.
•
24-hour emergency telephone support by highly qualified Product Support engineers for traffic affecting or traffic threatening problems.
•
24-hour emergency shipment of replacement parts on selected items to minimize downtime.
•
Product training by highly qualified instructors that maximizes product performance and minimizes maintenance costs.
Our Customer Resource Center (CRC) is staffed with factory trained and highly qualified Product Support staff whose task is to provide telephone support to resolve complex customer equipment problems quickly and accurately in a timely manner. Customers who completed product training given by Harris Microwave Communications Division and are equipped with proper test equipment and spare parts will experience quick resolution of their equipment problems. Call CRC and select Technical Assistance when prompted. Harris Corporation Microwave Communications Division 330 Twin Dolphin Drive Redwood Shores, CA 94065-1421, USA Phone: (800)-227-8332 or (650)-594-3800 Fax: (650)-594-3621 Harris Corporation Microwave Communications Division 3 Hotel-de-Ville Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Quebec Canada H9B 3G4 Phone: 1-800-227-8332 or (514)-421-8333 Fax: (514) 685-4580 Telex: 05-821893
Page 11 - 10
ORDERING INFORMATION Harris S.A. de C.V. Ejercito Nacional No. 926 Despacho 203, Colonia Palmas Polanco Mexico, D.F. C.P. 11560 Phone: +52-5-580-0536 Fax: +52-5-580-1035 Coasin Comunicaciones S.A. For Argentina customers only Diagonal Roque Saens Pena, 648-8o 1035 Buenos Aires Argentina, S. A. Phone: +54-1-343-1366/78 - 345-0675/76 Fax: +54-1-345-0677 Harris Corporation - Manila For Asian customers only 3/F SGV II Building 6758 Ayala Avenue Makati, Manila Philippines Phone: +63-2-818-5111 Fax: +63-2-818-8165 Harris Corporation - Malaysia 49B Jalan SS22/19, Damansara Jaya, 47400 Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia Phone: +60 (3) 718-5124 Fax: +60 (3) 718-3546 Harris Comm. (Shenzhen) LTD. Flat C, 2/F China Great Wall Computer Bldg., Kefa Rd. Industrial Garden Nanshan Area, Shenzhen 518057 The People’s Republic of China Phone: +86-755-663-7928 Fax: +86-755-663-7048
Page 11 - 11
ORDERING INFORMATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
ORDERING INFORMATION Harris do Brasil Estrada da Aldeinha, 400 Alphaville 06465-100 Barueri, SP Phone: +55-11-7291-7608 Fax: +55-11-7291-7609
Visit our Customer Service Web Site 24-Hour Technical Assistance
http://www.microwave.harris.com/cservice
Technical support is available 24 hours per day, seven days a week. Product Support Engineers are available in the USA from 6:30am to 5pm PST, Monday through Friday, and 7:30am to 5:00pm EST in Canada. At all other times, our Product Support Engineers will return your call within 30 minutes whenever you have traffic affecting or traffic threatening situations. For North America, call us at 1-800-227-8332. For International, call us at +514-421-8333 or fax to +514-421-3555. Please provide us with the following information when you call: 1. Your name, company and telephone number. 2. Equipment type and Sales Order number or FWL number found at the bottom of the rack. 3. Detailed description of the problem.
Page 11 - 12
Repair and Return
ORDERING INFORMATION Harris Microwave Communications Division repairs all its manufactured products as well as coordinates repairs on vendor items which are part of its systems. The standard repair turn around time for current production models is 5 working days upon receipt of the defective parts. The part number listing following this section shows which items are current production models by the designator “RBP” or “SOB.” Standard repair turn around time for other products is 15 working days. Manufacturing Discontinued items repair turnaround is subject to the availability of parts. Repair charges and turn around time for OEM (vendor) items are set by Harris Microwave Communications Division suppliers. Our close working relationships with our suppliers assure us of the best repair prices and turn around time. For Canada, call 1-800-227-8332 (514-421-8333) or fax your request to (514)-421-3555.
Repair & Exchange Warranty
Harris Microwave Communications Division's warranty policy is as follows: Repair Warranty Exchange Warranty
90 days 90 days
and/or the remainder of the original product warranty period, whichever is greater.
Module Exchange
You may prefer to receive a replacement unit before you send your defective unit to us. Harris Microwave Communications Division maintains an inventory of many different modules that can be shipped to you within 24 hours. Parts requiring retune can be shipped within 48 hours. Emergency exchange is available with a 24 hour turnaround for current production models of some products and 48 hours for other products. Emergency exchanges are billed at actual exchange prices (zero for warranty units) plus 200.00 USD per unit regardless of warranty status. All exchanged units must be returned to us within 20 calendar days (domestic) / 45 calendar days (international) from date of shipment to avoid getting invoiced for the difference between the exchange price and the list price. The returned unit must match the product specification of the advance exchange unit like for like. If the returned unit is nonrepairable you will be invoiced for the difference between the exchange price and the list price. The unit will be discarded unless advised otherwise.
Page 11 - 13
ORDERING INFORMATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
ORDERING INFORMATION
Return Material Authorization
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Before sending in your equipment for repair, please call us at 1-800-227-8332, or 1-514-421-8333 (Repair and Return) or fax your request to (514)-421-3555. See the last page in this section for the rapid request RMA form. This will ensure that the repairs will be done in a timely manner and eliminate any delays due to incomplete information. Please provide us with the following information when you call us. 1. Your name, company and telephone number. 2. Equipment type, part number, serial number and FWL number found at the bottom of the rack. 3. Detailed description of the problem. 4. Purchase order number. 5. Billing and shipping addresses. 6. Any special return packing or shipping instructions. 7. Customs clearance information if from overseas. Please return the part with a ‘Trouble Reporting Tag’ attached to it to the following address: Harris Corporation Microwave Communications Division c/o: Repair and Return 3 Hotel-de-Ville Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Quebec Canada H9B 3G4 Phone: 1-800-227-8332 or (514)-421-8333 Fax: (514)-421-3555 Telex: 05-821893 Tags illustrated in figure 11-1 are supplied with the equipment when shipped from Harris.
Page 11 - 14
ORDERING INFORMATION
Figure 11-1: Sample Trouble Reporting Tag
MICROWAVE COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION N
SHIP TO ADDRESS INDICATED HERE
ISO 9001 AND 14001D REGISTERED
Restocking Charge
An incremental charge, calculated as a percentage of the current list price, is invoiced as per the following table for exchanged units returned later than the 20 calendar days (domestic) / 45 calendar days (international) from date of shipment: 1- 45 days overdue 15% charge 46-120 days overdue 45% charge > 120 days overdue no returns accepted. You will be invoiced for the difference between the exchange price and the list price.
Page 11 - 15
ORDERING INFORMATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
ORDERING INFORMATION
Emergency Repair
Equipment Damaged During Shipment
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Emergency repair is available with a 24 hour turn around time for products that are of current production and 48 hours for other products. Turnaround time for Manufacturing Discontinued items is subject to the nature of the problems. Emergency repairs are billed at actual repair price (zero for warranty units) plus 200.00 USD per unit regardless of warranty status. Our normal shipping time is 4:00 PM unless special shipping instructions are requested.
Please check for shipping damage when your equipment is received. Inspect all cartons at the time of delivery. Visible damage should be brought to the attention of the carrier at once. In the event of concealed damage, keep the shipping container, packing material and equipment intact. It is your responsibility to file any claims for damage or loss with the carrier. After the carrier has inspected the damaged material, contact Harris' Repair Administration Department to obtain a return authorization, then return the damaged equipment to Harris. Once repair costs including any and all associated freight costs have been established, you will be advised and these charges may be included in your claim. Harris will make every effort to expedite replacement of damaged goods that are the result of shipping damage.
Page 11 - 16
Evaluation Fee
There is a 195.00 USD evaluation charge per unit if no problem is found and no repair is required.
Irreparable Units
Equipment which has been damaged due to customer negligence or which has parts removed will be repaired at prevailing flat repair fee or on a time and material basis whichever is higher regardless of the warranty status. Any equipment that we have determined to be irreparable, will be returned to the customer. A 195.00 USD evaluation fee will be assessed. This fee will be credited if the customer purchases a replacement unit within 30 days.
Return Freight
ORDERING INFORMATION Harris Microwave Communications Division prepays standard return freight back to our customers. Return freight back to customers on billable repairs is invoiced to the customers. A 200.00 USD handling charge is added in excess of freight charges for international shipments. Incoming shipments should be sent DDU (delivered duty unpaid). Outgoing shipments will be sent EXW (EX Works), Service Center locations. Customers are responsible for clearance and insurance of goods (except for USA / Canada custom clearance). The customer pays for shipping units to Harris Microwave Communications Division for both warranty and out-of warranty repairs. Harris does not accept inbound shipments that are C.O.D. Special shipping requests may be subject to additional charge. Please make sure to pack the unit in such a way as to prevent electrostatic discharge and physical damage in transit.
On-Site Field Service Repair
Harris Microwave Communications Division factory trained Field Service engineers are available to perform on-site repairs on an as needed basis when telephone assistance can not be effectively rendered. The rate is 115.00 USD per hour portal to portal plus actual travel expenses with 20% markup (airline tickets, rental car, meals, lodging, etc.). Field service request during weekends and holidays will be billed at 150.00 USD per hour portal to portal. All request for on-site assistance should be made to Customer Resource Center. Call the Customer Resource Center nearest you.
Annual Repair Service Program (ARSP)
Our ARSP service will assure you that all your repairs will be covered for a minimal fee paid up front. Repairs will be processed immediately and unexpected large repair expenses will be avoided. Only Harris Microwave Communications Division manufactured units are covered by the Annual Repair Service Program. The antenna system as well as OEM equipment like the channel banks are excluded. This warranty extension excludes any units deemed “irreparable” due to misuse or abuse of the units and replacement of parts subject to normal wear and tear. Equipment must be in good operating condition prior to purchasing a warranty extension service.
Page 11 - 17
ORDERING INFORMATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
ORDERING INFORMATION
Service location
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Our customer service representatives will ask you to ship your defective units after the RMA is given to you at the following location: Harris Corporation Microwave Communications Division c/o: Repair and Return 3 Hotel-de-Ville Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Quebec Canada H9B 3G4 Phone: 1-800-227-8332 or (514)-421-8333 Fax: (514)-421-3555 Telex: 05-821893
Customer Training
Harris Microwave Communications Division offers courses in microwave, lightwave and multiplex system operation designed to maximize product performance and minimize maintenance costs. Regular classes are held in some of our North-American and International facilities. For information on currently available courses and training locations, please visit our WEB site at
www.harris.com/communications Special classes can be held at customer sites. Training is available for standard products. All other training requirements must be quoted by the Customer Training Department.
Page 11 - 18
General Training Policy
ORDERING INFORMATION • •
• • • •
•
•
•
• • • • •
Quoted prices are in USD unless noted otherwise. Class size is limited to 12 students maximum, except for FarScan™ courses which are limited to 6, unless specified otherwise. Training manuals are provided by Harris. Courses are in English unless specified otherwise. A Purchase Order is required to confirm registration. A cancellation fee of 50% will be applied if a customer cancels a scheduled class or reservation in a pre-scheduled class within three weeks of the scheduled date. A cancellation fee of 100% will be applied if a customer cancels a scheduled class or reservation in a pre-scheduled class within one week of the scheduled date. The Customer shall provide traffic-free radio equipment, computer(s), (if required), and test equipment when training is held at locations other than at a Harris Training and Education Center. All pre-scheduled courses can be canceled or postponed at the discretion of Harris three weeks prior to the scheduled date if the minimum attendance is not met. All Quoted prices are valid for a period of ninety (90) days. Courses cannot be filmed, videotaped or recorded. Students attending courses are responsible for arranging for their meals, accommodations and transportation. An attendance of 100% is required of each student to complete the course and to be awarded a certificate of completion. Training is provided free of charge in a regular scheduled class at one of the Harris Training and Education Centers for up to four (4) students for single orders valued at $500K or more. Orders for less than $500K do not earn free training seats, nor can be used to combine with other purchases to earn free seats. Free training earned must be completed within one year of Sales Order shipment.
Page 11 - 19
ORDERING INFORMATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
ORDERING INFORMATION
Page 11 - 20
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
SERIAL NO.
SW Version:
5
SW Version:
4
SW Version:
3
SW Version:
2
SW Version:
1
Item
IMPORTANT!
Warranty - Provide Sales Order: _____________ Non-Warranty
Warranty - Provide Sales Order: _____________ Non-Warranty
Warranty - Provide Sales Order: _____________ Non-Warranty
Warranty - Provide Sales Order: _____________ Non-Warranty
Warranty - Provide Sales Order: _____________ Non-Warranty
Tel: Fax:
TOTAL
Repair Advance Replacement (Exchange)
Repair Advance Replacement (Exchange)
Repair Advance Replacement (Exchange)
Repair Advance Replacement (Exchange)
Repair Advance Replacement (Exchange)
FAULT
We will ship according to our standard methods unless otherwise stated on your purchase order. Any special shipping instructions will be subject to additional fees regardless of warranty status. *** Any missing information will result in a delay in processing your order ***
Standard Emergency (Add $200.00US)
Standard Emergency (Add $200.00US)
Standard Emergency (Add $200.00US)
Standard Emergency (Add $200.00US)
Standard Emergency (Add $200.00US)
Contact name:
YOUR SHIPPING ADDRESS
RMA #:
$
$
$
$
$
$
PRICE
IMPORTANT: FAX A HARD COPY OF THE PURCHASE ORDER WITH THIS FORM.
Tel: Fax:
PART DESCRIPTION
______________
Contact name:
YOUR BILLING ADDRESS
PART #, MODEL & OPTION
PURCHASE ORDER#:
(Form # 2041-4)
FOR INQUIRIES CALL: INTERNATIONAL: 1-514-421-8333 CANADA / U.S.A.: 1-800-227-8332
Microwave Communications Division
RAPID REQUEST FOR RETURN MATERIAL AUTHORIZATION FORM
RAPID ACCESS INSTRUCTIONS
A Return Material Authorization (RMA) from Harris, Microwave Communications Division, is required before any material can be sent in for repair. Units sent to Harris without an RMA will be subject to delays in processing. To arrange for repair or exchange service, contact our Customer Service Department for an RMA number. In Canada/USA, call 1-800-227-8332, or International, call +514-421-8333, or simply fax the first part of this form to (514)-421-3555. An RMA number will then be faxed back to you within 24 hours.
INSTRUCTIONS IN COMPLETING THE RAPID RMA FORM. 7. Fill in your company name, telephone and fax numbers, shipping and billing address, and name of contact person.
8. Provide a Purchase Order # assigned exclusively to this order. This form will be faxed back to you within 24 hours with your RMA number and repair pricing information.
9. Provide serial number of unit, if applicable, complete part number or SD number and option, description of part and frequency, if applicable, and an accurate description of problems or symptoms observed. Include all alarms observed when the unit failed.
10.Select the urgency of your request. Standard or Emergency. Standard repair is 5 working days turnaround time for current production models and 15 working days for discontinued models. Emergency repair is 1 working day turnaround time for current production models and 2 working days for discontinued models.
11.Provide warranty information. Warranty or Non-Warranty. If still under new product warranty, provide the Harris Original Sales Order number found at the bottom of each radio or on the original invoice. If repeat failure and serviced during the last 90 days, provide the last RMA number. 12.Select the type of service requested, Repair or Module Advance Replacement (Exchange).
13.Harris, Microwave Communications Division, will return ship according to its standard method unless otherwise specified by the customer. International shipments MUST INCLUDE necessary customs clearance information including exact instructions and any critical wordings. Attach a separate sheet if necessary.
14.Pack the equipment well observing approved ESD guidelines and ship to the address specified on this form. Please reference the Harris RMA# on all your shipping documentation and packages. 15.All equipment is to be shipped prepaid. Harris will not accept collect shipments.
Thank you.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
APPENDIX A RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
For the strapping and configuration of the alarm and control extender, see appendix B.
Backplane strapping options
Figure A-1: The Radio Backplane Strap Locations
HARRIS/FARINON RADIO 2/7/8 GHz P1
EMI/1:N RF B OUT
SD-099985-M1
RF A OUT J15
J17 TRANSCEIVER B
TRANSCEIVER A J49
J52 XMTR B IF IN
P6
XMTR A IF IN
LNA PWR "B"
TB1 + B
TB2
-
+
A
-
+ A
-
P3
P5 LNA PWR "A"
RF B IN J21 DATA 1
RF A IN
RF SWITCH
J20 DATA 2
J51 RCVR B IF OUT
J53 MOD B IF OUT
OPTIONAL 1:N PIGGYBACK CARD SHOWN J9 J11 MODEM "B"
J13 ORDERWIRE
J5
J7
MULDEX "B" OR BPI "B"
J50 RCVR A IF OUT
J47 MOD A IF OUT
MULDEX "A" OR BPI "A"
LINE INTERFACE
P2
J3
J1
MODEM "A"
CONTROLLER
P1
(1) J2
SD-900047-M1
(P) J1
J55 ALARM EXTENDER
P9 J24 J58 D1-MULDEX MOD/MUL
P10
101-900047
J22 VF/FSK
J19 DVS-II
J18
(OUT)
(IN)
J18
J28
P4
RS 485 INTERFACE 1:N CARD
J4
J3
J63
LINE OUT 1
LINE OUT 2
LINE OUT 3
LINE OUT 4
E3 IN "B" P16
LINE INP 1
P15
LINE INP 2
LINE INP 3
LINE INP 4
1:N 1+1
J56 E3 IN J39
J40
J41
J42
J31
J32
LINE INP 5
LINE INP 6
LINE INP 7
LINE INP 8
J35
J36
J37
J38
LINE OUT 5
LINE OUT 6
LINE OUT 7
LINE OUT 8
J43
J44
J45
J46
POWER SUPPLY B
J23
J10 MULDEX "B" OR BPI "B"
J12 MODEM "B"
J14 ORDERWIRE
J26 EAST
J33
J34
(UNBALANCED)
(UNBALANCED)
POWER SUPPLY A
LINE I/O (BALANCED)
J6 MODEM "A" OR BPI "A"
J8 LINE INTERFACE
J4 MULDEX "A"
J27 ALARM RELAYS
J2 CONTROLLER
J25 SPUR
P8 TEST B
J29 J30 EXTERNAL ALARMS INPUTS
HANDSET J57 E3 OUT
J64 E3 OUT "B" P2
1:N P17 1+1
SPEAKER J54 DEMOD B IF IN
J48 DEMOD A IF IN
P7 TEST A
B9000046 ISS:1-91
Appendix, Page A - 1
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Figure A: Table A:
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Set these straps to the 1+1 position for non-1:N radio systems. Set them to 1:N when the radio is used in a 1:N radio system. Table A-1:
The Radio Backplane 1+1 / 1:N Strapping Configuration 1+1
Strap
Appendix, Page A - 2
1:N
P15
1+1
1:N
P16
1+1
1:N
P17
1+1
1:N
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Figure A-2: The Radio Controller Unit – Configuration Switch and Strap Locations B
CONTROLLER SD-98750-M3
P26
Controller unit strapping options
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
A
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
S1 DS1
S10 P4 K4
B A
K1
S2
P8
DS2
DS3
B A
P5 B A
K5
K2 P6 K3
S3
B A
K6
DS4
DS5 P23 B A
K7 DS6
S6
DS7
S4
DS8
DS9
S7
S11
S5
P28 B
A
S8
HARRIS/FARINON
Appendix, Page A - 3
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Table A-2:
Controller Unit Switch S5; This switch has no function on the medium capacity radio. All switches should be set to zero. Switch S5, segment 1
2
NOT USED OFF
Table A-3:
3
4
5
7
Controller Unit Switch S7 and Strap P28; Radio Protection Scheme, Remote Priority, and Channel Preference
Parameter 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Switch Strap S11, P28, segment position 8
C
unprotected
ON OFF OFF ON ON —
—
—
B
OFF
D
monitored hot standby
OFF ON OFF ON ON —
—
—
B
OFF
E
monitored hot standby / ON ON OFF ON ON — space diversity
—
—
B
OFF
F
frequency diversity
OFF OFF ON ON ON —
—
—
B
OFF
ON OFF ON ON ON —
—
—
B
OFF
ON ON ON ON ON —
—
—
A
OFF
G I
frequency, frequency Radio protection space, or quad diversity 1:N, 1 channel
J
1:N, 2 channel
OFF ON ON ON ON —
—
—
A
OFF
K
1:N, 2 channel SAT switch, radio terminal OFF ON ON ON ON — carrying 1 and protection channels only.
—
—
A
ON
— — — — —
high
—
—
—
— — ON —
—
—
—
low
—
—
—
— — OFF —
—
—
—
A channel preference
—
—
—
— — —
ON OFF —
—
channel B channel preference — preference No preference for either — channel
—
—
— — —
OFF ON —
—
—
—
— — —
ON ON —
—
Remote priority
8
OF OF OF OF OF OF OF F F F F F F F
Switch S7, segment
Option
6
Appendix, Page A - 4
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Table A-4:
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Controller Unit Switch S8; Transmit Power Amplifier Option, AGC Delta Switching Option, Modem Adaptive Slope Equalizer Stress Slope, and Receive Adaptive Slope Equalizer Stress Slope Switch S8, segment 1
Power amplifier option
Modem adaptive slope equalizer stress slope Receive adaptive slope equalizer stress slope AGC delta switching
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0.2 Watt ON OFF OFF OFF —
—
—
—
1 Watt
OFF ON OFF OFF —
—
—
—
5 Watt
OFF ON ON OFF —
—
—
—
20 Watt OFF ON ON ON —
—
—
—
equipped —
—
—
—
ON —
—
—
omitted —
—
—
—
OFF —
—
—
equipped —
—
—
—
—
ON —
—
omitted —
—
—
—
—
OFF —
—
enabled —
—
—
—
—
—
ON —
disabled —
—
—
—
—
—
OFF —
Appendix, Page A - 5
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Parameter
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Table A-5:
Controller Unit Switch S11; FARSCAN™ Address Offset, Supervision Network Communication Rate, Selection of Type of Remote Control, Relay Control Selection, and Protection Configuration Switch S11, segment Parameter 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0 to 255
OFF OFF —
—
—
—
—
add 256
ON
—
—
—
—
add 512
OFF ON
—
—
—
—
—
add 778
ON
ON
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
OFF OFF —
—
—
—
—
ON
—
—
—
—
OFF ON
—
—
—
—
—
ON
ON
—
—
—
Alarm and control extender (for the configuration of the alarm and control extender, see appendix B)
—
—
—
—
OFF OFF —
TTT
TBOS; see table A-6 and table A-7
—
—
—
—
ON
UUU
FARSCAN™
—
—
—
—
OFF ON
—
VVV
None
—
—
—
—
ON
ON
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ON
—
—
—
—
—
—
OFF
— — —
™
FARSCAN address offset (see table A-8)
— — — — —
2400 baud (2 stop bits) Communication rate of the TBOS or 4800 baud (1 stop bit) FARSCAN™ 9600 baud (1 stop bit) supervision network 19200 baud (1 stop (odd parity) bit)
RRR Remote terminal unit type
— —
Internal radio alarms Controller unit relays 0, 1, 2, and 3 TBOS or controlled by: FARSCAN™
Appendix, Page A - 6
OFF —
OFF —
OFF —
8
Refer to table A-3.
Option
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Controller Unit Switch S10, Display Address Selection and TBOS Mode (for TBOS only)
Table A-6:
Switch S10, segment Parameter
Display address
TBOS operation
2
3
4
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
—
2
ON
OFF
OFF
—
3
OFF
ON
OFF
—
4
ON
ON
OFF
—
5
OFF
OFF
ON
—
6
ON
OFF
ON
—
7
OFF
ON
ON
—
8
ON
ON
ON
—
Standard
—
—
—
OFF
Manufacturing test
—
—
—
ON
When using the TBOS network monitoring system, the last radio on the RS-485 line must be terminated; strap P26 to position A. Otherwise strap P26 to position B. Refer to 'Connecting the radio to a TBOS RTU' on page 5 - 70 Controller Unit Strap P26; RS-485 Termination (for TBOS only)
Table A-7:
Strap P26, position
Parameter
Receiver transmitter terminated A B
No termination
Table A-8:
FARSCAN™ Site Address Selection on the Controller Unit
DIP switch S11, segment 2 MSB
1
DIP switch S10, segment 8
7
6
5
4
3
Address 0 to 999 coded in binary
2
1 LSB
MSB: Most significant bit LSB: Least significant bit
Appendix, Page A - 7
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
1
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Table A-9:
Controller Unit Relay Strap De-energized Closed / De-Energized Open Selection Option XX
Description
Option YY
Strap De-energized closed De-energized open
Major alarm / relay 4 P4
A
B
Minor alarm / relay 3 P5
A
B
Override / relay 2
P6
A
B
Audible†
P8
A
B
Relay 1
P23
A
B
†
Appendix, Page A - 8
The operation of this relay can be disabled by pressing the ACO push-button on the alarm / display unit.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Muldex unit strapping options
Figure A-3: The Radio Muldex Unit — Configuration Switch and Strap Locations
MULDEX
SD-108534-M2
021-109691
CH1 EQUIP CH2 EQUIP
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
GND GND
S1
E3 TEST IN
DS1 P3 A
MAJOR ALARM
B
GND GND
NORM
S3 1 2 3 4
S2
TEST
J4 E MON
GND
GND
GND
HARRIS FARINON
Appendix, Page A - 9
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Table A-10:The Radio Muldex Unit — 1+1 / 1:N Mode Select Strap P3, position
Table A-11:
Description
A
Standard radio configuration (1+1 operation)
B
1:N mode
The Radio Muldex Unit — Service Channel Sampling Frequency Select, Transmit AIS Select, and E3 Tributary Equalizer select
Description Service Channel Sam- VF1‡ VF2 pling Frequency kHz 123.33 61.67 123.33 123.33 246.66 na No AIS is transmitted when there is a BER alarm AIS is transmitted when there is a BER alarm Bypass E3 equalizer E3 tributary equalizer in path- not used
Data1 123.33 123.33 123.33
Data2 61.67 na na
1 OFF OFF ON -----------------
Switch S3†, Segment 2 3§ OFF ---ON ---OFF -------OFF ---ON --------------
4 ---------------OFF ON
† In 1:N systems, only the DVSQ is used. The setting used for S3 is all segments OFF. ‡ When the Orderwire is equipped, the VF1 and VF2 sampling rates given here are valid. When the DVSQ is equipped the VFI and VF2 sampling rates are 64 kHz. Please ignore the rates given here. § Switch S3, segment 4 should always be set to the OFF position
Table A-12:
The Radio Muldex Unit — Tributary Line Input
Switch S1, segment
ON
OFF
CH1 EQUIP
E1 tributary line 1 equipped not equipped
CH2 EQUIP
E1 tributary line 2 equipped not equipped
Table A-13:
The Radio Muldex Unit — Daughter Board Option
Option
Appendix, Page A - 10
Description
Description
-001
Muldex unit without daughter board
-002†
Muldex unit with daughter board
†
Option for use with orderwire unit (SD-098780) only. All other configurations use option -001.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Modem unit strapping options
Figure A-4: The Radio Modem Unit — Configuration Switch and Strap Locations SD-108542-M2
021-900015 A
MODEM
OPT
FREQ DEV
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
B
GND TX LEVEL
TX 70MHZ
CLIP
CTR
GND
R Q
R89 FAIL BB LVL DS1
BER ALM LVL
TX IF ALM LVL
C
GND +5VA +5VD GND
-5VA -5VD -10V Q CLK POS +10V
J2 I CLK
J3 I MON
J4 Q MON
SVC LVL
E
D
VCO FREQ
F
RX 70MHZ
J
H
K
QUAD
L
M
GND RX IF MON
P
GND
N
RX IF ALM LVL
HARRIS FARINON
Appendix, Page A - 11
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
NOTE
Modem unit jumpers A, B, C, D, E, F, J, K, L, M, N, and P are always installed. Table A-14:
The Radio Modem Unit — 1+1 / 1:N Mode Select
Protection mode
Appendix, Page A - 12
Strap Q
Strap R
1+1
omitted
equipped
1:N
equipped
omitted
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Orderwire unit strapping options
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Figure A-5: The Orderwire Unit – Strap Locations
P3 C HARRIS FARINON
D
ORDERWIRE
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
SD-98780-M2
P5 E
F
E P4
D
F C
VF1 TEST IN
P6 J1
VF1 TEST OUT VF2 TEST IN
J2
VF2 TEST OUT VF TEST IN P7 N
M
J3
VF TEST OUT FSK TEST IN
J4
E FSK TEST OUT
F P10
C D P8
P9 C D
E
S1
F
P11 H
G P12
VOLUME
P20 P Q
I
P16
P15
J
K1
P19
K
SPEAKER P17 J
I
L
P14
P13
HANDSET
J5
P18
S2
S3
S4
Appendix, Page A - 13
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
NOTE
Orderwire unit straps P3, P4, P5, P6, and P7 are not equipped. Orderwire unit straps P16 and P17 must be set to position J. All orderwire units are option -002.
Table A-15:
Orderwire Unit Input Level for Voice Channel 1 and 2
Option Input level for VF1 and VF2 Strap position P8 and P9 C
-3.5 dBm
C
D
-16 dBm
D
Table A-16:
Orderwire Unit Output Level for Voice Channel 1 and 2
Option Output level for VF1 and VF2 Strap position P10 and P11 E
-3.5 dBm
E
F
+7 dBm
F
Table A-17:
OrderwirE Unit Data 1 Interface Option
Strap position P12
G
RS-232 (V28)
G
H
Farscan
H
Table A-18:
Orderwire Unit E-Lead Signal Relay Normally Open / Closed Strapping Option
Appendix, Page A - 14
Data 1 interface
Relay contact
Strap position P18
K
Normally open (NO) K
L
Normally closed (NC) L
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Table A-19:
Option
Orderwire Unit Incoming Call Signalling Duration Strap position P14
P15 equipped
X
4
omitted
omitted
Y
8
omitted
equipped omitted
Z
32
equipped omitted
Table A-20: Option
omitted
Orderwire Unit Data Channel 1 Isolated / Bridged Option Select Strap position P20
Data 1
P
isolated
P
Q
bridged
Q
In order to set the orderwire signalling address, switch S2, S3, and S4. The address can be an number from 0 to 999. S2 is the hundreds digit; S3 is the tens digit, and S4 is the units digit.
Appendix, Page A - 15
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Signalling time (seconds) P13
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Figure A-6: The DVS Q™ Service Channel Unit – Switch and Strap Locations
SVCRLY
CC
P5
P6
AA
DD FRMG 2
FRMG 1
BB
DS1 OFFHOOK
DS2 CALLBACK
DS3 ALARM
P7
VFSPLEV D C P8
B A VFLEV
VF1 IN
OUT IN
OUT
P9 ELEAD
VF2
R S
VOL
SPKR
SER/LP
P14 DATA 1
LPBW/NML
L
I
P15
K
N
P11
P
M
P13
Q
NML/LPBE
H G
RPT/TRM
P12
P10
NML/FSK
HNDST
J
HARRIS FARINON
Appendix, Page A - 16
DVS Q™
SD-099980-M1
E F
T
NO
U
NC
P4
DVS Q™ unit strapping options
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Table A-21:The DVS Q™ Service Channel Unit – Strap Selection Positions Option
Function
A Muldex framing rate
C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S
Configuration Voice level Spur voice level VF2 Data1 E-lead Alarm relay Mode Loopback east Loopback west
Strap Position
162.12 kHz Not used
P5
AA
P6
CC
171.00 kHz Use this position only
P5
BB
P6
CC
176.00 kHz Not used
P5
BB
P6
DD
Terminal
P12
Repeater -16 dBm in / +7 dBm out 0 dBm in / out 0 dBm in / out -3.5 dBm in / out Normal voice FSK data Bridge Isolated Relay NO Relay NC SVCRLY NC SVCRLY NO
P8 P7 P10 P14 P9 P4
M N A B C D G H F E R S U T
Serial
P11 P
Loop (reserved)
—
Normal
P13 L
For test only
—
Normal
P15 I
For test only
—
Q K J
In order to set the DVSQ signaling address, switch S2, S3, and S4. The address can be an number from 0 to 999. S4 is the hundreds digit; S3 is the tens digit, and S2 is the units digit.
Appendix, Page A - 17
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
B
Setting
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Transceiver Unit Strapping Options
Figure A-7: 2 GHz Transceiver Board
P7 J2
J1 XMT IF
RCV IF
TRANSCEIVER SD-98730-M2
P4
S1
+10V
P8 SLOPE EQ
+
-5V
C8
C3
R10
C2
P3 1W PA
+
P2 UPCONV
C5
-5V
R9
5W PA P1 TX LO
P6 RX LO
C6
+
C7
R11
P5 RCVR + C4
C1
Table A-22:2 GHz Transceiver Unit Frequency Band Option DIP switch S1, segment Transmit frequency band (GHz)
Appendix, Page A - 18
1
2
3
4
5
1.6 to 1.9
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
1.9 to 2.1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
2.1 to 2.3
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
2.3 to 2.5
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
2.5 to 2.8
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Figure A-8: 7/8 GHz Transceiver Board
P7 J2
J1 RCV IF
TRANSCEIVER SD-98730-M2
-5V
C8
S1
P6 RX LO
C5
P3 1W PA
+
P2 UPCONV
C2
-5V
5W PA P1 TX LO
P8 SLOPE EQ
C6
+
C7
+10V
+
P4
C3
P5 RCVR + C4
C1
Table A-23:
7/8 GHz Transceiver Unit Frequency Band Option DIP switch S1, segment
Transmit frequency band (GHz) 1
2
3
4
5
7.125 to 7.725
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
7.725 to 8.275
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
8.725 to 8.500
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
7.125 to 7.725 (28 dBm transmit power)
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
RF/IF module strapping options
See 'RF/IF module replacement' on page 9 - 8.
Appendix, Page A - 19
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
XMT IF
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Power supply unit strapping options
+
—
Figure A-9: The CVDS Power Supply Unit - Strapping Options
+
LK1
LK1
—
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
STRAPPING FOR FLOATING GROUND
LK1
+
—
123 LK2
LK1
+
—
321
LK4
STRAPPING FOR POSITIVE GROUND
32 1 LK5
STRAPPING FOR NEGATIVE GROUND
CVDS
Appendix, Page A - 20
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
NOTE
Strap LK2 is always in position 1 - 2.
Strap LK4
Relay Normally open
1-2
Normally closed
2-3
Table A-25:
The CVDS power supply +28 V output enable / disable strapping Strap LK5
+28 V Enabled
1-2
Disabled
2-3
Appendix, Page A - 21
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Table A-24:The CVDS power supply failure alarm NO / NC relay strapping
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Figure A-10: The Electronic Craftsmen Limited Power Supply Unit - Strapping Options
NEG
POS
Electronic Craftsmen Limited NEG
POS
STRAPPING FOR FLOATING GROUND (NO STRAP) NC RK NO NC C NO
NEG
POS
STRAPPING FOR POSITIVE GROUND NEG
POS
STRAPPING FOR NEGATIVE GROUND
+28 V Link
Appendix, Page A - 22
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
NOTE
To disable the +28 V output of the power supply, cut the wire labeled ‘+28 V Link’. Always strap NC - RK - NO to the NO position.
Relay
Strap NC - C - NO
Normally open
C - NO
Normally closed
NC - C
Appendix, Page A - 23
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Table A-26:The Electronic Craftsmen Limited power supply failure alarm NO / NC relay strapping
RADIO OPTION STRAPPING AND CONFIGURATION
Appendix, Page A - 24
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
APPENDIX B
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Figure B: Table B:
There are three types of front access panels: 1. The HF panel — •
Provides only front access to the unbalanced tributary connections. See 'THE HF PANEL' on page B - 3.
2. The customer panel — •
3. The user interface panel — •
Provides front access to the balanced and unbalanced tributary connections, to the DVS II voice and data channels (if equipped), to the Quadralink® radio internal orderwire / DVS Q™ service channel unit voice and data channels (if equipped), and to the Quadralink® radio basic alarm relays. The user interface panel can be equipped with an optional alarm and control extender that provides more alarm reporting points (see table B-29) and allows remote control inputs to control basic radio operations (see table B-30 and table B-31). There are two options of the user interface panel; all alarms and compressed. The compressed version has fewer alarm outputs. See 'THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS' on page B - 17 and 'THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — CONNECTIONS FOR THE ALARM AND CONTROL EXTENDER (ACE)' on page B - 28.
•
Table 6-9 and table 6-10 list and describe the different control and monitoring functions available on the radio backplane and the optional user interface panel.
Appendix, Page B - 1
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
Provides front access to the balanced and unbalanced tributary connections, to the DVS II voice and data channels (if equipped), to the Quadralink® radio internal orderwire / DVS Q™ service channel unit voice and data channels (if equipped), and to the Quadralink® radio basic alarm relays. See 'THE CUSTOMER PANEL' on page B - 5.
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Refer to the FWL- drawings for further information about the electrical connections to the front access panels at your site (if equipped).
! Never connect hazardous voltages to the Quadralink® radio or the optional front access panels. Application of an electromotive force potential greater than 60 volts peak referenced to ground could cause injury to personnel or even death. System design or installation technicians should ensure such voltages will not arise from any source, including but not limited to, lightning, incorrect wiring, or fault conditions.
NOTE
Wire for solderless wire-wrapped connections should be tin plated. This results in reliable, noise-free connections with the type of wire-wrap terminals we use. All relays are rated for 300 mA maximum resistive load with a maximum rated applied voltage of 56 Vdc.
! When working on the front access panel connections, temporarily place a cloth over the radio located just below the front access panel. This is to prevent cut pieces of wire and other contaminants from falling into the radio assembly, that could possibly cause faulty radio operation or damage to the radio.
Appendix, Page B - 2
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE HF PANEL
THE HF PANEL Refer to Figure B-1 for the location of all connections to the HF panel. The HF panel connections for a COM 30 1:N switch are shown in table B-2. Figure B-1: The Optional Front Access Interconnect HF Panel for Unbalanced Tributaries
J1
J3
J5
J7
J9
J11
J13
J15
J17
J19
J21
J23
J25
J27
J29
J31
J2
J4
J6
J8
J10
J12
J14
J16
J18
J20
J22
J24
J26
J28
J30
J32
Table B-1:
Unbalanced Tributary Input / Output Connections to the HF Panel (when installed in a Quadralink® radio rack) Connector
Tributary
Frame #1
Frame #2
In
Out
In
Out
E3 (34368 kb/s)
J1
J2
J17
J18
Wayside channel 1 (2048 kb/s)
J3
J4
J19
J20
Wayside channel 2 (2048 kb/s)
J5
J6
J21
J22
Not equipped
J7
J8
J23
J24
Not equipped
J9
J10
J25
J26
Not equipped
J11
J12
J27
J28
Not equipped
J13
J14
J29
J30
Not equipped
J15
J16
J31
J32
Appendix, Page B - 3
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
Connectors J1 to J6 and J17 to J22
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE HF PANEL
Connectors J1 to J32 for a COM 30 1:N switch Table B-2:
Connector
Unbalanced Tributary Input / Output Connections to the HF Panel (when installed in a COM 30 1:N switch rack) Description To / from Quadralink® radio
Signal Description Connector type To / from customer equipment
Signal type
From COM 30 channel #1
Output
To COM 30 channel #1
Input
From COM 30 channel P
Output
To COM 30 channel P
Input
From COM 30 channel #2
Output
To COM 30 channel #2
Input
From COM 30 channel #3
Output
To COM 30 channel #3
Input
From COM 30 channel #4
Output
To COM 30 channel #4
Input
From COM 30 channel #5
Output
To COM 30 channel #5
Input
From COM 30 channel #6
Output
To COM 30 channel #6
Input
From COM 30 channel #7
Output
To COM 30 channel #7
Input
J1
To radio channel #1
Output J17
J2
From radio channel #1
Input
J3
To radio channel P
Output J19
J4
From radio channel P
Input
J5
To radio channel #2
Output J21
J6
From radio channel #2
Input
J7
To radio channel #3
Output J23
J8
From radio channel #3
Input
J9
To radio channel #4
Output J25
J10
From radio channel #4
Input
J11
To radio channel #5
Output J27
J12
From radio channel #5
Input
J13
To radio channel #6
Output J29
J14
From radio channel #6
Input
J15
To radio channel #7
Output J31
J16
From radio channel #7
Input
Appendix, Page B - 4
J18 J20 J22 J24 J26 J28 J30 J32
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE CUSTOMER PANEL
THE CUSTOMER PANEL Refer to figure B-2 for the location of all connections to the customer panel. Figure B-2: The Optional Customer Panel Shown with Cover Removed 109
108
123
122
J1
J3
J5
J7
J9
J11
J13
J15
J17
J19
J21
J23
J25
J27
J29
J31
J2
J4
J6
J8
J10
J12
J14
J16
J18
J20
J22
J24
J26
J28
J30
J32
IN
IN
LINE
LINE OUT
OUT
1
8
FRAME 1
8
FRAME 2
LINE I/O BALANCED FRAME 1
1
16
LINE I/O BALANCED FRAME 2
16
TB2
TB4 TB3
TB1 J40
J41
TB12
TB9
TB10
TB11
TB5
TB6
TB7
TB8
TB13
TB14
TB15
TB16
TB17
16
16
16
1
1
1
CUSTOMER PANEL SD-099960-M1
1
2
DATA
VF
1
DATA
2 ALM RLY
113
111 110
112
115
DVS II VF
116
GND
DVS II DATA
117 118
SPARE
119
120
121
114 FRONT VIEW (SHOWN WITHOUT COVER) J39
25
QL LINE I/O BAL 2
25
1
J34
QL LINE I/O BAL 1
J38
J37
J36
J35
1
J33 50
26
124
50
26
125
127 126
129
128
130
REAR VIEW (PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY SHOWN ONLY)
Appendix, Page B - 5
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
1
1
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE CUSTOMER PANEL
Table B-3:
List of Annotations for the Optional Customer Panel (refer to figure B-2)
# 108
109
110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130
Description J1 through J5; odd numbers only: FRAME 1 IN (transmit) — unbalanced tributary input connections for frame 1. See table B-4. J2 through J6; even numbers only: FRAME 1 OUT (receive) — unbalanced tributary output connections for frame 1. See table B-4. J40: DATA 1. See table B-5. J41: DATA 2. See table B-6. TB12: DATA. See table B-7. TB9: VF. See table B-7. TB10: ALARM RELAYS FRAME 1. See table B-8. TB11: ALARM RELAYS FRAME 2. See table B-9. TB1 and TB2: LINE I/O BALANCED FRAME 1. No connection. TB5 and TB6: DVS II VF. See table B-11 and table B-12. TB7 and TB8: DVS II DATA. See table B-13 and table B-14. TB13 GND: chassis ground TB14, TB15, TB16, TB17: SPARE. These wire-wrap pins can be used for user interconnections. TB3 and TB4: LINE I/O BALANCED FRAME 2. No connection. J18 through J22 even only: FRAME 2 OUT (receive). See table B-4. J17 through J21 odd only: FRAME 2 IN (transmit). See table B-4. J34: No connection J33: No connection J39: Connected to J27 of frame 2 Quadralink® radio backplane. See table B-9. J38: Connected to J27 of frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane. See table B-8. J37: Connected to J22 of frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane. See table B-7. J36: Connected to J20 of frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane. See table B-6. J35: Connected to J21 of frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane. See table B-5.
Appendix, Page B - 6
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE CUSTOMER PANEL
Connector Description Connectors J1 to J6 and J17 to J22
Make your unbalanced tributary connections to these BNC jacks. Table B-4:
Unbalanced Tributary Input / Output Connections to the Customer Panel Connector
Tributary
Frame #2
In
Out
In
Out
E3 (34368 kb/s)
J1
J2
J17
J18
Wayside channel 1 (2048 kb/s)
J3
J4
J19
J20
Wayside channel 2 (2048 kb/s)
J5
J6
J21
J22
Not equipped
J7
J8
J23
J24
Not equipped
J9
J10
J25
J26
Not equipped
J11
J12
J27
J28
Not equipped
J13
J14
J29
J30
Not equipped
J15
J16
J31
J32
There is no connection to these wire-wrap pins and connectors.
Appendix, Page B - 7
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
Connectors J33, J34, TB1, TB2, TB3, and TB4
Frame #1
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE CUSTOMER PANEL
Connectors J35 and J40
If an internal orderwire unit is installed in the Quadralink® radio, it is wired to connectors J40, J41, TB9, and TB12. See the FWLdrawings for network connections. Table B-5:J35 (connect to J21 on the frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane) and J40 (Connect to user equipment) — internal orderwire unit, data channel 1 RS-232 interface (service channel)
J35 & Mnemonic J40, pin #
Description
1
GND
Ground
2
D1I
Data 1 in
3
D1O
Data 1 out
4
NC
No connection
5
CTS1
Clear to send
6
DSR1
Data set ready
7
GND
Ground
8
DCD1
Data carrier detected (received line signal detector)
9 ~ 25
NC
No connection
Connectors J36 and J41 Table B-6:J36 (connect to J20 on the frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane) and J41 (connect to user equipment) — internal orderwire unit, data channel 2 RS-232 interface (service channel) J36 & Mnemonic J41, pin #
Appendix, Page B - 8
Description
1
GND
Ground
2
D2I
Data 2 in
3
D2O
Data 2 out
4
NC
No connection
5
CTS2
Clear to send
6
DSR2
Data set ready
7
GND
Ground
8
DCD2
Data carrier detected (received line signal detector)
9 ~ 25
NC
No connection
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE CUSTOMER PANEL
Connectors J37, TB9 and TB12
Inputs / outputs OH1I, OH2I, OH2O, and OH1O have the following CMOS compatible logic: Active low = off-hook Active high = on-hook.
J37 — internal orderwire unit, VF-1, VF-2, DATA1, and DATA2 interface (connect to J22 on the frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane) and the wire-wrap pins of TB9 and TB12
Table B-7: TB12, pin #
TB9, pin #
J37, pin #
1~3 4
— 8
—
5
20
—
6
7
— — — —
7 8 9 10
19 6 18 5
—
11
16
—
12
3
— — — — 1 2 3~8 9 10
13 14 15 16 — — — — —
15 2 14 1 4 17 — 22 9
11
—
23
12
—
10
13 14
— —
24 11
15
—
25
16
—
12
— —
— —
13 21
NC — OH2I / VFON OH1I / VFOP VF2ON VF2OP VF1ON VF1OP OH2O / VFIN OH1O / VFIP VF2IN VF2IP VF1IN VF1IP GND GND NC D1ON D1OP D2ON / FSKIN D2OP/ FSKIP D1IN D1IP D2IN / FSKON D2IP/ FSKOP NC GND
Description No connection Reserved Off-hook input for VF 2 on DVSQ / N output for analog VF channel on orderwire unit. Off-hook input for VF 1 on DVSQ / P output for analog VF channel on orderwire unit. VF2 negative output VF2 positive output VF1 negative output VF1 positive output Off-hook output for VF 2 on DVSQ / N input for analog VF channel on orderwire unit. Off-hook output for VF 1 on DVSQ / P input for analog VF channel on orderwire unit VF2 negative input VF2 positive input VF1 negative input VF1 positive input Ground Ground No connection DATA 1 RS-422 N output for DVSQ unit DATA 1 RS-422 P output for DVSQ unit DATA 2 RS- 422 N output for DVSQ unit./ FSK N input for orderwire unit. DATA 2 RS- 422 P output for DVSQ unit / FSK P input for orderwire unit. DATA 1 RS-422 N output for DVSQ unit DATA 1 RS-422 P output for DVSQ unit DATA 2 RS- 422 N input for DVSQ unit./ FSK N output for orderwire unit. DATA 2 RS- 422 P input for DVSQ unit./ FSK P output for orderwire unit. No connection Ground
Appendix, Page B - 9
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
— —
Mnemonic
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE CUSTOMER PANEL
Connection of the basic Quadralink ® radio relays
To implement basic Quadralink® radio alarm monitoring, connect your RTU (alarm remote assembly unit) to the basic alarm relay connections on terminal blocks TB10 and TB11 on the optional customer panel. 1. Table B-8 and table B-9 list the basic alarm relays, and their wire-wrap pin numbers on the user interface panel. 2. Strap the relays to be normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) as required by your RTU or system requirements. Table B-10 indicates how to strap the relays as normally open or normally closed. See table B-10 for the location NO/NC straps.
Appendix, Page B - 10
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE CUSTOMER PANEL
Connectors J38 and TB10 Table B-8: TB10, pin # 1
J38, pin # 23
J38 — frame 1 alarm relays (connect to J27 on the frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane) and the wire-wrap pins of TB10 Mnemonic
Description
SVCRLYC1
DVS Q™ service channel unit fail alarm relay common contact for frame #1†‡
10
SCVRLY1
3
20
PSRLYBC1
Power supply unit 'B' alarm relay common contact for frame #1†
4
7
PSRLYB1
Power supply unit 'B' NC/NO contact for frame #1 — the power supply unit puts this relay into an alarm state when power supply unit 'B' fails
5
19
PSRLYAC1
Power supply unit 'A' alarm relay common contact for frame #1†
6
6
PSRLYA1
Power supply unit 'A' NC/NO contact for frame #1 — the power supply unit puts this relay into an alarm state when power supply unit 'A' fails
7
18
ELN1
E lead common contact for frame #1
8
5
ELP1
E lead relay NC/NO contact for frame #1 — the orderwire unit puts this relay into an alarm state when the internal orderwire unit is addressed
9
17
OVRDCOM1 Override alarm relay common contact for frame #1†
10
4
Override alarm relay NC/NO contact for frame #1 — the controller unit OVRDRLY1 puts this relay into an alarm state when there is an override condition present
11
16
AUDCOM1
Audible alarm relay common contact for frame #1
12
3
AUDRLY1
Audible alarm relay NC/NO contact for frame #1 — the controller unit puts this relay into an alarm state when there is a major, minor, or override alarm
13
15
MINCOM1
Minor alarm relay common contact for frame #1†
14
2
MINRLY1
Minor alarm relay NC/NO contact for frame #1 — the controller unit puts this relay into an alarm state when there is a minor alarm
15
14
MAJCOM1
Major alarm relay common contact for frame #1†
16
1
MAJRLY1
Major alarm relay NC/N0 contact for frame #1 — the controller unit puts this relay into an alarm state when a major alarm occurs
—
8~9
NC
No connection
—
11 ~ 13 NC
No connection
—
21 ~ 22 NC
No connection
—
24 ~ 25 NC
No connection
† ‡
These common relay contacts are electrically connected to ground Available with the DVS Q™ service channel only.
Appendix, Page B - 11
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
2
DVS Q™ service channel unit fail for frame #1 — the internal DVS Q™ service channel unit puts this relay into an alarm state when the internal DVS Q™ service channel unit fails‡
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE CUSTOMER PANEL
Connectors J39 and TB11 Table B-9: TB11, pin # 1
J39, pin # 23
J39 — frame 2 alarm relays (connect to J27 on the frame 2 Quadralink® radio backplane) and the wire-wrap pins of TB11 Mnemonic
Description
SVCRLYC2
DVS Q™ service channel unit fail alarm relay common contact for frame #2†‡
2
10
SCVRLY2
DVS Q™ service channel unit fail for frame #2 — the internal DVS Q™ service channel unit puts this relay into an alarm state when the internal DVS Q™ service channel unit fails‡
3
20
PSRLYBC2
Power supply unit 'B' alarm relay common contact for frame #2†
4
7
PSRLYB2
Power supply unit 'B' NC/NO contact for frame #2 — the power supply unit puts this relay into an alarm state when power supply unit 'B' fails
5
19
PSRLYAC2
Power supply unit 'A' alarm relay common contact for frame #2†
6
6
PSRLYA2
Power supply unit 'A' NC/NO contact for frame #2 — the power supply unit puts this relay into an alarm state when power supply unit 'A' fails
7
18
ELN2
E lead common contact for frame #2
8
5
ELP2
E lead relay NC/NO contact for frame #2 — the orderwire unit puts this relay into an alarm state when orderwire unit is addressed
9
17
OVRDCOM2 Override alarm relay common contact for frame #2†
10
4
Override alarm relay NC/NO contact for frame #2 — the controller unit OVRDRLY2 puts this relay into an alarm state when there is an override condition present
11
16
AUDCOM2
Audible alarm relay common contact for frame #2
12
3
AUDRLY2
Audible alarm relay NC/NO contact for frame #2 — the controller unit puts this relay into an alarm state when there is a major, minor, or override alarm
13
15
MINCOM2
Minor alarm relay common contact for frame #2†
14
2
MINRLY2
Minor alarm relay NC/NO contact for frame #2 — the controller unit puts this relay into an alarm state when there is a minor alarm
15
14
MAJCOM2
Major alarm relay common contact for frame #2†
16
1
MAJRLY2
Major alarm relay NC/N0 contact for frame #2 — the controller unit puts this relay into an alarm state when a major alarm occurs
—
8~9
NC
No connection
—
11 ~ 13 NC
No connection
—
21 ~ 22 NC
No connection
—
24 ~ 25 NC
No connection
† ‡
These common relay contacts are electrically connected to ground Available with the DVS Q™ service channel only.
Appendix, Page B - 12
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE CUSTOMER PANEL
Quadralink® radio basic alarm NO/NC strap locations for connectors TB10 and TB11
The Quadralink® radio basic alarm outputs at TB10 and TB11 come directly from the following relays: •
on the controller unit (see figure A-2),
•
on the orderwire unit (see figure A-5),
•
on the DVS Q™ unit (see figure A-6), and
•
on the transceiver power supply unit (see figure A-9, and figure A-10). These basic alarms have straps that allow the user to choose from either normally-open (NO) or normally-closed (NC) relay operation. In table B-10, relay connections are identified as ‘common’ and ‘NO/NC’. The NO/NC (normally-open /normally closed) label identifies the pin to which the user straps the normally-open or normally-closed contact of the relay. See figure B-3.
ALL COM CONNECTIONS ARE GROUNDED
DC
COM USER SELECTED STRAP
DO TO ALARM REPORTING CIRCUITRY OF UNIT
RELAY SHOWN IN DE-ENERGIZED STATE
TO USER WIRE WRAP CONNECTORS DO/DC
SELECT STRAP POSITION (AS SPECIFIED IN TABLES) FOR DO/DC
The following alarms are energized only when the alarm or status is active: •
All controller unit alarms: the major alarm relay, the minor alarm relay, the remote / local override relay, and the audible alarm relay.
•
The orderwire unit alarms: the E-lead relay.
The DVS Q™ unit alarms: the E-lead relay and the DVS Q™ unit failure alarm. The power supply fail alarm (channel A or B) relays are de-energized when in alarm. •
Appendix, Page B - 13
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
Figure B-3: Quadralink® Radio Relay Schematic (Typical) – selection of de-energized open / de-energized closed
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE CUSTOMER PANEL
Table B-10: Relay
Basic Alarm NO/NC Straps Location for the Quadralink Radio Backplane Description
NO/NC strap location
NO/NC strap, position
MAJRLY1
Major alarm
Controller unit. See figure A-2.
P4: • A = normally closed • B = normally open
MINRLY1
Minor alarm
Controller unit. See figure A-2.
P5: • A = normally closed • B = normally open
AUDRLY1‡
Audible alarm
Controller unit. See figure A-2.
P8: • A = normally closed • B = normally open
OVRDRLY1 Override alarm
Controller unit. See figure A-2.
P6: • A = normally closed • B = normally open
ELP1
Internal orderwire unit. See figure A-5.
P18: • L = normally closed • K = normally open
Service channel unit K2 (E-Lead) E-lead
Internal DVS Q™ service channel unit. See figure A-6.
P9: • S = normally closed • R = normally open
K1 (SVCRLY)
Service channel unit failure alarm
Internal DVS Q™ service channel unit. See figure A-6.
P4: • U = normally closed • T = normally open
PSRLYA1†
Power supply unit 'A' alarm
'A' channel power supply unit. See figure A-9 or figure A-10.
PSRLYB1†
Power supply unit 'B' alarm
'B' channel power supply unit. See figure A-9 or figure A-10.
LK4 (CVDS): • 1-2 = normally closed • 2-3 = normally open NC-C-NO (Electronic Craftsman): • NC-C = normally closed • C-NO = normal open
‡ †
Orderwire unit E-lead
The operation of this relay can de disabled by pressing the ACO push-button on the alarm / display unit. The Quadralink radio may be equipped with either a CVDS power supply unit or an Electronic Craftsman power supply unit. As indicated above, the relay strap label depends on which power supply unit you have. When the power supply unit is in alarm, the alarm relay is de-energized.
Appendix, Page B - 14
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE CUSTOMER PANEL
Connector TB5
If a DVS II is installed in the rack, it is wired to connectors TB5, TB6, TB7, and TB8. See the FWL- drawings and the DVS II instruction manual for network connections. Table B-11: TB5, pin #
TB5 — DVS II VF signals (connect to J3 on the DVS II backplane) Mnemonic
Description
TXVF1TIP
Transmit VF1 tip
2
RXVF1TIP
Receive VF1 tip
3
TXVF1TPA
Transmit VF1 tip auxiliary
4
RXVF1TPA
Receive VF1 tip auxiliary
5
TXVF2TP
Transmit VF2 tip
6
RXVF2TP
Receive VF2 tip
7
TXVF2TPA
Transmit VF2 tip auxiliary
8
RXVF2TPA
Receive VF2 tip auxiliary
9 ~ 16
NC
No connection
Table B-12:
TB6 — DVS II VF signals (connect to J3 on the DVS II backplane)
Connector TB6
TB6, pin #
Mnemonic
Description
1
TXVF1RG
Transmit VF1 ring
2
RXVF1RG
Receive VF1 ring
3
TXVF1AUX
Transmit VF1 auxiliary
4
RXVF1AUX
Receive VF1 auxiliary
5
TXVF2RG
Transmit VF2 ring
6
RXVF2RG
Receive VF2 ring
7
TXVF2AUX
Transmit VF2 auxiliary
8
RXVF2AUX
Receive VF2 auxiliary
9 ~ 16
NC
No connection
Appendix, Page B - 15
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
1
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE CUSTOMER PANEL
Connector TB7 TB7 — DVS II data transmit signals (connect to J2 on the DVS II backplane)
Table B-13: TB7, pin #
Mnemonic
Description
1
TXDA1PT1
Transmit data-1, port 1
2
TXDA1PT2
Transmit data-1, port 2
3
TXDA1PT3
Transmit data-1, port 3
4
TXDA1PT4
Transmit data-1, port 4
5
TXDA2PT1
Transmit data-2, port 1
6
TXDA2PT2
Transmit data-2, port 2
7 ~ 12
NC
No connection
13 ~ 15
GND
Ground
16
NC
No connection
Connector TB8 TB8 — DVS II data receive signals (connect to J2 on the DVS II backplane)
Table B-14: TB8, pin #
Connector TB13 Connectors TB14, TB15, TB16, and TB17
Appendix, Page B - 16
Mnemonic
Description
1
RXDA1PT1
Receive data-1, port 1
2
RXDA1PT2
Receive data-1, port 2
3
RXDA1PT3
Receive data-1, port 3
4
RXDA1PT4
Receive data-1, port 4
5
RXDA2PT1
Receive data-2, port 1
6
RXDA2PT2
Receive data-2, port 2
7 ~ 16
NC
No connection
These wire-wrap pins are electrically connected to chassis ground. These wire-wrap connectors are electrically isolated spare wirewrap pins for any use. They are provided for user interconnections.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS
THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS Refer to Figure B-4 for the location of all connections to the user interface panel (the connectors are located behind the front cover or at the rear of the user interface). Figure B-4: Optional User Interface Connector for the Alarm Extender Repeater Option FRONT VIEW (SHOWN WITH FRONT COVER REMOVED) 1
2
J1
J5
4
5
J7
J9
6
7 J13
J11
8 J15
1
2
J17
3
J19
4
J21
5
J23
J25
6
7 J29
J27
8 J31 IN
J2
J4
FRAME 1
J6
J8
J10
J12
J14
J16
J18
J20
FRAME 2
J22
J24
J26
J28
J30
J32
OUT
OUT TB3 16
TB5
1
TB2
16
1
1
TB6
TB8 DVS II VF
DVS II DATA -BATB +BATB
LINE I/O BALANCED FRAME 2
13 TB29
16
16
1
1
1
ALARM RELAYS FRAME 2
14 1
FRAME1 CONTROL & RELAYS
FRAME 2 CONTROL & RELAYS
SPARE
1
VF
ALARM RELAYS FRAME 1
J46
DATA 2
DATA 1
J45
DATA
13
TB21 TB22 TB23 TB24 TB25 TB26 TB27 TB28 TB12 TB19 TB20
16
16
TB13 TB14 TB15 TB16 TB17 TB18
14 TB30
16
13
14
TB7 16
TB4 LINE I/O BALANCED FRAME 1
14
TB31 TB9 TB10 TB11
13 14
13 13
14
14
13 14
14 BACK VIEW
16
J33
16 J34 P4
P3
P2
P1
14
15
15
15
J44 J43 J42 J41 J40
J38 J37
15
15
15 15
15 15
15
Appendix, Page B - 17
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
TB1
-BATA +BATA
13
3
J3
IN
1
13
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS
Table B-15:
List of Annotations for the Optional User Interface Connector Panel (Refer to Figure B-4)
#
Description
131
J1 through J3; odd numbers only: FRAME 1 IN (transmit) — unbalanced tributary input connections for frame 1. See table B-16.
132
J2 through J6; even numbers only: FRAME 1 OUT (receive) — unbalanced tributary output connections for frame 1. See table B-16.
133
TB1 and TB2: LINE I/O BALANCED FRAME 1; no connection.
134
TB3 and TB4: LINE I/O BALANCED FRAME 2; no connection.
135
TB5 and TB6: DVS II VF. See table B-17 and table B-18.
136
J45:
DATA 1. See table B-21.
137
J46:
DATA 2. See table B-22.
138
TB31:
DATA. See table B-23.
139
TB9:
VF. See table B-23.
140
TB10:
ALARM RELAYS FRAME 1. See table B-24.
141
TB11:
ALARM RELAYS FRAME 2. See table B-25.
142
TB13 through TB18: FRAME 1 CONTROL & RELAYS. See table B-29.
143
TB21 through TB26: FRAME 2 CONTROL & RELAYS. See table B-29.
144
TB12, TB19, TB20, TB27, TB28: SPARE. These wire-wrap pins can be used for user interconnections.
145
TB29 and TB30: BAT A and BAT B. See table B-32.
146
TB7 and TB8: DVS II DATA. See table B-19 and table B-20.
147
J18 through J22 even only: FRAME 2 OUT (receive). See table B-16.
148
J17 through J21 odd only: FRAME 2 IN (transmit). See table B-16.
Appendix, Page B - 18
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS Table B-15:
List of Annotations for the Optional User Interface Connector Panel (Refer to Figure B-4)
#
Description P4:
Connected to the alarm and control extender board connector P4
150
P2:
Connected to the alarm and control extender board connector P2
151
P3:
Connected to the alarm and control extender board connector P3
152
P1:
Connected to the alarm and control extender board connector P1
153
J44:
Connected to J55 of frame 2 Quadralink® radio backplane. See table B-27.
154
J43:
Connected to J55 of frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane. See table B-26
155
J42:
Connected to J27 of frame 2 Quadralink® radio backplane. See table B-25.
156
J41:
Connected to J27 of frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane. See table B-24.
157
J40:
Connected to J22 of frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane. See table B-23.
158
J38:
Connected to J20 of frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane. See table B-22.
159
J37:
Connected to J21 of frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane. See table B-21.
160
J34:
No connection
161
J33:
No connection
Appendix, Page B - 19
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
149
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS
Connector Description Connectors J1 to J6 and J17 to J22
Make your unbalanced tributary connections to these BNC jacks. Table B-16:
Unbalanced Tributary Input / Output Connector
Tributary
Connectors J33, J34, TB1, TB2, TB3, and TB4
Appendix, Page B - 20
Frame #1
Frame #2
In
Out
In
Out
E3 (34368 kb/s)
J1
J2
J17
J18
Wayside channel 1 (2048 kb/s)
J3
J4
J19
J20
Wayside channel 2 (2048 kb/s)
J5
J6
J21
J22
Not equipped
J7
J8
J23
J24
Not equipped
J9
J10
J25
J26
Not equipped
J11
J12
J27
J28
Not equipped
J13
J14
J29
J30
Not equipped
J15
J16
J31
J32
There is no connection to these wire-wrap pins and connectors.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS
Connector TB5
If a DVS II is installed in the rack, it is wired to connectors TB5, TB6, TB7, and TB8. See the FWL- drawings and the DVS II instruction manual for network connections. Table B-17: TB5, pin #
TB5 — DVS II VF Signals (Connect to J3 on the DVS II Backplane) Mnemonic
Description
TXVF1TIP
Transmit VF1 tip
2
RXVF1TIP
Receive VF1 tip
3
TXVF1TPA
Transmit VF1 tip auxiliary
4
RXVF1TPA
Receive VF1 tip auxiliary
5
TXVF2TP
Transmit VF2 tip
6
RXVF2TP
Receive VF2 tip
7
TXVF2TPA
Transmit VF2 tip auxiliary
8
RXVF2TPA
Receive VF2 tip auxiliary
9 ~ 16
NC
No connection
Table B-18:
TB6 — DVS II VF Signals (Connect to J3 on the DVS II backplane)
Connector TB6
TB6, pin #
Mnemonic
Description
1
TXVF1RG
Transmit VF1 ring
2
RXVF1RG
Receive VF1 ring
3
TXVF1AUX
Transmit VF1 auxiliary
4
RXVF1AUX
Receive VF1 auxiliary
5
TXVF2RG
Transmit VF2 ring
6
RXVF2RG
Receive VF2 ring
7
TXVF2AUX
Transmit VF2 auxiliary
8
RXVF2AUX
Receive VF2 auxiliary
9 ~ 16
NC
No connection
Appendix, Page B - 21
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
1
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS
Connector TB7 TB7 — DVS II data transmit signals (connect to J2 on the DVS II backplane)
Table B-19: TB7, pin #
Mnemonic
Description
1
TXDA1PT1
Transmit data-1, port 1
2
TXDA1PT2
Transmit data-1, port 2
3
TXDA1PT3
Transmit data-1, port 3
4
TXDA1PT4
Transmit data-1, port 4
5
TXDA2PT1
Transmit data-2, port 1
6
TXDA2PT2
Transmit data-2, port 2
7 ~ 12
NC
No connection
13 ~ 15
GND
Ground
16
NC
No connection
Connector TB8 TB8 — DVS II data receive signals (connect to J2 on the DVS II backplane)
Table B-20: TB8, pin #
Appendix, Page B - 22
Mnemonic
Description
1
RXDA1PT1
Receive data-1, port 1
2
RXDA1PT2
Receive data-1, port 2
3
RXDA1PT3
Receive data-1, port 3
4
RXDA1PT4
Receive data-1, port 4
5
RXDA2PT1
Receive data-2, port 1
6
RXDA2PT2
Receive data-2, port 2
7 ~ 16
NC
No connection
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS
Connectors J37 and J45
If an internal orderwire unit is installed in the Quadralink® radio, it is wired to connectors J45, J46, TB9, and TB31. See the FWLdrawings for network connections. Table B-21:J37 (connect to J21 on the frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane) and J45 (Connect to user equipment) — internal orderwire unit, data channel 1, RS-232 interface (service channel)
J37 & Mnemonic J45, pin #
Description
GND
Ground
2
D1I
Data 1 in
3
D1O
Data 1 out
4
NC
No connection
5
CTS1
Clear to send
6
DSR1
Data set ready
7
GND
Ground
8
DCD1
Data carrier detected (received line signal detector)
9 ~ 25
NC
No connection
Connectors J38 and J46 Table B-22:J38 (connect to J20 on the frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane) and J46 (connect to user equipment) — internal orderwire unit, data channel 2, RS-232 interface (service channel) J38 & Mnemonic J46, pin #
Description
1
GND
Ground
2
D2I
Data 2 in
3
D2O
Data 2 out
4
NC
No connection
5
CTS2
Clear to send
6
DSR2
Data set ready
7
GND
Ground
8
DCD2
Data carrier detected (received line signal detector)
9 ~ 25
NC
No connection
Appendix, Page B - 23
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
1
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS
Connectors J40, TB9 and TB31
Inputs / outputs OH1I, OH2I, OH2O, and OH1O have the following CMOS compatible logic: Active low = off-hook Active high = on-hook.
Table B-23:J40 — internal orderwire unit, VF-1, VF-2, DATA1, and DATA2 interface (connect to J22 on the frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane) and the wire-wrap pins of TB9 and TB31 TB31, pin #
TB9, pin #
J40, pin #
— —
1~3 4
— 8
—
5
20
—
6
7
— — — —
7 8 9 10
19 6 18 5
—
11
16
—
12
3
— — — — 1 2 3~8 9 10
13 14 15 16 — — — — —
15 2 14 1 4 17 — 22 9
11
—
23
12
—
10
13 14
— —
24 11
15
—
25
16
—
12
— —
— —
13 21
Appendix, Page B - 24
Mnemonic
Description
NC — OH2I / VFON OH1I / VFOP VF2ON VF2OP VF1ON VF1OP OH2O / VFIN OH1O / VFIP VF2IN VF2IP VF1IN VF1IP GND GND NC D1ON D1OP D2ON / FSKIN D2OP/ FSKIP D1IN D1IP D2IN / FSKON D2IP/ FSKOP
No connection Reserved Off-hook input for VF 2 on DVSQ / N output for analog VF channel on orderwire unit. Off-hook input for VF 1 on DVSQ / P output for analog VF channel on orderwire unit. VF2 negative output VF2 positive output VF1 negative output VF1 positive output Off-hook output for VF 2 on DVSQ / N input for analog VF channel on orderwire unit. Off-hook output for VF 1 on DVSQ / P input for analog VF channel on orderwire unit VF2 negative input VF2 positive input VF1 negative input VF1 positive input Ground Ground No connection DATA 1 RS-422 N output for DVSQ unit DATA 1 RS-422 P output for DVSQ unit DATA 2 RS- 422 N output for DVSQ unit./ FSK N input for orderwire unit. DATA 2 RS- 422 P output for DVSQ unit / FSK P input for orderwire unit. DATA 1 RS-422 N output for DVSQ unit DATA 1 RS-422 P output for DVSQ unit DATA 2 RS- 422 N input for DVSQ unit./ FSK N output for orderwire unit. DATA 2 RS- 422 P input for DVSQ unit./ FSK P output for orderwire unit.
NC
No connection
GND
Ground
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS
Connection of the basic Quadralink ® radio relays
To implement basic Quadralink® radio alarm monitoring, connect your RTU (alarm remote assembly unit) to the basic alarm relay connections on terminal blocks TB10 and TB11 on the optional user interface panel. 1. Table B-24 and table B-25 list the basic alarm relays, and their wire-wrap pin numbers on the user interface panel. 2. Strap the relays to be normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) as required by your RTU or system requirements. Table B-10 indicates how to strap the relays as normally open or normally closed. See table B-10 for the location NO/NC straps.
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Appendix, Page B - 25
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS
Connectors J41 and TB10 Table B-24: TB10, pin # 1
J41, pin #
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 — — — — † ‡
Mnemonic
Description
DVS Q™ service channel unit fail alarm relay common contact for frame #1†‡ DVS Q™ service channel unit fail for frame #1 — the internal DVS Q™ 10 SCVRLY1 service channel unit puts this relay into an alarm state when the internal DVS Q™ service channel unit fails‡ 20 PSRLYBC1 Power supply unit 'B' alarm relay common contact for frame #1† Power supply unit 'B' NC/NO contact for frame #1 — the power supply 7 PSRLYB1 unit puts this relay into an alarm state when power supply unit 'B' fails 19 PSRLYAC1 Power supply unit 'A' alarm relay common contact for frame #1† Power supply unit 'A' NC/NO contact for frame #1 — the power supply 6 PSRLYA1 unit puts this relay into an alarm state when power supply unit 'A' fails 18 ELN1 E lead common contact for frame #1 E lead relay NC/NO contact for frame #1 — the internal orderwire unit 5 ELP1 puts this relay into an alarm state when the internal orderwire unit is addressed 17 OVRDCOM1 Override alarm relay common contact for frame #1† Override alarm relay NC/NO contact for frame #1 — the controller unit 4 OVRDRLY1 puts this relay into an alarm state when there is an override condition present 16 AUDCOM1 Audible alarm relay common contact for frame #1 Audible alarm relay NC/NO contact for frame #1 — the controller unit 3 AUDRLY1 puts this relay into an alarm state when there is a major, minor, or override alarm 15 MINCOM1 Minor alarm relay common contact for frame #1† Minor alarm relay NC/NO contact for frame #1 — the controller unit 2 MINRLY1 puts this relay into an alarm state when there is a minor alarm 14 MAJCOM1 Major alarm relay common contact for frame #1† Major alarm relay NC/N0 contact for frame #1 — the controller unit puts 1 MAJRLY1 this relay into an alarm state when a major alarm occurs 8~9 NC No connection 11 ~ 13 NC No connection 21 ~ 22 NC No connection 24 ~ 25 NC No connection These common relay contacts are electrically connected to ground Available with the DVS Q™ service channel only. 23
2
J41 — frame 1 alarm relays (connect to J27 on the frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane) and the wire-wrap pins of TB10
SVCRLYC1
Appendix, Page B - 26
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — BASIC CONNECTIONS
Connectors J42 and TB11 Table B-25: TB11, pin # 1
J42, pin # 23
J42 — frame 2 alarm relays (connect to J27 on the frame 2 Quadralink® radio backplane) and the wire-wrap pins of TB11 Mnemonic
Description
SVCRLYC2
DVS Q™ service channel unit fail alarm relay common contact for frame #2†‡
10
SCVRLY2
3
20
PSRLYBC2
Power supply unit 'B' alarm relay common contact for frame #2†
4
7
PSRLYB2
Power supply unit 'B' NC/NO contact for frame #2 — the power supply unit puts this relay into an alarm state when power supply unit 'B' fails
5
19
PSRLYAC2
Power supply unit 'A' alarm relay common contact for frame #2†
6
6
PSRLYA2
Power supply unit 'A' NC/NO contact for frame #2 — the power supply unit puts this relay into an alarm state when power supply unit 'A' fails
7
18
ELN2
E lead common contact for frame #2
8
5
ELP2
E lead relay NC/NO contact for frame #2 — the internal orderwire unit puts this relay into an alarm state when orderwire unit is addressed
9
17
OVRDCOM2 Override alarm relay common contact for frame #2†
10
4
Override alarm relay NC/NO contact for frame #2 — the controller unit OVRDRLY2 puts this relay into an alarm state when there is an override condition present
11
16
AUDCOM2
Audible alarm relay common contact for frame #2
12
3
AUDRLY2
Audible alarm relay NC/NO contact for frame #2 — the controller unit puts this relay into an alarm state when there is a major, minor, or override alarm
13
15
MINCOM2
Minor alarm relay common contact for frame #2†
14
2
MINRLY2
Minor alarm relay NC/NO contact for frame #2 — the controller unit puts this relay into an alarm state when there is a minor alarm
15
14
MAJCOM2
Major alarm relay common contact for frame #2†
16
1
MAJRLY2
Major alarm relay NC/N0 contact for frame #2 — the controller unit puts this relay into an alarm state when a major alarm occurs
—
8~9
NC
No connection
—
11 ~ 13 NC
No connection
—
21 ~ 22 NC
No connection
—
24 ~ 25 NC
No connection
† ‡
These common relay contacts are electrically connected to ground Available with the DVS Q™ service channel only.
Appendix, Page B - 27
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
2
DVS Q™ service channel unit fail for frame #2 — the internal DVS Q™ service channel unit puts this relay into an alarm state when the internal DVS Q™ service channel unit fails‡
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — CONNECTIONS FOR THE ALARM AND CONTROL EXTENDER (ACE)
Quadralink® radio basic alarm NO/NC strap locations for connectors TB10 and TB11
The Quadralink® radio basic alarm outputs at TB10 and TB11 come directly from the following relays: •
on the controller unit (see figure A-2),
•
on the orderwire unit (see figure A-5),
•
on the DVS Q™ unit (see figure A-6), and
•
on the transceiver power supply unit (see figure A-9, and figure A-10). These basic alarms have straps that allow the user to choose from either normally-open (NO) or normally-closed (NC) relay operation. In table B-10, relay connections are identified as ‘common’ and ‘NO/NC’. The NO/NC (normally-open /normally closed) label identifies the pin to which the user straps the normally-open or normally-closed contact of the relay. See figure B-3. The following alarms are energized only when the alarm or status is active: •
All controller unit alarms: the major alarm relay, the minor alarm relay, the remote / local override relay, and the audible alarm relay.
•
The orderwire unit alarms: the E-lead relay.
The DVS Q™ unit alarms: the E-lead relay and the DVS Q™ unit failure alarm. The power supply fail alarm (channel A or B) relays are de-energized when in alarm. •
Connectors TB12, TB19, TB20, TB27, and TB28
These wire-wrap connectors are electrically isolated spare wirewrap pins for any use. They are provided for user interconnections.
THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — CONNECTIONS FOR THE ALARM AND CONTROL EXTENDER (ACE) All connection for the extended control inputs and alarm relay outputs of the alarm and control extender are made on the user interface panel. NOTE
Make the following connections only if the optional ACE is equipped. The optional alarm and control extender printed circuit board is attached to backside of the cover of the user interface unit.
Appendix, Page B - 28
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — CONNECTIONS FOR THE ALARM AND CONTROL EXTENDER (ACE) Figure B-5: Indicators on the Alarm and Control Extender This LED lights when the user interface unit optional alarm extender unit resets itself due to a fault.
QUADRALINK®
ALARM & CONTROL EXTENDER STATUS
This LED is lit while the optional alarm extender power supply is on.
CPU ALM POWER PS ALM
This LED lights when there is a problem with the optional alarm extender power supply (short circuit or over voltage at output).
USER INTERFACE
If you have a user interface unit equipped with an optional alarm and control extender unit, perform the following procedure.
Connector J43
Connect the alarm and control extender data interface lines from the alarm and control extender to both the frame 1 and frame 2 Quadralink® radios.
Table B-26:
On the controller unit, set segments five and six on DIP switch S11 to OFF (see figure A-2 for location). This tells the controller unit that an alarm and control extender is installed and is to be used.
J43 — alarm and control extender interface to frame 1 controller unit (connect to J55 on the frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane) J43, pin # Mnemonic
Description
1
GND
Ground
2
ALMXT1 RS-232C data signal from controller unit in frame #1
3
ALMXR1 RS-232C data signal to controller unit in frame #1
4~6
NC
No connection
7
GND
Ground
8 ~ 25
NC
No connection
Appendix, Page B - 29
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
Connection of the extended control inputs and alarm relay outputs (when the optional alarm and control extender is equipped)
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — CONNECTIONS FOR THE ALARM AND CONTROL EXTENDER (ACE)
Connector J44 Table B-27:
J44 — alarm and control extender interface to frame 2 controller unit (connect to J55 on the frame 1 Quadralink® radio backplane) J44, pin # Mnemonic
Description
1
GND
Ground
2
ALMXT2 RS-232C data signal from controller unit in frame #2
3
ALMXR2 RS-232C data signal to controller unit in frame #2
4~6
NC
No connection
7
GND
Ground
8 ~ 25
NC
No connection
NOTE
Configuring the optional alarm and control extender board
On the alarm control extender board, straps P71 and P72 are always in position A. An octal DIP switch S2 located on the alarm and control extender tells the micro-controller of the alarm control extender what the current board configuration is, whether to stretch alarms or not, whether the rack is a terminal or a repeater, and whether relays should be normally energized or normally de-energized (only the relays that are affected by this option). Set DIP switch S2 on the alarm and control extender as shown in figure B-6. For the location of DIP switch S2, see figure B-9. Once the DIP switch S2 on the alarm and control extender has been set, press the RESET button on the alarm and control extender board. The alarm and control extender micro-controller only reads DIP switch S2 settings when the board is powered-up or when the RESET button is momentarily pressed. See figure B-9 for the location of the RESET button.
Appendix, Page B - 30
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE THE USER INTERFACE PANEL — CONNECTIONS FOR THE ALARM AND CONTROL EXTENDER (ACE) Figure B-6: Alarm and Control Extender DIP Switch S2 Functions ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
S2 Not used; always set to the OFF position OFF = Alarm relays normally de-energized† ON = Alarm relays normally energized† OFF = Terminal configuration ON = Repeater configuration OFF = Stretch alarm to one second ON = Stretch alarm to 20 seconds
OFF
OFF
OFF
• All alarms: medium capacity (34 mb/s) radio terminal or repeater‡.
ON
OFF
OFF
• Fully equipped low capacity (≤17 mb/s) radio terminal or repeater§ • Hybrid fully equipped low capacity (≤17 mb/s) and medium capacity (34 mb/s) radio repeater§.
OFF
ON
OFF
• Fully equipped medium capacity (34 mb/s) radio terminal or repeater§.
ON
ON
OFF
• Standard low capacity (≤17 mb/s) radio terminal or repeater (with or without status)§ • Hybrid standard low capacity (≤17 mb/s) and medium capacity (34 mb/s) radio repeater§.
OFF
OFF
ON
• Standard equipped medium capacity (34 mb/s) radio terminal or repeater (with or without status)§.
ON
OFF
ON
• All alarms: low capacity (≤17 mb/s) radio terminal or repeater‡ • All alarms: 1:N radio terminal or repeater‡ • Hybrid all alarms: low capacity (≤17 mb/s) radio and medium capacity (34 mb/s) radio repeater‡ • Hybrid all alarms: 1:N radio and low capacity (≤17 mb/s) radio and medium capacity (34 mb/s) radio repeater‡.
OFF
ON
ON
• Compressed medium capacity (34 mb/s) radio terminal or repeater‡.
ON
ON
ON
• Compressed alarms: low capacity (≤17 mb/s) radio terminal or repeater‡ • Compressed alarms: 1:N radio terminal or repeater‡ • Hybrid compressed alarms: low capacity (≤17 mb/s) radio and medium capacity (34 mb/s) radio repeater‡ • Hybrid compressed alarms: 1:N radio and low capacity (≤17 mb/s) radio and medium capacity (34 mb/s) radio repeater‡.
† ‡
§
See 'Alarm and control extender relay information' on page B - 32 for more information. For ACE software version 6 and greater only (options 007, 008, 009, 010 of SD-098877). See 'Determining the software version of the optional alarm and control extender board' on page B - 34. Only for options 001, 002, 003, 004, 005, or 006 of SD-098877.
Appendix, Page B - 31
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
Not used; always set to the OFF position
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio First level — software logic
Alarm and control extender relay information
The ACE alarm relay outputs have two different levels at which the alarm logic can be inverted such that the output relay is closed or open during an alarm. The first level is the software logic and the second level is the relay logic. To chose which first and second level settings you will need depends upon the configuration of the user provided alarm reporting equipment and system requirements.
First level — software logic Switch S2-7 selects as to whether the relays will be active (energized) for an alarm or inactive (de-energized) for an alarm. When switch S2-7 is switched off, the relays will normally be de-energized when there is no alarm. This reduces power consumption. When switch S2-7 is switched on, the relays will normally be energized when there is no alarm. This provides a failsafe mode of operation. Refer to figure B-6. This switch does not affect all alarm extender relays. The relays that are affected by this switch setting are indicated by notes at the bottom of table B-29. Switch S2-7 does not apply to the controller card relays (major alarm, minor alarm, remote / manual override, audible alarm) or the E-line relay (orderwire) or either power supply fail alarm relay (channel A or B). The controller card relays (major alarm, minor alarm, remote / manual override, audible alarm) and the E-lead relay (orderwire) are energized only when the alarm or status is active. The ACE fail alarm and the power supply fail alarm (A or B) relays will always be de-energized when in alarm.
Second level — relay logic The relays in the ACE have user straps that can be set such that when the relay is de-energized, the contacts are either open or closed. This is called de-energized open / de-energized closed (DO/DC) strap select. Refer to figure B-7 and figure B-8. Two wires are brought out to the wire-wrap pins on the user interface (customer interface) from each relay – COM (the common relay contact is set to chassis ground) and either DO or DC (as selected by the user strapping).
Appendix, Page B - 32
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Second level — relay logic Figure B-7: Alarm and Control Extender Relay Schematic (Typical) – selection of de-energized open / de-energized closed ALL COM CONNECTIONS ARE GROUNDED
DC
B
COM USER SELECTED STRAP
DO
A
ALARM AND CONTROL EXTENDER RELAY SHOWN IN DE-ENERGIZED STATE
Figure B-8: The Alarm and Control Extender Controller Board – strap selection positions for DO/DC (typical) STRAP POSITION A (LEFT): DE-ENERGIZED OPEN
STRAP POSITION B (RIGHT): DE-ENERGIZED CLOSED
A B
Strap the relays to be de-energized open or de-energized closed as you require. Figure B-9 shows the locations of the straps. Table B29 shows the strap number for each relay.
Appendix, Page B - 33
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
TO ALARM AND CONTROL EXTENDER (ACE) CONTROLLER LOGIC
TO USER WIRE WRAP CONNECTORS DO/DC
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Second level — relay logic Figure B-9: The Alarm and Control Extender Board – switch and DO/DC strap locations (This board located on the inside of the front panel door of the user interface panel, see figure B-5)
ON
S2
OFF ALARM EXTENDER VERSION X
RESET BUTTON
U39
P70
P62
P54
P46
P38
P30
P22
P14
P69
P61
P53
P45
P37
P29
P21
P13
P68
P60
P52
P44
P36
P28
P20
P12
P67
P59
P51
P43
P35
P27
P19
P11
P66
P58
P50
P42
P34
P26
P18
P10
P65
P57
P49
P41
P33
P25
P17
P9
P64
P56
P48
P40
P32
P24
P16
P8
P63
P55
P47
P39
P31
P23
P15
P7
RESET
OPT 006 ALARM EXTENDER VERSION X
ALARM & CONTROL EXTENDER SD-98877
U39
BOARD OPTION NUMBER ACE SOFTWARE VERSION
NOTE
Not all options of the alarm and control extender board have all of the relays and jumpers shown in figure B-9 equipped. The terminal site option or the compressed alarms option of the alarm and control extender will have fewer relays and jumpers than shown.
Determining the software version of the optional alarm and control extender board
Different versions of the ACE software support different extended alarm and status relay configurations. Software version 4 or less supports the relays shown in figure B-28. Software version 6 or more supports the relays shown in figure B-29. The software version of the alarm and control extender board can be identified by a sticker located on integrated circuit U39 as shown in figure B-9.
Connectors TB13, TB14, TB15, TB16 , TB17, TB18 , TB21, TB22 , TB23, TB24 , TB25, and TB26 (alarm and status outputs)
Connect your RTU to the control inputs and alarm relay outputs provided on the user interface by the alarm and control extender. Figure B-4 shows where the connections of the wire-wrap pins are
Appendix, Page B - 34
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Second level — relay logic located. Table B-29 shows the wire-wrap pin connections. See table 6-9 and table 6-10 to know what functions are available on your version of the alarm and control extender. Table B-28:
Connections and Straps for Extended Alarm and Status Relays for ACE Software Version 4 or Less
Alarm / status (option)
DO / DC straps, figure B-8 and figure B-9
Connection, TB# - pin# (figure B-4) Frame 1 DO/DC
COMe
Frame 2 DO/DC
COMe
Frame 1 Frame 2
Appendix, Page B - 35
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
Local overridea (FE) 17 - 5 17 - 6 25 - 5 25 - 6 P53 P21 a (FE) 17 - 3 17 - 4 25 - 3 25 - 4 P54 P22 Remote override a (FE, SWS, STD) 13 - 9 13 - 10 21 - 9 21 - 10 P66 P34 Transmitter A a (FE, SWS, STD) 13 - 7 13 - 8 21 - 7 21 - 8 P65 P33 Transmitter B a (FE, SWS, STD) 13 - 5 13 - 6 21 - 5 21 - 6 P64 P32 Receiver A a (FE, SWS, STD) 13 - 3 13 - 4 21 - 3 21 - 4 P63 P31 Receiver B a (FE, SWS, STD) 13 - 1 13 - 2 21 - 1 21 - 2 P67 P35 Modem A transmit a (FE, SWS, STD) 14 - 9 14 - 10 22 - 9 22 - 10 P68 P36 Modem B transmit a (FE, SWS, STD) 14 - 7 14 - 8 22 - 7 22 - 8 P69 P37 Modem A receive a (FE, SWS, STD) 14 - 5 14 - 6 22 - 5 22 - 6 P70 P38 Modem B receive a (FE) Muldex A transmit 14 - 3 14 - 4 22 - 3 22 - 4 P58 P26 Muldex A transmit or receivea (SWS, STD) Muldex B transmita (FE) 14 - 1 14 - 2 22 - 1 22 - 2 P57 P25 Muldex B transmit or receivea (SWS, STD) Muldex A receive (FE) 15 - 1 15 - 2 23 - 1 23 - 2 P61 P29 Muldex B receive (FE) 16 - 9 16 - 10 24 - 9 24 - 10 P62 P30 a (FE) AIS transmit A 15 - 9 15 - 10 23 - 9 23 - 10 P56 P24 AIS transmit A or Ba (SWS, STD) AIS receive Aa (FE) 15 - 7 15 - 8 23 - 7 23 - 8 P55 P23 AIS receive A or Ba (SWS, STD) 18 - 9 18 - 10 26 - 9 26 - 10 P41 P9 AIS transmit Ba (FE) a. Set switch S2, segment seven on the ACE board to OFF to have these relays normally de-energized (this saves power). Set switch S2, segment seven on the ACE board to ON to have these relays normally energized (fail-safe). b. These relays are always energized when the alarm state is active. c. This relay is always de-energized when the alarm state is active. d. STD = standard option, SWS = standard with status option, FE = fully equipped. e. All relay COMmon connections are connected to ground.
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Second level — relay logic Table B-28:
Connections and Straps for Extended Alarm and Status Relays for ACE Software Version 4 or Less (Continued)
Alarm / status (option)
DO / DC straps, figure B-8 and figure B-9
Connection, TB# - pin# (figure B-4) Frame 1 DO/DC
COMe
Frame 2 DO/DC
COMe
Frame 1 Frame 2
AIS receive Ba (FE) 18 - 7 18 - 8 26 - 7 26 - 8 P40 P8 a (FE) Input loss A 15 - 5 15 - 6 23 - 5 23 - 6 P59 P27 Input loss A or Ba (SWS, STD) 17 - 1 17 - 2 25 - 1 25 - 2 P42 P10 Input loss Ba (FE) a (FE, SWS, STD) 15 - 3 15 - 4 23 - 3 23 - 4 P60 P28 Latch b (FE, SWS) 16 - 7 16 - 8 24 - 7 24 - 8 P50 P18 Transmitter A in service b (FE, SWS) 16 - 1 16 - 2 24 - 1 24 - 2 P47 P15 Transmitter B in service b (FE, SWS) 16 - 5 16 - 6 24 - 5 24 - 6 P49 P17 Demultiplexer A in service b (FE, SWS) 17 - 9 17 - 10 25 - 9 25 - 10 P51 P19 Demultiplexer B in service b (FE, SWS) 16 - 3 16 - 4 24 - 3 24 - 4 P48 P16 Demodulator A in service b (FE, SWS) 17 - 7 17 - 8 25 - 7 25 - 8 P52 P20 Demodulator B in service a (FE) 18 - 5 18 - 6 26 - 5 26 - 6 P39 P7 BER A a (FE) 18 - 3 18 - 4 26 - 3 26 - 4 P43 P11 BER B c (FE, SWS, STD) 18 - 13 18 - 14 P46 ACE Fail a. Set switch S2, segment seven on the ACE board to OFF to have these relays normally de-energized (this saves power). Set switch S2, segment seven on the ACE board to ON to have these relays normally energized (fail-safe). b. These relays are always energized when the alarm state is active. c. This relay is always de-energized when the alarm state is active. d. STD = standard option, SWS = standard with status option, FE = fully equipped. e. All relay COMmon connections are connected to ground.
Appendix, Page B - 36
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Second level — relay logic
Table B-29:
Connections and Straps for Extended Alarm and Status Relays for ACE Software Version 6 or More
Alarm / status (for all alarms option)
Alarm / status (for compressed option)
DO / DC straps, figure B-8 and figure B-9
Connection, TB# - pin# (figure B-4) Frame 1
Frame 2
DO/DC COMd DO/DC COMd
Frame 1 Frame 2
Transmitter Aa
Transmitter / receiver Aa
13 - 9
13 - 10 21 - 9
21 - 10 P66
P34
Ba
Ba
13 - 7
13 - 8
21 - 7
21 - 8
P65
P33
Transmitter
Transmitter / receiver No connection
13 - 5
13 - 6
21 - 5
21 - 6
P64
P32
Receiver
Ba
No connection
13 - 3
13 - 4
21 - 3
21 - 4
P63
P31
Modem unit A transmita
Modem unit A transmit or receivea
13 - 1
13 - 2
21 - 1
21 - 2
P67
P35
Modem unit B transmita
Modem unit B transmit or receivea
14 - 9
14 - 10 22 - 9
22 - 10 P68
P36
Modem unit A receivea
No connection
14 - 7
14 - 8
22 - 7
22 - 8
P69
P37
Modem unit B receivea
No connection
14 - 5
14 - 6
22 - 5
22 - 6
P70
P38
Muldex unit A transmit or receivea
14 - 3
14 - 4
22 - 3
22 - 4
P58
P26
receivea
14 - 1
14 - 2
22 - 1
22 - 2
P57
P25
Muldex unit B transmit or AIS transmit Aa
AIS transmit A or B / input 15 - 9 loss A or Ba
15 - 10 23 - 9
23 - 10 P56
P24
AIS receive Aa
AIS receive A or Ba
15 - 7
15 - 8
23 - 7
23 - 8
P55
P23
No connection
15 - 5
15 - 6
23 - 5
23 - 6
P59
P27
15 - 3
15 - 4
23 - 3
23 - 4
P60
P28
23 - 1
23 - 2
—
—
Input loss
Aa
Latcha No connection
No connection
15 - 1
15 - 2
No connection
No connection
16 - 9
16 - 10 24 - 9
24 - 10 —
—
Transmitter A in serviceb
No connection
16 - 7
16 - 8
24 - 8
P18
24 - 7
P50
a. Set switch S2, segment seven on the alarm and control extender board to OFF to have these relays normally de-energized (this saves power). Set switch S2, segment seven on the alarm and control extender board to ON to have these relays normally energized (fail-safe). b. These relays are always energized when the alarm state is active. c. This relay is always de-energized when the alarm state is active. d. All relay COMmon connections are connected to ground.
Appendix, Page B - 37
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
Receiver
Aa
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Second level — relay logic Table B-29:
Connections and Straps for Extended Alarm and Status Relays for ACE Software Version 6 or More (Continued)
Alarm / status (for all alarms option)
Connection, TB# - pin# (figure B-4)
Alarm / status (for compressed option)
Frame 1
DO / DC straps, figure B-8 and figure B-9
Frame 2
DO/DC COMd DO/DC COMd
Frame 1 Frame 2
Multiplexer A in serviceb
No connection
16 - 5
16 - 6
24 - 5
24 - 6
P49
P17
Demodulator A in serviceb
No connection
16 - 3
16 - 4
24 - 3
24 - 4
P48
P16
Transmitter B in serviceb
No connection
16 - 1
16 - 2
24 - 1
24 - 2
P47
P15
Multiplexer B in serviceb
No connection
17 - 9
17 - 10 25 - 9
25 - 10 P51
P19
Demodulator B in serviceb
No connection
17 - 7
17 - 8
25 - 7
25 - 8
P52
P20
No connection
No connection
17 - 5
17 - 6
25 - 5
25 - 6
—
—
No connection
No connection
17 - 3
17 - 4
25 - 3
25 - 4
—
—
No connection
17 - 1
17 - 2
25 - 1
25 - 2
P42
P10
No connection
18 - 9
18 - 10 26 - 9
26 - 10 P41
P9
Input loss
Ba
AIS transmit AIS receive
Ba
Ba
No connection
18 - 7
18 - 8
26 - 7
26 - 8
P40
P8
BER
Aa
No connection
18 - 5
18 - 6
26 - 5
26 - 6
P39
P7
BER
Ba
No connection
18 - 3
18 - 4
26 - 3
26 - 4
P43
P11
Serial (communication failure between the alarm and control extender and the Quadralink® radio)
18 - 1
18 - 2
26 - 1
26 - 2
P44
P12
Alarm and control extender failc
18 - 13 18 - 14 —
—
P46
—
No connection
No connection
—
26 - 13 26 - 14 —
—
No connection
No connection
18 - 11 18 - 12 26 - 11 26 - 12 —
—
linkb
—
a. Set switch S2, segment seven on the alarm and control extender board to OFF to have these relays normally de-energized (this saves power). Set switch S2, segment seven on the alarm and control extender board to ON to have these relays normally energized (fail-safe). b. These relays are always energized when the alarm state is active. c. This relay is always de-energized when the alarm state is active. d. All relay COMmon connections are connected to ground.
Appendix, Page B - 38
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Second level — relay logic
Connectors TB13, TB14, TB15, TB16 , TB21, TB22 , TB23, and TB24 (remote control inputs)
The alarm and control extender has inputs that allows remote control of the Quadralink® radio. Table B-30 shows the remote control inputs of an unprotected or 1+1 protected Quadralink® radio. Table B-31 shows the remote control inputs of a 1:N protected Quadralink® radio system. These inputs are activated by connecting the pin of the remote input to ground. Control inputs are also available for the DVS Q™ service channel - see 'Connectors J40, TB9 and TB31' on page B - 24.
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Appendix, Page B - 39
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Second level — relay logic
Table B-30:
Frame 1 and 2 Alarm and Control Extender Connections for Extended Control Inputs (Connect to User Equipment) Control
Remote select transmitter A Remote select transmitter B Remote select demodulator A Remote select demodulator B Remote select muldex unit A Remote select muldex unit B Latch reset
Connector (TB) and pin Frame 1
Frame 2
13, 11 13, 12 13, 13 13, 14 13, 15 13, 16 14, 11 14, 12 14, 13 14, 14 14, 15 14, 16
21, 11 21, 12 21, 13 21, 14 21, 15 21, 16 22, 11 22, 12 22, 13 22, 14 22, 15 22, 16
15, 11
23, 11
15, 12 15, 13 Not used 15, 14 Multiplexer / demultiplexer loopback 15, 15 Not used 15, 16 Not used 16, 11 Not used 16, 12 Not used 16, 13 Not used 16, 14 Power supply unit A reset 16, 15 Power supply unit B reset 16, 16 Not used 17, 11 Not used 17, 12 Not used 17, 13 Not used 17, 14 Not used 17, 15 Not used 17, 16 18, 15 Chassis ground 18, 16
23, 12 23, 13 23, 14 23, 15 23, 16 24, 11 24, 12 24, 13 24, 14 24, 15 24, 16 25, 11 25, 12 25, 13 25, 14 25, 15 25, 16 26, 15 26, 16
Not used
Wayside tributary 1 loopback Wayside tributary 2 loopback E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary loopback Not used
Wayside multiplexer-demultiplexer loopbacka Not used Not used
a. Not available with muldex unit SD-108534-M2.
Appendix, Page B - 40
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Second level — relay logic
Table B-31:
Frame 1 and 2 Alarm and Control Extender Connections for Extended Control Inputs of a 1:N Radio System (Connect to User Equipment) Control
Not used
Connector (TB) and pin Frame 1
21, 11 21, 12 21, 13 21, 14 21, 15 21, 16 22, 11 22, 12 22, 13 22, 14 22, 15 22, 16 23, 11 23, 12 23, 13 23, 14 23, 15 23, 16 24, 11 24, 12 24, 13 24, 14 24, 15 24, 16 25, 11 25, 12 25, 13 25, 14 25, 15 25, 16 26, 15 26, 16
a. Not available with muldex unit SD-108534-M2. Appendix, Page B - 41
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
13, 11 13, 12 Not used 13, 13 Not used 13, 14 Remote select muldex unit A 13, 15 Remote select muldex unit B 13, 16 Latch reset 14, 11 Not used 14, 12 Wayside tributary 1 loopback 14, 13 Wayside tributary 2 loopback 14, 14 E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary A loopback 14, 15 E3 (34368 kb/s) tributary B loopback 14, 16 Wayside multiplexer-demultiplexer 15, 11 loopbacka Not used 15, 12 Not used 15, 13 Multiplexer / demultiplexer B 15, 14 loopback Multiplexer / demultiplexer A 15, 15 loopback Not used 15, 16 Not used 16, 11 Not used 16, 12 Not used 16, 13 Not used 16, 14 Power supply unit A reset 16, 15 Power supply unit B reset B 16, 16 Not used 17, 11 Not used 17, 12 Not used 17, 13 Not used 17, 14 Not used 17, 15 Not used 17, 16 18, 15 Chassis ground 18, 16 Not used
Frame 2
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Second level — relay logic
Barrier strip TB29 and TB30
Last, follow procedures 'Power source (office battery) requirements' on page 5 - 15 and 'Prepare and connect power to the radio' on page 5 - 16 for the connection of power to the alarm and control extender unit. Table B-32:
Barrier strip TB29 TB30
Appendix, Page B - 42
TB29 and TB30 — Power input terminals for the alarm and control extender board (connect to the rack wiring harness) Terminal
Description
+BAT A
Positive battery supply A
–BAT A
Negative battery supply A
+BAT B
Positive battery supply B
–BAT B
Negative battery supply B
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Second level — relay logic Figure B-10: Typical dc Power Connections for the Alarm and Control Extender TO GROUND
TO GROUND
TO COMMON NEGATIVE SUPPLY
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY A
+BAT A
-BAT A
SINGLE POWER SOURCE NEGATIVE GROUND
+BAT B
+BAT A
-BAT A
+BAT B
-BAT B
DOUBLE POWER SOURCE NEGATIVE COMMON GROUND
-BAT B
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY B
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY A TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY B
TO GROUND
TO GROUND
-BAT A
+BAT A
-BAT A
+BAT A
+BAT B
SINGLE POWER SOURCE POSITIVE GROUND
-BAT B
+BAT A
-BAT A
+BAT B
-BAT B
DOUBLE POWER SOURCE POSITIVE COMMON GROUND
NO CONNECTION TO GROUND
NO CONNECTION
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY A
+BAT A
-BAT A
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY
DOUBLE POWER SOURCE FLOATING GROUND
+BAT B
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY B -BAT B
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY A
SINGLE POWER SOURCE FLOATING GROUND
+BAT B
TO NEGATIVE SUPPLY B
-BAT B
TO GROUND
Appendix, Page B - 43
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE
TO POSITIVE SUPPLY
TO COMMON POSITIVE SUPPLY
OPTIONAL FRONT ACCESS PANELS — CONNECTION AND USE Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Second level — relay logic
Appendix, Page B - 44
Quadralink® Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
APPENDIX C DRAWINGS Figure C: Table C:
A number of schematic and block & level drawings are provided in a separate rack specific folder. Among others they include: •
BL-099755 — Transceiver unit, 2 GHz.
•
BL-098750 — Controller unit.
•
BL-098780 — Orderwire unit.
•
BL-098877 — Alarm and control extender.
•
BL-099890 — Transceiver unit, 7 GHz.
•
BL-099980 — DVS Q™ unit.
•
BL-108534 — Muldex unit.
•
BL-108542 — Modem unit.
•
BL-900100 — Quadralink® radio system.
•
Other drawings specific to sales order and site are packaged separately from this manual in a folder.
NOTE
General information on drawings
Each Quadralink® instruction manual is custom-made for a particular piece of equipment at a particular site. As a result this appendix contains a standard set of drawings plus other drawings that may vary from one manual to another. It may contain drawings of any of the following types:
Standard drawings Block and level diagram (BL-xxxx)
This drawing shows the transmission path, in block schematic form, through a major assembly such as a radio (transmitter and / or receiver). Signal levels or voltages are indicated between the units for system alignment and maintenance. Generally, it is used in conjunction with the alignment procedure, and the sales order block and level diagram (BL-Nxxxxxx).
Appendix, Page C - 1
DRAWINGS
To facilitate the production of this manual, the ACU drawings for all protection configurations are included here. See the EW drawing to see which one applies to your site.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
DRAWINGS
Schematic diagram (SD-xxxxx)
This drawing provides a schematic wiring diagram of an individual unit or subassembly and has complete information on equipment options and component values. NOTE
Some schematic diagrams have six digits in their designation (for example: SD-xxxxxx).
Block and level diagram (BL-Nxxxxx)
This drawing shows the transmission path, in block schematic form, through the equipment at a site. Signal levels or voltages are indicated at the interfaces of major units or subassemblies for system alignment and maintenance. Generally it is used in conjunction with the alignment procedure, and the equipment block and level diagram (BL-9xxxx).
Equipment wiring diagram (EW-Nxxxxx)
This drawing is used to show all interconnecting wiring between the units and subassemblies of a rack assembly when no FT drawing exists, When an FT drawing exists, the drawing refers only to the miscellaneous equipment of a rack assembly; such as baseband filters, splitters, combiners, orderwire, signalling and / or alarm equipment.
Specification drawing (FJ-99xxx)
This drawing is of primary interest to the engineer who orders or specifies equipment for a system. It lists all units, subassemblies, and hardware for a specific assembly.
Block and level diagram (FBL-99xxx)
This drawing covers the standard assembly package. It shows the transmission path in block schematic form, with signal levels or voltages indicated throughout. Generally it is used for compatibility purposes with external equipment.
Equipment wiring drawing (FT-99xxx)
This drawing shows all interconnection wiring between the units and subassemblies of a rack assembly, including wire size and colour; it also shows external office connections to the assembly. NOTE
FJ and FT drawings are presented in the standard format generally used by the larger telecommunications companies in North America who order radio and multiplex assemblies in one of several fixed packages.
Issue and model numbers: their function and how to find them
Appendix, Page C - 2
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Issue numbers
DRAWINGS Harris Canada pays constant attention to the improvement of its products, which necessitates circuit and / or mechanical changes from time-to-time on various units and assemblies, Whenever a change is made, the corresponding drawing is revised and reissued under a new issue number. If the change requires different electrical or mechanical components, or if any are deleted, the change is also reflected in the Bill of Material, which is then reissued under a new issue number. A small circular label (sticker) is applied to the equipment and indicates which drawing issue was used during its manufacture. Figure A-1 shows one of these labels on a piece of equipment and indicates how it relates to the drawing issue level. Note that it is the label with the round center not the one with the square center. Figure C-1: Illustration of Equipment and Drawing Issue Updates
DRAWING SD-98744-M2
D
C20
REVISIONS ISSUE
APP.
DATE
ECN C5419 1
R.A
93-01-01
LOCAL OSCILLATOR SD-98744-M2 1
1
O36 EQUIPMENT
Circular label with circular centre indicates that the unit is wired according to issue 1 of schematic diagram SD-98744-M2
Model numbers
Equipment model numbers are indicated by a suffix to the SD number (SD-xxxxx-M2, SD-xxxxx-M3, and so on). An SD number without a suffix is understood to be model 1 (-M1). An earlier model cannot replace a later model without the possibility of degrading system performance. For example, if an assembly is originally equipped with an M2 unit, it can be replaced with an M2, M3 or later model, but an M1 unit may degrade system performance and is not recommended as a replacement.
Appendix, Page C - 3
DRAWINGS
OPT 003
DRAWINGS
Appendix, Page C - 4
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
APPENDIX D FARINON WIRING LIST (FWL) Figure D: Table D:
What is the FWL?
The Farinon Wiring List (FWL) itemizes the equipment shipped from the factory, and describes the arrangements and options which form a rack or assembly. Loose item shipments of spare or replacement units do not include an FWL. A fixed terminal or repeater consists of one or more rack assemblies that provide radio, multiplex, and / or miscellaneous equipment according to the system requirements. The individual assemblies that comprise a terminal or a repeater are equipped and wired according to the FWL assigned to each rack. Both the rack and the FWL bear an alphanumeric designation that is based on the Harris Canada Sales Order number. For example, the designations FWL-C82345A1 and FWL-C82345B1 refer to rack assemblies at two different sites, both equipped and wired according to Harris Canada Sales Order number C82345. When more than one rack is furnished at a particular site, the number suffix increases designation, for example: FWL-C82345A1, A2, and so on (A2 refers to site 'A', rack number two). The FWL designation is stenciled on the base plate of each rack. The FWL is divided into two sections: The Equipment Arrangement and the Equipment List.
Equipment arrangement
The Equipment Arrangement provides a front-view profile of the rack assembly that shows the respective positions of the equipment has been supplied (for example: radio-transmitters and/or receivers, modems, multiplexers, jack fields, and sometimes miscellaneous equipment). In addition to the rack profile, this section also provides:
2. A list of all drawings used for wiring the rack assembly, as well as cross-references that show the appropriate figure number and options used on each drawing.
Equipment list
The Equipment List is a computer printout that itemizes all equipment and subassemblies, such as individual units, and other items that comprise a rack assembly.
Appendix, Page D - 1
FARINON WIRING LIST (FWL)
1. The assignment operating frequency of each transmitter and receiver, if the radio is equipped.
FARINON WIRING LIST (FWL)
Appendix, Page D - 2
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
APPENDIX E RECORDS Figure E: Table E
General
This appendix is where record of routine maintenance for the radio is kept. Blank AGC curves and routine maintenance log sheets are provided for this purpose.
System test data sheets
The System Test Data Sheets, which are a set of forms filled out for each radio at the factory before the radio is shipped are packaged in a folder with the radio and this manual. The folder contain the results of a number of tests that qualify the operation of the particular radio.
RECORDS
Appendix, Page E - 1
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RECORDS Figure E-1: AGC curve
Use the graph paper below to plot the receiver AGC curve for Channel A. DATE: ____________________ (YEAR / MONTH / DAY) 5.0
4.0
3.0
A G C V O L 2.0 T A G E
1.0
0.0 -100
-90
-80
-70
-60
ANTENNA PORT RECEIVE SIGNAL LEVEL (dBm)
Appendix, Page E - 2
-50
-40
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RECORDS Figure E-2: AGC curve (spare)
Use the graph paper below to plot the receiver AGC curve for Channel A. DATE: ____________________ (YEAR / MONTH / DAY) 5.0
4.0
3.0
A G C V O L 2.0 T A G E
1.0
0.0 -100
-90
-80
-70
-60
-50
-40
ANTENNA PORT RECEIVE SIGNAL LEVEL (dBm)
RECORDS
Appendix, Page E - 3
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RECORDS Figure E-3: AGC curve
Use the graph paper below to plot the receiver AGC curve for channel B. DATE: ____________________ (YEAR / MONTH / DAY) 5.0
4.0
3.0
A G C V O L 2.0 T A G E
1.0
0.0 -100
-90
-80
-70
-60
ANTENNA PORT RECEIVE SIGNAL LEVEL (dBm)
Appendix, Page E - 4
-50
-40
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RECORDS Figure E-4: AGC curve (spare)
Use the graph paper below to plot the receiver AGC curve for channel B. DATE: ____________________ (YEAR / MONTH / DAY) 5.0
4.0
3.0
A G C V O L 2.0 T A G E
1.0
0.0 -100
-90
-80
-70
-60
-50
-40
ANTENNA PORT RECEIVE SIGNAL LEVEL (dBm)
RECORDS
Appendix, Page E - 5
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RECORDS Figure E-5: AGC curve
Use the graph paper below to plot the receiver AGC curve for channel B in radios using monitored hot standby unequal split protection. DATE: ____________________ (YEAR / MONTH / DAY) 5.0
4.0
3.0
A G C V O L 2.0 T A G E
1.0
0.0 -100
-90
-80
-70
-60
ANTENNA PORT RECEIVE SIGNAL LEVEL (dBm)
Appendix, Page E - 6
-50
-40
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RECORDS Figure E-6: AGC curve (spare)
Use the graph paper below to plot the receiver AGC curve for channel B in radios using monitored hot standby unequal split protection. DATE: ____________________ (YEAR / MONTH / DAY) 5.0
4.0
3.0
A G C V O L 2.0 T A G E
1.0
0.0 -100
-90
-80
-70
-60
-50
-40
ANTENNA PORT RECEIVE SIGNAL LEVEL (dBm)
RECORDS
Appendix, Page E - 7
Where to measure
XMT LO MON jack on XCVR front panel
RCV LO MON jack on XCVR front panel
Display panel
Display panel
What to measure
XMTR A LO frequency
RCVR A LO frequency
XMTR A power
RCVR A RSL (AGC)
Factory level 1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
Notes
FWL# _______________________________ Coordinating site ____________________________________
Year after installation
Quadralink® ROUTINE MAINTENANCE LOG - RADIO FRAME 1 Radio site # _______ Location ________________________________
RECORDS Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Appendix, Page E - 8
Appendix, Page E - 9
Where to measure
XMT LO MON jack on XCVR front panel
RCV LO MON jack on XCVR front panel
Display panel
Display panel
XMTR A LO frequency
RCVR A LO frequency
XMTR A power
RCVR A RSL (AGC)
RECORDS
What to measure
Factory level 6th
7th
8th
9th
10th
Notes
FWL# _______________________________ Coordinating site ____________________________________
Year after installation
Quadralink® ROUTINE MAINTENANCE LOG - RADIO FRAME 1 Radio site # _______ Location ________________________________
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio RECORDS
Where to measure
XMT LO MON jack on XCVR front panel
RCV LO MON jack on XCVR front panel
Display panel
Display panel
What to measure
XMTR B LO frequency
RCVR B LO frequency
XMTR B power
RCVR B RSL (AGC)
Factory level 1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
Notes
FWL# _______________________________ Coordinating site ____________________________________
Year after installation
Quadralink® ROUTINE MAINTENANCE LOG - RADIO FRAME 2 Radio site # _______ Location ________________________________
RECORDS Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Appendix, Page E - 10
Appendix, Page E - 11
Where to measure
XMT LO MON jack on XCVR front panel
RCV LO MON jack on XCVR front panel
Display panel
Display panel
XMTR B LO frequency
RCVR B LO frequency
XMTR B power
RCVR B RSL (AGC)
RECORDS
What to measure
Factory level 6th
7th
8th
9th
10th
Notes
FWL# _______________________________ Coordinating site ____________________________________
Year after installation
Quadralink® ROUTINE MAINTENANCE LOG - RADIO FRAME 2 Radio site # _______ Location ________________________________
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio RECORDS
RECORDS
Appendix, Page E - 12
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GLOSSARY Figure 6: Table 6:
Signal output (SAT COM 30) Signal input (SAT COM 30)
A Abnormal
Alarm / display unit message: This indicates that the channel through which tributary traffic is passing is channel A. The condition of being in alarm: abnormal operation is the same as faulty operation.
ACE
Alarm control extender.
ACO
Alarm cut-off push-button: silences (de-energizes) the ‘audible’ relay.
ACU
The antenna coupling unit.
Admonition, admonishment AGC, AGC voltage AIS
A caution, warning, or danger note in the procedure. Automatics gain control associated with the radio receiver; the DC voltage equivalent to the received RF signal level. Alarm indication signal; a signal that usually indicates traffic outage.
Alarm / display panel
Part of the protection diagnostic system; provides an alphanumeric display of the status and alarms of the radio, control keys, test jacks, status and alarm LEDs, and a built in digital voltmeter.
A NOT EQUAL TO B
Alarm / display unit message: The band or capacity of the A channel transceiver is not the same as the band or capacity of the B channel transceiver.
ASCII
The acronym associated with a seven-bit binary code used to represent a character or symbol.
Audible alarm
An alarm that is indicated by a buzzer, bell, or by some other signalling device.
AUT
B
Alarm / display unit message: {AUTOMATIC} Indicates that the automatic protection system in the controller unit is choosing the channel through which tributary traffic will pass. Alarm / display unit message: This indicates that the channel through which tributary traffic is passing is channel B. Glossary, Page 1
GLOSSARY
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GLOSSARY
Backplane
The back side of a shelf that provides the printed circuit interconnection for units in the shelf (see 'motherboard').
Baud rate
The asynchronous digital transmission rate; the data rate associated with the operation of an asynchronous data communication.
BER BERT
Bit error rate. A piece of test equipment that tests the bit error rate of a transmission system.
Block and level (BL) drawing
An assembly or system drawing that shows the signal path through the units or modules and provides signal levels and impedances; units and modules that are shown in block form.
Branching loss
RF signal loss through waveguide or cable running between the transmitter power amplifier output and the antenna port connector.
Channel bandwidth Channel capacity Channel ON
Communications port
The maximum data transmission rate the channel or radio system can handle. A channel is 'ON' when it has been enabled to pass traffic. A channel is in this state when the corresponding LED on the controller unit is lit. Being 'ON' does not, however, mean that traffic is necessarily passing through the channel. An alarm condition can stop traffic even though the channel is enabled to pass traffic and the corresponding 'ON' LED is lit. A serial data, EIA or CEPT standard port.
Conversion kit
Materials and instructions (text) for changing some feature, equipment, equipment arrangement, or circuitry in the radio that results in a new configuration.
CLR / CLEAR
Alarm / display unit message: Clear indicates that an override or loopback is not in effect.
Crystal frequency
The fundamental frequency of the crystal in the local oscillator.
DADE
Differential absolute delay equalization; an adjustment to make a protected system hitless.
DATA
Alarm / display unit message: This indicates that data is passing in the unit or module.
DCE DIP switch
Glossary, Page 2
The allocated frequency range for a single RF channel.
Data communication equipment. A small multi-switch assembly for setting the configuration of a module.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GLOSSARY Dielectric resonant oscillator; a stable frequency source, used as a local oscillator.
Drop / add (drop and insert)
Wayside tributaries; low-speed signals that are dropped from the equipment (to the line) or added to the equipment along the way.
DS1
Digital signal, first multiplex level; bipolar 1544 kb/s data.
DS2
Digital signal, second multiplex level; bipolar 6312 kb/s data.
DS3
Digital signal, third multiplex level; bipolar 44736 kb/s data.
DTE
Data terminal equipment.
DVA
The Harris Farinon Digital VersaT1lity Alarm Remote Assembly is an RTU designed for use with the FARSCAN™ network management system.
DVS or DVS II
Farinon digital VersaT1lity® service channel assembly.
E1
Digital signal, first multiplex level; bipolar 2048 kb/s data.
E2
Digital signal, second multiplex level; bipolar 8448 kb/s data.
E3
Digital signal, third multiplex level; bipolar 34368 kb/s data.
EIA Electrostatic sensitive device
ESD EW drawing EXEC
Electronic Industry Association. A component that can be easily damaged by electrostatic discharge or the electrostatic discharge that can cause damage to such components.. Electrostatic sensitive device, electrostatic discharge; see 'Electrostatic sensitive device' An equipment wiring diagram. Similar to a schematic diagram (see system interconnect drawing). Alarm display unit push-button: {EXECUTE} carries out a selected command on the display.
FAIL
Alarm / display unit message: {FAILURE} The unit or module has stopped working.
FCC
The Federal Communication Commission; the regulatory agency for communications and communications equipment in the USA.
FIR filter
Finite impulse response filter; a wave-shaping filter that operates in the digital domain.
FORCED
Alarm / display unit message: Tributary information is compelled to pass through this unit or module either by local switch settings (for example: DEM, DMX, XMT on the controller unit) or by remote control. See 'override'. Glossary, Page 3
GLOSSARY
DRO
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GLOSSARY
Frequency range Front panel FWL drawing
Gain, system
HF panel Hitless switch Hop IF IF/RF assembly
IM
The faceplate or front cover in which the system operates. The Farinon Wiring List; a document containing rack profile information, a list of units or modules, special equipment information, and system information. The transmitted signal level, in dB, minus the threshold receive signal level also in dB. Measured from antenna port to antenna port. A rack mounted panel that has a number of BNC through connectors. Ten or less errors in tributary data as the result of switching from one radio channel to the other. The radio transmission from one radio to another through the atmosphere. Intermediate frequency; frequency below the radio frequency; equipment or components operating at the intermediate frequency. A section of the radio that includes the IF and RF circuitry or modules, like the local oscillators, power amplifiers, low noise amplifier, RF filters, and so on. Instruction manual.
INVALID
Alarm / display unit message: The configuration switch settings of the unit or module are incorrectly set.
Jack field
A panel of jacks used for monitoring line or equipment input and output signals; also used for patching signals into the equipment, or for terminating a line.
Keypad LNA LO LOC
Loop protected system
Glossary, Page 4
The range of frequencies in which the system operates.
A built in keypad unit for operating SCAS. See 'low noise amplifier'. Local oscillator; a highly stable radio frequency oscillator. Alarm / display unit message: {LOCAL} Indicates the setting of a local override (setting of the DEM, DMX, XMT on the controller unit) that forces traffic through a user-selected channel through which tributary traffic will pass. A transmission network arranged in a loop, with loop traffic protection.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GLOSSARY Feeding back a transmit signal into the receive circuitry of the same radio for test purposes (level 2 loopback); or feeding back received signal into the transmit circuitry for test purposes (level 1 loopback).
Loopback plug
A connector wired to loopback the transmit lines into the receive lines of a signal.
LOW
Alarm / display unit message: This indicates that a signal level in the radio is low.
Low noise amplifier
The RF preamplifier of a radio receiver used to amplify the weak receive signal from the antenna.
LPBK Manual mode
See 'loopback'. In SCAS or FARSCAN™, the operation mode in which the protection diagnostic system is manually controlled.
MGC
Manual gain control; used for adjusting the receiver gain control of the radio.
MHS
See 'monitored hot standby'.
MHSB
See 'monitored hot standby'.
Modem
Modulator - demodulator.
Modulation
The process used to impress information on the radio carrier; modulation scheme is the same as the specific modulation process.
Moisture sensitive device
A component in which moisture can build up over a period of time if not powered up in active use.
Monitored hot standby
A protection scheme in which two transmitters and / or two receivers are simultaneously processing the same information (traffic). One of the transmitters and / or receivers is connected to traffic while the other is on standby.
Motherboard
A printed circuit card into which other printed circuit cards are plugged; usually forming the backplane of a shelf and known also as the backplane.
MTBF
Mean time between failure; a method to calculate the average time before a piece of equipment will fail.
N Noise figure Non-VersaT1lity®
Alarm / display unit message: {NO} No operation. The ratio of the input signal to noise power to the output signal to noise power. Equipment that is not compatible with Farinon VersaT1lity® systems.
Glossary, Page 5
GLOSSARY
Loopback
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GLOSSARY
NORM Normally open relay
A relay configured to be open when indicating a normal status.
ON
See 'channel ON'.
On line
See 'channel ON'.
Output power
RF signal level, measured at the antenna port of the radio.
OQPSK
Offset quaternary phase shift keyed; a type of robust modulation scheme.
Override
An action to disable automatic protection. This can be done locally by using switches on the controller or remotely via the alarm extender.
PLL
Phase locked loop circuit; usually associated with a VCXO or VCO.
PLS
Phase locked source; a stable frequency source, used as a local oscillator.
Polarization
Orientation with respect to a reference.
Pseudo BER
A method of approximating the BER by measuring the noise level.
QPSK Rack profile
See 'OQPSK'. The arrangement of equipment in the equipment rack.
Radio
A Quadralink® terminal that includes an integral signal processing assembly, an alarm / display unit, and one or more transceivers.
Real time clock
An internal computer clock that keeps the real date and time to the system.
Receiver threshold RF RMT
Road map Routine maintenance log form Glossary, Page 6
Alarm / display unit message: {NORMAL} The status of the unit or module is normal — no failure.
The sensitivity of the receiver at a given BER. It is usually expressed in dBm. Radio frequency; frequency of the transmitted radio signal; equipment or components operating at the radio frequency. Alarm / display unit message: {REMOTE} Indicates the setting of a remote override (through the remote control functions of the network manager) that forces traffic through a remotely-selected channel through which tributary traffic will pass. A quick reference type guide to use the Farinon instruction manual. A form used for recording required periodic maintenance tests.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
RZ SCAS SET Skilled person
Spacing
Remote test unit. Remote terminal unit; an electronic unit, remotely located on a radio site that is connected to alarms, operational status indicators, and remote control inputs of the radio and other site equipment. The remote terminal unit communicates to the network manager (usually located at the main control room) through a radio serial data channel, thus allowing the network manager to remotely monitor and control the operation of the network. The Harris Farinon Digital VersaT1lity Alarm Remote Assembly is an RTU designed for use with the FARSCAN™ network management system. Return to zero. System control alarm and status is the control and alarm network protection diagnostic system in Farinon Quadralink® equipment. Alarm / display unit message: Set indicates that an override or loopback is in effect. One is considered to be a skilled person if they have the necessary knowledge and practical experience of electrical and radio engineering to appreciate the various hazards that can arise from working on radio transceivers, and who takes appropriate precautions to ensure the safety of personnel. One can be considered to be a skilled person only if they are competent to take responsibility for both their own safety and for that of unskilled personnel under their immediate supervision, when working on the transceiver. Training requirements for a skilled person should not only be confined solely to technical matters and, preferably, should include first-aid treatment, especially methods of artificial resuscitation: respiration and cardiac compression (heart massage). The distance (in frequency separation) between channels or between transmitter and receiver.
Spacing system interconnect drawing
A system schematic diagram showing the wiring interconnection between modules or units in the system.
STD BY
Alarm / display unit message: {STANDBY} The unit or module is off-line and not carrying tributary information, but is ready and operational.
TRAFFIC
Alarm / display unit message: The unit or module is presently online and carrying tributary information.
UART Unauthorized user / access
Universal asynchronous receiver / transmitter; used for serial communications. A person not authorized to operate FARSCAN™; access to FARSCAN™ by unauthorized means. Glossary, Page 7
GLOSSARY
RTU
GLOSSARY
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
GLOSSARY
UNEQ / UNEQUIP Unfaded BER Unprotected VCO VCXO VF VersaT1lity® network VersaT1lity® system Warranty Y
Glossary, Page 8
Alarm / display unit message: {UNEQUIPPED} The unit or module is not presently installed in the radio. The bit error rate found when the transmitted signal is received under ideal path conditions. A radio without protection, as opposed to monitored hot standby. Voltage controlled oscillator. Voltage controlled crystal oscillator (see 'PLL'). Voice frequency. A telecommunications network consisting of Farinon VersaT1lity® equipment. See VersaT1lity® network. A service supported assurance the equipment or system will perform according to specifications for a given period of time. Alarm / display unit message: {YES} This setting is used to go into a sub-menu when the DET’L? option is given. With the display cursor positioned under Y, press EXEC to go into the submenu.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio Digital Communications System
HARRIS CORPORATION Microwave Communications Division
INDEX Numerics
B
1+1 protection switching
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 25
backplane, motherboard
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1:N protection switching
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 27
bandwidth requirements
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4 - 11
battery noise voltage
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ACU
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
adaptive slope equalizer
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 12
adjusting the AGC level
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10 - 7
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 25
.
.
.
.
.
adjustments
.
.
.
.
AGC voltage ideal level
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
alarm and control extender
.
.
.
.
.
6-3
2 - 4, 3 - 11
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 15 5 - 15
BER, verification
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 37
.
.
all call
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
controller unit front panel
.
.
3 - 36
.
.
6 - 32
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 19 6-1
customer connections, service channel
.
.
.
5 - 58
customer connections, tributary
5 - 46
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-6
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 69 5 - 73 6 - 42 5 - 68
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 32
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10 - 1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
altitude
3 - 17, 3 - 20
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-6 4-4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 11
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4 - 20
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8 - 11
.
.
.
controls and indicators not on alarm display panel on alarm display panel .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
D DADE modem muldex
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 33 5 - 33
data channel check
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 36
data channel, connecting to
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 14
demultiplexer
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 14
DVA unit
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 76
DVM
.
DVS II DVS-II
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
configuration
.
.
assistance, technical
1-6
3 - 33
.
antenna system return loss
.
.
.
antenna connection
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
alternating current (mains operated) power supply .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
controller
.
.
.
5 - 31
.
ALC alignment
.
.
alarm relays connections on backplane controlled by RTU functions straps alarms
.
.
.
alarm information
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
card extender
.
.
.
C
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
I
.
alarm display panel 2 - 4, 3 - 32, 8 - 3 6-3 accessing the global system status 6-6 doing a control operation 6-3 keys 6-2 LEDs 6-8 menus and controls described 6-1 operation 6-3 selecting a menu 6-1 test points .
.
.
.
ACO switch / indicator
.
3 - 33, 6 - 4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 34
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 34
Page INDEX - 1
INDEX
A
.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
E
I
E/W drawings
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-1
indicators
electrostatic-sensitive devices
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 73
interconnection
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-4
EMI
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ESD
.
.
.
.
.
.
4 - 4, 5 - 73
exchange
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11 - 13
EXEC button
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
external alarm inputs
.
6-3
fading countermeasures
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-1
FAIL indicators
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8-3
failure messages
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8-3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
FARSCAN™ baud rate selection installation .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
FCC
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
force
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
frequency receiver L.O. verification transmitter L.O. verification .
6 - 53 5 - 77 5 - 76
1 - 8, 7 - 1 .
6-9
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-2
5-5 5 - 11 .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 15
internal orderwire verification
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 34
ISO 9001
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-7
.
.
3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
isolating a problem
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8-3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-3
jitter transfer function
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-3
L.O. frequency receive (verify)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 27
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 27
J jitter tolerance
.
.
.
L
LED lamps
.
line interface
G
.
.
L.O. frequency transmit (verify) 5 - 27 5 - 27
.
.
.
.
internal DVM
F
Farinon Wiring List
.
.
5 - 14 5 - 16 5 - 58 5 - 46 5 - 14 5 - 76 5-6 5 - 66 5 - 70 1-4 5 - 24 5-5
.
external alarm inputs
.
.
5-7 5-7
environmental specifications .
.
5 - 72
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
EMI integrity back cover cable passageways
.
installation connect and point the antennas connect service channel VF and data lines connecting power connecting the service channel connecting the tributaries DVS II FARSCAN™ inventory and physical check remote control equipment TBOS tools and equipment required turning on the power unpacking
EMC .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 34
line Interface unit front panel
ground, radio power
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 16
location of equipment
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
grounding, antenna
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 13
long count
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 37
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
loopback, how it works
H heatsink
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-4
hits
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-4
.
.
.
humidity
Page INDEX - 2
5-3 6-7
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
M
P
magnetic emissions maintenance checks and tests features log form
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-4
MENU button
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
menu tree of alarm / display microphonics
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
MINOR alarm indicator
.
.
.
.
modem alarms alarms — transmit path transmit path unit unit front panel .
.
modulation
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 14 3-8 3-8 4-7 6 - 26
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
moisture-sensitive devices motherboard backplane
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . .
.
.
I
part identification
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11 - 1
parts replacement
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
parts ordering
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11 - 7
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10 - 10
.
multiplexing
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 14 3-6 6 - 24
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-6
O office battery
.
.
.
.
orderwire data channel unit unit front panel voice channel .
.
.
output jitter output power
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 15
power connection fuses junction bracket source turning on warm-up wire gage .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 18 3 - 17 6 - 28 3 - 18
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-8
.
.
.
5 - 28
output power verification, transmitter overload level, receive .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4 - 12
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-2 5 - 15 5 - 15
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 28
power consumption
power source noise requirement voltage requirement .
power supply
5 - 16 5 - 16 5 - 17 5 - 4, 5 - 16 5-2 5 - 17 5-4 .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
power, transmitter output verification protection verification 1+1 verification 1:N
.
4-5
.
8-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-1 5 - 41 5 - 57
protection manual override
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
protection switching 1+1 1:N
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-2
3 - 25 3 - 27
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
pseudo-BER threshold setting threshold verification .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 40 5 - 39
pulse shape, tributary
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
OVRD indicator
.
plotting the AGC curve
.
muldex receive path transmit path unit front panel
.
9-3
.
.
Q quality standard
.
.
.
.
.
.
3
6-2
Page INDEX - 3
INDEX
.
7-1 3-1 7-3
MAJOR alarm indicator
.
1-9
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
R
S
rack mount
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-2
SCAS (system control alarm and status network)
radio interference
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-8
SCAS Glossary
.
.
.
.
realignment
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10 - 1
SCAS menu tree
.
.
.
realignment chart
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10 - 13
received signal level
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
receiver
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7-1
.
.
.
.
.
4 - 12
receiver, L.O. frequency verification
.
.
.
.
5 - 27
.
reception
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
remote control by relays with TBOS
.
repair
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 11 6 - 53 6 - 54
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11 - 13
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11 - 7
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
replacement parts ordering
replacing alarm / display panel modules in the transceiver parts plug in units .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
9-7 9-8 9-1 9-5
requirements, power source
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-6
residual BER
.
4-7
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4 - 20 4 - 20
RF bandwidth efficiency
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
routine maintenance log tests
return loss ACU antenna system .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Page INDEX - 4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-7 7-2 7-1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
service channel, connections
.
.
.
.
spare parts required
service channel data channels signal to noise signaling specifications voice channels
.
.
.
.
3 - 22 5 - 35 3 - 19, 3 - 22 4 - 21 3 - 20 .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 58
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
9-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
A-1
system characteristics
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-1
.
.
.
strapping options
.
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
T TBOS baud rate selection connection display address selection installation .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
technical assistance
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 54 5 - 74 5 - 70 5 - 74 5 - 70
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11 - 12 .
.
4-4
test equipment required
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-5
test signal patching
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-6
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10 - 13
the internal digital voltmeter
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
threshold, receive
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4 - 12
tools required for installation
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
touch-up tuning
.
.
tests and adjustments
training
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7 - 1, 8 - 2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11 - 18
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 27
.
.
.
transceiver test jig .
.
.
.
1-4
.
transceiver L.O. frequency verification transmitter
6-4
.
transceiver extender
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
transmitter, output power verification
.
1-6 1-6
3 - 9, 4 - 8 .
.
.
5 - 28
tributaries, connections
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 46
tuning
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 25
unit configuration
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
user interface connector panel
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
B - 17
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
INDEX
temperature range, operating and storage
U A-1
V VF channel, connecting to
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 14
voltmeter
6-4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11 - 7
waveguide
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 - 11
wayside access
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-4
W warranty
wiring specifications
Page INDEX - 5
Quadralink Medium Capacity Radio
Page INDEX - 6
View more...
Comments
